diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'Documentation/ABI')
428 files changed, 17820 insertions, 4497 deletions
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/README b/Documentation/ABI/README index 3121029dce21..8bac9cb09a6d 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/README +++ b/Documentation/ABI/README @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ The different levels of stability are: layout of the files below for details on how to do this.) obsolete/ - This directory documents interfaces that are still remaining in + This directory documents interfaces that are still remaining in the kernel, but are marked to be removed at some later point in time. The description of the interface will document the reason why it is obsolete and when it can be expected to be removed. @@ -58,6 +58,14 @@ Users: All users of this interface who wish to be notified when be changed further. +Note: + The fields should be use a simple notation, compatible with ReST markup. + Also, the file **should not** have a top-level index, like:: + + === + foo + === + How things move between levels: Interfaces in stable may move to obsolete, as long as the proper diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/o2cb b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/o2cb new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..8f39b596731d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/o2cb @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +What: /sys/o2cb +Date: Dec 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.16 +Contact: ocfs2-devel@lists.linux.dev +Description: Ocfs2-tools looks at 'interface-revision' for versioning + information. Each logmask/ file controls a set of debug prints + and can be written into with the strings "allow", "deny", or + "off". Reading the file returns the current state. + Was renamed to /sys/fs/u2cb/ +Users: ocfs2-tools. It's sufficient to mail proposed changes to + ocfs2-devel@lists.linux.dev. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/procfs-i8k b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/procfs-i8k new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..32df4d5bdd15 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/procfs-i8k @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +What: /proc/i8k +Date: November 2001 +KernelVersion: 2.4.14 +Contact: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> +Description: Legacy interface for getting/setting sensor information like + fan speed, temperature, serial number, hotkey status etc + on Dell Laptops. + Since the driver is now using the standard hwmon sysfs interface, + the procfs interface is deprecated. +Users: https://github.com/vitorafsr/i8kutils diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-bus-iio b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-bus-iio new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b64394b0b374 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-bus-iio @@ -0,0 +1,186 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/length +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Number of scans contained by the buffer. + + Since Kernel 5.11, multiple buffers are supported. + so, it is better to use, instead: + + /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/bufferY/length + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/enable +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Actually start the buffer capture up. Will start trigger + if first device and appropriate. + + Since Kernel 5.11, multiple buffers are supported. + so, it is better to use, instead: + + /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/bufferY/enable + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/scan_elements +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Directory containing interfaces for elements that will be + captured for a single triggered sample set in the buffer. + + Since kernel 5.11 the scan_elements attributes are merged into + the bufferY directory, to be configurable per buffer. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_x_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_y_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_z_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_anglvel_x_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_anglvel_y_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_anglvel_z_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_magn_x_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_magn_y_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_magn_z_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_from_north_true_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_timestamp_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_supply_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY-voltageZ_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_i_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_q_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltage_i_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltage_q_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_incli_x_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_incli_y_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressureY_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressure_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_quaternion_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_proximity_en +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Scan element control for triggered data capture. + + Since kernel 5.11 the scan_elements attributes are merged into + the bufferY directory, to be configurable per buffer. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_anglvel_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_magn_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_incli_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltage_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_supply_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_i_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_q_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltage_i_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltage_q_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_timestamp_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressureY_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressure_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_quaternion_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_proximity_type +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Description of the scan element data storage within the buffer + and hence the form in which it is read from user-space. + Form is [be|le]:[s|u]bits/storagebits[>>shift]. + be or le specifies big or little endian. s or u specifies if + signed (2's complement) or unsigned. bits is the number of bits + of data and storagebits is the space (after padding) that it + occupies in the buffer. shift if specified, is the shift that + needs to be applied prior to masking out unused bits. Some + devices put their data in the middle of the transferred elements + with additional information on both sides. Note that some + devices will have additional information in the unused bits + so to get a clean value, the bits value must be used to mask + the buffer output value appropriately. The storagebits value + also specifies the data alignment. So s48/64>>2 will be a + signed 48 bit integer stored in a 64 bit location aligned to + a 64 bit boundary. To obtain the clean value, shift right 2 + and apply a mask to zero the top 16 bits of the result. + For other storage combinations this attribute will be extended + appropriately. + + Since kernel 5.11 the scan_elements attributes are merged into + the bufferY directory, to be configurable per buffer. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_supply_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_i_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_q_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltage_i_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltage_q_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_x_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_y_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_z_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_anglvel_x_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_anglvel_y_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_anglvel_z_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_magn_x_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_magn_y_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_magn_z_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_from_north_true_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_incli_x_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_incli_y_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_timestamp_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressureY_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressure_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_quaternion_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_proximity_index +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Description: + A single positive integer specifying the position of this + scan element in the buffer. Note these are not dependent on + what is enabled and may not be contiguous. Thus for user-space + to establish the full layout these must be used in conjunction + with all _en attributes to establish which channels are present, + and the relevant _type attributes to establish the data storage + format. + + Since kernel 5.11 the scan_elements attributes are merged into + the bufferY directory, to be configurable per buffer. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/watermark +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A single positive integer specifying the maximum number of scan + elements to wait for. + + Poll will block until the watermark is reached. + + Blocking read will wait until the minimum between the requested + read amount or the low water mark is available. + + Non-blocking read will retrieve the available samples from the + buffer even if there are less samples then watermark level. This + allows the application to block on poll with a timeout and read + the available samples after the timeout expires and thus have a + maximum delay guarantee. + + Since Kernel 5.11, multiple buffers are supported. + so, it is better to use, instead: + + /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/bufferY/watermark + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/data_available +KernelVersion: 4.16 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A read-only value indicating the bytes of data available in the + buffer. In the case of an output buffer, this indicates the + amount of empty space available to write data to. In the case of + an input buffer, this indicates the amount of data available for + reading. + + Since Kernel 5.11, multiple buffers are supported. + so, it is better to use, instead: + + /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/bufferY/data_available diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-dax b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-dax deleted file mode 100644 index 2cb9fc5e8bd1..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-dax +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -What: /sys/class/dax/ -Date: May, 2016 -KernelVersion: v4.7 -Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org -Description: Device DAX is the device-centric analogue of Filesystem - DAX (CONFIG_FS_DAX). It allows memory ranges to be - allocated and mapped without need of an intervening file - system. Device DAX is strict, precise and predictable. - Specifically this interface: - - 1/ Guarantees fault granularity with respect to a given - page size (pte, pmd, or pud) set at configuration time. - - 2/ Enforces deterministic behavior by being strict about - what fault scenarios are supported. - - The /sys/class/dax/ interface enumerates all the - device-dax instances in the system. The ABI is - deprecated and will be removed after 2020. It is - replaced with the DAX bus interface /sys/bus/dax/ where - device-dax instances can be found under - /sys/bus/dax/devices/ diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-net-batman-adv b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-net-batman-adv deleted file mode 100644 index 5bdbc8d40256..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-net-batman-adv +++ /dev/null @@ -1,32 +0,0 @@ -This ABI is deprecated and will be removed after 2021. It is -replaced with the batadv generic netlink family. - -What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/batman-adv/elp_interval -Date: Feb 2014 -Contact: Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@web.de> -Description: - Defines the interval in milliseconds in which batman - emits probing packets for neighbor sensing (ELP). - -What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/batman-adv/iface_status -Date: May 2010 -Contact: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch> -Description: - Indicates the status of <iface> as it is seen by batman. - -What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/batman-adv/mesh_iface -Date: May 2010 -Contact: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch> -Description: - The /sys/class/net/<iface>/batman-adv/mesh_iface file - displays the batman mesh interface this <iface> - currently is associated with. - -What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/batman-adv/throughput_override -Date: Feb 2014 -Contact: Antonio Quartulli <a@unstable.cc> -description: - Defines the throughput value to be used by B.A.T.M.A.N. V - when estimating the link throughput using this interface. - If the value is set to 0 then batman-adv will try to - estimate the throughput by itself. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-net-mesh b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-net-mesh deleted file mode 100644 index 04c1a2932507..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-net-mesh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,110 +0,0 @@ -This ABI is deprecated and will be removed after 2021. It is -replaced with the batadv generic netlink family. - -What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/aggregated_ogms -Date: May 2010 -Contact: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch> -Description: - Indicates whether the batman protocol messages of the - mesh <mesh_iface> shall be aggregated or not. - -What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/<vlan_subdir>/ap_isolation -Date: May 2011 -Contact: Antonio Quartulli <a@unstable.cc> -Description: - Indicates whether the data traffic going from a - wireless client to another wireless client will be - silently dropped. <vlan_subdir> is empty when referring - to the untagged lan. - -What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/bonding -Date: June 2010 -Contact: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de> -Description: - Indicates whether the data traffic going through the - mesh will be sent using multiple interfaces at the - same time (if available). - -What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/bridge_loop_avoidance -Date: November 2011 -Contact: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de> -Description: - Indicates whether the bridge loop avoidance feature - is enabled. This feature detects and avoids loops - between the mesh and devices bridged with the soft - interface <mesh_iface>. - -What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/fragmentation -Date: October 2010 -Contact: Andreas Langer <an.langer@gmx.de> -Description: - Indicates whether the data traffic going through the - mesh will be fragmented or silently discarded if the - packet size exceeds the outgoing interface MTU. - -What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/gw_bandwidth -Date: October 2010 -Contact: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch> -Description: - Defines the bandwidth which is propagated by this - node if gw_mode was set to 'server'. - -What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/gw_mode -Date: October 2010 -Contact: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch> -Description: - Defines the state of the gateway features. Can be - either 'off', 'client' or 'server'. - -What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/gw_sel_class -Date: October 2010 -Contact: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch> -Description: - Defines the selection criteria this node will use - to choose a gateway if gw_mode was set to 'client'. - -What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/hop_penalty -Date: Oct 2010 -Contact: Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@web.de> -Description: - Defines the penalty which will be applied to an - originator message's tq-field on every hop. - -What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/isolation_mark -Date: Nov 2013 -Contact: Antonio Quartulli <a@unstable.cc> -Description: - Defines the isolation mark (and its bitmask) which - is used to classify clients as "isolated" by the - Extended Isolation feature. - -What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/multicast_mode -Date: Feb 2014 -Contact: Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@web.de> -Description: - Indicates whether multicast optimizations are enabled - or disabled. If set to zero then all nodes in the - mesh are going to use classic flooding for any - multicast packet with no optimizations. - -What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/network_coding -Date: Nov 2012 -Contact: Martin Hundeboll <martin@hundeboll.net> -Description: - Controls whether Network Coding (using some magic - to send fewer wifi packets but still the same - content) is enabled or not. - -What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/orig_interval -Date: May 2010 -Contact: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch> -Description: - Defines the interval in milliseconds in which batman - sends its protocol messages. - -What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/routing_algo -Date: Dec 2011 -Contact: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch> -Description: - Defines the routing procotol this mesh instance - uses to find the optimal paths through the mesh. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-cpuidle b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-cpuidle index e398fb5e542f..972cc11d3434 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-cpuidle +++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-cpuidle @@ -6,4 +6,4 @@ Description: with the update that cpuidle governor can be changed at runtime in default, both current_governor and current_governor_ro co-exist under /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuidle/ file, it's duplicate so make - current_governor_ro obselete. + current_governor_ro obsolete. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-pyra b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-pyra index 5d41ebadf15e..66545c587a64 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-pyra +++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-pyra @@ -7,10 +7,13 @@ Description: It is possible to switch the cpi setting of the mouse with the setting reported by the mouse. This number has to be further processed to receive the real dpi value: + ===== ==== VALUE DPI + ===== ==== 1 400 2 800 4 1600 + ===== ==== This file is readonly. Has never been used. If bookkeeping is done, it's done in userland tools. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-gpio b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-gpio index e0d4e5e2dd90..b8b0fd341c17 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-gpio +++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-gpio @@ -13,6 +13,8 @@ Description: GPIOs are identified as they are inside the kernel, using integers in the range 0..INT_MAX. See Documentation/admin-guide/gpio for more information. + :: + /sys/class/gpio /export ... asks the kernel to export a GPIO to userspace /unexport ... to return a GPIO to the kernel diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-kernel-fadump_registered b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-kernel-fadump_registered index 0360be39c98e..dae880b1a5d5 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-kernel-fadump_registered +++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-kernel-fadump_registered @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -This ABI is renamed and moved to a new location /sys/kernel/fadump/registered.¬ +This ABI is renamed and moved to a new location /sys/kernel/fadump/registered. What: /sys/kernel/fadump_registered Date: Feb 2012 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-kernel-fadump_release_mem b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-kernel-fadump_release_mem index 6ce0b129ab12..ca2396edb5f1 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-kernel-fadump_release_mem +++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-kernel-fadump_release_mem @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -This ABI is renamed and moved to a new location /sys/kernel/fadump/release_mem.¬ +This ABI is renamed and moved to a new location /sys/kernel/fadump/release_mem. What: /sys/kernel/fadump_release_mem Date: Feb 2012 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/removed/devfs b/Documentation/ABI/removed/devfs index 0020c49933c4..24fb35adf277 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/removed/devfs +++ b/Documentation/ABI/removed/devfs @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ Description: devfs has been unmaintained for a number of years, has unfixable races, contains a naming policy within the kernel that is against the LSB, and can be replaced by using udev. + The files fs/devfs/*, include/linux/devfs_fs*.h were removed, along with the assorted devfs function calls throughout the kernel tree. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/removed/o2cb b/Documentation/ABI/removed/o2cb index 20c91adca6d4..61cff238fbe8 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/removed/o2cb +++ b/Documentation/ABI/removed/o2cb @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ What: /sys/o2cb symlink Date: May 2011 KernelVersion: 3.0 -Contact: ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com +Contact: ocfs2-devel@lists.linux.dev Description: This is a symlink: /sys/o2cb to /sys/fs/o2cb. The symlink is removed when new versions of ocfs2-tools which know to look in /sys/fs/o2cb are sufficiently prevalent. Don't code new software to look here, it should try /sys/fs/o2cb instead. Users: ocfs2-tools. It's sufficient to mail proposed changes to - ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com. + ocfs2-devel@lists.linux.dev. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/removed/raw1394 b/Documentation/ABI/removed/raw1394 index ec333e676322..9ec7ec493920 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/removed/raw1394 +++ b/Documentation/ABI/removed/raw1394 @@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ Description: to implement sensible device security policies, and its low level of abstraction that required userspace clients to duplicate much of the kernel's ieee1394 core functionality. + Replaced by /dev/fw*, i.e. the <linux/firewire-cdev.h> ABI of firewire-core. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/removed/sysfs-bus-nfit b/Documentation/ABI/removed/sysfs-bus-nfit index ae8c1ca53828..277437005def 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/removed/sysfs-bus-nfit +++ b/Documentation/ABI/removed/sysfs-bus-nfit @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/regionX/nfit/ecc_unit_size Date: Aug, 2017 KernelVersion: v4.14 (Removed v4.18) -Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org +Contact: nvdimm@lists.linux.dev Description: (RO) Size of a write request to a DIMM that will not incur a read-modify-write cycle at the memory controller. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/removed/sysfs-class-rfkill b/Documentation/ABI/removed/sysfs-class-rfkill index 9c08c7f98ffb..f25174eafd55 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/removed/sysfs-class-rfkill +++ b/Documentation/ABI/removed/sysfs-class-rfkill @@ -10,4 +10,4 @@ Description: This file was deprecated because there no longer was a way to claim just control over a single rfkill instance. This file was scheduled to be removed in 2012, and was removed in 2016. -Values: 0: Kernel handles events +Values: 0: Kernel handles events diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/removed/sysfs-kernel-uids b/Documentation/ABI/removed/sysfs-kernel-uids index dc4463f190a7..85a90b86ce1e 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/removed/sysfs-kernel-uids +++ b/Documentation/ABI/removed/sysfs-kernel-uids @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Contact: Dhaval Giani <dhaval@linux.vnet.ibm.com> Description: The /sys/kernel/uids/<uid>/cpu_shares tunable is used to set the cpu bandwidth a user is allowed. This is a - propotional value. What that means is that if there + proportional value. What that means is that if there are two users logged in, each with an equal number of shares, then they will get equal CPU bandwidth. Another example would be, if User A has shares = 1024 and user diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/removed/sysfs-mce b/Documentation/ABI/removed/sysfs-mce new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ef5dd2a80918 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/removed/sysfs-mce @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +What: /sys/devices/system/machinecheck/machinecheckX/tolerant +Contact: Borislav Petkov <bp@suse.de> +Date: Dec, 2021 +Description: + Unused and obsolete after the advent of recoverable machine + checks (see last sentence below) and those are present since + 2010 (Nehalem). + + Original description: + + The entries appear for each CPU, but they are truly shared + between all CPUs. + + Tolerance level. When a machine check exception occurs for a + non corrected machine check the kernel can take different + actions. + + Since machine check exceptions can happen any time it is + sometimes risky for the kernel to kill a process because it + defies normal kernel locking rules. The tolerance level + configures how hard the kernel tries to recover even at some + risk of deadlock. Higher tolerant values trade potentially + better uptime with the risk of a crash or even corruption + (for tolerant >= 3). + + == =========================================================== + 0 always panic on uncorrected errors, log corrected errors + 1 panic or SIGBUS on uncorrected errors, log corrected errors + 2 SIGBUS or log uncorrected errors, log corrected errors + 3 never panic or SIGBUS, log all errors (for testing only) + == =========================================================== + + Default: 1 + + Note this only makes a difference if the CPU allows recovery + from a machine check exception. Current x86 CPUs generally + do not. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-selinux-checkreqprot b/Documentation/ABI/removed/sysfs-selinux-checkreqprot index ed6b52ca210f..f599a0a87e8b 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-selinux-checkreqprot +++ b/Documentation/ABI/removed/sysfs-selinux-checkreqprot @@ -4,6 +4,9 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.12-rc2 (predates git) Contact: selinux@vger.kernel.org Description: + REMOVAL UPDATE: The SELinux checkreqprot functionality was removed in + March 2023, the original deprecation notice is shown below. + The selinuxfs "checkreqprot" node allows SELinux to be configured to check the protection requested by userspace for mmap/mprotect calls instead of the actual protection applied by the kernel. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-selinux-disable b/Documentation/ABI/removed/sysfs-selinux-disable index c340278e3cf8..cb783c64cab3 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-selinux-disable +++ b/Documentation/ABI/removed/sysfs-selinux-disable @@ -4,6 +4,9 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.12-rc2 (predates git) Contact: selinux@vger.kernel.org Description: + REMOVAL UPDATE: The SELinux runtime disable functionality was removed + in March 2023, the original deprecation notice is shown below. + The selinuxfs "disable" node allows SELinux to be disabled at runtime prior to a policy being loaded into the kernel. If disabled via this mechanism, SELinux will remain disabled until the system is rebooted. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/removed/video1394 b/Documentation/ABI/removed/video1394 index c39c25aee77b..1905d35a6619 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/removed/video1394 +++ b/Documentation/ABI/removed/video1394 @@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ Description: performance issues in its first generation. Any video1394 user had to use raw1394 + libraw1394 too because video1394 did not provide asynchronous I/O for device discovery and configuration. + Replaced by /dev/fw*, i.e. the <linux/firewire-cdev.h> ABI of firewire-core. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/firewire-cdev b/Documentation/ABI/stable/firewire-cdev index f72ed653878a..261f85b13154 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/firewire-cdev +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/firewire-cdev @@ -14,13 +14,17 @@ Description: Each /dev/fw* is associated with one IEEE 1394 node, which can be remote or local nodes. Operations on a /dev/fw* file have different scope: + - The 1394 node which is associated with the file: + - Asynchronous request transmission - Get the Configuration ROM - Query node ID - Query maximum speed of the path between this node and local node + - The 1394 bus (i.e. "card") to which the node is attached to: + - Isochronous stream transmission and reception - Asynchronous stream transmission and reception - Asynchronous broadcast request transmission @@ -31,7 +35,9 @@ Description: manager - Query cycle time - Bus reset initiation, bus reset event reception + - All 1394 buses: + - Allocation of IEEE 1212 address ranges on the local link layers, reception of inbound requests to such an address range, asynchronous response transmission @@ -43,6 +49,7 @@ Description: userland implement different access permission models, some operations are restricted to /dev/fw* files that are associated with a local node: + - Addition of descriptors or directories to the local nodes' Configuration ROM - PHY packet transmission and reception @@ -55,50 +62,50 @@ Description: The following file operations are supported: open(2) - Currently the only useful flags are O_RDWR. + Currently the only useful flags are O_RDWR. ioctl(2) - Initiate various actions. Some take immediate effect, others - are performed asynchronously while or after the ioctl returns. - See the inline documentation in <linux/firewire-cdev.h> for - descriptions of all ioctls. + Initiate various actions. Some take immediate effect, others + are performed asynchronously while or after the ioctl returns. + See the inline documentation in <linux/firewire-cdev.h> for + descriptions of all ioctls. poll(2), select(2), epoll_wait(2) etc. - Watch for events to become available to be read. + Watch for events to become available to be read. read(2) - Receive various events. There are solicited events like - outbound asynchronous transaction completion or isochronous - buffer completion, and unsolicited events such as bus resets, - request reception, or PHY packet reception. Always use a read - buffer which is large enough to receive the largest event that - could ever arrive. See <linux/firewire-cdev.h> for descriptions - of all event types and for which ioctls affect reception of - events. + Receive various events. There are solicited events like + outbound asynchronous transaction completion or isochronous + buffer completion, and unsolicited events such as bus resets, + request reception, or PHY packet reception. Always use a read + buffer which is large enough to receive the largest event that + could ever arrive. See <linux/firewire-cdev.h> for descriptions + of all event types and for which ioctls affect reception of + events. mmap(2) - Allocate a DMA buffer for isochronous reception or transmission - and map it into the process address space. The arguments should - be used as follows: addr = NULL, length = the desired buffer - size, i.e. number of packets times size of largest packet, - prot = at least PROT_READ for reception and at least PROT_WRITE - for transmission, flags = MAP_SHARED, fd = the handle to the - /dev/fw*, offset = 0. + Allocate a DMA buffer for isochronous reception or transmission + and map it into the process address space. The arguments should + be used as follows: addr = NULL, length = the desired buffer + size, i.e. number of packets times size of largest packet, + prot = at least PROT_READ for reception and at least PROT_WRITE + for transmission, flags = MAP_SHARED, fd = the handle to the + /dev/fw*, offset = 0. Isochronous reception works in packet-per-buffer fashion except for multichannel reception which works in buffer-fill mode. munmap(2) - Unmap the isochronous I/O buffer from the process address space. + Unmap the isochronous I/O buffer from the process address space. close(2) - Besides stopping and freeing I/O contexts that were associated - with the file descriptor, back out any changes to the local - nodes' Configuration ROM. Deallocate isochronous channels and - bandwidth at the IRM that were marked for kernel-assisted - re- and deallocation. - -Users: libraw1394 - libdc1394 - libhinawa + Besides stopping and freeing I/O contexts that were associated + with the file descriptor, back out any changes to the local + nodes' Configuration ROM. Deallocate isochronous channels and + bandwidth at the IRM that were marked for kernel-assisted + re- and deallocation. + +Users: libraw1394; + libdc1394; + libhinawa; tools like linux-firewire-utils, fwhack, ... diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/o2cb b/Documentation/ABI/stable/o2cb index 5eb1545e0b8d..3a83b5c54e93 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/o2cb +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/o2cb @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -What: /sys/fs/o2cb/ (was /sys/o2cb) +What: /sys/fs/o2cb/ Date: Dec 2005 KernelVersion: 2.6.16 -Contact: ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com +Contact: ocfs2-devel@lists.linux.dev Description: Ocfs2-tools looks at 'interface-revision' for versioning information. Each logmask/ file controls a set of debug prints and can be written into with the strings "allow", "deny", or "off". Reading the file returns the current state. Users: ocfs2-tools. It's sufficient to mail proposed changes to - ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com. + ocfs2-devel@lists.linux.dev. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/procfs-audit_loginuid b/Documentation/ABI/stable/procfs-audit_loginuid new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..cda405178391 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/procfs-audit_loginuid @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +What: Audit Login UID +Date: 2005-02-01 +KernelVersion: 2.6.11-rc2 1e2d1492e178 ("[PATCH] audit: handle loginuid through proc") +Contact: linux-audit@redhat.com +Users: audit and login applications +Description: + The /proc/$pid/loginuid pseudofile is written to set and + read to get the audit login UID of process $pid as a + decimal unsigned int (%u, u32). If it is unset, + permissions are not needed to set it. The accessor must + have CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL in the initial user namespace to + write it if it has been set. It cannot be written again + if AUDIT_FEATURE_LOGINUID_IMMUTABLE is enabled. It + cannot be unset if AUDIT_FEATURE_ONLY_UNSET_LOGINUID is + enabled. + +What: Audit Login Session ID +Date: 2008-03-13 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25-rc7 1e0bd7550ea9 ("[PATCH] export sessionid alongside the loginuid in procfs") +Contact: linux-audit@redhat.com +Users: audit and login applications +Description: + The /proc/$pid/sessionid pseudofile is read to get the + audit login session ID of process $pid as a decimal + unsigned int (%u, u32). It is set automatically, + serially assigned with each new login. + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-acpi-pmprofile b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-acpi-pmprofile index 964c7a8afb26..cd55e421d921 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-acpi-pmprofile +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-acpi-pmprofile @@ -1,22 +1,28 @@ -What: /sys/firmware/acpi/pm_profile +What: /sys/firmware/acpi/pm_profile Date: 03-Nov-2011 KernelVersion: v3.2 Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org -Description: The ACPI pm_profile sysfs interface exports the platform - power management (and performance) requirement expectations - as provided by BIOS. The integer value is directly passed as - retrieved from the FADT ACPI table. -Values: For possible values see ACPI specification: - 5.2.9 Fixed ACPI Description Table (FADT) - Field: Preferred_PM_Profile +Description: The ACPI pm_profile sysfs interface exposes the preferred + power management (and performance) profile of the platform + as provided in the ACPI FADT Preferred_PM_Profile field. - Currently these values are defined by spec: - 0 Unspecified - 1 Desktop - 2 Mobile - 3 Workstation - 4 Enterprise Server - 5 SOHO Server - 6 Appliance PC - 7 Performance Server - >7 Reserved + The integer value is directly passed as retrieved from the FADT. + +Values: For the possible values refer to the Preferred_PM_Profile field + definition in Table 5.9 "FADT Format", Section 5.2.9 "Fixed ACPI + Description Table (FADT)" of the ACPI specification. + + As of ACPI 6.5, the following values are defined: + + == ================= + 0 Unspecified + 1 Desktop + 2 Mobile + 3 Workstation + 4 Enterprise Server + 5 SOHO Server + 6 Appliance PC + 7 Performance Server + 8 Tablet + >8 Reserved + == ================= diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-block b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-block new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c57e5b7cb532 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-block @@ -0,0 +1,737 @@ +What: /sys/block/<disk>/alignment_offset +Date: April 2009 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> +Description: + Storage devices may report a physical block size that is + bigger than the logical block size (for instance a drive + with 4KB physical sectors exposing 512-byte logical + blocks to the operating system). This parameter + indicates how many bytes the beginning of the device is + offset from the disk's natural alignment. + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/discard_alignment +Date: May 2011 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> +Description: + Devices that support discard functionality may + internally allocate space in units that are bigger than + the exported logical block size. The discard_alignment + parameter indicates how many bytes the beginning of the + device is offset from the internal allocation unit's + natural alignment. + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/diskseq +Date: February 2021 +Contact: Matteo Croce <mcroce@microsoft.com> +Description: + The /sys/block/<disk>/diskseq files reports the disk + sequence number, which is a monotonically increasing + number assigned to every drive. + Some devices, like the loop device, refresh such number + every time the backing file is changed. + The value type is 64 bit unsigned. + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/inflight +Date: October 2009 +Contact: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>, Nikanth Karthikesan <knikanth@suse.de> +Description: + Reports the number of I/O requests currently in progress + (pending / in flight) in a device driver. This can be less + than the number of requests queued in the block device queue. + The report contains 2 fields: one for read requests + and one for write requests. + The value type is unsigned int. + Cf. Documentation/block/stat.rst which contains a single value for + requests in flight. + This is related to /sys/block/<disk>/queue/nr_requests + and for SCSI device also its queue_depth. + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/integrity/device_is_integrity_capable +Date: July 2014 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> +Description: + Indicates whether a storage device is capable of storing + integrity metadata. Set if the device is T10 PI-capable. + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/integrity/format +Date: June 2008 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> +Description: + Metadata format for integrity capable block device. + E.g. T10-DIF-TYPE1-CRC. + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/integrity/protection_interval_bytes +Date: July 2015 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> +Description: + Describes the number of data bytes which are protected + by one integrity tuple. Typically the device's logical + block size. + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/integrity/read_verify +Date: June 2008 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> +Description: + Indicates whether the block layer should verify the + integrity of read requests serviced by devices that + support sending integrity metadata. + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/integrity/tag_size +Date: June 2008 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> +Description: + Number of bytes of integrity tag space available per + 512 bytes of data. + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/integrity/write_generate +Date: June 2008 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> +Description: + Indicates whether the block layer should automatically + generate checksums for write requests bound for + devices that support receiving integrity metadata. + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/<partition>/alignment_offset +Date: April 2009 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> +Description: + Storage devices may report a physical block size that is + bigger than the logical block size (for instance a drive + with 4KB physical sectors exposing 512-byte logical + blocks to the operating system). This parameter + indicates how many bytes the beginning of the partition + is offset from the disk's natural alignment. + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/<partition>/discard_alignment +Date: May 2011 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> +Description: + Devices that support discard functionality may + internally allocate space in units that are bigger than + the exported logical block size. The discard_alignment + parameter indicates how many bytes the beginning of the + partition is offset from the internal allocation unit's + natural alignment. + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/<partition>/stat +Date: February 2008 +Contact: Jerome Marchand <jmarchan@redhat.com> +Description: + The /sys/block/<disk>/<partition>/stat files display the + I/O statistics of partition <partition>. The format is the + same as the format of /sys/block/<disk>/stat. + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/add_random +Date: June 2010 +Contact: linux-block@vger.kernel.org +Description: + [RW] This file allows to turn off the disk entropy contribution. + Default value of this file is '1'(on). + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/chunk_sectors +Date: September 2016 +Contact: Hannes Reinecke <hare@suse.com> +Description: + [RO] chunk_sectors has different meaning depending on the type + of the disk. For a RAID device (dm-raid), chunk_sectors + indicates the size in 512B sectors of the RAID volume stripe + segment. For a zoned block device, either host-aware or + host-managed, chunk_sectors indicates the size in 512B sectors + of the zones of the device, with the eventual exception of the + last zone of the device which may be smaller. + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/crypto/ +Date: February 2022 +Contact: linux-block@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The presence of this subdirectory of /sys/block/<disk>/queue/ + indicates that the device supports inline encryption. This + subdirectory contains files which describe the inline encryption + capabilities of the device. For more information about inline + encryption, refer to Documentation/block/inline-encryption.rst. + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/crypto/max_dun_bits +Date: February 2022 +Contact: linux-block@vger.kernel.org +Description: + [RO] This file shows the maximum length, in bits, of data unit + numbers accepted by the device in inline encryption requests. + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/crypto/modes/<mode> +Date: February 2022 +Contact: linux-block@vger.kernel.org +Description: + [RO] For each crypto mode (i.e., encryption/decryption + algorithm) the device supports with inline encryption, a file + will exist at this location. It will contain a hexadecimal + number that is a bitmask of the supported data unit sizes, in + bytes, for that crypto mode. + + Currently, the crypto modes that may be supported are: + + * AES-256-XTS + * AES-128-CBC-ESSIV + * Adiantum + + For example, if a device supports AES-256-XTS inline encryption + with data unit sizes of 512 and 4096 bytes, the file + /sys/block/<disk>/queue/crypto/modes/AES-256-XTS will exist and + will contain "0x1200". + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/crypto/num_keyslots +Date: February 2022 +Contact: linux-block@vger.kernel.org +Description: + [RO] This file shows the number of keyslots the device has for + use with inline encryption. + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/dax +Date: June 2016 +Contact: linux-block@vger.kernel.org +Description: + [RO] This file indicates whether the device supports Direct + Access (DAX), used by CPU-addressable storage to bypass the + pagecache. It shows '1' if true, '0' if not. + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/discard_granularity +Date: May 2011 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> +Description: + [RO] Devices that support discard functionality may internally + allocate space using units that are bigger than the logical + block size. The discard_granularity parameter indicates the size + of the internal allocation unit in bytes if reported by the + device. Otherwise the discard_granularity will be set to match + the device's physical block size. A discard_granularity of 0 + means that the device does not support discard functionality. + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/discard_max_bytes +Date: May 2011 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> +Description: + [RW] While discard_max_hw_bytes is the hardware limit for the + device, this setting is the software limit. Some devices exhibit + large latencies when large discards are issued, setting this + value lower will make Linux issue smaller discards and + potentially help reduce latencies induced by large discard + operations. + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/discard_max_hw_bytes +Date: July 2015 +Contact: linux-block@vger.kernel.org +Description: + [RO] Devices that support discard functionality may have + internal limits on the number of bytes that can be trimmed or + unmapped in a single operation. The `discard_max_hw_bytes` + parameter is set by the device driver to the maximum number of + bytes that can be discarded in a single operation. Discard + requests issued to the device must not exceed this limit. A + `discard_max_hw_bytes` value of 0 means that the device does not + support discard functionality. + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/discard_zeroes_data +Date: May 2011 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> +Description: + [RO] Will always return 0. Don't rely on any specific behavior + for discards, and don't read this file. + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/dma_alignment +Date: May 2022 +Contact: linux-block@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Reports the alignment that user space addresses must have to be + used for raw block device access with O_DIRECT and other driver + specific passthrough mechanisms. + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/fua +Date: May 2018 +Contact: linux-block@vger.kernel.org +Description: + [RO] Whether or not the block driver supports the FUA flag for + write requests. FUA stands for Force Unit Access. If the FUA + flag is set that means that write requests must bypass the + volatile cache of the storage device. + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/hw_sector_size +Date: January 2008 +Contact: linux-block@vger.kernel.org +Description: + [RO] This is the hardware sector size of the device, in bytes. + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/independent_access_ranges/ +Date: October 2021 +Contact: linux-block@vger.kernel.org +Description: + [RO] The presence of this sub-directory of the + /sys/block/xxx/queue/ directory indicates that the device is + capable of executing requests targeting different sector ranges + in parallel. For instance, single LUN multi-actuator hard-disks + will have an independent_access_ranges directory if the device + correctly advertizes the sector ranges of its actuators. + + The independent_access_ranges directory contains one directory + per access range, with each range described using the sector + (RO) attribute file to indicate the first sector of the range + and the nr_sectors (RO) attribute file to indicate the total + number of sectors in the range starting from the first sector of + the range. For example, a dual-actuator hard-disk will have the + following independent_access_ranges entries.:: + + $ tree /sys/block/<disk>/queue/independent_access_ranges/ + /sys/block/<disk>/queue/independent_access_ranges/ + |-- 0 + | |-- nr_sectors + | `-- sector + `-- 1 + |-- nr_sectors + `-- sector + + The sector and nr_sectors attributes use 512B sector unit, + regardless of the actual block size of the device. Independent + access ranges do not overlap and include all sectors within the + device capacity. The access ranges are numbered in increasing + order of the range start sector, that is, the sector attribute + of range 0 always has the value 0. + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/io_poll +Date: November 2015 +Contact: linux-block@vger.kernel.org +Description: + [RW] When read, this file shows whether polling is enabled (1) + or disabled (0). Writing '0' to this file will disable polling + for this device. Writing any non-zero value will enable this + feature. + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/io_poll_delay +Date: November 2016 +Contact: linux-block@vger.kernel.org +Description: + [RW] This was used to control what kind of polling will be + performed. It is now fixed to -1, which is classic polling. + In this mode, the CPU will repeatedly ask for completions + without giving up any time. + <deprecated> + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/io_timeout +Date: November 2018 +Contact: Weiping Zhang <zhangweiping@didiglobal.com> +Description: + [RW] io_timeout is the request timeout in milliseconds. If a + request does not complete in this time then the block driver + timeout handler is invoked. That timeout handler can decide to + retry the request, to fail it or to start a device recovery + strategy. + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/iostats +Date: January 2009 +Contact: linux-block@vger.kernel.org +Description: + [RW] This file is used to control (on/off) the iostats + accounting of the disk. + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/logical_block_size +Date: May 2009 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> +Description: + [RO] This is the smallest unit the storage device can address. + It is typically 512 bytes. + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/max_active_zones +Date: July 2020 +Contact: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> +Description: + [RO] For zoned block devices (zoned attribute indicating + "host-managed" or "host-aware"), the sum of zones belonging to + any of the zone states: EXPLICIT OPEN, IMPLICIT OPEN or CLOSED, + is limited by this value. If this value is 0, there is no limit. + + If the host attempts to exceed this limit, the driver should + report this error with BLK_STS_ZONE_ACTIVE_RESOURCE, which user + space may see as the EOVERFLOW errno. + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/max_discard_segments +Date: February 2017 +Contact: linux-block@vger.kernel.org +Description: + [RO] The maximum number of DMA scatter/gather entries in a + discard request. + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/max_hw_sectors_kb +Date: September 2004 +Contact: linux-block@vger.kernel.org +Description: + [RO] This is the maximum number of kilobytes supported in a + single data transfer. + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/max_integrity_segments +Date: September 2010 +Contact: linux-block@vger.kernel.org +Description: + [RO] Maximum number of elements in a DMA scatter/gather list + with integrity data that will be submitted by the block layer + core to the associated block driver. + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/max_open_zones +Date: July 2020 +Contact: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> +Description: + [RO] For zoned block devices (zoned attribute indicating + "host-managed" or "host-aware"), the sum of zones belonging to + any of the zone states: EXPLICIT OPEN or IMPLICIT OPEN, is + limited by this value. If this value is 0, there is no limit. + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/max_sectors_kb +Date: September 2004 +Contact: linux-block@vger.kernel.org +Description: + [RW] This is the maximum number of kilobytes that the block + layer will allow for a filesystem request. Must be smaller than + or equal to the maximum size allowed by the hardware. Write 0 + to use default kernel settings. + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/max_segment_size +Date: March 2010 +Contact: linux-block@vger.kernel.org +Description: + [RO] Maximum size in bytes of a single element in a DMA + scatter/gather list. + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/max_segments +Date: March 2010 +Contact: linux-block@vger.kernel.org +Description: + [RO] Maximum number of elements in a DMA scatter/gather list + that is submitted to the associated block driver. + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/minimum_io_size +Date: April 2009 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> +Description: + [RO] Storage devices may report a granularity or preferred + minimum I/O size which is the smallest request the device can + perform without incurring a performance penalty. For disk + drives this is often the physical block size. For RAID arrays + it is often the stripe chunk size. A properly aligned multiple + of minimum_io_size is the preferred request size for workloads + where a high number of I/O operations is desired. + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/nomerges +Date: January 2010 +Contact: linux-block@vger.kernel.org +Description: + [RW] Standard I/O elevator operations include attempts to merge + contiguous I/Os. For known random I/O loads these attempts will + always fail and result in extra cycles being spent in the + kernel. This allows one to turn off this behavior on one of two + ways: When set to 1, complex merge checks are disabled, but the + simple one-shot merges with the previous I/O request are + enabled. When set to 2, all merge tries are disabled. The + default value is 0 - which enables all types of merge tries. + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/nr_requests +Date: July 2003 +Contact: linux-block@vger.kernel.org +Description: + [RW] This controls how many requests may be allocated in the + block layer for read or write requests. Note that the total + allocated number may be twice this amount, since it applies only + to reads or writes (not the accumulated sum). + + To avoid priority inversion through request starvation, a + request queue maintains a separate request pool per each cgroup + when CONFIG_BLK_CGROUP is enabled, and this parameter applies to + each such per-block-cgroup request pool. IOW, if there are N + block cgroups, each request queue may have up to N request + pools, each independently regulated by nr_requests. + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/nr_zones +Date: November 2018 +Contact: Damien Le Moal <damien.lemoal@wdc.com> +Description: + [RO] nr_zones indicates the total number of zones of a zoned + block device ("host-aware" or "host-managed" zone model). For + regular block devices, the value is always 0. + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/optimal_io_size +Date: April 2009 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> +Description: + [RO] Storage devices may report an optimal I/O size, which is + the device's preferred unit for sustained I/O. This is rarely + reported for disk drives. For RAID arrays it is usually the + stripe width or the internal track size. A properly aligned + multiple of optimal_io_size is the preferred request size for + workloads where sustained throughput is desired. If no optimal + I/O size is reported this file contains 0. + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/physical_block_size +Date: May 2009 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> +Description: + [RO] This is the smallest unit a physical storage device can + write atomically. It is usually the same as the logical block + size but may be bigger. One example is SATA drives with 4KB + sectors that expose a 512-byte logical block size to the + operating system. For stacked block devices the + physical_block_size variable contains the maximum + physical_block_size of the component devices. + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/read_ahead_kb +Date: May 2004 +Contact: linux-block@vger.kernel.org +Description: + [RW] Maximum number of kilobytes to read-ahead for filesystems + on this block device. + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/rotational +Date: January 2009 +Contact: linux-block@vger.kernel.org +Description: + [RW] This file is used to stat if the device is of rotational + type or non-rotational type. + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/rq_affinity +Date: September 2008 +Contact: linux-block@vger.kernel.org +Description: + [RW] If this option is '1', the block layer will migrate request + completions to the cpu "group" that originally submitted the + request. For some workloads this provides a significant + reduction in CPU cycles due to caching effects. + + For storage configurations that need to maximize distribution of + completion processing setting this option to '2' forces the + completion to run on the requesting cpu (bypassing the "group" + aggregation logic). + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/scheduler +Date: October 2004 +Contact: linux-block@vger.kernel.org +Description: + [RW] When read, this file will display the current and available + IO schedulers for this block device. The currently active IO + scheduler will be enclosed in [] brackets. Writing an IO + scheduler name to this file will switch control of this block + device to that new IO scheduler. Note that writing an IO + scheduler name to this file will attempt to load that IO + scheduler module, if it isn't already present in the system. + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/stable_writes +Date: September 2020 +Contact: linux-block@vger.kernel.org +Description: + [RW] This file will contain '1' if memory must not be modified + while it is being used in a write request to this device. When + this is the case and the kernel is performing writeback of a + page, the kernel will wait for writeback to complete before + allowing the page to be modified again, rather than allowing + immediate modification as is normally the case. This + restriction arises when the device accesses the memory multiple + times where the same data must be seen every time -- for + example, once to calculate a checksum and once to actually write + the data. If no such restriction exists, this file will contain + '0'. This file is writable for testing purposes. + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/throttle_sample_time +Date: March 2017 +Contact: linux-block@vger.kernel.org +Description: + [RW] This is the time window that blk-throttle samples data, in + millisecond. blk-throttle makes decision based on the + samplings. Lower time means cgroups have more smooth throughput, + but higher CPU overhead. This exists only when + CONFIG_BLK_DEV_THROTTLING_LOW is enabled. + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/virt_boundary_mask +Date: April 2021 +Contact: linux-block@vger.kernel.org +Description: + [RO] This file shows the I/O segment memory alignment mask for + the block device. I/O requests to this device will be split + between segments wherever either the memory address of the end + of the previous segment or the memory address of the beginning + of the current segment is not aligned to virt_boundary_mask + 1 + bytes. + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/wbt_lat_usec +Date: November 2016 +Contact: linux-block@vger.kernel.org +Description: + [RW] If the device is registered for writeback throttling, then + this file shows the target minimum read latency. If this latency + is exceeded in a given window of time (see wb_window_usec), then + the writeback throttling will start scaling back writes. Writing + a value of '0' to this file disables the feature. Writing a + value of '-1' to this file resets the value to the default + setting. + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/write_cache +Date: April 2016 +Contact: linux-block@vger.kernel.org +Description: + [RW] When read, this file will display whether the device has + write back caching enabled or not. It will return "write back" + for the former case, and "write through" for the latter. Writing + to this file can change the kernels view of the device, but it + doesn't alter the device state. This means that it might not be + safe to toggle the setting from "write back" to "write through", + since that will also eliminate cache flushes issued by the + kernel. + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/write_same_max_bytes +Date: January 2012 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> +Description: + [RO] Some devices support a write same operation in which a + single data block can be written to a range of several + contiguous blocks on storage. This can be used to wipe areas on + disk or to initialize drives in a RAID configuration. + write_same_max_bytes indicates how many bytes can be written in + a single write same command. If write_same_max_bytes is 0, write + same is not supported by the device. + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/write_zeroes_max_bytes +Date: November 2016 +Contact: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> +Description: + [RO] Devices that support write zeroes operation in which a + single request can be issued to zero out the range of contiguous + blocks on storage without having any payload in the request. + This can be used to optimize writing zeroes to the devices. + write_zeroes_max_bytes indicates how many bytes can be written + in a single write zeroes command. If write_zeroes_max_bytes is + 0, write zeroes is not supported by the device. + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/zone_append_max_bytes +Date: May 2020 +Contact: linux-block@vger.kernel.org +Description: + [RO] This is the maximum number of bytes that can be written to + a sequential zone of a zoned block device using a zone append + write operation (REQ_OP_ZONE_APPEND). This value is always 0 for + regular block devices. + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/zone_write_granularity +Date: January 2021 +Contact: linux-block@vger.kernel.org +Description: + [RO] This indicates the alignment constraint, in bytes, for + write operations in sequential zones of zoned block devices + (devices with a zoned attributed that reports "host-managed" or + "host-aware"). This value is always 0 for regular block devices. + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/zoned +Date: September 2016 +Contact: Damien Le Moal <damien.lemoal@wdc.com> +Description: + [RO] zoned indicates if the device is a zoned block device and + the zone model of the device if it is indeed zoned. The + possible values indicated by zoned are "none" for regular block + devices and "host-aware" or "host-managed" for zoned block + devices. The characteristics of host-aware and host-managed + zoned block devices are described in the ZBC (Zoned Block + Commands) and ZAC (Zoned Device ATA Command Set) standards. + These standards also define the "drive-managed" zone model. + However, since drive-managed zoned block devices do not support + zone commands, they will be treated as regular block devices and + zoned will report "none". + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/hidden +Date: March 2023 +Contact: linux-block@vger.kernel.org +Description: + [RO] the block device is hidden. it doesn’t produce events, and + can’t be opened from userspace or using blkdev_get*. + Used for the underlying components of multipath devices. + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/stat +Date: February 2008 +Contact: Jerome Marchand <jmarchan@redhat.com> +Description: + The /sys/block/<disk>/stat files displays the I/O + statistics of disk <disk>. They contain 11 fields: + + == ============================================== + 1 reads completed successfully + 2 reads merged + 3 sectors read + 4 time spent reading (ms) + 5 writes completed + 6 writes merged + 7 sectors written + 8 time spent writing (ms) + 9 I/Os currently in progress + 10 time spent doing I/Os (ms) + 11 weighted time spent doing I/Os (ms) + 12 discards completed + 13 discards merged + 14 sectors discarded + 15 time spent discarding (ms) + 16 flush requests completed + 17 time spent flushing (ms) + == ============================================== + + For more details refer Documentation/admin-guide/iostats.rst diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-firewire b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-firewire index 41e5a0cd1e3e..9ac9eddb82ef 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-firewire +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-firewire @@ -47,6 +47,7 @@ Description: IEEE 1394 node device attribute. Read-only and immutable. Values: 1: The sysfs entry represents a local node (a controller card). + 0: The sysfs entry represents a remote node. @@ -125,7 +126,9 @@ Description: Read-only attribute, immutable during the target's lifetime. Format, as exposed by firewire-sbp2 since 2.6.22, May 2007: Colon-separated hexadecimal string representations of + u64 EUI-64 : u24 directory_ID : u16 LUN + without 0x prefixes, without whitespace. The former sbp2 driver (removed in 2.6.37 after being superseded by firewire-sbp2) used a somewhat shorter format which was not as close to SAM. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-fsl-mc b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-fsl-mc new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..58f06c7eeed7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-fsl-mc @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +What: /sys/bus/fsl-mc/rescan +Date: January 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com> +Description: Writing a non-zero value to this attribute will + force a rescan of fsl-mc bus in the system and + synchronize the objects under fsl-mc bus and the + Management Complex firmware. +Users: Userspace drivers and management tools + +What: /sys/bus/fsl-mc/autorescan +Date: January 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com> +Description: Writing a zero value to this attribute will + disable the DPRC IRQs on which automatic rescan + of the fsl-mc bus is performed. A non-zero value + will enable the DPRC IRQs. +Users: Userspace drivers and management tools diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-mhi b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-mhi index ecfe7662f8d0..96ccc3385a2b 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-mhi +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-mhi @@ -19,3 +19,13 @@ Description: The file holds the OEM PK Hash value of the endpoint device read without having the device power on at least once, the file will read all 0's. Users: Any userspace application or clients interested in device info. + +What: /sys/bus/mhi/devices/.../soc_reset +Date: April 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Contact: mhi@lists.linux.dev +Description: Initiates a SoC reset on the MHI controller. A SoC reset is + a reset of last resort, and will require a complete re-init. + This can be useful as a method of recovery if the device is + non-responsive, or as a means of loading new firmware as a + system administration task. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-nvmem b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-nvmem index 9ffba8576f7b..c399323f37de 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-nvmem +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-nvmem @@ -9,13 +9,14 @@ Description: Note: This file is only present if CONFIG_NVMEM_SYSFS is enabled - ex: - hexdump /sys/bus/nvmem/devices/qfprom0/nvmem + ex:: - 0000000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 - * - 00000a0 db10 2240 0000 e000 0c00 0c00 0000 0c00 - 0000000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 - ... - * - 0001000 + hexdump /sys/bus/nvmem/devices/qfprom0/nvmem + + 0000000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 + * + 00000a0 db10 2240 0000 e000 0c00 0c00 0000 0c00 + 0000000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 + ... + * + 0001000 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-usb b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-usb index b832eeff9999..cad4bc232520 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-usb +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-usb @@ -50,8 +50,10 @@ Description: Tools can use this file and the connected_duration file to compute the percentage of time that a device has been active. - For example, - echo $((100 * `cat active_duration` / `cat connected_duration`)) + For example:: + + echo $((100 * `cat active_duration` / `cat connected_duration`)) + will give an integer percentage. Note that this does not account for counter wrap. Users: diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-vmbus b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-vmbus index 8e8d167eca31..3066feae1d8d 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-vmbus +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-vmbus @@ -1,3 +1,10 @@ +What: /sys/bus/vmbus/hibernation +Date: Jan 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: Dexuan Cui <decui@microsoft.com> +Description: Whether the host supports hibernation for the VM. +Users: Daemon that sets up swap partition/file for hibernation. + What: /sys/bus/vmbus/devices/<UUID>/id Date: Jul 2009 KernelVersion: 2.6.31 @@ -54,14 +61,7 @@ Date: September. 2017 KernelVersion: 4.14 Contact: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com> Description: Directory for per-channel information - NN is the VMBUS relid associtated with the channel. - -What: /sys/bus/vmbus/devices/<UUID>/channels/<N>/cpu -Date: September. 2017 -KernelVersion: 4.14 -Contact: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com> -Description: VCPU (sub)channel is affinitized to -Users: tools/hv/lsvmbus and other debugging tools + NN is the VMBUS relid associated with the channel. What: /sys/bus/vmbus/devices/<UUID>/channels/<N>/cpu Date: September. 2017 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-w1 b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-w1 index 992dfb183ed0..5cd5e872bcae 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-w1 +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-w1 @@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ Description: Bus scanning interval, microseconds component. control systems are attached/generate presence for as short as 100 ms - hence the tens-to-hundreds milliseconds scan intervals are required. + see Documentation/w1/w1-generic.rst for detailed information. Users: any user space application which wants to know bus scanning interval diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-xen-backend b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-xen-backend index e8b60bd766f7..480a89edfa05 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-xen-backend +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-xen-backend @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ Date: April 2011 KernelVersion: 3.0 Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com> Description: - The major:minor number (in hexidecimal) of the + The major:minor number (in hexadecimal) of the physical device providing the storage for this backend block device. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-backlight b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-backlight index 70302f370e7e..023fb52645f8 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-backlight +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-backlight @@ -4,6 +4,7 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.12 Contact: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net> Description: Control BACKLIGHT power, values are FB_BLANK_* from fb.h + - FB_BLANK_UNBLANK (0) : power on. - FB_BLANK_POWERDOWN (4) : power off Users: HAL diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-infiniband b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-infiniband index 96dfe1926b76..ebf08c604336 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-infiniband +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-infiniband @@ -8,12 +8,14 @@ Date: Apr, 2005 KernelVersion: v2.6.12 Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org Description: + =============== =========================================== node_type: (RO) Node type (CA, RNIC, usNIC, usNIC UDP, switch or router) node_guid: (RO) Node GUID sys_image_guid: (RO) System image GUID + =============== =========================================== What: /sys/class/infiniband/<device>/node_desc @@ -47,6 +49,7 @@ KernelVersion: v2.6.12 Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org Description: + =============== =============================================== lid: (RO) Port LID rate: (RO) Port data rate (active width * active @@ -66,8 +69,9 @@ Description: cap_mask: (RO) Port capability mask. 2 bits here are settable- IsCommunicationManagementSupported - (set when CM module is loaded) and IsSM (set via - open of issmN file). + (set when CM module is loaded) and IsSM (set + via open of issmN file). + =============== =============================================== What: /sys/class/infiniband/<device>/ports/<port-num>/link_layer @@ -103,8 +107,7 @@ Date: Apr, 2005 KernelVersion: v2.6.12 Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org Description: - Errors info: - ----------- + **Errors info**: symbol_error: (RO) Total number of minor link errors detected on one or more physical lanes. @@ -142,8 +145,7 @@ Description: intervention. It can also indicate hardware issues or extremely poor link signal integrity - Data info: - --------- + **Data info**: port_xmit_data: (RO) Total number of data octets, divided by 4 (lanes), transmitted on all VLs. This is 64 bit counter @@ -176,8 +178,7 @@ Description: transmitted on all VLs from the port. This may include multicast packets with errors. - Misc info: - --------- + **Misc info**: port_xmit_discards: (RO) Total number of outbound packets discarded by the port because the port is down or congested. @@ -231,10 +232,10 @@ Description: The RoCE type of the associated GID resides at index <gid-index>. or "RoCE v2" for RoCE v2 based GIDs. -What: /sys/class/infiniband_mad/umadN/ibdev -What: /sys/class/infiniband_mad/umadN/port -What: /sys/class/infiniband_mad/issmN/ibdev -What: /sys/class/infiniband_mad/issmN/port +What: /sys/class/infiniband_mad/umad<N>/ibdev +What: /sys/class/infiniband_mad/umad<N>/port +What: /sys/class/infiniband_mad/issm<N>/ibdev +What: /sys/class/infiniband_mad/issm<N>/port Date: Apr, 2005 KernelVersion: v2.6.12 Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org @@ -244,9 +245,11 @@ Description: two umad devices and two issm devices, while a switch will have one device of each type (for switch port 0). + ======= ===================================== ibdev: (RO) Show Infiniband (IB) device name port: (RO) Display port number + ======= ===================================== What: /sys/class/infiniband_mad/abi_version @@ -258,33 +261,18 @@ Description: userspace ABI compatibility of umad & issm devices. -What: /sys/class/infiniband_cm/ucmN/ibdev -Date: Oct, 2005 -KernelVersion: v2.6.14 -Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org -Description: - (RO) Display Infiniband (IB) device name - - -What: /sys/class/infiniband_cm/abi_version -Date: Oct, 2005 -KernelVersion: v2.6.14 -Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org -Description: - (RO) Value is incremented if any changes are made that break - userspace ABI compatibility of ucm devices. - - -What: /sys/class/infiniband_verbs/uverbsN/ibdev -What: /sys/class/infiniband_verbs/uverbsN/abi_version +What: /sys/class/infiniband_verbs/uverbs<N>/ibdev +What: /sys/class/infiniband_verbs/uverbs<N>/abi_version Date: Sept, 2005 KernelVersion: v2.6.14 Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org Description: + =============== =========================================== ibdev: (RO) Display Infiniband (IB) device name abi_version: (RO) Show ABI version of IB device specific interfaces. + =============== =========================================== What: /sys/class/infiniband_verbs/abi_version @@ -306,12 +294,14 @@ Date: Apr, 2005 KernelVersion: v2.6.12 Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org Description: + =============== ================================================ hw_rev: (RO) Hardware revision number hca_type: (RO) Host Channel Adapter type: MT23108, MT25208 (MT23108 compat mode), MT25208 or MT25204 board_id: (RO) Manufacturing board ID + =============== ================================================ sysfs interface for Mellanox ConnectX HCA IB driver (mlx4) @@ -324,11 +314,13 @@ Date: Sep, 2007 KernelVersion: v2.6.24 Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org Description: + =============== =============================== hw_rev: (RO) Hardware revision number hca_type: (RO) Host channel adapter type board_id: (RO) Manufacturing board ID + =============== =============================== What: /sys/class/infiniband/mlx4_X/iov/ports/<port-num>/gids/<n> @@ -354,6 +346,7 @@ Description: example, ports/1/pkeys/10 contains the value at index 10 in port 1's P_Key table. + ======================= ========================================== gids/<n>: (RO) The physical port gids n = 0..127 admin_guids/<n>: (RW) Allows examining or changing the @@ -382,6 +375,7 @@ Description: guest, whenever it uses its pkey index 1, will actually be using the real pkey index 10. + ======================= ========================================== What: /sys/class/infiniband/mlx4_X/iov/<pci-slot-num>/ports/<m>/smi_enabled @@ -393,12 +387,14 @@ Description: Enabling QP0 on VFs for selected VF/port. By default, no VFs are enabled for QP0 operation. - smi_enabled: (RO) Indicates whether smi is currently enabled - for the indicated VF/port + ================= ==== =========================================== + smi_enabled: (RO) Indicates whether smi is currently enabled + for the indicated VF/port - enable_smi_admin:(RW) Used by the admin to request that smi - capability be enabled or disabled for the - indicated VF/port. 0 = disable, 1 = enable. + enable_smi_admin: (RW) Used by the admin to request that smi + capability be enabled or disabled for the + indicated VF/port. 0 = disable, 1 = enable. + ================= ==== =========================================== The requested enablement will occur at the next reset of the VF (e.g. driver restart on the VM which owns the VF). @@ -415,6 +411,7 @@ KernelVersion: v2.6.35 Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org Description: + =============== ============================================= hw_rev: (RO) Hardware revision number hca_type: (RO) Driver short name. Should normally match @@ -423,6 +420,7 @@ Description: board_id: (RO) Manufacturing board id. (Vendor + device information) + =============== ============================================= sysfs interface for Intel IB driver qib @@ -443,6 +441,7 @@ Date: May, 2010 KernelVersion: v2.6.35 Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org Description: + =============== ====================================================== version: (RO) Display version information of installed software and drivers. @@ -469,9 +468,10 @@ Description: chip_reset: (WO) Reset the chip if possible by writing "reset" to this file. Only allowed if no user contexts are open that use chip resources. + =============== ====================================================== -What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/ports/N/sl2vl/[0-15] +What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/ports/<N>/sl2vl/[0-15] Date: May, 2010 KernelVersion: v2.6.35 Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org @@ -480,34 +480,37 @@ Description: the Service Level (SL). Listing the SL files returns the Virtual Lane (VL) as programmed by the SL. -What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/ports/N/CCMgtA/cc_settings_bin -What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/ports/N/CCMgtA/cc_table_bin +What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/ports/<N>/CCMgtA/cc_settings_bin +What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/ports/<N>/CCMgtA/cc_table_bin Date: May, 2010 KernelVersion: v2.6.35 Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org Description: Per-port congestion control. Both are binary attributes. - cc_table_bin: (RO) Congestion control table size followed by + =============== ================================================ + cc_table_bin (RO) Congestion control table size followed by table entries. - cc_settings_bin:(RO) Congestion settings: port control, control + cc_settings_bin (RO) Congestion settings: port control, control map and an array of 16 entries for the congestion entries - increase, timer, event log trigger threshold and the minimum injection rate delay. + =============== ================================================ -What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/ports/N/linkstate/loopback -What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/ports/N/linkstate/led_override -What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/ports/N/linkstate/hrtbt_enable -What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/ports/N/linkstate/status -What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/ports/N/linkstate/status_str +What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/ports/<N>/linkstate/loopback +What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/ports/<N>/linkstate/led_override +What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/ports/<N>/linkstate/hrtbt_enable +What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/ports/<N>/linkstate/status +What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/ports/<N>/linkstate/status_str Date: May, 2010 KernelVersion: v2.6.35 Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org Description: [to be documented] + =============== =============================================== loopback: (WO) led_override: (WO) hrtbt_enable: (RW) @@ -518,17 +521,18 @@ Description: errors. Possible states are- "Initted", "Present", "IB_link_up", "IB_configured" or "Fatal_Hardware_Error". - -What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/ports/N/diag_counters/rc_resends -What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/ports/N/diag_counters/seq_naks -What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/ports/N/diag_counters/rdma_seq -What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/ports/N/diag_counters/rnr_naks -What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/ports/N/diag_counters/other_naks -What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/ports/N/diag_counters/rc_timeouts -What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/ports/N/diag_counters/look_pkts -What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/ports/N/diag_counters/pkt_drops -What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/ports/N/diag_counters/dma_wait -What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/ports/N/diag_counters/unaligned + =============== =============================================== + +What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/ports/<N>/diag_counters/rc_resends +What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/ports/<N>/diag_counters/seq_naks +What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/ports/<N>/diag_counters/rdma_seq +What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/ports/<N>/diag_counters/rnr_naks +What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/ports/<N>/diag_counters/other_naks +What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/ports/<N>/diag_counters/rc_timeouts +What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/ports/<N>/diag_counters/look_pkts +What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/ports/<N>/diag_counters/pkt_drops +What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/ports/<N>/diag_counters/dma_wait +What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/ports/<N>/diag_counters/unaligned Date: May, 2010 KernelVersion: v2.6.35 Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org @@ -566,6 +570,7 @@ Contact: Christian Benvenuti <benve@cisco.com>, linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org Description: + =============== =============================================== board_id: (RO) Manufacturing board id config: (RO) Report the configuration for this PF @@ -578,6 +583,7 @@ Description: iface: (RO) Shows which network interface this usNIC entry is associated to (visible with ifconfig). + =============== =============================================== What: /sys/class/infiniband/usnic_X/qpn/summary What: /sys/class/infiniband/usnic_X/qpn/context @@ -622,6 +628,7 @@ Date: May, 2016 KernelVersion: v4.6 Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org Description: + =============== ============================================= hw_rev: (RO) Hardware revision number board_id: (RO) Manufacturing board id @@ -640,73 +647,80 @@ Description: available. tempsense: (RO) Thermal sense information + =============== ============================================= -What: /sys/class/infiniband/hfi1_X/ports/N/CCMgtA/cc_settings_bin -What: /sys/class/infiniband/hfi1_X/ports/N/CCMgtA/cc_table_bin -What: /sys/class/infiniband/hfi1_X/ports/N/CCMgtA/cc_prescan +What: /sys/class/infiniband/hfi1_X/ports/<N>/CCMgtA/cc_settings_bin +What: /sys/class/infiniband/hfi1_X/ports/<N>/CCMgtA/cc_table_bin +What: /sys/class/infiniband/hfi1_X/ports/<N>/CCMgtA/cc_prescan Date: May, 2016 KernelVersion: v4.6 Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org Description: Per-port congestion control. - cc_table_bin: (RO) CCA tables used by PSM2 Congestion control + =============== ================================================ + cc_table_bin (RO) CCA tables used by PSM2 Congestion control table size followed by table entries. Binary attribute. - cc_settings_bin:(RO) Congestion settings: port control, control + cc_settings_bin (RO) Congestion settings: port control, control map and an array of 16 entries for the congestion entries - increase, timer, event log trigger threshold and the minimum injection rate delay. Binary attribute. - cc_prescan: (RW) enable prescanning for faster BECN + cc_prescan (RW) enable prescanning for faster BECN response. Write "on" to enable and "off" to disable. + =============== ================================================ -What: /sys/class/infiniband/hfi1_X/ports/N/sc2vl/[0-31] -What: /sys/class/infiniband/hfi1_X/ports/N/sl2sc/[0-31] -What: /sys/class/infiniband/hfi1_X/ports/N/vl2mtu/[0-15] +What: /sys/class/infiniband/hfi1_X/ports/<N>/sc2vl/[0-31] +What: /sys/class/infiniband/hfi1_X/ports/<N>/sl2sc/[0-31] +What: /sys/class/infiniband/hfi1_X/ports/<N>/vl2mtu/[0-15] Date: May, 2016 KernelVersion: v4.6 Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org Description: + =============== =================================================== sc2vl/: (RO) 32 files (0 - 31) used to translate sl->vl sl2sc/: (RO) 32 files (0 - 31) used to translate sl->sc vl2mtu/: (RO) 16 files (0 - 15) used to determine MTU for vl + =============== =================================================== -What: /sys/class/infiniband/hfi1_X/sdma_N/cpu_list -What: /sys/class/infiniband/hfi1_X/sdma_N/vl +What: /sys/class/infiniband/hfi1_X/sdma_<N>/cpu_list +What: /sys/class/infiniband/hfi1_X/sdma_<N>/vl Date: Sept, 2016 KernelVersion: v4.8 Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org Description: sdma<N>/ contains one directory per sdma engine (0 - 15) + =============== ============================================== cpu_list: (RW) List of cpus for user-process to sdma engine assignment. vl: (RO) Displays the virtual lane (vl) the sdma engine maps to. + =============== ============================================== This interface gives the user control on the affinity settings for the device. As an example, to set an sdma engine irq affinity and thread affinity of a user processes to use the sdma engine, which is "near" in terms of NUMA configuration, or - physical cpu location, the user will do: + physical cpu location, the user will do:: - echo "3" > /proc/irq/<N>/smp_affinity_list - echo "4-7" > /sys/devices/.../sdma3/cpu_list - cat /sys/devices/.../sdma3/vl - 0 - echo "8" > /proc/irq/<M>/smp_affinity_list - echo "9-12" > /sys/devices/.../sdma4/cpu_list - cat /sys/devices/.../sdma4/vl - 1 + echo "3" > /proc/irq/<N>/smp_affinity_list + echo "4-7" > /sys/devices/.../sdma3/cpu_list + cat /sys/devices/.../sdma3/vl + 0 + echo "8" > /proc/irq/<M>/smp_affinity_list + echo "9-12" > /sys/devices/.../sdma4/cpu_list + cat /sys/devices/.../sdma4/vl + 1 to make sure that when a process runs on cpus 4,5,6, or 7, and uses vl=0, then sdma engine 3 is selected by the driver, and @@ -717,24 +731,6 @@ Description: is the irq number of "sdma3", and M is irq number of "sdma4" in the /proc/interrupts file. - -sysfs interface for Intel(R) X722 iWARP i40iw driver ----------------------------------------------------- - -What: /sys/class/infiniband/i40iwX/hw_rev -What: /sys/class/infiniband/i40iwX/hca_type -What: /sys/class/infiniband/i40iwX/board_id -Date: Jan, 2016 -KernelVersion: v4.10 -Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org -Description: - hw_rev: (RO) Hardware revision number - - hca_type: (RO) Show HCA type (I40IW) - - board_id: (RO) I40IW board ID - - sysfs interface for QLogic qedr NIC Driver ------------------------------------------ @@ -745,9 +741,11 @@ KernelVersion: v4.10 Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org Description: + =============== ==== ======================== hw_rev: (RO) Hardware revision number hca_type: (RO) Display HCA type + =============== ==== ======================== sysfs interface for VMware Paravirtual RDMA driver @@ -761,11 +759,13 @@ KernelVersion: v4.10 Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org Description: + =============== ==== ===================================== hw_rev: (RO) Hardware revision number hca_type: (RO) Host channel adapter type board_id: (RO) Display PVRDMA manufacturing board ID + =============== ==== ===================================== sysfs interface for Broadcom NetXtreme-E RoCE driver @@ -777,6 +777,8 @@ Date: Feb, 2017 KernelVersion: v4.11 Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org Description: + =============== ==== ========================= hw_rev: (RO) Hardware revision number hca_type: (RO) Host channel adapter type + =============== ==== ========================= diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-rfkill b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-rfkill index 5b154f922643..037979f7dc4b 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-rfkill +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-rfkill @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ rfkill - radio frequency (RF) connector kill switch support For details to this subsystem look at Documentation/driver-api/rfkill.rst. -For the deprecated /sys/class/rfkill/*/claim knobs of this interface look in +For the deprecated ``/sys/class/rfkill/*/claim`` knobs of this interface look in Documentation/ABI/removed/sysfs-class-rfkill. What: /sys/class/rfkill @@ -36,9 +36,10 @@ KernelVersion v2.6.22 Contact: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org Description: Whether the soft blocked state is initialised from non-volatile storage at startup. -Values: A numeric value. - 0: false - 1: true +Values: A numeric value: + + - 0: false + - 1: true What: /sys/class/rfkill/rfkill[0-9]+/state @@ -54,6 +55,7 @@ Description: Current state of the transmitter. through this interface. There will likely be another attempt to remove it in the future. Values: A numeric value. + 0: RFKILL_STATE_SOFT_BLOCKED transmitter is turned off by software 1: RFKILL_STATE_UNBLOCKED @@ -69,6 +71,7 @@ KernelVersion v2.6.34 Contact: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org Description: Current hardblock state. This file is read only. Values: A numeric value. + 0: inactive The transmitter is (potentially) active. 1: active @@ -82,7 +85,9 @@ KernelVersion v2.6.34 Contact: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org Description: Current softblock state. This file is read and write. Values: A numeric value. + 0: inactive The transmitter is (potentially) active. + 1: active The transmitter is turned off by software. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-tpm b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-tpm index 58e94e7d55be..411d5895bed4 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-tpm +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-tpm @@ -32,11 +32,11 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.12 Contact: linux-integrity@vger.kernel.org Description: The "caps" property contains TPM manufacturer and version info. - Example output: + Example output:: - Manufacturer: 0x53544d20 - TCG version: 1.2 - Firmware version: 8.16 + Manufacturer: 0x53544d20 + TCG version: 1.2 + Firmware version: 8.16 Manufacturer is a hex dump of the 4 byte manufacturer info space in a TPM. TCG version shows the TCG TPM spec level that @@ -54,9 +54,9 @@ Description: The "durations" property shows the 3 vendor-specific values any longer than necessary before starting to poll for a result. - Example output: + Example output:: - 3015000 4508000 180995000 [original] + 3015000 4508000 180995000 [original] Here the short, medium and long durations are displayed in usecs. "[original]" indicates that the values are displayed @@ -92,14 +92,14 @@ Description: The "pcrs" property will dump the current value of all Platform values may be constantly changing, the output is only valid for a snapshot in time. - Example output: + Example output:: - PCR-00: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75 - PCR-01: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75 - PCR-02: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75 - PCR-03: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75 - PCR-04: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75 - ... + PCR-00: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75 + PCR-01: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75 + PCR-02: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75 + PCR-03: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75 + PCR-04: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75 + ... The number of PCRs and hex bytes needed to represent a PCR value will vary depending on TPM chip version. For TPM 1.1 and @@ -119,44 +119,44 @@ Description: The "pubek" property will return the TPM's public endorsement ated at TPM manufacture time and exists for the life of the chip. - Example output: - - Algorithm: 00 00 00 01 - Encscheme: 00 03 - Sigscheme: 00 01 - Parameters: 00 00 08 00 00 00 00 02 00 00 00 00 - Modulus length: 256 - Modulus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ossible values: - - Algorithm: TPM_ALG_RSA (1) - Encscheme: TPM_ES_RSAESPKCSv15 (2) + Example output:: + + Algorithm: 00 00 00 01 + Encscheme: 00 03 + Sigscheme: 00 01 + Parameters: 00 00 08 00 00 00 00 02 00 00 00 00 + Modulus length: 256 + Modulus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ossible values:: + + Algorithm: TPM_ALG_RSA (1) + Encscheme: TPM_ES_RSAESPKCSv15 (2) TPM_ES_RSAESOAEP_SHA1_MGF1 (3) - Sigscheme: TPM_SS_NONE (1) - Parameters, a byte string of 3 u32 values: + Sigscheme: TPM_SS_NONE (1) + Parameters, a byte string of 3 u32 values: Key Length (bits): 00 00 08 00 (2048) Num primes: 00 00 00 02 (2) Exponent Size: 00 00 00 00 (0 means the default exp) - Modulus Length: 256 (bytes) - Modulus: The 256 byte Endorsement Key modulus + Modulus Length: 256 (bytes) + Modulus: The 256 byte Endorsement Key modulus What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/device/temp_deactivated Date: April 2006 @@ -176,9 +176,9 @@ Description: The "timeouts" property shows the 4 vendor-specific values timeouts is defined by the TPM interface spec that the chip conforms to. - Example output: + Example output:: - 750000 750000 750000 750000 [original] + 750000 750000 750000 750000 [original] The four timeout values are shown in usecs, with a trailing "[original]" or "[adjusted]" depending on whether the values @@ -191,6 +191,20 @@ Contact: linux-integrity@vger.kernel.org Description: The "tpm_version_major" property shows the TCG spec major version implemented by the TPM device. - Example output: + Example output:: - 2 + 2 + +What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/pcr-<H>/<N> +Date: March 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: linux-integrity@vger.kernel.org +Description: produces output in compact hex representation for PCR + number N from hash bank H. N is the numeric value of + the PCR number and H is the crypto string + representation of the hash + + Example output:: + + cat /sys/class/tpm/tpm0/pcr-sha256/7 + 2ED93F199692DC6788EFA6A1FE74514AB9760B2A6CEEAEF6C808C13E4ABB0D42 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices index 4404bd9b96c1..98a8ef99ac5f 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices @@ -1,5 +1,6 @@ -# Note: This documents additional properties of any device beyond what -# is documented in Documentation/admin-guide/sysfs-rules.rst +Note: + This documents additional properties of any device beyond what + is documented in Documentation/admin-guide/sysfs-rules.rst What: /sys/devices/*/of_node Date: February 2015 @@ -22,3 +23,10 @@ Contact: Device Tree mailing list <devicetree@vger.kernel.org> Description: If CONFIG_OF is enabled, then this file is present. When read, it returns full name of the device node. + +What: /sys/devices/*/dev +Date: Jun 2006 +Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> +Description: + Major and minor numbers of the character device corresponding + to the device (in <major>:<minor> format). diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-node b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-node index 484fc04bcc25..402af4b2b905 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-node +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-node @@ -176,3 +176,48 @@ Contact: Keith Busch <keith.busch@intel.com> Description: The cache write policy: 0 for write-back, 1 for write-through, other or unknown. + +What: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/x86/sgx_total_bytes +Date: November 2021 +Contact: Jarkko Sakkinen <jarkko@kernel.org> +Description: + The total amount of SGX physical memory in bytes. + +What: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/memory_failure/total +Date: January 2023 +Contact: Jiaqi Yan <jiaqiyan@google.com> +Description: + The total number of raw poisoned pages (pages containing + corrupted data due to memory errors) on a NUMA node. + +What: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/memory_failure/ignored +Date: January 2023 +Contact: Jiaqi Yan <jiaqiyan@google.com> +Description: + Of the raw poisoned pages on a NUMA node, how many pages are + ignored by memory error recovery attempt, usually because + support for this type of pages is unavailable, and kernel + gives up the recovery. + +What: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/memory_failure/failed +Date: January 2023 +Contact: Jiaqi Yan <jiaqiyan@google.com> +Description: + Of the raw poisoned pages on a NUMA node, how many pages are + failed by memory error recovery attempt. This usually means + a key recovery operation failed. + +What: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/memory_failure/delayed +Date: January 2023 +Contact: Jiaqi Yan <jiaqiyan@google.com> +Description: + Of the raw poisoned pages on a NUMA node, how many pages are + delayed by memory error recovery attempt. Delayed poisoned + pages usually will be retried by kernel. + +What: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/memory_failure/recovered +Date: January 2023 +Contact: Jiaqi Yan <jiaqiyan@google.com> +Description: + Of the raw poisoned pages on a NUMA node, how many pages are + recovered by memory error recovery attempt. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-system-cpu b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-system-cpu index 33c133e2a631..902392d7eddf 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-system-cpu +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-system-cpu @@ -23,3 +23,105 @@ Description: Default value for the Data Stream Control Register (DSCR) on here). If set by a process it will be inherited by child processes. Values: 64 bit unsigned integer (bit field) + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/topology/physical_package_id +Description: physical package id of cpuX. Typically corresponds to a physical + socket number, but the actual value is architecture and platform + dependent. +Values: integer + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/topology/die_id +Description: the CPU die ID of cpuX. Typically it is the hardware platform's + identifier (rather than the kernel's). The actual value is + architecture and platform dependent. +Values: integer + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/topology/core_id +Description: the CPU core ID of cpuX. Typically it is the hardware platform's + identifier (rather than the kernel's). The actual value is + architecture and platform dependent. +Values: integer + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/topology/cluster_id +Description: the cluster ID of cpuX. Typically it is the hardware platform's + identifier (rather than the kernel's). The actual value is + architecture and platform dependent. +Values: integer + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/topology/book_id +Description: the book ID of cpuX. Typically it is the hardware platform's + identifier (rather than the kernel's). The actual value is + architecture and platform dependent. it's only used on s390. +Values: integer + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/topology/drawer_id +Description: the drawer ID of cpuX. Typically it is the hardware platform's + identifier (rather than the kernel's). The actual value is + architecture and platform dependent. it's only used on s390. +Values: integer + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/topology/core_cpus +Description: internal kernel map of CPUs within the same core. + (deprecated name: "thread_siblings") +Values: hexadecimal bitmask. + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/topology/core_cpus_list +Description: human-readable list of CPUs within the same core. + The format is like 0-3, 8-11, 14,17. + (deprecated name: "thread_siblings_list"). +Values: decimal list. + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/topology/package_cpus +Description: internal kernel map of the CPUs sharing the same physical_package_id. + (deprecated name: "core_siblings"). +Values: hexadecimal bitmask. + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/topology/package_cpus_list +Description: human-readable list of CPUs sharing the same physical_package_id. + The format is like 0-3, 8-11, 14,17. + (deprecated name: "core_siblings_list") +Values: decimal list. + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/topology/die_cpus +Description: internal kernel map of CPUs within the same die. +Values: hexadecimal bitmask. + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/topology/ppin +Description: per-socket protected processor inventory number +Values: hexadecimal. + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/topology/die_cpus_list +Description: human-readable list of CPUs within the same die. + The format is like 0-3, 8-11, 14,17. +Values: decimal list. + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/topology/cluster_cpus +Description: internal kernel map of CPUs within the same cluster. +Values: hexadecimal bitmask. + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/topology/cluster_cpus_list +Description: human-readable list of CPUs within the same cluster. + The format is like 0-3, 8-11, 14,17. +Values: decimal list. + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/topology/book_siblings +Description: internal kernel map of cpuX's hardware threads within the same + book_id. it's only used on s390. +Values: hexadecimal bitmask. + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/topology/book_siblings_list +Description: human-readable list of cpuX's hardware threads within the same + book_id. + The format is like 0-3, 8-11, 14,17. it's only used on s390. +Values: decimal list. + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/topology/drawer_siblings +Description: internal kernel map of cpuX's hardware threads within the same + drawer_id. it's only used on s390. +Values: hexadecimal bitmask. + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/topology/drawer_siblings_list +Description: human-readable list of cpuX's hardware threads within the same + drawer_id. + The format is like 0-3, 8-11, 14,17. it's only used on s390. +Values: decimal list. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-dma-idxd b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-dma-idxd index b44183880935..534b7a3d59fc 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-dma-idxd +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-dma-idxd @@ -22,6 +22,7 @@ Date: Oct 25, 2019 KernelVersion: 5.6.0 Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org Description: The largest number of work descriptors in a batch. + It's not visible when the device does not support batch. What: /sys/bus/dsa/devices/dsa<m>/max_work_queues_size Date: Oct 25, 2019 @@ -41,14 +42,16 @@ KernelVersion: 5.6.0 Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org Description: The maximum number of groups can be created under this device. -What: /sys/bus/dsa/devices/dsa<m>/max_tokens -Date: Oct 25, 2019 -KernelVersion: 5.6.0 +What: /sys/bus/dsa/devices/dsa<m>/max_read_buffers +Date: Dec 10, 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.17.0 Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org -Description: The total number of bandwidth tokens supported by this device. - The bandwidth tokens represent resources within the DSA +Description: The total number of read buffers supported by this device. + The read buffers represent resources within the DSA implementation, and these resources are allocated by engines to - support operations. + support operations. See DSA spec v1.2 9.2.4 Total Read Buffers. + It's not visible when the device does not support Read Buffer + allocation control. What: /sys/bus/dsa/devices/dsa<m>/max_transfer_size Date: Oct 25, 2019 @@ -77,6 +80,13 @@ Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org Description: The operation capability bit mask specify the operation types supported by the this device. +What: /sys/bus/dsa/devices/dsa<m>/pasid_enabled +Date: Oct 27, 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.11.0 +Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org +Description: To indicate if PASID (process address space identifier) is + enabled or not for this device. + What: /sys/bus/dsa/devices/dsa<m>/state Date: Oct 25, 2019 KernelVersion: 5.6.0 @@ -108,19 +118,46 @@ KernelVersion: 5.6.0 Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org Description: To indicate if this device is configurable or not. -What: /sys/bus/dsa/devices/dsa<m>/token_limit -Date: Oct 25, 2019 -KernelVersion: 5.6.0 +What: /sys/bus/dsa/devices/dsa<m>/read_buffer_limit +Date: Dec 10, 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.17.0 Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org -Description: The maximum number of bandwidth tokens that may be in use at +Description: The maximum number of read buffers that may be in use at one time by operations that access low bandwidth memory in the - device. + device. See DSA spec v1.2 9.2.8 GENCFG on Global Read Buffer Limit. + It's not visible when the device does not support Read Buffer + allocation control. What: /sys/bus/dsa/devices/dsa<m>/cmd_status Date: Aug 28, 2020 KernelVersion: 5.10.0 Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org Description: The last executed device administrative command's status/error. + Also last configuration error overloaded. + Writing to it will clear the status. + +What: /sys/bus/dsa/devices/dsa<m>/iaa_cap +Date: Sept 14, 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.0.0 +Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org +Description: IAA (IAX) capability mask. Exported to user space for application + consumption. This attribute should only be visible on IAA devices + that are version 2 or later. + +What: /sys/bus/dsa/devices/dsa<m>/event_log_size +Date: Sept 14, 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.4.0 +Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org +Description: The event log size to be configured. Default is 64 entries and + occupies 4k size if the evl entry is 64 bytes. It's visible + only on platforms that support the capability. + +What: /sys/bus/dsa/devices/wq<m>.<n>/block_on_fault +Date: Oct 27, 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.11.0 +Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org +Description: To indicate block on fault is allowed or not for the work queue + to support on demand paging. What: /sys/bus/dsa/devices/wq<m>.<n>/group_id Date: Oct 25, 2019 @@ -159,7 +196,7 @@ What: /sys/bus/dsa/devices/wq<m>.<n>/priority Date: Oct 25, 2019 KernelVersion: 5.6.0 Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org -Description: The priority value of this work queue, it is a vlue relative to +Description: The priority value of this work queue, it is a value relative to other work queue in the same group to control quality of service for dispatching work from multiple workqueues in the same group. @@ -189,9 +226,130 @@ KernelVersion: 5.10.0 Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org Description: The max batch size for this workqueue. Cannot exceed device max batch size. Configurable parameter. + It's not visible when the device does not support batch. + +What: /sys/bus/dsa/devices/wq<m>.<n>/ats_disable +Date: Nov 13, 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.11.0 +Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org +Description: Indicate whether ATS disable is turned on for the workqueue. + 0 indicates ATS is on, and 1 indicates ATS is off for the workqueue. + +What: /sys/bus/dsa/devices/wq<m>.<n>/prs_disable +Date: Sept 14, 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.4.0 +Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org +Description: Controls whether PRS disable is turned on for the workqueue. + 0 indicates PRS is on, and 1 indicates PRS is off for the + workqueue. This option overrides block_on_fault attribute + if set. It's visible only on platforms that support the + capability. + +What: /sys/bus/dsa/devices/wq<m>.<n>/occupancy +Date May 25, 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.14.0 +Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org +Description: Show the current number of entries in this WQ if WQ Occupancy + Support bit WQ capabilities is 1. + +What: /sys/bus/dsa/devices/wq<m>.<n>/enqcmds_retries +Date Oct 29, 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.17.0 +Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org +Description: Indicate the number of retires for an enqcmds submission on a sharedwq. + A max value to set attribute is capped at 64. + +What: /sys/bus/dsa/devices/wq<m>.<n>/op_config +Date: Sept 14, 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.0.0 +Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org +Description: Shows the operation capability bits displayed in bitmap format + presented by %*pb printk() output format specifier. + The attribute can be configured when the WQ is disabled in + order to configure the WQ to accept specific bits that + correlates to the operations allowed. It's visible only + on platforms that support the capability. What: /sys/bus/dsa/devices/engine<m>.<n>/group_id Date: Oct 25, 2019 KernelVersion: 5.6.0 Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org Description: The group that this engine belongs to. + +What: /sys/bus/dsa/devices/group<m>.<n>/use_read_buffer_limit +Date: Dec 10, 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.17.0 +Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org +Description: Enable the use of global read buffer limit for the group. See DSA + spec v1.2 9.2.18 GRPCFG Use Global Read Buffer Limit. + It's not visible when the device does not support Read Buffer + allocation control. + +What: /sys/bus/dsa/devices/group<m>.<n>/read_buffers_allowed +Date: Dec 10, 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.17.0 +Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org +Description: Indicates max number of read buffers that may be in use at one time + by all engines in the group. See DSA spec v1.2 9.2.18 GRPCFG Read + Buffers Allowed. + It's not visible when the device does not support Read Buffer + allocation control. + +What: /sys/bus/dsa/devices/group<m>.<n>/read_buffers_reserved +Date: Dec 10, 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.17.0 +Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org +Description: Indicates the number of Read Buffers reserved for the use of + engines in the group. See DSA spec v1.2 9.2.18 GRPCFG Read Buffers + Reserved. + It's not visible when the device does not support Read Buffer + allocation control. + +What: /sys/bus/dsa/devices/group<m>.<n>/desc_progress_limit +Date: Sept 14, 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.0.0 +Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org +Description: Allows control of the number of work descriptors that can be + concurrently processed by an engine in the group as a fraction + of the Maximum Work Descriptors in Progress value specified in + the ENGCAP register. The acceptable values are 0 (default), + 1 (1/2 of max value), 2 (1/4 of the max value), and 3 (1/8 of + the max value). It's visible only on platforms that support + the capability. + +What: /sys/bus/dsa/devices/group<m>.<n>/batch_progress_limit +Date: Sept 14, 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.0.0 +Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org +Description: Allows control of the number of batch descriptors that can be + concurrently processed by an engine in the group as a fraction + of the Maximum Batch Descriptors in Progress value specified in + the ENGCAP register. The acceptable values are 0 (default), + 1 (1/2 of max value), 2 (1/4 of the max value), and 3 (1/8 of + the max value). It's visible only on platforms that support + the capability. + +What: /sys/bus/dsa/devices/wq<m>.<n>/dsa<x>\!wq<m>.<n>/file<y>/cr_faults +Date: Sept 14, 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.4.0 +Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org +Description: Show the number of Completion Record (CR) faults this application + has caused. + +What: /sys/bus/dsa/devices/wq<m>.<n>/dsa<x>\!wq<m>.<n>/file<y>/cr_fault_failures +Date: Sept 14, 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.4.0 +Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org +Description: Show the number of Completion Record (CR) faults failures that this + application has caused. The failure counter is incremented when the + driver cannot fault in the address for the CR. Typically this is caused + by a bad address programmed in the submitted descriptor or a malicious + submitter is using bad CR address on purpose. + +What: /sys/bus/dsa/devices/wq<m>.<n>/dsa<x>\!wq<m>.<n>/file<y>/pid +Date: Sept 14, 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.4.0 +Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org +Description: Show the process id of the application that opened the file. This is + helpful information for a monitor daemon that wants to kill the + application that opened the file. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-dma-ioatdma b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-dma-ioatdma index 420c1d09e42f..3a4e2cd0ddcc 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-dma-ioatdma +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-dma-ioatdma @@ -1,29 +1,29 @@ -What: sys/devices/pciXXXX:XX/0000:XX:XX.X/dma/dma<n>chan<n>/quickdata/cap +What: /sys/devices/pciXXXX:XX/0000:XX:XX.X/dma/dma<n>chan<n>/quickdata/cap Date: December 3, 2009 KernelVersion: 2.6.32 Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org Description: Capabilities the DMA supports.Currently there are DMA_PQ, DMA_PQ_VAL, DMA_XOR,DMA_XOR_VAL,DMA_INTERRUPT. -What: sys/devices/pciXXXX:XX/0000:XX:XX.X/dma/dma<n>chan<n>/quickdata/ring_active +What: /sys/devices/pciXXXX:XX/0000:XX:XX.X/dma/dma<n>chan<n>/quickdata/ring_active Date: December 3, 2009 KernelVersion: 2.6.32 Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org Description: The number of descriptors active in the ring. -What: sys/devices/pciXXXX:XX/0000:XX:XX.X/dma/dma<n>chan<n>/quickdata/ring_size +What: /sys/devices/pciXXXX:XX/0000:XX:XX.X/dma/dma<n>chan<n>/quickdata/ring_size Date: December 3, 2009 KernelVersion: 2.6.32 Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org Description: Descriptor ring size, total number of descriptors available. -What: sys/devices/pciXXXX:XX/0000:XX:XX.X/dma/dma<n>chan<n>/quickdata/version +What: /sys/devices/pciXXXX:XX/0000:XX:XX.X/dma/dma<n>chan<n>/quickdata/version Date: December 3, 2009 KernelVersion: 2.6.32 Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org Description: Version of ioatdma device. -What: sys/devices/pciXXXX:XX/0000:XX:XX.X/dma/dma<n>chan<n>/quickdata/intr_coalesce +What: /sys/devices/pciXXXX:XX/0000:XX:XX.X/dma/dma<n>chan<n>/quickdata/intr_coalesce Date: August 8, 2017 KernelVersion: 4.14 Contact: dmaengine@vger.kernel.org diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-firmware-zynqmp b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-firmware-zynqmp index 00fa04c76ff3..c3fec3c835af 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-firmware-zynqmp +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-firmware-zynqmp @@ -12,13 +12,15 @@ Description: resets. Three registers are used by the FSBL and other Xilinx software products: GLOBAL_GEN_STORAGE{4:6}. - Usage: - # cat /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/ggs0 - # echo <value> > /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/ggs0 + Usage:: + + # cat /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/ggs0 + # echo <value> > /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/ggs0 + + Example:: - Example: - # cat /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/ggs0 - # echo 0x1234ABCD > /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/ggs0 + # cat /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/ggs0 + # echo 0x1234ABCD > /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/ggs0 Users: Xilinx @@ -39,13 +41,15 @@ Description: software products: PERS_GLOB_GEN_STORAGE{4:7}. Register is reset only by a POR reset. - Usage: - # cat /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/pggs0 - # echo <value> > /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/pggs0 + Usage:: + + # cat /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/pggs0 + # echo <value> > /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/pggs0 + + Example:: - Example: - # cat /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/pggs0 - # echo 0x1234ABCD > /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/pggs0 + # cat /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/pggs0 + # echo 0x1234ABCD > /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/pggs0 Users: Xilinx @@ -61,23 +65,28 @@ Description: Following are available shutdown scopes(subtypes): - subsystem: Only the APU along with all of its peripherals + subsystem: + Only the APU along with all of its peripherals not used by other processing units will be shut down. This may result in the FPD power domain being shut down provided that no other processing unit uses FPD peripherals or DRAM. - ps_only: The complete PS will be shut down, including the + ps_only: + The complete PS will be shut down, including the RPU, PMU, etc. Only the PL domain (FPGA) remains untouched. - system: The complete system/device is shut down. + system: + The complete system/device is shut down. - Usage: - # cat /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/shutdown_scope - # echo <scope> > /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/shutdown_scope + Usage:: + + # cat /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/shutdown_scope + # echo <scope> > /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/shutdown_scope + + Example:: - Example: - # cat /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/shutdown_scope - # echo "subsystem" > /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/shutdown_scope + # cat /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/shutdown_scope + # echo "subsystem" > /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/shutdown_scope Users: Xilinx @@ -94,10 +103,154 @@ Description: system restart. Usage: - Set healthy bit - # echo 1 > /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/health_status - Unset healthy bit - # echo 0 > /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/health_status + Set healthy bit:: + + # echo 1 > /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/health_status + + Unset healthy bit:: + + # echo 0 > /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/health_status + +Users: Xilinx + +What: /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/feature_config_id +Date: Feb 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: "Ronak Jain" <ronak.jain@xilinx.com> +Description: + This sysfs interface allows user to configure features at + runtime. The user can enable or disable features running at + firmware as well as the user can configure the parameters of + the features at runtime. The supported features are over + temperature and external watchdog. Here, the external watchdog + is completely different than the /dev/watchdog as the external + watchdog is running on the firmware and it is used to monitor + the health of firmware not APU(Linux). Also, the external + watchdog is interfaced outside of the zynqmp soc. + + The supported config ids are for the feature configuration is, + 1. PM_FEATURE_OVERTEMP_STATUS = 1, the user can enable or + disable the over temperature feature. + 2. PM_FEATURE_OVERTEMP_VALUE = 2, the user can configure the + over temperature limit in Degree Celsius. + 3. PM_FEATURE_EXTWDT_STATUS = 3, the user can enable or disable + the external watchdog feature. + 4. PM_FEATURE_EXTWDT_VALUE = 4, the user can configure the + external watchdog feature. + + Usage: + + Select over temperature config ID to enable/disable feature + # echo 1 > /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/feature_config_id + + Check over temperature config ID is selected or not + # cat /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/feature_config_id + The expected result is 1. + + Select over temperature config ID to configure OT limit + # echo 2 > /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/feature_config_id + + Check over temperature config ID is selected or not + # cat /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/feature_config_id + The expected result is 2. + + Select external watchdog config ID to enable/disable feature + # echo 3 > /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/feature_config_id + + Check external watchdog config ID is selected or not + # cat /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/feature_config_id + The expected result is 3. + + Select external watchdog config ID to configure time interval + # echo 4 > /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/feature_config_id + + Check external watchdog config ID is selected or not + # cat /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/feature_config_id + The expected result is 4. + +Users: Xilinx + +What: /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/feature_config_value +Date: Feb 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: "Ronak Jain" <ronak.jain@xilinx.com> +Description: + This sysfs interface allows to configure features at runtime. + The user can enable or disable features running at firmware. + Also, the user can configure the parameters of the features + at runtime. The supported features are over temperature and + external watchdog. Here, the external watchdog is completely + different than the /dev/watchdog as the external watchdog is + running on the firmware and it is used to monitor the health + of firmware not APU(Linux). Also, the external watchdog is + interfaced outside of the zynqmp soc. + + By default the features are disabled in the firmware. The user + can enable features by querying appropriate config id of the + features. + + The default limit for the over temperature is 90 Degree Celsius. + The default timer interval for the external watchdog is 570ms. + + The supported config ids are for the feature configuration is, + 1. PM_FEATURE_OVERTEMP_STATUS = 1, the user can enable or + disable the over temperature feature. + 2. PM_FEATURE_OVERTEMP_VALUE = 2, the user can configure the + over temperature limit in Degree Celsius. + 3. PM_FEATURE_EXTWDT_STATUS = 3, the user can enable or disable + the external watchdog feature. + 4. PM_FEATURE_EXTWDT_VALUE = 4, the user can configure the + external watchdog feature. + + Usage: + + Enable over temperature feature + # echo 1 > /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/feature_config_id + # echo 1 > /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/feature_config_value + + Check whether the over temperature feature is enabled or not + # cat /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/feature_config_value + The expected result is 1. + + Disable over temperature feature + # echo 1 > /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/feature_config_id + # echo 0 > /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/feature_config_value + + Check whether the over temperature feature is disabled or not + # cat /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/feature_config_value + The expected result is 0. + + Configure over temperature limit to 50 Degree Celsius + # echo 2 > /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/feature_config_id + # echo 50 > /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/feature_config_value + + Check whether the over temperature limit is configured or not + # cat /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/feature_config_value + The expected result is 50. + + Enable external watchdog feature + # echo 3 > /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/feature_config_id + # echo 1 > /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/feature_config_value + + Check whether the external watchdog feature is enabled or not + # cat /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/feature_config_value + The expected result is 1. + + Disable external watchdog feature + # echo 3 > /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/feature_config_id + # echo 0 > /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/feature_config_value + + Check whether the external watchdog feature is disabled or not + # cat /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/feature_config_value + The expected result is 0. + + Configure external watchdog timer interval to 500ms + # echo 4 > /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/feature_config_id + # echo 500 > /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/feature_config_value + + Check whether the external watchdog timer interval is configured or not + # cat /sys/devices/platform/firmware\:zynqmp-firmware/feature_config_value + The expected result is 500. Users: Xilinx diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-ib_srp b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-ib_srp index 84972a57caae..bada15a329f7 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-ib_srp +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-ib_srp @@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ Description: Interface for making ib_srp connect to a new target. One can request ib_srp to connect to a new target by writing a comma-separated list of login parameters to this sysfs attribute. The supported parameters are: + * id_ext, a 16-digit hexadecimal number specifying the eight byte identifier extension in the 16-byte SRP target port identifier. The target port identifier is sent by ib_srp diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-mlxreg-io b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-mlxreg-io index fd9a8045bb0c..60953903d007 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-mlxreg-io +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-mlxreg-io @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/asic_health Date: June 2018 KernelVersion: 4.19 -Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimpmellanox.com> +Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimp@nvidia.com> Description: This file shows ASIC health status. The possible values are: 0 - health failed, 2 - health OK, 3 - ASIC in booting state. @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/cpld1_version What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/cpld2_version Date: June 2018 KernelVersion: 4.19 -Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimpmellanox.com> +Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimp@nvidia.com> Description: These files show with which CPLD versions have been burned on carrier and switch boards. @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Description: These files show with which CPLD versions have been burned What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/fan_dir Date: December 2018 KernelVersion: 5.0 -Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimpmellanox.com> +Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimp@nvidia.com> Description: This file shows the system fans direction: forward direction - relevant bit is set 0; reversed direction - relevant bit is set 1. @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ Description: This file shows the system fans direction: What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/cpld3_version Date: November 2018 KernelVersion: 5.0 -Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimpmellanox.com> +Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimp@nvidia.com> Description: These files show with which CPLD versions have been burned on LED or Gearbox board. @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ Description: These files show with which CPLD versions have been burned What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/jtag_enable Date: November 2018 KernelVersion: 5.0 -Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimpmellanox.com> +Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimp@nvidia.com> Description: These files enable and disable the access to the JTAG domain. By default access to the JTAG domain is disabled. @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ Description: These files enable and disable the access to the JTAG domain. What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/select_iio Date: June 2018 KernelVersion: 4.19 -Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimpmellanox.com> +Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimp@nvidia.com> Description: This file allows iio devices selection. Attribute select_iio can be written with 0 or with 1. It @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/psu1_on /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/pwr_down Date: June 2018 KernelVersion: 4.19 -Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimpmellanox.com> +Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimp@nvidia.com> Description: These files allow asserting system power cycling, switching power supply units on and off and system's main power domain shutdown. @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/reset_short_pb What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/reset_sw_reset Date: June 2018 KernelVersion: 4.19 -Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimpmellanox.com> +Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimp@nvidia.com> Description: These files show the system reset cause, as following: power auxiliary outage or power refresh, ASIC thermal shutdown, halt, hotswap, watchdog, firmware reset, long press power button, @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/reset_system What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/reset_voltmon_upgrade_fail Date: November 2018 KernelVersion: 5.0 -Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimpmellanox.com> +Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimp@nvidia.com> Description: These files show the system reset cause, as following: ComEx power fail, reset from ComEx, system platform reset, reset due to voltage monitor devices upgrade failure, @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ Description: These files show the system reset cause, as following: ComEx What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/cpld4_version Date: November 2018 KernelVersion: 5.0 -Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimpmellanox.com> +Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimp@nvidia.com> Description: These files show with which CPLD versions have been burned on LED board. @@ -133,11 +133,11 @@ What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/reset_sff_wd What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/reset_swb_wd Date: June 2019 KernelVersion: 5.3 -Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimpmellanox.com> +Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimp@nvidia.com> Description: These files show the system reset cause, as following: COMEX thermal shutdown; wathchdog power off or reset was derived by one of the next components: COMEX, switch board or by Small Form - Factor mezzanine, reset requested from ASIC, reset cuased by BIOS + Factor mezzanine, reset requested from ASIC, reset caused by BIOS reload. Value 1 in file means this is reset cause, 0 - otherwise. Only one of the above causes could be 1 at the same time, representing only last reset cause. @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/config1 What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/config2 Date: January 2020 KernelVersion: 5.6 -Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimpmellanox.com> +Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimp@nvidia.com> Description: These files show system static topology identification like system's static I2C topology, number and type of FPGA devices within the system and so on. @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/reset_soc What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/reset_sw_pwr_off Date: January 2020 KernelVersion: 5.6 -Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimpmellanox.com> +Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimp@nvidia.com> Description: These files show the system reset causes, as following: reset due to AC power failure, reset invoked from software by assertion reset signal through CPLD. reset caused by signal @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ Description: These files show the system reset causes, as following: reset What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/pcie_asic_reset_dis Date: January 2020 KernelVersion: 5.6 -Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimpmellanox.com> +Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimp@nvidia.com> Description: This file allows to retain ASIC up during PCIe root complex reset, when attribute is set 1. @@ -182,8 +182,8 @@ Description: This file allows to retain ASIC up during PCIe root complex What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/vpd_wp Date: January 2020 KernelVersion: 5.6 -Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimpmellanox.com> -Description: This file allows to overwrite system VPD hardware wrtie +Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimp@nvidia.com> +Description: This file allows to overwrite system VPD hardware write protection when attribute is set 1. The file is read/write. @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ Description: This file allows to overwrite system VPD hardware wrtie What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/voltreg_update_status Date: January 2020 KernelVersion: 5.6 -Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimpmellanox.com> +Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimp@nvidia.com> Description: This file exposes the configuration update status of burnable voltage regulator devices. The status values are as following: 0 - OK; 1 - CRC failure; 2 = I2C failure; 3 - in progress. @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ Description: This file exposes the configuration update status of burnable What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/ufm_version Date: January 2020 KernelVersion: 5.6 -Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimpmellanox.com> +Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimp@nvidia.com> Description: This file exposes the firmware version of burnable voltage regulator devices. @@ -217,9 +217,448 @@ What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/cpld3_version_min What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/cpld4_version_min Date: July 2020 KernelVersion: 5.9 -Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimpmellanox.com> +Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimp@nvidia.com> Description: These files show with which CPLD part numbers and minor versions have been burned CPLD devices equipped on a system. The files are read only. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/bios_active_image +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/bios_auth_fail +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/bios_upgrade_fail +Date: October 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.16 +Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimp@nvidia.com> +Description: The files represent BIOS statuses: + + bios_active_image: location of current active BIOS image: + 0: Top, 1: Bottom. + The reported value should correspond to value expected by OS + in case of BIOS safe mode is 0. This bit is related to Intel + top-swap feature of DualBios on the same flash. + + bios_auth_fail: BIOS upgrade is failed because provided BIOS + image is not signed correctly. + + bios_upgrade_fail: BIOS upgrade is failed by some other + reason not because authentication. For example due to + physical SPI flash problem. + + The files are read only. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/lc1_enable +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/lc2_enable +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/lc3_enable +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/lc4_enable +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/lc5_enable +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/lc6_enable +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/lc7_enable +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/lc8_enable +Date: October 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.16 +Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimp@nvidia.com> +Description: These files allow line cards enable state control. + Expected behavior: + When lc{n}_enable is written 1, related line card is released + from the reset state, when 0 - is hold in reset state. + + The files are read/write. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/lc1_pwr +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/lc2_pwr +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/lc3_pwr +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/lc4_pwr +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/lc5_pwr +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/lc6_pwr +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/lc7_pwr +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/lc8_pwr +Date: October 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.16 +Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimp@nvidia.com> +Description: These files switching line cards power on and off. + Expected behavior: + When lc{n}_pwr is written 1, related line card is powered + on, when written 0 - powered off. + + The files are read/write. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/lc1_rst_mask +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/lc2_rst_mask +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/lc3_rst_mask +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/lc4_rst_mask +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/lc5_rst_mask +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/lc6_rst_mask +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/lc7_rst_mask +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/lc8_rst_mask +Date: October 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.16 +Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimp@nvidia.com> +Description: These files clear line card reset bit enforced by ASIC, when it + sets it due to some abnormal ASIC behavior. + Expected behavior: + When lc{n}_rst_mask is written 1, related line card reset bit + is cleared, when written 0 - no effect. + + The files are write only. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/os_started +Date: October 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.16 +Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimp@nvidia.com> +Description: This file, when written 1, indicates to programmable devices + that OS is taking control over it. + + The file is read/write. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/pm_mgmt_en +Date: October 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.16 +Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimp@nvidia.com> +Description: This file assigns power management control ownership. + When power management control is provided by hardware, hardware + will automatically power off one or more line previously + powered line cards in case system power budget is getting + insufficient. It could be in case when some of power units lost + power good state. + When pm_mgmt_en is written 1, power management control by + software is enabled, 0 - power management control by hardware. + Note that for any setting of pm_mgmt_en attribute hardware will + not allow to power on any new line card in case system power + budget is insufficient. + Same in case software will try to power on several line cards + at once - hardware will power line cards while system has + enough power budget. + Default is 0. + + The file is read/write. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/psu3_on +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/psu4_on +Date: October 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.16 +Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimp@nvidia.com> +Description: These files switching power supply units on and off. + Expected behavior: + When psu3_on or psu4_on is written 1, related unit will be + disconnected from the power source, when written 0 - connected. + + The files are write only. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/shutdown_unlock +Date: October 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.16 +Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimp@nvidia.com> +Description: This file allows to unlock ASIC after thermal shutdown event. + When system thermal shutdown is enforced by ASIC, ASIC is + getting locked and after system boot it will not be available. + Software can decide to unlock it by setting this attribute to + 1 and then perform system power cycle by setting pwr_cycle + attribute to 1 (power cycle of main power domain). + Before setting shutdown_unlock to 1 it is recommended to + validate that system reboot cause is reset_asic_thermal or + reset_thermal_spc_or_pciesw. + In case shutdown_unlock is not set 1, the only way to release + ASIC from locking - is full system power cycle through the + external power distribution unit. + Default is 1. + + The file is read/write. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/i2c_mlxcpld.*/i2c-*/i2c-*/i2c-*/*-0032/mlxreg-io.*/hwmon/hwmon*/cpld1_pn +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/i2c_mlxcpld.*/i2c-*/i2c-*/i2c-*/*-0032/mlxreg-io.*/hwmon/hwmon*/cpld1_version +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/i2c_mlxcpld.*/i2c-*/i2c-*/i2c-*/*-0032/mlxreg-io.*/hwmon/hwmon*/cpld1_version_min +Date: October 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.16 +Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimp@nvidia.com> +Description: These files show with which CPLD major and minor versions + and part number has been burned CPLD device on line card. + + The files are read only. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/i2c_mlxcpld.*/i2c-*/i2c-*/i2c-*/*-0032/mlxreg-io.*/hwmon/hwmon*/fpga1_pn +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/i2c_mlxcpld.*/i2c-*/i2c-*/i2c-*/*-0032/mlxreg-io.*/hwmon/hwmon*/fpga1_version +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/i2c_mlxcpld.*/i2c-*/i2c-*/i2c-*/*-0032/mlxreg-io.*/hwmon/hwmon*/fpga1_version_min +Date: October 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.16 +Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimp@nvidia.com> +Description: These files show with which FPGA major and minor versions + and part number has been burned FPGA device on line card. + + The files are read only. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/i2c_mlxcpld.*/i2c-*/i2c-*/i2c-*/*-0032/mlxreg-io.*/hwmon/hwmon*/vpd_wp +Date: October 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.16 +Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimp@nvidia.com> +Description: This file allow to overwrite line card VPD hardware write + protection mode. When attribute is set 1 - write protection is + disabled, when 0 - enabled. + Default is 0. + If the system is in locked-down mode writing this file will not + be allowed. + The purpose if this file is to allow line card VPD burning + during production flow. + + The file is read/write. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/i2c_mlxcpld.*/i2c-*/i2c-*/i2c-*/*-0032/mlxreg-io.*/hwmon/hwmon*/reset_aux_pwr_or_ref +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/i2c_mlxcpld.*/i2c-*/i2c-*/i2c-*/*-0032/mlxreg-io.*/hwmon/hwmon*/reset_dc_dc_pwr_fail +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/i2c_mlxcpld.*/i2c-*/i2c-*/i2c-*/*-0032/mlxreg-io.*/hwmon/hwmon*/reset_fpga_not_done +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/i2c_mlxcpld.*/i2c-*/i2c-*/i2c-*/*-0032/mlxreg-io.*/hwmon/hwmon*/reset_from_chassis +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/i2c_mlxcpld.*/i2c-*/i2c-*/i2c-*/*-0032/mlxreg-io.*/hwmon/hwmon*/reset_line_card +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/i2c_mlxcpld.*/i2c-*/i2c-*/i2c-*/*-0032/mlxreg-io.*/hwmon/hwmon*/reset_pwr_off_from_chassis +Date: October 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.16 +Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimp@nvidia.com> +Description: These files show the line reset cause, as following: power + auxiliary outage or power refresh, DC-to-DC power failure, FPGA reset + failed, line card reset failed, power off from chassis. + Value 1 in file means this is reset cause, 0 - otherwise. Only one of + the above causes could be 1 at the same time, representing only last + reset cause. + + The files are read only. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/i2c_mlxcpld.*/i2c-*/i2c-*/i2c-*/*-0032/mlxreg-io.*/hwmon/hwmon*/cpld_upgrade_en +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/i2c_mlxcpld.*/i2c-*/i2c-*/i2c-*/*-0032/mlxreg-io.*/hwmon/hwmon*/fpga_upgrade_en +Date: October 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.16 +Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimp@nvidia.com> +Description: These files allow CPLD and FPGA burning. Value 1 in file means burning + is enabled, 0 - otherwise. + If the system is in locked-down mode writing these files will + not be allowed. + The purpose of these files to allow line card CPLD and FPGA + upgrade through the JTAG daisy-chain. + + The files are read/write. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/i2c_mlxcpld.*/i2c-*/i2c-*/i2c-*/*-0032/mlxreg-io.*/hwmon/hwmon*/qsfp_pwr_en +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/i2c_mlxcpld.*/i2c-*/i2c-*/i2c-*/*-0032/mlxreg-io.*/hwmon/hwmon*/pwr_en +Date: October 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.16 +Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimp@nvidia.com> +Description: These files allow to power on/off all QSFP ports and whole line card. + The attributes are set 1 for power on, 0 - for power off. + + The files are read/write. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/i2c_mlxcpld.*/i2c-*/i2c-*/i2c-*/*-0032/mlxreg-io.*/hwmon/hwmon*/agb_spi_burn_en +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/i2c_mlxcpld.*/i2c-*/i2c-*/i2c-*/*-0032/mlxreg-io.*/hwmon/hwmon*/fpga_spi_burn_en +Date: October 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.16 +Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimp@nvidia.com> +Description: These files allow gearboxes and FPGA SPI flash burning. + The attributes are set 1 to enable burning, 0 - to disable. + If the system is in locked-down mode writing these files will + not be allowed. + The purpose of these files to allow line card Gearboxes and FPGA + burning during production flow. + + The file is read/write. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/i2c_mlxcpld.*/i2c-*/i2c-*/i2c-*/*-0032/mlxreg-io.*/hwmon/hwmon*/max_power +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/i2c_mlxcpld.*/i2c-*/i2c-*/i2c-*/*-0032/mlxreg-io.*/hwmon/hwmon*/config +Date: October 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.16 +Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimp@nvidia.com> +Description: These files provide the maximum powered required for line card + feeding and line card configuration Id. + + The files are read only. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/phy_reset +Date: May 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimp@nvidia.com> +Description: This file allows to reset PHY 88E1548 when attribute is set 0 + due to some abnormal PHY behavior. + Expected behavior: + When phy_reset is written 1, all PHY 88E1548 are released + from the reset state, when 0 - are hold in reset state. + + The files are read/write. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/mac_reset +Date: May 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimp@nvidia.com> +Description: This file allows to reset ASIC MT52132 when attribute is set 0 + due to some abnormal ASIC behavior. + Expected behavior: + When mac_reset is written 1, the ASIC MT52132 is released + from the reset state, when 0 - is hold in reset state. + + The files are read/write. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/qsfp_pwr_good +Date: May 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimp@nvidia.com> +Description: This file shows QSFP ports power status. The value is set to 0 + when one of any QSFP ports is plugged. The value is set to 1 when + there are no any QSFP ports are plugged. + The possible values are: + 0 - Power good, 1 - Not power good. + + The files are read only. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/asic2_health +Date: July 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.20 +Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimp@nvidia.com> +Description: This file shows 2-nd ASIC health status. The possible values are: + 0 - health failed, 2 - health OK, 3 - ASIC in booting state. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/asic_reset +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/asic2_reset +Date: July 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.20 +Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimp@nvidia.com> +Description: These files allow to each of ASICs by writing 1. + + The files are write only. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/comm_chnl_ready +Date: July 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.20 +Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimp@nvidia.com> +Description: This file is used to indicate remote end (for example BMC) that system + host CPU is ready for sending telemetry data to remote end. + For indication the file should be written 1. + + The file is write only. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/config3 +Date: January 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.6 +Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimp@nvidia.com> +Description: The file indicates COME module hardware configuration. + The value is pushed by hardware through GPIO pins. + The purpose is to expose some minor BOM changes for the same system SKU. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/reset_pwr_converter_fail +Date: February 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.3 +Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimp@nvidia.com> +Description: This file shows the system reset cause due to power converter + devices failure. + Value 1 in file means this is reset cause, 0 - otherwise. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/erot1_ap_reset +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/erot2_ap_reset +Date: February 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.3 +Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimp@nvidia.com> +Description: These files aim to monitor the status of the External Root of Trust (EROT) + processor's RESET output to the Application Processor (AP). + By reading this file, could be determined if the EROT has invalidated or + revoked AP Firmware, at which point it will hold the AP in RESET until a + valid firmware is loaded. This protects the AP from running an + unauthorized firmware. In the normal flow, the AP reset should be released + after the EROT validates the integrity of the FW, and it should be done so + as quickly as possible so that the AP boots before the CPU starts to + communicate to each ASIC. + + The files are read only. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/erot1_recovery +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/erot2_recovery +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/erot1_reset +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/erot2_reset +Date: February 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.3 +Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimp@nvidia.com> +Description: These files aim to perform External Root of Trust (EROT) recovery + sequence after EROT device failure. + These EROT devices protect ASICs from unauthorized access and in normal + flow their reset should be released with system power – earliest power + up stage, so that EROTs can begin boot and authentication process before + CPU starts to communicate to ASICs. + Issuing a reset to the EROT while asserting the recovery signal will cause + the EROT Application Processor to enter recovery mode so that the EROT FW + can be updated/recovered. + For reset/recovery the related file should be toggled by 1/0. + + The files are read/write. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/erot1_wp +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/erot2_wp +Date: February 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.3 +Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimp@nvidia.com> +Description: These files allow access to External Root of Trust (EROT) for reset + and recovery sequence after EROT device failure. + Default is 0 (programming disabled). + If the system is in locked-down mode writing this file will not be allowed. + + The files are read/write. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/spi_chnl_select +Date: February 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.3 +Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimp@nvidia.com> +Description: This file allows SPI chip selection for External Root of Trust (EROT) + device Out-of-Band recovery. + File can be written with 0 or with 1. It selects which EROT can be accessed + through SPI device. + + The file is read/write. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/asic_pg_fail +Date: February 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.3 +Contact: Vadim Pasternak vadimp@nvidia.com +Description: This file shows ASIC Power Good status. + Value 1 in file means ASIC Power Good failed, 0 - otherwise. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/clk_brd1_boot_fail +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/clk_brd2_boot_fail +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/clk_brd_fail +Date: February 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.3 +Contact: Vadim Pasternak vadimp@nvidia.com +Description: These files are related to clock boards status in system. + - clk_brd1_boot_fail: warning about 1-st clock board failed to boot from CI. + - clk_brd2_boot_fail: warning about 2-nd clock board failed to boot from CI. + - clk_brd_fail: error about common clock board boot failure. + + The files are read only. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/clk_brd_prog_en +Date: February 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.3 +Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimp@nvidia.com> +Description: This file enables programming of clock boards. + Default is 0 (programming disabled). + If the system is in locked-down mode writing this file will not be allowed. + + The file is read/write. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/pwr_converter_prog_en +Date: February 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.3 +Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimp@nvidia.com> +Description: This file enables programming of power converters. + Default is 0 (programming disabled). + If the system is in locked-down mode writing this file will not be allowed. + + The file is read/write. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/reset_ac_ok_fail +Date: February 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.3 +Contact: Vadim Pasternak <vadimp@nvidia.com> +Description: This file shows the system reset cause due to AC power failure. + Value 1 in file means this is reset cause, 0 - otherwise. + + The file is read only. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-speakup b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-speakup index c6a32c434ce9..bcb6831aa114 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-speakup +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-speakup @@ -35,6 +35,15 @@ Description: This controls cursor delay when using arrow keys. When a characters. Set this to a higher value to adjust for the delay and better synchronisation between cursor position and speech. +What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/cur_phonetic +KernelVersion: 6.2 +Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org +Description: This allows speakup to speak letters phoneticaly when arrowing through + a word letter by letter. This doesn't affect the spelling when typing + the characters. When cur_phonetic=1, speakup will speak characters + phoneticaly when arrowing over a letter. When cur_phonetic=0, speakup + will speak letters as normally. + What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/delimiters KernelVersion: 2.6 Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org @@ -69,6 +78,7 @@ Description: Controls if typing interrupts output from speakup. With speakup if for example the say screen command is used before the entire screen is read. + With no_interrupt set to one, if the say screen command is used, and one then types on the keyboard, speakup will continue to say the whole screen regardless until @@ -215,8 +225,10 @@ Description: This file contains names for key states. Again, these are part of the help system. For instance, if you had pressed speakup + keypad 3, you would hear: "speakup keypad 3 is go to bottom edge." + The speakup key is depressed, so the name of the key state is speakup. + This part of the message comes from the states collection. What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/i18n/characters @@ -270,7 +282,7 @@ Description: In `/sys/accessibility/speakup` is a directory corresponding to Below is a description of values and parameters for soft synthesizer, which is currently the most commonly used. -What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/soft/caps_start +What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/<synth-name>/caps_start KernelVersion: 2.6 Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org Description: This is the string that is sent to the synthesizer to cause it @@ -278,7 +290,7 @@ Description: This is the string that is sent to the synthesizer to cause it and most others, this causes the pitch of the voice to rise above the currently set pitch. -What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/soft/caps_stop +What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/<synth-name>/caps_stop KernelVersion: 2.6 Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org Description: This is the string sent to the synthesizer to cause it to stop @@ -287,51 +299,59 @@ Description: This is the string sent to the synthesizer to cause it to stop down to the currently set pitch. -What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/soft/delay_time +What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/<synth-name>/delay_time KernelVersion: 2.6 Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org Description: TODO: -What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/soft/direct +What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/<synth-name>/direct KernelVersion: 2.6 Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org Description: Controls if punctuation is spoken by speakup, or by the synthesizer. + For example, speakup speaks ">" as "greater", while the espeak synthesizer used by the soft driver speaks "greater than". Zero lets speakup speak the punctuation. One lets the synthesizer itself speak punctuation. -What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/soft/freq +What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/<synth-name>/freq KernelVersion: 2.6 Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org Description: Gets or sets the frequency of the speech synthesizer. Range is 0-9. -What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/soft/full_time +What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/<synth-name>/flush_time +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org +Description: Gets or sets the timeout to wait for the synthesizer flush to + complete. This can be used when the cable gets faulty and flush + notifications are getting lost. + +What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/<synth-name>/full_time KernelVersion: 2.6 Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org Description: TODO: -What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/soft/jiffy_delta +What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/<synth-name>/jiffy_delta KernelVersion: 2.6 Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org Description: This controls how many jiffys the kernel gives to the synthesizer. Setting this too high can make a system unstable, or even crash it. -What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/soft/pitch +What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/<synth-name>/pitch KernelVersion: 2.6 Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org Description: Gets or sets the pitch of the synthesizer. The range is 0-9. -What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/soft/inflection +What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/<synth-name>/inflection KernelVersion: 5.8 Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org Description: Gets or sets the inflection of the synthesizer, i.e. the pitch range. The range is 0-9. -What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/soft/punct +What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/<synth-name>/punct KernelVersion: 2.6 Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org Description: Gets or sets the amount of punctuation spoken by the @@ -339,13 +359,13 @@ Description: Gets or sets the amount of punctuation spoken by the TODO: How is this related to speakup's punc_level, or reading_punc. -What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/soft/rate +What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/<synth-name>/rate KernelVersion: 2.6 Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org Description: Gets or sets the rate of the synthesizer. Range is from zero slowest, to nine fastest. -What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/soft/tone +What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/<synth-name>/tone KernelVersion: 2.6 Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org Description: Gets or sets the tone of the speech synthesizer. The range for @@ -353,12 +373,12 @@ Description: Gets or sets the tone of the speech synthesizer. The range for difference if using espeak and the espeakup connector. TODO: does espeakup support different tonalities? -What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/soft/trigger_time +What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/<synth-name>/trigger_time KernelVersion: 2.6 Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org Description: TODO: -What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/soft/voice +What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/<synth-name>/voice KernelVersion: 2.6 Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org Description: Gets or sets the voice used by the synthesizer if the @@ -367,7 +387,7 @@ Description: Gets or sets the voice used by the synthesizer if the voices, this parameter will not set the voice when the espeakup connector is used between speakup and espeak. -What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/soft/vol +What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/<synth-name>/vol KernelVersion: 2.6 Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org Description: Gets or sets the volume of the speech synthesizer. Range is 0-9, diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-w1_ds2438 b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-w1_ds2438 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d2e7681cc287 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-w1_ds2438 @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +What: /sys/bus/w1/devices/.../page1 +Date: April 2021 +Contact: Luiz Sampaio <sampaio.ime@gmail.com> +Description: read the contents of the page1 of the DS2438 + see Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_ds2438.rst for detailed information +Users: any user space application which wants to communicate with DS2438 + +What: /sys/bus/w1/devices/.../offset +Date: April 2021 +Contact: Luiz Sampaio <sampaio.ime@gmail.com> +Description: write the contents to the offset register of the DS2438 + see Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_ds2438.rst for detailed information +Users: any user space application which wants to communicate with DS2438 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-efi-vars b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-efi-vars index 5def20b9019e..46ccd233e359 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-efi-vars +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-efi-vars @@ -17,6 +17,7 @@ Description: directory has a name of the form "<key>-<vendor guid>" and contains the following files: + =============== ======================================== attributes: A read-only text file enumerating the EFI variable flags. Potential values include: @@ -59,12 +60,14 @@ Description: size: As ASCII representation of the size of the variable's value. + =============== ======================================== In addition, two other magic binary files are provided in the top-level directory and are used for adding and removing variables: + =============== ======================================== new_var: Takes a "struct efi_variable" and instructs the EFI firmware to create a new variable. @@ -73,3 +76,4 @@ Description: instructs the EFI firmware to remove any variable that has a matching vendor GUID and variable key name. + =============== ======================================== diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-opal-dump b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-opal-dump index 32fe7f5c4880..1f74f45327ba 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-opal-dump +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-opal-dump @@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ Description: This is only for the powerpc/powernv platform. + =============== =============================================== initiate_dump: When '1' is written to it, we will initiate a dump. Read this file for supported commands. @@ -19,8 +20,11 @@ Description: and ID of the dump, use the id and type files. Do not rely on any particular size of dump type or dump id. + =============== =============================================== Each dump has the following files: + + =============== =============================================== id: An ASCII representation of the dump ID in hex (e.g. '0x01') type: An ASCII representation of the type of @@ -39,3 +43,4 @@ Description: inaccessible. Reading this file will get a list of supported actions. + =============== =============================================== diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-opal-elog b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-opal-elog index 2536434d49d0..7c8a61a2d005 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-opal-elog +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-opal-elog @@ -38,6 +38,7 @@ Description: For each log entry (directory), there are the following files: + ============== ================================================ id: An ASCII representation of the ID of the error log, in hex - e.g. "0x01". @@ -58,3 +59,4 @@ Description: entry will be removed from sysfs. Reading this file will list the supported operations (currently just acknowledge). + ============== ================================================ diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-hypervisor-xen b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-hypervisor-xen index 3cf5cdfcd9a8..be9ca9981bb1 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-hypervisor-xen +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-hypervisor-xen @@ -33,6 +33,8 @@ Description: If running under Xen: Space separated list of supported guest system types. Each type is in the format: <class>-<major>.<minor>-<arch> With: + + ======== ============================================ <class>: "xen" -- x86: paravirtualized, arm: standard "hvm" -- x86 only: fully virtualized <major>: major guest interface version @@ -43,6 +45,7 @@ Description: If running under Xen: "x86_64": 64 bit x86 guest "armv7l": 32 bit arm guest "aarch64": 64 bit arm guest + ======== ============================================ What: /sys/hypervisor/properties/changeset Date: March 2009 @@ -117,3 +120,16 @@ Contact: xen-devel@lists.xenproject.org Description: If running under Xen: The Xen version is in the format <major>.<minor><extra> This is the <minor> part of it. + +What: /sys/hypervisor/start_flags/* +Date: March 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.3.0 +Contact: xen-devel@lists.xenproject.org +Description: If running under Xen: + All bits in Xen's start-flags are represented as + boolean files, returning '1' if set, '0' otherwise. + This takes the place of the defunct /proc/xen/capabilities, + which would contain "control_d" on dom0, and be empty + otherwise. This flag is now exposed as "initdomain" in + addition to the "privileged" flag; all other possible flags + are accessible as "unknownXX". diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-module b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-module index 6272ae5fb366..41b1f16e8795 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-module +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-module @@ -1,8 +1,7 @@ -What: /sys/module -Description: - The /sys/module tree consists of the following structure: +The /sys/module tree consists of the following structure: - /sys/module/MODULENAME +What: /sys/module/<MODULENAME> +Description: The name of the module that is in the kernel. This module name will always show up if the module is loaded as a dynamic module. If it is built directly into the kernel, it @@ -12,7 +11,8 @@ Description: Note: The conditions of creation in the built-in case are not by design and may be removed in the future. - /sys/module/MODULENAME/parameters +What: /sys/module/<MODULENAME>/parameters +Description: This directory contains individual files that are each individual parameters of the module that are able to be changed at runtime. See the individual module @@ -25,10 +25,23 @@ Description: individual driver documentation for details as to the stability of the different parameters. - /sys/module/MODULENAME/refcnt +What: /sys/module/<MODULENAME>/refcnt +Description: If the module is able to be unloaded from the kernel, this file will contain the current reference count of the module. Note: If the module is built into the kernel, or if the CONFIG_MODULE_UNLOAD kernel configuration value is not enabled, this file will not be present. + +What: /sys/module/<MODULENAME>/srcversion +Date: Jun 2005 +Description: + If the module source has MODULE_VERSION, this file will contain + the checksum of the source code. + +What: /sys/module/<MODULENAME>/version +Date: Jun 2005 +Description: + If the module source has MODULE_VERSION, this file will contain + the version of the source code. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-platform-wmi-bmof b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-platform-wmi-bmof new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a786504b6027 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-platform-wmi-bmof @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +What: /sys/bus/wmi/devices/05901221-D566-11D1-B2F0-00A0C9062910[-X]/bmof +Date: Jun 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.13 +Description: + Binary MOF metadata used to decribe the details of available ACPI WMI interfaces. + + See Documentation/wmi/devices/wmi-bmof.rst for details. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/vdso b/Documentation/ABI/stable/vdso index 55406ec8a35a..951838d42781 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/vdso +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/vdso @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +What: vDSO +Date: July 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.0 +Contact: Andy Lutomirski <luto@kernel.org> +Description: + On some architectures, when the kernel loads any userspace program it maps an ELF DSO into that program's address space. This DSO is called the vDSO and it often contains useful and highly-optimized alternatives @@ -23,6 +29,7 @@ Unless otherwise noted, the set of symbols with any given version and the ABI of those symbols is considered stable. It may vary across architectures, though. -(As of this writing, this ABI documentation as been confirmed for x86_64. +Note: + As of this writing, this ABI documentation as been confirmed for x86_64. The maintainers of the other vDSO-using architectures should confirm - that it is correct for their architecture.) + that it is correct for their architecture. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-acpi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-acpi index 4ab4e99aa863..c09b640c3cb1 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-acpi +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-acpi @@ -14,7 +14,8 @@ Description: This group contains the configuration for user defined ACPI tables. The attributes of a user define table are: - aml - a binary attribute that the user can use to + aml + - a binary attribute that the user can use to fill in the ACPI aml definitions. Once the aml data is written to this file and the file is closed the table will be loaded and ACPI devices @@ -26,11 +27,26 @@ Description: The rest of the attributes are read-only and are valid only after the table has been loaded by filling the aml entry: - signature - ASCII table signature - length - length of table in bytes, including the header - revision - ACPI Specification minor version number - oem_id - ASCII OEM identification - oem_table_id - ASCII OEM table identification - oem_revision - OEM revision number - asl_compiler_id - ASCII ASL compiler vendor ID - asl_compiler_revision - ASL compiler version + signature + - ASCII table signature + + length + - length of table in bytes, including the header + + revision + - ACPI Specification minor version number + + oem_id + - ASCII OEM identification + + oem_table_id + - ASCII OEM table identification + + oem_revision + - OEM revision number + + asl_compiler_id + - ASCII ASL compiler vendor ID + + asl_compiler_revision + - ASL compiler version diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-iio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-iio index aebda53ec0f7..1637fcb50f56 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-iio +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-iio @@ -31,4 +31,4 @@ Date: April 2016 KernelVersion: 4.7 Description: Dummy IIO devices directory. Creating a directory here will result - in creating a dummy IIO device in the IIO subystem. + in creating a dummy IIO device in the IIO subsystem. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-most b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-most index ed67a4d9f6d6..0a4b8649aa5a 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-most +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-most @@ -15,22 +15,28 @@ KernelVersion: 5.2 Description: The attributes: - buffer_size configure the buffer size for this channel + buffer_size + configure the buffer size for this channel - subbuffer_size configure the sub-buffer size for this channel - (needed for synchronous and isochrnous data) + subbuffer_size + configure the sub-buffer size for this channel + (needed for synchronous and isochronous data) - num_buffers configure number of buffers used for this + num_buffers + configure number of buffers used for this channel - datatype configure type of data that will travel over + datatype + configure type of data that will travel over this channel - direction configure whether this link will be an input + direction + configure whether this link will be an input or output - dbr_size configure DBR data buffer size (this is used + dbr_size + configure DBR data buffer size (this is used for MediaLB communication only) packets_per_xact @@ -39,18 +45,23 @@ Description: transmitted via USB (this is used for USB communication only) - device name of the device the link is to be attached to + device + name of the device the link is to be attached to - channel name of the channel the link is to be attached to + channel + name of the channel the link is to be attached to - comp_params pass parameters needed by some components + comp_params + pass parameters needed by some components - create_link write '1' to this attribute to trigger the + create_link + write '1' to this attribute to trigger the creation of the link. In case of speculative configuration, the creation is post-poned until a physical device is being attached to the bus. - destroy_link write '1' to this attribute to destroy an + destroy_link + write '1' to this attribute to destroy an active link What: /sys/kernel/config/most_video/<link> @@ -59,22 +70,28 @@ KernelVersion: 5.2 Description: The attributes: - buffer_size configure the buffer size for this channel + buffer_size + configure the buffer size for this channel - subbuffer_size configure the sub-buffer size for this channel - (needed for synchronous and isochrnous data) + subbuffer_size + configure the sub-buffer size for this channel + (needed for synchronous and isochronous data) - num_buffers configure number of buffers used for this + num_buffers + configure number of buffers used for this channel - datatype configure type of data that will travel over + datatype + configure type of data that will travel over this channel - direction configure whether this link will be an input + direction + configure whether this link will be an input or output - dbr_size configure DBR data buffer size (this is used + dbr_size + configure DBR data buffer size (this is used for MediaLB communication only) packets_per_xact @@ -83,18 +100,23 @@ Description: transmitted via USB (this is used for USB communication only) - device name of the device the link is to be attached to + device + name of the device the link is to be attached to - channel name of the channel the link is to be attached to + channel + name of the channel the link is to be attached to - comp_params pass parameters needed by some components + comp_params + pass parameters needed by some components - create_link write '1' to this attribute to trigger the + create_link + write '1' to this attribute to trigger the creation of the link. In case of speculative configuration, the creation is post-poned until a physical device is being attached to the bus. - destroy_link write '1' to this attribute to destroy an + destroy_link + write '1' to this attribute to destroy an active link What: /sys/kernel/config/most_net/<link> @@ -103,22 +125,28 @@ KernelVersion: 5.2 Description: The attributes: - buffer_size configure the buffer size for this channel + buffer_size + configure the buffer size for this channel - subbuffer_size configure the sub-buffer size for this channel - (needed for synchronous and isochrnous data) + subbuffer_size + configure the sub-buffer size for this channel + (needed for synchronous and isochronous data) - num_buffers configure number of buffers used for this + num_buffers + configure number of buffers used for this channel - datatype configure type of data that will travel over + datatype + configure type of data that will travel over this channel - direction configure whether this link will be an input + direction + configure whether this link will be an input or output - dbr_size configure DBR data buffer size (this is used + dbr_size + configure DBR data buffer size (this is used for MediaLB communication only) packets_per_xact @@ -127,18 +155,23 @@ Description: transmitted via USB (this is used for USB communication only) - device name of the device the link is to be attached to + device + name of the device the link is to be attached to - channel name of the channel the link is to be attached to + channel + name of the channel the link is to be attached to - comp_params pass parameters needed by some components + comp_params + pass parameters needed by some components - create_link write '1' to this attribute to trigger the + create_link + write '1' to this attribute to trigger the creation of the link. In case of speculative configuration, the creation is post-poned until a physical device is being attached to the bus. - destroy_link write '1' to this attribute to destroy an + destroy_link + write '1' to this attribute to destroy an active link What: /sys/kernel/config/most_sound/<card> @@ -147,7 +180,8 @@ KernelVersion: 5.2 Description: The attributes: - create_card write '1' to this attribute to trigger the + create_card + write '1' to this attribute to trigger the registration of the sound card with the ALSA subsystem. @@ -157,22 +191,28 @@ KernelVersion: 5.2 Description: The attributes: - buffer_size configure the buffer size for this channel + buffer_size + configure the buffer size for this channel - subbuffer_size configure the sub-buffer size for this channel - (needed for synchronous and isochrnous data) + subbuffer_size + configure the sub-buffer size for this channel + (needed for synchronous and isochronous data) - num_buffers configure number of buffers used for this + num_buffers + configure number of buffers used for this channel - datatype configure type of data that will travel over + datatype + configure type of data that will travel over this channel - direction configure whether this link will be an input + direction + configure whether this link will be an input or output - dbr_size configure DBR data buffer size (this is used + dbr_size + configure DBR data buffer size (this is used for MediaLB communication only) packets_per_xact @@ -181,16 +221,21 @@ Description: transmitted via USB (this is used for USB communication only) - device name of the device the link is to be attached to + device + name of the device the link is to be attached to - channel name of the channel the link is to be attached to + channel + name of the channel the link is to be attached to - comp_params pass parameters needed by some components + comp_params + pass parameters needed by some components - create_link write '1' to this attribute to trigger the + create_link + write '1' to this attribute to trigger the creation of the link. In case of speculative configuration, the creation is post-poned until a physical device is being attached to the bus. - destroy_link write '1' to this attribute to destroy an + destroy_link + write '1' to this attribute to destroy an active link diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-spear-pcie-gadget b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-spear-pcie-gadget index 840c324ef34d..cf877bd341df 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-spear-pcie-gadget +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-spear-pcie-gadget @@ -10,22 +10,24 @@ Description: This interfaces can be used to show spear's PCIe device capability. Nodes are only visible when configfs is mounted. To mount configfs - in /config directory use: - # mount -t configfs none /config/ + in /config directory use:: - For nth PCIe Device Controller - /config/pcie-gadget.n/ - link ... used to enable ltssm and read its status. - int_type ...used to configure and read type of supported - interrupt - no_of_msi ... used to configure number of MSI vector needed and + # mount -t configfs none /config/ + + For nth PCIe Device Controller /config/pcie-gadget.n/: + + =============== ====================================================== + link used to enable ltssm and read its status. + int_type used to configure and read type of supported interrupt + no_of_msi used to configure number of MSI vector needed and to read no of MSI granted. - inta ... write 1 to assert INTA and 0 to de-assert. - send_msi ... write MSI vector to be sent. - vendor_id ... used to write and read vendor id (hex) - device_id ... used to write and read device id (hex) - bar0_size ... used to write and read bar0_size - bar0_address ... used to write and read bar0 mapped area in hex. - bar0_rw_offset ... used to write and read offset of bar0 where - bar0_data will be written or read. - bar0_data ... used to write and read data at bar0_rw_offset. + inta write 1 to assert INTA and 0 to de-assert. + send_msi write MSI vector to be sent. + vendor_id used to write and read vendor id (hex) + device_id used to write and read device id (hex) + bar0_size used to write and read bar0_size + bar0_address used to write and read bar0 mapped area in hex. + bar0_rw_offset used to write and read offset of bar0 where bar0_data + will be written or read. + bar0_data used to write and read data at bar0_rw_offset. + =============== ====================================================== diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget index 4594cc2435e8..a8bb896def54 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget @@ -12,22 +12,24 @@ Description: The attributes of a gadget: - UDC - bind a gadget to UDC/unbind a gadget; - write UDC's name found in /sys/class/udc/* - to bind a gadget, empty string "" to unbind. - - max_speed - maximum speed the driver supports. Valid - names are super-speed-plus, super-speed, - high-speed, full-speed, and low-speed. - - bDeviceClass - USB device class code - bDeviceSubClass - USB device subclass code - bDeviceProtocol - USB device protocol code - bMaxPacketSize0 - maximum endpoint 0 packet size - bcdDevice - bcd device release number - bcdUSB - bcd USB specification version number - idProduct - product ID - idVendor - vendor ID + ================ ============================================ + UDC bind a gadget to UDC/unbind a gadget; + write UDC's name found in /sys/class/udc/* + to bind a gadget, empty string "" to unbind. + + max_speed maximum speed the driver supports. Valid + names are super-speed-plus, super-speed, + high-speed, full-speed, and low-speed. + + bDeviceClass USB device class code + bDeviceSubClass USB device subclass code + bDeviceProtocol USB device protocol code + bMaxPacketSize0 maximum endpoint 0 packet size + bcdDevice bcd device release number + bcdUSB bcd USB specification version number + idProduct product ID + idVendor vendor ID + ================ ============================================ What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/configs Date: Jun 2013 @@ -41,8 +43,10 @@ KernelVersion: 3.11 Description: The attributes of a configuration: - bmAttributes - configuration characteristics - MaxPower - maximum power consumption from the bus + ================ ====================================== + bmAttributes configuration characteristics + MaxPower maximum power consumption from the bus + ================ ====================================== What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/configs/config/strings Date: Jun 2013 @@ -57,7 +61,9 @@ KernelVersion: 3.11 Description: The attributes: - configuration - configuration description + ================ ========================= + configuration configuration description + ================ ========================= What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions @@ -76,8 +82,10 @@ Description: The attributes: - compatible_id - 8-byte string for "Compatible ID" - sub_compatible_id - 8-byte string for "Sub Compatible ID" + ================= ===================================== + compatible_id 8-byte string for "Compatible ID" + sub_compatible_id 8-byte string for "Sub Compatible ID" + ================= ===================================== What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/<func>.<inst>/interface.<n>/<property> Date: May 2014 @@ -89,16 +97,19 @@ Description: The attributes: - type - value 1..7 for interpreting the data - 1: unicode string - 2: unicode string with environment variable - 3: binary - 4: little-endian 32-bit - 5: big-endian 32-bit - 6: unicode string with a symbolic link - 7: multiple unicode strings - data - blob of data to be interpreted depending on + ===== =============================================== + type value 1..7 for interpreting the data + + - 1: unicode string + - 2: unicode string with environment variable + - 3: binary + - 4: little-endian 32-bit + - 5: big-endian 32-bit + - 6: unicode string with a symbolic link + - 7: multiple unicode strings + data blob of data to be interpreted depending on type + ===== =============================================== What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/strings Date: Jun 2013 @@ -113,9 +124,11 @@ KernelVersion: 3.11 Description: The attributes: - serialnumber - gadget's serial number (string) - product - gadget's product description - manufacturer - gadget's manufacturer description + ============ ================================= + serialnumber gadget's serial number (string) + product gadget's product description + manufacturer gadget's manufacturer description + ============ ================================= What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/os_desc Date: May 2014 @@ -123,8 +136,23 @@ KernelVersion: 3.16 Description: This group contains "OS String" extension handling attributes. - use - flag turning "OS Desctiptors" support on/off - b_vendor_code - one-byte value used for custom per-device and + ============= =============================================== + use flag turning "OS Descriptors" support on/off + b_vendor_code one-byte value used for custom per-device and per-interface requests - qw_sign - an identifier to be reported as "OS String" + qw_sign an identifier to be reported as "OS String" proper + ============= =============================================== + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/webusb +Date: Dec 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.3 +Description: + This group contains "WebUSB" extension handling attributes. + + ============= =============================================== + use flag turning "WebUSB" support on/off + bcdVersion bcd WebUSB specification version number + bVendorCode one-byte value used for custom per-device + landingPage UTF-8 encoded URL of the device's landing page + ============= =============================================== diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ecm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ecm index 0addf7704b4c..732101ca9d0b 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ecm +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ecm @@ -4,13 +4,17 @@ KernelVersion: 3.11 Description: The attributes: - ifname - network device interface name associated with + ifname + - network device interface name associated with this function instance - qmult - queue length multiplier for high and + qmult + - queue length multiplier for high and super speed - host_addr - MAC address of host's end of this + host_addr + - MAC address of host's end of this Ethernet over USB link - dev_addr - MAC address of device's end of this + dev_addr + - MAC address of device's end of this Ethernet over USB link diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-eem b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-eem index a4c57158fcde..178c3d5fb647 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-eem +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-eem @@ -4,11 +4,13 @@ KernelVersion: 3.11 Description: The attributes: - ifname - network device interface name associated with + ========== ============================================= + ifname network device interface name associated with this function instance - qmult - queue length multiplier for high and + qmult queue length multiplier for high and super speed - host_addr - MAC address of host's end of this + host_addr MAC address of host's end of this Ethernet over USB link - dev_addr - MAC address of device's end of this + dev_addr MAC address of device's end of this Ethernet over USB link + ========== ============================================= diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-hid b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-hid index f12e00e6baa3..748705c4cb58 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-hid +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-hid @@ -4,8 +4,10 @@ KernelVersion: 3.19 Description: The attributes: - protocol - HID protocol to use - report_desc - blob corresponding to HID report descriptors + ============= ============================================ + protocol HID protocol to use + report_desc blob corresponding to HID report descriptors except the data passed through /dev/hidg<N> - report_length - HID report length - subclass - HID device subclass to use + report_length HID report length + subclass HID device subclass to use + ============= ============================================ diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-loopback b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-loopback index 06beefbcf061..e6c6ba5ac7ff 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-loopback +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-loopback @@ -4,5 +4,7 @@ KernelVersion: 3.13 Description: The attributes: - qlen - depth of loopback queue - buflen - buffer length + ======= ======================= + qlen depth of loopback queue + buflen buffer length + ======= ======================= diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-mass-storage b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-mass-storage index 9931fb0d63ba..fc0328069267 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-mass-storage +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-mass-storage @@ -4,12 +4,14 @@ KernelVersion: 3.13 Description: The attributes: - stall - Set to permit function to halt bulk endpoints. + =========== ============================================== + stall Set to permit function to halt bulk endpoints. Disabled on some USB devices known not to work correctly. You should set it to true. - num_buffers - Number of pipeline buffers. Valid numbers + num_buffers Number of pipeline buffers. Valid numbers are 2..4. Available only if CONFIG_USB_GADGET_DEBUG_FILES is set. + =========== ============================================== What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/mass_storage.name/lun.name Date: Oct 2013 @@ -17,15 +19,23 @@ KernelVersion: 3.13 Description: The attributes: - file - The path to the backing file for the LUN. + ============ ============================================== + file The path to the backing file for the LUN. Required if LUN is not marked as removable. - ro - Flag specifying access to the LUN shall be + ro Flag specifying access to the LUN shall be read-only. This is implied if CD-ROM emulation is enabled as well as when it was impossible to open "filename" in R/W mode. - removable - Flag specifying that LUN shall be indicated as + removable Flag specifying that LUN shall be indicated as being removable. - cdrom - Flag specifying that LUN shall be reported as + cdrom Flag specifying that LUN shall be reported as being a CD-ROM. - nofua - Flag specifying that FUA flag + nofua Flag specifying that FUA flag in SCSI WRITE(10,12) + forced_eject This write-only file is useful only when + the function is active. It causes the backing + file to be forcibly detached from the LUN, + regardless of whether the host has allowed it. + Any non-zero number of bytes written will + result in ejection. + ============ ============================================== diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-midi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-midi index 6b341df7249c..07389cddd51a 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-midi +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-midi @@ -4,9 +4,11 @@ KernelVersion: 3.19 Description: The attributes: - index - index value for the USB MIDI adapter - id - ID string for the USB MIDI adapter - buflen - MIDI buffer length - qlen - USB read request queue length - in_ports - number of MIDI input ports - out_ports - number of MIDI output ports + ========== ==================================== + index index value for the USB MIDI adapter + id ID string for the USB MIDI adapter + buflen MIDI buffer length + qlen USB read request queue length + in_ports number of MIDI input ports + out_ports number of MIDI output ports + ========== ==================================== diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-printer b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-printer index 6b0714e3c605..7aa731bac2da 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-printer +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-printer @@ -4,6 +4,8 @@ KernelVersion: 4.1 Description: The attributes: - pnp_string - Data to be passed to the host in pnp string - q_len - Number of requests per endpoint + ========== =========================================== + pnp_string Data to be passed to the host in pnp string + q_len Number of requests per endpoint + ========== =========================================== diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-rndis b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-rndis index 137399095d74..9416eda7fe93 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-rndis +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-rndis @@ -4,14 +4,16 @@ KernelVersion: 3.11 Description: The attributes: - ifname - network device interface name associated with + ========= ============================================= + ifname network device interface name associated with this function instance - qmult - queue length multiplier for high and + qmult queue length multiplier for high and super speed - host_addr - MAC address of host's end of this + host_addr MAC address of host's end of this Ethernet over USB link - dev_addr - MAC address of device's end of this + dev_addr MAC address of device's end of this Ethernet over USB link - class - USB interface class, default is 02 (hex) - subclass - USB interface subclass, default is 06 (hex) - protocol - USB interface protocol, default is 00 (hex) + class USB interface class, default is 02 (hex) + subclass USB interface subclass, default is 06 (hex) + protocol USB interface protocol, default is 00 (hex) + ========= ============================================= diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-sourcesink b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-sourcesink index f56335af2d88..1f3d31b607b7 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-sourcesink +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-sourcesink @@ -4,11 +4,13 @@ KernelVersion: 3.13 Description: The attributes: - pattern - 0 (all zeros), 1 (mod63), 2 (none) - isoc_interval - 1..16 - isoc_maxpacket - 0 - 1023 (fs), 0 - 1024 (hs/ss) - isoc_mult - 0..2 (hs/ss only) - isoc_maxburst - 0..15 (ss only) - buflen - buffer length - bulk_qlen - depth of queue for bulk - iso_qlen - depth of queue for iso + ============== ================================== + pattern 0 (all zeros), 1 (mod63), 2 (none) + isoc_interval 1..16 + isoc_maxpacket 0 - 1023 (fs), 0 - 1024 (hs/ss) + isoc_mult 0..2 (hs/ss only) + isoc_maxburst 0..15 (ss only) + buflen buffer length + bulk_qlen depth of queue for bulk + iso_qlen depth of queue for iso + ============== ================================== diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-subset b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-subset index 9373e2c51ea4..0061b864351f 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-subset +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-subset @@ -4,11 +4,13 @@ KernelVersion: 3.11 Description: The attributes: - ifname - network device interface name associated with + ========== ============================================= + ifname network device interface name associated with this function instance - qmult - queue length multiplier for high and + qmult queue length multiplier for high and super speed - host_addr - MAC address of host's end of this + host_addr MAC address of host's end of this Ethernet over USB link - dev_addr - MAC address of device's end of this + dev_addr MAC address of device's end of this Ethernet over USB link + ========== ============================================= diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac1 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac1 index abfe447c848f..c4ba92f004c3 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac1 +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac1 @@ -4,11 +4,30 @@ KernelVersion: 4.14 Description: The attributes: - c_chmask - capture channel mask - c_srate - capture sampling rate - c_ssize - capture sample size (bytes) - p_chmask - playback channel mask - p_srate - playback sampling rate - p_ssize - playback sample size (bytes) - req_number - the number of pre-allocated request - for both capture and playback + ===================== ======================================= + c_chmask capture channel mask + c_srate list of capture sampling rates (comma-separated) + c_ssize capture sample size (bytes) + c_mute_present capture mute control enable + c_volume_present capture volume control enable + c_volume_min capture volume control min value + (in 1/256 dB) + c_volume_max capture volume control max value + (in 1/256 dB) + c_volume_res capture volume control resolution + (in 1/256 dB) + p_chmask playback channel mask + p_srate list of playback sampling rates (comma-separated) + p_ssize playback sample size (bytes) + p_mute_present playback mute control enable + p_volume_present playback volume control enable + p_volume_min playback volume control min value + (in 1/256 dB) + p_volume_max playback volume control max value + (in 1/256 dB) + p_volume_res playback volume control resolution + (in 1/256 dB) + req_number the number of pre-allocated requests + for both capture and playback + function_name name of the interface + ===================== ======================================= diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac2 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac2 index 2bfdd4efa9bd..3371c39f651d 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac2 +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac2 @@ -4,9 +4,35 @@ KernelVersion: 3.18 Description: The attributes: - c_chmask - capture channel mask - c_srate - capture sampling rate - c_ssize - capture sample size (bytes) - p_chmask - playback channel mask - p_srate - playback sampling rate - p_ssize - playback sample size (bytes) + ===================== ======================================= + c_chmask capture channel mask + c_srate list of capture sampling rates (comma-separated) + c_ssize capture sample size (bytes) + c_hs_bint capture bInterval for HS/SS (1-4: fixed, 0: auto) + c_sync capture synchronization type + (async/adaptive) + c_mute_present capture mute control enable + c_volume_present capture volume control enable + c_volume_min capture volume control min value + (in 1/256 dB) + c_volume_max capture volume control max value + (in 1/256 dB) + c_volume_res capture volume control resolution + (in 1/256 dB) + fb_max maximum extra bandwidth in async mode + p_chmask playback channel mask + p_srate list of playback sampling rates (comma-separated) + p_ssize playback sample size (bytes) + p_hs_bint playback bInterval for HS/SS (1-4: fixed, 0: auto) + p_mute_present playback mute control enable + p_volume_present playback volume control enable + p_volume_min playback volume control min value + (in 1/256 dB) + p_volume_max playback volume control max value + (in 1/256 dB) + p_volume_res playback volume control resolution + (in 1/256 dB) + req_number the number of pre-allocated requests + for both capture and playback + function_name name of the interface + ===================== ======================================= diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uvc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uvc index 809765bd9573..4feb692c4c1d 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uvc +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uvc @@ -3,18 +3,26 @@ Date: Dec 2014 KernelVersion: 4.0 Description: UVC function directory - streaming_maxburst - 0..15 (ss only) - streaming_maxpacket - 1..1023 (fs), 1..3072 (hs/ss) - streaming_interval - 1..16 + =================== ============================= + streaming_maxburst 0..15 (ss only) + streaming_maxpacket 1..1023 (fs), 1..3072 (hs/ss) + streaming_interval 1..16 + function_name string [32] + =================== ============================= What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control Date: Dec 2014 KernelVersion: 4.0 Description: Control descriptors - All attributes read only: - bInterfaceNumber - USB interface number for this - streaming interface + All attributes read only except enable_interrupt_ep: + + =================== ============================= + bInterfaceNumber USB interface number for this + streaming interface + enable_interrupt_ep flag to enable the interrupt + endpoint for the VC interface + =================== ============================= What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/class Date: Dec 2014 @@ -46,14 +54,17 @@ Date: Dec 2014 KernelVersion: 4.0 Description: Default output terminal descriptors - All attributes read only: - iTerminal - index of string descriptor - bSourceID - id of the terminal to which this terminal + All attributes read only except bSourceID: + + ============== ============================================= + iTerminal index of string descriptor + bSourceID id of the terminal to which this terminal is connected - bAssocTerminal - id of the input terminal to which this output + bAssocTerminal id of the input terminal to which this output terminal is associated - wTerminalType - terminal type - bTerminalID - a non-zero id of this terminal + wTerminalType terminal type + bTerminalID a non-zero id of this terminal + ============== ============================================= What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/terminal/camera Date: Dec 2014 @@ -65,17 +76,20 @@ Date: Dec 2014 KernelVersion: 4.0 Description: Default camera terminal descriptors - All attributes read only: - bmControls - bitmap specifying which controls are - supported for the video stream - wOcularFocalLength - the value of Locular - wObjectiveFocalLengthMax- the value of Lmin - wObjectiveFocalLengthMin- the value of Lmax - iTerminal - index of string descriptor - bAssocTerminal - id of the output terminal to which - this terminal is connected - wTerminalType - terminal type - bTerminalID - a non-zero id of this terminal + All attributes read only except bmControls, which is read/write: + + ======================== ==================================== + bmControls bitmap specifying which controls are + supported for the video stream + wOcularFocalLength the value of Locular + wObjectiveFocalLengthMax the value of Lmin + wObjectiveFocalLengthMin the value of Lmax + iTerminal index of string descriptor + bAssocTerminal id of the output terminal to which + this terminal is connected + wTerminalType terminal type + bTerminalID a non-zero id of this terminal + ======================== ==================================== What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/processing Date: Dec 2014 @@ -87,14 +101,45 @@ Date: Dec 2014 KernelVersion: 4.0 Description: Default processing unit descriptors - All attributes read only: - iProcessing - index of string descriptor - bmControls - bitmap specifying which controls are + All attributes read only except bmControls, which is read/write: + + =============== ======================================== + iProcessing index of string descriptor + bmControls bitmap specifying which controls are supported for the video stream - wMaxMultiplier - maximum digital magnification x100 - bSourceID - id of the terminal to which this unit is + wMaxMultiplier maximum digital magnification x100 + bSourceID id of the terminal to which this unit is connected - bUnitID - a non-zero id of this unit + bUnitID a non-zero id of this unit + =============== ======================================== + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/extensions +Date: Nov 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Description: Extension unit descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/extensions/name +Date: Nov 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Description: Extension Unit (XU) Descriptor + + bLength, bUnitID and iExtension are read-only. All others are + read-write. + + ================= ======================================== + bLength size of the descriptor in bytes + bUnitID non-zero ID of this unit + guidExtensionCode Vendor-specific code identifying the XU + bNumControls number of controls in this XU + bNrInPins number of input pins for this unit + baSourceID list of the IDs of the units or terminals + to which this XU is connected + bControlSize size of the bmControls field in bytes + bmControls list of bitmaps detailing which vendor + specific controls are supported + iExtension index of a string descriptor that describes + this extension unit + ================= ======================================== What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/header Date: Dec 2014 @@ -114,8 +159,11 @@ KernelVersion: 4.0 Description: Streaming descriptors All attributes read only: - bInterfaceNumber - USB interface number for this - streaming interface + + ================ ============================= + bInterfaceNumber USB interface number for this + streaming interface + ================ ============================= What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/class Date: Dec 2014 @@ -147,14 +195,34 @@ Date: Dec 2014 KernelVersion: 4.0 Description: Default color matching descriptors - All attributes read only: - bMatrixCoefficients - matrix used to compute luma and - chroma values from the color primaries - bTransferCharacteristics- optoelectronic transfer - characteristic of the source picutre, - also called the gamma function - bColorPrimaries - color primaries and the reference - white + All attributes read/write: + + ======================== ====================================== + bMatrixCoefficients matrix used to compute luma and + chroma values from the color primaries + bTransferCharacteristics optoelectronic transfer + characteristic of the source picture, + also called the gamma function + bColorPrimaries color primaries and the reference + white + ======================== ====================================== + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/color_matching/name +Date: Dec 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.3 +Description: Additional color matching descriptors + + All attributes read/write: + + ======================== ====================================== + bMatrixCoefficients matrix used to compute luma and + chroma values from the color primaries + bTransferCharacteristics optoelectronic transfer + characteristic of the source picture, + also called the gamma function + bColorPrimaries color primaries and the reference + white + ======================== ====================================== What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/mjpeg Date: Dec 2014 @@ -168,47 +236,52 @@ Description: Specific MJPEG format descriptors All attributes read only, except bmaControls and bDefaultFrameIndex: - bFormatIndex - unique id for this format descriptor; + + =================== ===================================== + bFormatIndex unique id for this format descriptor; only defined after parent header is linked into the streaming class; read-only - bmaControls - this format's data for bmaControls in + bmaControls this format's data for bmaControls in the streaming header - bmInterfaceFlags - specifies interlace information, + bmInterlaceFlags specifies interlace information, read-only - bAspectRatioY - the X dimension of the picture aspect + bAspectRatioY the X dimension of the picture aspect ratio, read-only - bAspectRatioX - the Y dimension of the picture aspect + bAspectRatioX the Y dimension of the picture aspect ratio, read-only - bmFlags - characteristics of this format, + bmFlags characteristics of this format, read-only - bDefaultFrameIndex - optimum frame index for this stream + bDefaultFrameIndex optimum frame index for this stream + =================== ===================================== What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/mjpeg/name/name Date: Dec 2014 KernelVersion: 4.0 Description: Specific MJPEG frame descriptors - bFrameIndex - unique id for this framedescriptor; - only defined after parent format is - linked into the streaming header; - read-only - dwFrameInterval - indicates how frame interval can be - programmed; a number of values - separated by newline can be specified - dwDefaultFrameInterval - the frame interval the device would - like to use as default - dwMaxVideoFrameBufferSize- the maximum number of bytes the - compressor will produce for a video - frame or still image - dwMaxBitRate - the maximum bit rate at the shortest - frame interval in bps - dwMinBitRate - the minimum bit rate at the longest - frame interval in bps - wHeight - height of decoded bitmap frame in px - wWidth - width of decoded bitmam frame in px - bmCapabilities - still image support, fixed frame-rate - support + ========================= ===================================== + bFrameIndex unique id for this framedescriptor; + only defined after parent format is + linked into the streaming header; + read-only + dwFrameInterval indicates how frame interval can be + programmed; a number of values + separated by newline can be specified + dwDefaultFrameInterval the frame interval the device would + like to use as default + dwMaxVideoFrameBufferSize the maximum number of bytes the + compressor will produce for a video + frame or still image + dwMaxBitRate the maximum bit rate at the shortest + frame interval in bps + dwMinBitRate the minimum bit rate at the longest + frame interval in bps + wHeight height of decoded bitmap frame in px + wWidth width of decoded bitmam frame in px + bmCapabilities still image support, fixed frame-rate + support + ========================= ===================================== What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/uncompressed Date: Dec 2014 @@ -220,50 +293,54 @@ Date: Dec 2014 KernelVersion: 4.0 Description: Specific uncompressed format descriptors - bFormatIndex - unique id for this format descriptor; + ================== ======================================= + bFormatIndex unique id for this format descriptor; only defined after parent header is linked into the streaming class; read-only - bmaControls - this format's data for bmaControls in + bmaControls this format's data for bmaControls in the streaming header - bmInterfaceFlags - specifies interlace information, + bmInterlaceFlags specifies interlace information, read-only - bAspectRatioY - the X dimension of the picture aspect + bAspectRatioY the X dimension of the picture aspect ratio, read-only - bAspectRatioX - the Y dimension of the picture aspect + bAspectRatioX the Y dimension of the picture aspect ratio, read-only - bDefaultFrameIndex - optimum frame index for this stream - bBitsPerPixel - number of bits per pixel used to + bDefaultFrameIndex optimum frame index for this stream + bBitsPerPixel number of bits per pixel used to specify color in the decoded video frame - guidFormat - globally unique id used to identify + guidFormat globally unique id used to identify stream-encoding format + ================== ======================================= What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/uncompressed/name/name Date: Dec 2014 KernelVersion: 4.0 Description: Specific uncompressed frame descriptors - bFrameIndex - unique id for this framedescriptor; - only defined after parent format is - linked into the streaming header; - read-only - dwFrameInterval - indicates how frame interval can be - programmed; a number of values - separated by newline can be specified - dwDefaultFrameInterval - the frame interval the device would - like to use as default - dwMaxVideoFrameBufferSize- the maximum number of bytes the - compressor will produce for a video - frame or still image - dwMaxBitRate - the maximum bit rate at the shortest - frame interval in bps - dwMinBitRate - the minimum bit rate at the longest - frame interval in bps - wHeight - height of decoded bitmap frame in px - wWidth - width of decoded bitmam frame in px - bmCapabilities - still image support, fixed frame-rate - support + ========================= ===================================== + bFrameIndex unique id for this framedescriptor; + only defined after parent format is + linked into the streaming header; + read-only + dwFrameInterval indicates how frame interval can be + programmed; a number of values + separated by newline can be specified + dwDefaultFrameInterval the frame interval the device would + like to use as default + dwMaxVideoFrameBufferSize the maximum number of bytes the + compressor will produce for a video + frame or still image + dwMaxBitRate the maximum bit rate at the shortest + frame interval in bps + dwMinBitRate the minimum bit rate at the longest + frame interval in bps + wHeight height of decoded bitmap frame in px + wWidth width of decoded bitmam frame in px + bmCapabilities still image support, fixed frame-rate + support + ========================= ===================================== What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/header Date: Dec 2014 @@ -276,17 +353,20 @@ KernelVersion: 4.0 Description: Specific streaming header descriptors All attributes read only: - bTriggerUsage - how the host software will respond to + + ==================== ===================================== + bTriggerUsage how the host software will respond to a hardware trigger interrupt event - bTriggerSupport - flag specifying if hardware + bTriggerSupport flag specifying if hardware triggering is supported - bStillCaptureMethod - method of still image caputre + bStillCaptureMethod method of still image capture supported - bTerminalLink - id of the output terminal to which + bTerminalLink id of the output terminal to which the video endpoint of this interface is connected - bmInfo - capabilities of this video streaming + bmInfo capabilities of this video streaming interface + ==================== ===================================== What: /sys/class/udc/udc.name/device/gadget/video4linux/video.name/function_name Date: May 2018 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-cec-error-inj b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-cec-error-inj index 5afcd78fbdb7..8debcb08a3b5 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-cec-error-inj +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-cec-error-inj @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ error injections without having to know the details of the driver-specific commands. Note that the output of 'error-inj' shall be valid as input to 'error-inj'. -So this must work: +So this must work:: $ cat error-inj >einj.txt $ cat einj.txt >error-inj diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-cros-ec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-cros-ec index 1fe0add99a2a..9a040c6f5e03 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-cros-ec +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-cros-ec @@ -54,3 +54,25 @@ Description: this feature. Output will be in the format: "0x%08x\n". + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/<cros-ec-device>/suspend_timeout_ms +Date: August 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Description: + Some ECs have a feature where they will track transitions of + a hardware-controlled sleep line, such as Intel's SLP_S0 line, + in order to detect cases where a system failed to go into deep + sleep states. The suspend_timeout_ms file controls the amount of + time in milliseconds the EC will wait before declaring a sleep + timeout event and attempting to wake the system. + + Supply 0 to use the default value coded into EC firmware. Supply + 65535 (EC_HOST_SLEEP_TIMEOUT_INFINITE) to disable the EC sleep + failure detection mechanism. Values in between 0 and 65535 + indicate the number of milliseconds the EC should wait after a + sleep transition before declaring a timeout. This includes both + the duration after a sleep command was received but before the + hardware line changed, as well as the duration between when the + hardware line changed and the kernel sent an EC resume command. + + Output will be in the format: "%u\n". diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-cxl b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-cxl new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..fe61d372e3fa --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-cxl @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/cxl/memX/inject_poison +Date: April, 2023 +KernelVersion: v6.4 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (WO) When a Device Physical Address (DPA) is written to this + attribute, the memdev driver sends an inject poison command to + the device for the specified address. The DPA must be 64-byte + aligned and the length of the injected poison is 64-bytes. If + successful, the device returns poison when the address is + accessed through the CXL.mem bus. Injecting poison adds the + address to the device's Poison List and the error source is set + to Injected. In addition, the device adds a poison creation + event to its internal Informational Event log, updates the + Event Status register, and if configured, interrupts the host. + It is not an error to inject poison into an address that + already has poison present and no error is returned. The + inject_poison attribute is only visible for devices supporting + the capability. + + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/memX/clear_poison +Date: April, 2023 +KernelVersion: v6.4 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (WO) When a Device Physical Address (DPA) is written to this + attribute, the memdev driver sends a clear poison command to + the device for the specified address. Clearing poison removes + the address from the device's Poison List and writes 0 (zero) + for 64 bytes starting at address. It is not an error to clear + poison from an address that does not have poison set. If the + device cannot clear poison from the address, -ENXIO is returned. + The clear_poison attribute is only visible for devices + supporting the capability. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-dell-wmi-ddv b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-dell-wmi-ddv new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..81cfc788be15 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-dell-wmi-ddv @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/dell-wmi-ddv-<wmi_device_name>/fan_sensor_information +Date: September 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: Armin Wolf <W_Armin@gmx.de> +Description: + This file contains the contents of the fan sensor information + buffer, which contains fan sensor entries and a terminating + character (0xFF). + + Each fan sensor entry contains: + + - fan type (single byte) + - fan speed in RPM (two bytes, little endian) + + See Documentation/wmi/devices/dell-wmi-ddv.rst for details. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/dell-wmi-ddv-<wmi_device_name>/thermal_sensor_information +Date: September 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: Armin Wolf <W_Armin@gmx.de> +Description: + This file contains the contents of the thermal sensor information + buffer, which contains thermal sensor entries and a terminating + character (0xFF). + + Each thermal sensor entry contains: + + - thermal type (single byte) + - current temperature (single byte) + - min. temperature (single byte) + - max. temperature (single byte) + - unknown field (single byte) + + See Documentation/wmi/devices/dell-wmi-ddv.rst for details. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-dcc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-dcc new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..27ed5919d21b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-dcc @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/dcc/.../ready +Date: December 2022 +Contact: Souradeep Chowdhury <quic_schowdhu@quicinc.com> +Description: + This file is used to check the status of the dcc + hardware if it's ready to receive user configurations. + A 'Y' here indicates dcc is ready. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/dcc/.../trigger +Date: December 2022 +Contact: Souradeep Chowdhury <quic_schowdhu@quicinc.com> +Description: + This is the debugfs interface for manual software + triggers. The trigger can be invoked by writing '1' + to the file. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/dcc/.../config_reset +Date: December 2022 +Contact: Souradeep Chowdhury <quic_schowdhu@quicinc.com> +Description: + This file is used to reset the configuration of + a dcc driver to the default configuration. When '1' + is written to the file, all the previous addresses + stored in the driver gets removed and users need to + reconfigure addresses again. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/dcc/.../[list-number]/config +Date: December 2022 +Contact: Souradeep Chowdhury <quic_schowdhu@quicinc.com> +Description: + This stores the addresses of the registers which + can be read in case of a hardware crash or manual + software triggers. The input addresses type + can be one of following dcc instructions: read, + write, read-write, and loop type. The lists need to + be configured sequentially and not in a overlapping + manner; e.g. users can jump to list x only after + list y is configured and enabled. The input format for + each type is as follows: + + i) Read instruction + + :: + + echo R <addr> <n> <bus> >/sys/kernel/debug/dcc/../[list-number]/config + + where: + + <addr> + The address to be read. + + <n> + The addresses word count, starting from address <1>. + Each word is 32 bits (4 bytes). If omitted, defaulted + to 1. + + <bus type> + The bus type, which can be either 'apb' or 'ahb'. + The default is 'ahb' if leaved out. + + ii) Write instruction + + :: + + echo W <addr> <n> <bus type> > /sys/kernel/debug/dcc/../[list-number]/config + + where: + + <addr> + The address to be written. + + <n> + The value to be written at <addr>. + + <bus type> + The bus type, which can be either 'apb' or 'ahb'. + + iii) Read-write instruction + + :: + + echo RW <addr> <n> <mask> > /sys/kernel/debug/dcc/../[list-number]/config + + where: + + <addr> + The address to be read and written. + + <n> + The value to be written at <addr>. + + <mask> + The value mask. + + iv) Loop instruction + + :: + + echo L <loop count> <address count> <address>... > /sys/kernel/debug/dcc/../[list-number]/config + + where: + + <loop count> + Number of iterations + + <address count> + total number of addresses to be written + + <address> + Space-separated list of addresses. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/dcc/.../[list-number]/enable +Date: December 2022 +Contact: Souradeep Chowdhury <quic_schowdhu@quicinc.com> +Description: + This debugfs interface is used for enabling the + the dcc hardware. A file named "enable" is in the + directory list number where users can enable/disable + the specific list by writing boolean (1 or 0) to the + file. + + On enabling the dcc, all the addresses specified + by the user for the corresponding list is written + into dcc sram which is read by the dcc hardware + on manual or crash induced triggers. Lists must + be configured and enabled sequentially, e.g. list + 2 can only be enabled when list 1 have so. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-genwqe b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-genwqe index 1c2f25674e8c..b45b016545d8 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-genwqe +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-genwqe @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/prev_regs Date: Oct 2013 Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com Description: Dump of the error registers before the last reset of - the card occured. + the card occurred. Only available for PF. What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/prev_dbg_uid0 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-habanalabs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-habanalabs index 2e9ae311e02d..85f6d04f528b 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-habanalabs +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-habanalabs @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/addr Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Sets the device address to be used for read or write through PCI bar, or the device VA of a host mapped memory to be read or written directly from the host. The latter option is allowed @@ -11,47 +11,34 @@ Description: Sets the device address to be used for read or write through What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/clk_gate Date: May 2020 KernelVersion: 5.8 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com -Description: Allow the root user to disable/enable in runtime the clock - gating mechanism in Gaudi. Due to how Gaudi is built, the - clock gating needs to be disabled in order to access the - registers of the TPC and MME engines. This is sometimes needed - during debug by the user and hence the user needs this option. - The user can supply a bitmask value, each bit represents - a different engine to disable/enable its clock gating feature. - The bitmask is composed of 20 bits: - 0 - 7 : DMA channels - 8 - 11 : MME engines - 12 - 19 : TPC engines - The bit's location of a specific engine can be determined - using (1 << GAUDI_ENGINE_ID_*). GAUDI_ENGINE_ID_* values - are defined in uapi habanalabs.h file in enum gaudi_engine_id +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: This setting is now deprecated as clock gating is handled solely by the f/w What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/command_buffers Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Displays a list with information about the currently allocated command buffers What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/command_submission Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Displays a list with information about the currently active command submissions What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/command_submission_jobs Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Displays a list with detailed information about each JOB (CB) of each active command submission What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/data32 Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Allows the root user to read or write directly through the device's PCI bar. Writing to this file generates a write transaction while reading from the file generates a read @@ -59,13 +46,14 @@ Description: Allows the root user to read or write directly through the the generic Linux user-space PCI mapping) because the DDR bar is very small compared to the DDR memory and only the driver can move the bar before and after the transaction. + If the IOMMU is disabled, it also allows the root user to read or write from the host a device VA of a host mapped memory What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/data64 Date: Jan 2020 KernelVersion: 5.6 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Allows the root user to read or write 64 bit data directly through the device's PCI bar. Writing to this file generates a write transaction while reading from the file generates a read @@ -73,106 +61,257 @@ Description: Allows the root user to read or write 64 bit data directly the generic Linux user-space PCI mapping) because the DDR bar is very small compared to the DDR memory and only the driver can move the bar before and after the transaction. + If the IOMMU is disabled, it also allows the root user to read or write from the host a device VA of a host mapped memory +What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/data_dma +Date: Apr 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.13 +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: Allows the root user to read from the device's internal + memory (DRAM/SRAM) through a DMA engine. + This property is a binary blob that contains the result of the + DMA transfer. + This custom interface is needed (instead of using the generic + Linux user-space PCI mapping) because the amount of internal + memory is huge (>32GB) and reading it via the PCI bar will take + a very long time. + This interface doesn't support concurrency in the same device. + In GAUDI and GOYA, this action can cause undefined behavior + in case the it is done while the device is executing user + workloads. + Only supported on GAUDI at this stage. + What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/device Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Enables the root user to set the device to specific state. Valid values are "disable", "enable", "suspend", "resume". User can read this property to see the valid values +What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/device_release_watchdog_timeout +Date: Oct 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.2 +Contact: ttayar@habana.ai +Description: The watchdog timeout value in seconds for a device relese upon + certain error cases, after which the device is reset. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/dma_size +Date: Apr 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.13 +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: Specify the size of the DMA transaction when using DMA to read + from the device's internal memory. The value can not be larger + than 128MB. Writing to this value initiates the DMA transfer. + When the write is finished, the user can read the "data_dma" + blob + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/dump_razwi_events +Date: Aug 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.20 +Contact: fkassabri@habana.ai +Description: Dumps all razwi events to dmesg if exist. + After reading the status register of an existing event + the routine will clear the status register. + Usage: cat dump_razwi_events + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/dump_security_violations +Date: Jan 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: Dumps all security violations to dmesg. This will also ack + all security violations meanings those violations will not be + dumped next time user calls this API + What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/engines Date: Jul 2019 KernelVersion: 5.3 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Displays the status registers values of the device engines and their derived idle status What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/i2c_addr Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Sets I2C device address for I2C transaction that is generated - by the device's CPU + by the device's CPU, Not available when device is loaded with secured + firmware What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/i2c_bus Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Sets I2C bus address for I2C transaction that is generated by - the device's CPU + the device's CPU, Not available when device is loaded with secured + firmware What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/i2c_data Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Triggers an I2C transaction that is generated by the device's CPU. Writing to this file generates a write transaction while - reading from the file generates a read transcation + reading from the file generates a read transaction, Not available + when device is loaded with secured firmware + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/i2c_len +Date: Dec 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.17 +Contact: obitton@habana.ai +Description: Sets I2C length in bytes for I2C transaction that is generated by + the device's CPU, Not available when device is loaded with secured + firmware What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/i2c_reg Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Sets I2C register id for I2C transaction that is generated by - the device's CPU + the device's CPU, Not available when device is loaded with secured + firmware What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/led0 Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com -Description: Sets the state of the first S/W led on the device +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: Sets the state of the first S/W led on the device, Not available + when device is loaded with secured firmware What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/led1 Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com -Description: Sets the state of the second S/W led on the device +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: Sets the state of the second S/W led on the device, Not available + when device is loaded with secured firmware What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/led2 Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com -Description: Sets the state of the third S/W led on the device +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: Sets the state of the third S/W led on the device, Not available + when device is loaded with secured firmware + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/memory_scrub +Date: May 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Contact: dhirschfeld@habana.ai +Description: Allows the root user to scrub the dram memory. The scrubbing + value can be set using the debugfs file memory_scrub_val. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/memory_scrub_val +Date: May 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Contact: dhirschfeld@habana.ai +Description: The value to which the dram will be set to when the user + scrubs the dram using 'memory_scrub' debugfs file and + the scrubbing value when using module param 'memory_scrub' What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/mmu Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Displays the hop values and physical address for a given ASID and virtual address. The user should write the ASID and VA into the file and then read the file to get the result. e.g. to display info about VA 0x1000 for ASID 1 you need to do: echo "1 0x1000" > /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl0/mmu +What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/mmu_error +Date: Mar 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: fkassabri@habana.ai +Description: Check and display page fault or access violation mmu errors for + all MMUs specified in mmu_cap_mask. + e.g. to display error info for MMU hw cap bit 9, you need to do: + echo "0x200" > /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl0/mmu_error + cat /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl0/mmu_error + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/monitor_dump +Date: Mar 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Contact: osharabi@habana.ai +Description: Allows the root user to dump monitors status from the device's + protected config space. + This property is a binary blob that contains the result of the + monitors registers dump. + This custom interface is needed (instead of using the generic + Linux user-space PCI mapping) because this space is protected + and cannot be accessed using PCI read. + This interface doesn't support concurrency in the same device. + Only supported on GAUDI. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/monitor_dump_trig +Date: Mar 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Contact: osharabi@habana.ai +Description: Triggers dump of monitor data. The value to trigger the operation + must be 1. Triggering the monitor dump operation initiates dump of + current registers values of all monitors. + When the write is finished, the user can read the "monitor_dump" + blob + What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/set_power_state Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Sets the PCI power state. Valid values are "1" for D0 and "2" for D3Hot +What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/skip_reset_on_timeout +Date: Jun 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.13 +Contact: ynudelman@habana.ai +Description: Sets the skip reset on timeout option for the device. Value of + "0" means device will be reset in case some CS has timed out, + otherwise it will not be reset. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/state_dump +Date: Oct 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.15 +Contact: ynudelman@habana.ai +Description: Gets the state dump occurring on a CS timeout or failure. + State dump is used for debug and is created each time in case of + a problem in a CS execution, before reset. + Reading from the node returns the newest state dump available. + Writing an integer X discards X state dumps, so that the + next read would return X+1-st newest state dump. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/stop_on_err +Date: Mar 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.6 +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: Sets the stop-on_error option for the device engines. Value of + "0" is for disable, otherwise enable. + Relevant only for GOYA and GAUDI. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/timeout_locked +Date: Sep 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.16 +Contact: obitton@habana.ai +Description: Sets the command submission timeout value in seconds. + What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/userptr Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Displays a list with information about the currently user pointers (user virtual addresses) that are pinned and mapped to DMA addresses +What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/userptr_lookup +Date: Oct 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.15 +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: Allows to search for specific user pointers (user virtual + addresses) that are pinned and mapped to DMA addresses, and see + their resolution to the specific dma address. + What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/vm Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Displays a list with information about all the active virtual - address mappings per ASID - -What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/stop_on_err -Date: Mar 2020 -KernelVersion: 5.6 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com -Description: Sets the stop-on_error option for the device engines. Value of - "0" is for disable, otherwise enable. + address mappings per ASID and all user mappings of HW blocks diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ec index 6546115a94da..ab6099daa8f5 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ec +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ec @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ Description: General information like which GPE is assigned to the EC and whether the global lock should get used. Knowing the EC GPE one can watch the amount of HW events related to -the EC here (XY -> GPE number from /sys/kernel/debug/ec/*/gpe): +the EC here (XY -> GPE number from `/sys/kernel/debug/ec/*/gpe`): /sys/firmware/acpi/interrupts/gpeXY The io file is binary and a userspace tool located here: @@ -14,7 +14,8 @@ ftp://ftp.suse.com/pub/people/trenn/sources/ec/ should get used to read out the 256 Embedded Controller registers or writing to them. -CAUTION: Do not write to the Embedded Controller if you don't know -what you are doing! Rebooting afterwards also is a good idea. -This can influence the way your machine is cooled and fans may -not get switched on again after you did a wrong write. +CAUTION: + Do not write to the Embedded Controller if you don't know + what you are doing! Rebooting afterwards also is a good idea. + This can influence the way your machine is cooled and fans may + not get switched on again after you did a wrong write. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-hpre b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-hpre index b4be5f1db4b7..82abf92df429 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-hpre +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-hpre @@ -1,140 +1,164 @@ -What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/cluster[0-3]/regs -Date: Sep 2019 -Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org -Description: Dump debug registers from the HPRE cluster. +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/cluster[0-3]/regs +Date: Sep 2019 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump debug registers from the HPRE cluster. Only available for PF. -What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/cluster[0-3]/cluster_ctrl -Date: Sep 2019 -Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org -Description: Write the HPRE core selection in the cluster into this file, +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/cluster[0-3]/cluster_ctrl +Date: Sep 2019 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Write the HPRE core selection in the cluster into this file, and then we can read the debug information of the core. Only available for PF. -What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/rdclr_en -Date: Sep 2019 -Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org -Description: HPRE cores debug registers read clear control. 1 means enable +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/rdclr_en +Date: Sep 2019 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: HPRE cores debug registers read clear control. 1 means enable register read clear, otherwise 0. Writing to this file has no functional effect, only enable or disable counters clear after reading of these registers. Only available for PF. -What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/current_qm -Date: Sep 2019 -Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org -Description: One HPRE controller has one PF and multiple VFs, each function +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/current_qm +Date: Sep 2019 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: One HPRE controller has one PF and multiple VFs, each function has a QM. Select the QM which below qm refers to. Only available for PF. -What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/regs -Date: Sep 2019 -Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org -Description: Dump debug registers from the HPRE. +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/alg_qos +Date: Jun 2021 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: The <bdf> is related the function for PF and VF. + HPRE driver supports to configure each function's QoS, the driver + supports to write <bdf> value to alg_qos in the host. Such as + "echo <bdf> value > alg_qos". The qos value is 1~1000, means + 1/1000~1000/1000 of total QoS. The driver reading alg_qos to + get related QoS in the host and VM, Such as "cat alg_qos". + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/regs +Date: Sep 2019 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump debug registers from the HPRE. Only available for PF. -What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/qm/regs -Date: Sep 2019 -Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org -Description: Dump debug registers from the QM. +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/qm/regs +Date: Sep 2019 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump debug registers from the QM. Available for PF and VF in host. VF in guest currently only has one debug register. -What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/qm/current_q -Date: Sep 2019 -Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org -Description: One QM may contain multiple queues. Select specific queue to +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/qm/current_q +Date: Sep 2019 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: One QM may contain multiple queues. Select specific queue to show its debug registers in above regs. Only available for PF. -What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/qm/clear_enable -Date: Sep 2019 -Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org -Description: QM debug registers(regs) read clear control. 1 means enable +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/qm/clear_enable +Date: Sep 2019 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: QM debug registers(regs) read clear control. 1 means enable register read clear, otherwise 0. Writing to this file has no functional effect, only enable or disable counters clear after reading of these registers. Only available for PF. -What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/qm/err_irq -Date: Apr 2020 -Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org -Description: Dump the number of invalid interrupts for +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/qm/err_irq +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the number of invalid interrupts for QM task completion. Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on HPRE. -What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/qm/aeq_irq -Date: Apr 2020 -Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org -Description: Dump the number of QM async event queue interrupts. +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/qm/aeq_irq +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the number of QM async event queue interrupts. Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on HPRE. -What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/qm/abnormal_irq -Date: Apr 2020 -Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org -Description: Dump the number of interrupts for QM abnormal event. +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/qm/abnormal_irq +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the number of interrupts for QM abnormal event. Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on HPRE. -What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/qm/create_qp_err -Date: Apr 2020 -Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org -Description: Dump the number of queue allocation errors. +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/qm/create_qp_err +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the number of queue allocation errors. Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on HPRE. -What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/qm/mb_err -Date: Apr 2020 -Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org -Description: Dump the number of failed QM mailbox commands. +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/qm/mb_err +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the number of failed QM mailbox commands. Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on HPRE. -What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/qm/status -Date: Apr 2020 -Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org -Description: Dump the status of the QM. +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/qm/status +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the status of the QM. Four states: initiated, started, stopped and closed. Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on HPRE. -What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/hpre_dfx/send_cnt -Date: Apr 2020 -Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org -Description: Dump the total number of sent requests. +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/qm/diff_regs +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: QM debug registers(regs) read hardware register value. This + node is used to show the change of the qm register values. This + node can be help users to check the change of register values. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/hpre_dfx/diff_regs +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: HPRE debug registers(regs) read hardware register value. This + node is used to show the change of the register values. This + node can be help users to check the change of register values. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/hpre_dfx/send_cnt +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the total number of sent requests. Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on HPRE. -What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/hpre_dfx/recv_cnt -Date: Apr 2020 -Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org -Description: Dump the total number of received requests. +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/hpre_dfx/recv_cnt +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the total number of received requests. Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on HPRE. -What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/hpre_dfx/send_busy_cnt -Date: Apr 2020 -Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org -Description: Dump the total number of requests sent +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/hpre_dfx/send_busy_cnt +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the total number of requests sent with returning busy. Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on HPRE. -What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/hpre_dfx/send_fail_cnt -Date: Apr 2020 -Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org -Description: Dump the total number of completed but error requests. +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/hpre_dfx/send_fail_cnt +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the total number of completed but error requests. Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on HPRE. -What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/hpre_dfx/invalid_req_cnt -Date: Apr 2020 -Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org -Description: Dump the total number of invalid requests being received. +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/hpre_dfx/invalid_req_cnt +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the total number of invalid requests being received. Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on HPRE. -What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/hpre_dfx/overtime_thrhld -Date: Apr 2020 -Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org -Description: Set the threshold time for counting the request which is +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/hpre_dfx/overtime_thrhld +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Set the threshold time for counting the request which is processed longer than the threshold. 0: disable(default), 1: 1 microsecond. Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on HPRE. -What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/hpre_dfx/over_thrhld_cnt -Date: Apr 2020 -Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org -Description: Dump the total number of time out requests. +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/hpre_dfx/over_thrhld_cnt +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the total number of time out requests. Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on HPRE. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-sec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-sec index 85feb4408e0f..93c530d1bf0f 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-sec +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-sec @@ -1,113 +1,137 @@ -What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/clear_enable -Date: Oct 2019 -Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org -Description: Enabling/disabling of clear action after reading +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/clear_enable +Date: Oct 2019 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Enabling/disabling of clear action after reading the SEC debug registers. 0: disable, 1: enable. Only available for PF, and take no other effect on SEC. -What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/current_qm -Date: Oct 2019 -Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org -Description: One SEC controller has one PF and multiple VFs, each function +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/current_qm +Date: Oct 2019 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: One SEC controller has one PF and multiple VFs, each function has a QM. This file can be used to select the QM which below qm refers to. Only available for PF. -What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/qm/qm_regs -Date: Oct 2019 -Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org -Description: Dump of QM related debug registers. +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/alg_qos +Date: Jun 2021 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: The <bdf> is related the function for PF and VF. + SEC driver supports to configure each function's QoS, the driver + supports to write <bdf> value to alg_qos in the host. Such as + "echo <bdf> value > alg_qos". The qos value is 1~1000, means + 1/1000~1000/1000 of total QoS. The driver reading alg_qos to + get related QoS in the host and VM, Such as "cat alg_qos". + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/qm/qm_regs +Date: Oct 2019 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump of QM related debug registers. Available for PF and VF in host. VF in guest currently only has one debug register. -What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/qm/current_q -Date: Oct 2019 -Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org -Description: One QM of SEC may contain multiple queues. Select specific +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/qm/current_q +Date: Oct 2019 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: One QM of SEC may contain multiple queues. Select specific queue to show its debug registers in above 'regs'. Only available for PF. -What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/qm/clear_enable -Date: Oct 2019 -Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org -Description: Enabling/disabling of clear action after reading +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/qm/clear_enable +Date: Oct 2019 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Enabling/disabling of clear action after reading the SEC's QM debug registers. 0: disable, 1: enable. Only available for PF, and take no other effect on SEC. -What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/qm/err_irq -Date: Apr 2020 -Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org -Description: Dump the number of invalid interrupts for +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/qm/err_irq +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the number of invalid interrupts for QM task completion. Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on SEC. -What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/qm/aeq_irq -Date: Apr 2020 -Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org -Description: Dump the number of QM async event queue interrupts. +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/qm/aeq_irq +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the number of QM async event queue interrupts. Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on SEC. -What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/qm/abnormal_irq -Date: Apr 2020 -Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org -Description: Dump the number of interrupts for QM abnormal event. +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/qm/abnormal_irq +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the number of interrupts for QM abnormal event. Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on SEC. -What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/qm/create_qp_err -Date: Apr 2020 -Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org -Description: Dump the number of queue allocation errors. +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/qm/create_qp_err +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the number of queue allocation errors. Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on SEC. -What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/qm/mb_err -Date: Apr 2020 -Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org -Description: Dump the number of failed QM mailbox commands. +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/qm/mb_err +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the number of failed QM mailbox commands. Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on SEC. -What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/qm/status -Date: Apr 2020 -Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org -Description: Dump the status of the QM. +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/qm/status +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the status of the QM. Four states: initiated, started, stopped and closed. Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on SEC. -What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/sec_dfx/send_cnt -Date: Apr 2020 -Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org -Description: Dump the total number of sent requests. +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/qm/diff_regs +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: QM debug registers(regs) read hardware register value. This + node is used to show the change of the qm register values. This + node can be help users to check the change of register values. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/sec_dfx/diff_regs +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: SEC debug registers(regs) read hardware register value. This + node is used to show the change of the register values. This + node can be help users to check the change of register values. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/sec_dfx/send_cnt +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the total number of sent requests. Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on SEC. -What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/sec_dfx/recv_cnt -Date: Apr 2020 -Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org -Description: Dump the total number of received requests. +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/sec_dfx/recv_cnt +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the total number of received requests. Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on SEC. -What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/sec_dfx/send_busy_cnt -Date: Apr 2020 -Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org -Description: Dump the total number of requests sent with returning busy. +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/sec_dfx/send_busy_cnt +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the total number of requests sent with returning busy. Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on SEC. -What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/sec_dfx/err_bd_cnt -Date: Apr 2020 -Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org -Description: Dump the total number of BD type error requests +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/sec_dfx/err_bd_cnt +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the total number of BD type error requests to be received. Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on SEC. -What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/sec_dfx/invalid_req_cnt -Date: Apr 2020 -Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org -Description: Dump the total number of invalid requests being received. +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/sec_dfx/invalid_req_cnt +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the total number of invalid requests being received. Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on SEC. -What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/sec_dfx/done_flag_cnt -Date: Apr 2020 -Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org -Description: Dump the total number of completed but marked error requests +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/sec_dfx/done_flag_cnt +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the total number of completed but marked error requests to be received. Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on SEC. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-zip b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-zip index 3034a2bf99ca..fd3f314cf8d1 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-zip +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-zip @@ -1,114 +1,138 @@ -What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/comp_core[01]/regs -Date: Nov 2018 -Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org -Description: Dump of compression cores related debug registers. +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/comp_core[01]/regs +Date: Nov 2018 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump of compression cores related debug registers. Only available for PF. -What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/decomp_core[0-5]/regs -Date: Nov 2018 -Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org -Description: Dump of decompression cores related debug registers. +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/decomp_core[0-5]/regs +Date: Nov 2018 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump of decompression cores related debug registers. Only available for PF. -What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/clear_enable -Date: Nov 2018 -Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org -Description: Compression/decompression core debug registers read clear +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/clear_enable +Date: Nov 2018 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Compression/decompression core debug registers read clear control. 1 means enable register read clear, otherwise 0. Writing to this file has no functional effect, only enable or disable counters clear after reading of these registers. Only available for PF. -What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/current_qm -Date: Nov 2018 -Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org -Description: One ZIP controller has one PF and multiple VFs, each function +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/current_qm +Date: Nov 2018 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: One ZIP controller has one PF and multiple VFs, each function has a QM. Select the QM which below qm refers to. Only available for PF. -What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/qm/regs -Date: Nov 2018 -Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org -Description: Dump of QM related debug registers. +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/alg_qos +Date: Jun 2021 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: The <bdf> is related the function for PF and VF. + ZIP driver supports to configure each function's QoS, the driver + supports to write <bdf> value to alg_qos in the host. Such as + "echo <bdf> value > alg_qos". The qos value is 1~1000, means + 1/1000~1000/1000 of total QoS. The driver reading alg_qos to + get related QoS in the host and VM, Such as "cat alg_qos". + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/qm/regs +Date: Nov 2018 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump of QM related debug registers. Available for PF and VF in host. VF in guest currently only has one debug register. -What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/qm/current_q -Date: Nov 2018 -Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org -Description: One QM may contain multiple queues. Select specific queue to +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/qm/current_q +Date: Nov 2018 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: One QM may contain multiple queues. Select specific queue to show its debug registers in above regs. Only available for PF. -What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/qm/clear_enable -Date: Nov 2018 -Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org -Description: QM debug registers(regs) read clear control. 1 means enable +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/qm/clear_enable +Date: Nov 2018 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: QM debug registers(regs) read clear control. 1 means enable register read clear, otherwise 0. Writing to this file has no functional effect, only enable or disable counters clear after reading of these registers. Only available for PF. -What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/qm/err_irq -Date: Apr 2020 -Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org -Description: Dump the number of invalid interrupts for +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/qm/err_irq +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the number of invalid interrupts for QM task completion. Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on ZIP. -What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/qm/aeq_irq -Date: Apr 2020 -Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org -Description: Dump the number of QM async event queue interrupts. +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/qm/aeq_irq +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the number of QM async event queue interrupts. Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on ZIP. -What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/qm/abnormal_irq -Date: Apr 2020 -Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org -Description: Dump the number of interrupts for QM abnormal event. +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/qm/abnormal_irq +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the number of interrupts for QM abnormal event. Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on ZIP. -What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/qm/create_qp_err -Date: Apr 2020 -Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org -Description: Dump the number of queue allocation errors. +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/qm/create_qp_err +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the number of queue allocation errors. Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on ZIP. -What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/qm/mb_err -Date: Apr 2020 -Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org -Description: Dump the number of failed QM mailbox commands. +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/qm/mb_err +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the number of failed QM mailbox commands. Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on ZIP. -What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/qm/status -Date: Apr 2020 -Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org -Description: Dump the status of the QM. +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/qm/status +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the status of the QM. Four states: initiated, started, stopped and closed. Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on ZIP. -What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/zip_dfx/send_cnt -Date: Apr 2020 -Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org -Description: Dump the total number of sent requests. +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/qm/diff_regs +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: QM debug registers(regs) read hardware register value. This + node is used to show the change of the qm registers value. This + node can be help users to check the change of register values. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/zip_dfx/diff_regs +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: ZIP debug registers(regs) read hardware register value. This + node is used to show the change of the registers value. this + node can be help users to check the change of register values. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/zip_dfx/send_cnt +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the total number of sent requests. Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on ZIP. -What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/zip_dfx/recv_cnt -Date: Apr 2020 -Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org -Description: Dump the total number of received requests. +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/zip_dfx/recv_cnt +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the total number of received requests. Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on ZIP. -What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/zip_dfx/send_busy_cnt -Date: Apr 2020 -Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org -Description: Dump the total number of requests received +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/zip_dfx/send_busy_cnt +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the total number of requests received with returning busy. Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on ZIP. -What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/zip_dfx/err_bd_cnt -Date: Apr 2020 -Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org -Description: Dump the total number of BD type error requests +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/zip_dfx/err_bd_cnt +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the total number of BD type error requests to be received. Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on ZIP. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-moxtet b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-moxtet index 67b1717794d8..637d8587d03d 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-moxtet +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-moxtet @@ -1,23 +1,35 @@ What: /sys/kernel/debug/moxtet/input Date: March 2019 KernelVersion: 5.3 -Contact: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz> -Description: (R) Read input from the shift registers, in hexadecimal. +Contact: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org> +Description: (Read) Read input from the shift registers, in hexadecimal. Returns N+1 bytes, where N is the number of Moxtet connected modules. The first byte is from the CPU board itself. - Example: 101214 - 10: CPU board with SD card - 12: 2 = PCIe module, 1 = IRQ not active - 14: 4 = Peridot module, 1 = IRQ not active + + Example:: + + 101214 + + == ======================================= + 10 CPU board with SD card + 12 2 = PCIe module, 1 = IRQ not active + 14 4 = Peridot module, 1 = IRQ not active + == ======================================= What: /sys/kernel/debug/moxtet/output Date: March 2019 KernelVersion: 5.3 -Contact: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz> +Contact: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org> Description: (RW) Read last written value to the shift registers, in hexadecimal, or write values to the shift registers, also in hexadecimal. - Example: 0102 - 01: 01 was last written, or is to be written, to the - first module's shift register - 02: the same for second module + + Example:: + + 0102 + + == ================================================ + 01 01 was last written, or is to be written, to the + first module's shift register + 02 the same for second module + == ================================================ diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pfo-nx-crypto b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pfo-nx-crypto index 685d5a448423..f75a655c1531 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pfo-nx-crypto +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pfo-nx-crypto @@ -4,42 +4,42 @@ KernelVersion: 3.4 Contact: Kent Yoder <key@linux.vnet.ibm.com> Description: - These debugfs interfaces are built by the nx-crypto driver, built in +These debugfs interfaces are built by the nx-crypto driver, built in arch/powerpc/crypto/nx. Error Detection =============== errors: -- A u32 providing a total count of errors since the driver was loaded. The -only errors counted here are those returned from the hcall, H_COP_OP. + A u32 providing a total count of errors since the driver was loaded. The + only errors counted here are those returned from the hcall, H_COP_OP. last_error: -- The most recent non-zero return code from the H_COP_OP hcall. -EBUSY is not -recorded here (the hcall will retry until -EBUSY goes away). + The most recent non-zero return code from the H_COP_OP hcall. -EBUSY is not + recorded here (the hcall will retry until -EBUSY goes away). last_error_pid: -- The process ID of the process who received the most recent error from the -hcall. + The process ID of the process who received the most recent error from the + hcall. Device Use ========== aes_bytes: -- The total number of bytes encrypted using AES in any of the driver's -supported modes. + The total number of bytes encrypted using AES in any of the driver's + supported modes. aes_ops: -- The total number of AES operations submitted to the hardware. + The total number of AES operations submitted to the hardware. sha256_bytes: -- The total number of bytes hashed by the hardware using SHA-256. + The total number of bytes hashed by the hardware using SHA-256. sha256_ops: -- The total number of SHA-256 operations submitted to the hardware. + The total number of SHA-256 operations submitted to the hardware. sha512_bytes: -- The total number of bytes hashed by the hardware using SHA-512. + The total number of bytes hashed by the hardware using SHA-512. sha512_ops: -- The total number of SHA-512 operations submitted to the hardware. + The total number of SHA-512 operations submitted to the hardware. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pktcdvd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pktcdvd index cf11736acb76..f6f65a4faea0 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pktcdvd +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pktcdvd @@ -4,16 +4,15 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.20 Contact: Thomas Maier <balagi@justmail.de> Description: -debugfs interface ------------------ - The pktcdvd module (packet writing driver) creates these files in debugfs: /sys/kernel/debug/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/ - info (0444) Lots of driver statistics and infos. -Example: -------- + ==== ====== ==================================== + info 0444 Lots of driver statistics and infos. + ==== ====== ==================================== + +Example:: -cat /sys/kernel/debug/pktcdvd/pktcdvd0/info + cat /sys/kernel/debug/pktcdvd/pktcdvd0/info diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-scmi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-scmi new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ee7179ab2edf --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-scmi @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/scmi/<n>/instance_name +Date: March 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.3 +Contact: cristian.marussi@arm.com +Description: The name of the underlying SCMI instance <n> described by + all the debugfs accessors rooted at /sys/kernel/debug/scmi/<n>, + expressed as the full name of the top DT SCMI node under which + this SCMI instance is rooted. +Users: Debugging, any userspace test suite + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/scmi/<n>/atomic_threshold_us +Date: March 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.3 +Contact: cristian.marussi@arm.com +Description: An optional time value, expressed in microseconds, representing, + on this SCMI instance <n>, the threshold above which any SCMI + command, advertised to have an higher-than-threshold execution + latency, should not be considered for atomic mode of operation, + even if requested. +Users: Debugging, any userspace test suite + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/scmi/<n>/transport/type +Date: March 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.3 +Contact: cristian.marussi@arm.com +Description: A string representing the type of transport configured for this + SCMI instance <n>. +Users: Debugging, any userspace test suite + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/scmi/<n>/transport/is_atomic +Date: March 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.3 +Contact: cristian.marussi@arm.com +Description: A boolean stating if the transport configured on the underlying + SCMI instance <n> is capable of atomic mode of operation. +Users: Debugging, any userspace test suite + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/scmi/<n>/transport/max_rx_timeout_ms +Date: March 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.3 +Contact: cristian.marussi@arm.com +Description: Timeout in milliseconds allowed for SCMI synchronous replies + for the currently configured SCMI transport for instance <n>. +Users: Debugging, any userspace test suite + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/scmi/<n>/transport/max_msg_size +Date: March 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.3 +Contact: cristian.marussi@arm.com +Description: Max message size of allowed SCMI messages for the currently + configured SCMI transport for instance <n>. +Users: Debugging, any userspace test suite + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/scmi/<n>/transport/tx_max_msg +Date: March 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.3 +Contact: cristian.marussi@arm.com +Description: Max number of concurrently allowed in-flight SCMI messages for + the currently configured SCMI transport for instance <n> on the + TX channels. +Users: Debugging, any userspace test suite + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/scmi/<n>/transport/rx_max_msg +Date: March 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.3 +Contact: cristian.marussi@arm.com +Description: Max number of concurrently allowed in-flight SCMI messages for + the currently configured SCMI transport for instance <n> on the + RX channels. +Users: Debugging, any userspace test suite diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-scmi-raw b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-scmi-raw new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..97678cc9535c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-scmi-raw @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/scmi/<n>/raw/message +Date: March 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.3 +Contact: cristian.marussi@arm.com +Description: SCMI Raw synchronous message injection/snooping facility; write + a complete SCMI synchronous command message (header included) + in little-endian binary format to have it sent to the configured + backend SCMI server for instance <n>. + Any subsequently received response can be read from this same + entry if it arrived within the configured timeout. + Each write to the entry causes one command request to be built + and sent while the replies are read back one message at time + (receiving an EOF at each message boundary). +Users: Debugging, any userspace test suite + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/scmi/<n>/raw/message_async +Date: March 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.3 +Contact: cristian.marussi@arm.com +Description: SCMI Raw asynchronous message injection/snooping facility; write + a complete SCMI asynchronous command message (header included) + in little-endian binary format to have it sent to the configured + backend SCMI server for instance <n>. + Any subsequently received response can be read from this same + entry if it arrived within the configured timeout. + Any additional delayed response received afterwards can be read + from this same entry too if it arrived within the configured + timeout. + Each write to the entry causes one command request to be built + and sent while the replies are read back one message at time + (receiving an EOF at each message boundary). +Users: Debugging, any userspace test suite + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/scmi/<n>/raw/errors +Date: March 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.3 +Contact: cristian.marussi@arm.com +Description: SCMI Raw message errors facility; any kind of timed-out or + generally unexpectedly received SCMI message, for instance <n>, + can be read from this entry. + Each read gives back one message at time (receiving an EOF at + each message boundary). +Users: Debugging, any userspace test suite + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/scmi/<n>/raw/notification +Date: March 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.3 +Contact: cristian.marussi@arm.com +Description: SCMI Raw notification snooping facility; any notification + emitted by the backend SCMI server, for instance <n>, can be + read from this entry. + Each read gives back one message at time (receiving an EOF at + each message boundary). +Users: Debugging, any userspace test suite + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/scmi/<n>/raw/reset +Date: March 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.3 +Contact: cristian.marussi@arm.com +Description: SCMI Raw stack reset facility; writing a value to this entry + causes the internal queues of any kind of received message, + still pending to be read out for instance <n>, to be immediately + flushed. + Can be used to reset and clean the SCMI Raw stack between to + different test-run. +Users: Debugging, any userspace test suite + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/scmi/<n>/raw/channels/<m>/message +Date: March 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.3 +Contact: cristian.marussi@arm.com +Description: SCMI Raw synchronous message injection/snooping facility; write + a complete SCMI synchronous command message (header included) + in little-endian binary format to have it sent to the configured + backend SCMI server for instance <n> through the <m> transport + channel. + Any subsequently received response can be read from this same + entry if it arrived on channel <m> within the configured + timeout. + Each write to the entry causes one command request to be built + and sent while the replies are read back one message at time + (receiving an EOF at each message boundary). + Channel identifier <m> matches the SCMI protocol number which + has been associated with this transport channel in the DT + description, with base protocol number 0x10 being the default + channel for this instance. + Note that these per-channel entries rooted at <..>/channels + exist only if the transport is configured to have more than + one default channel. +Users: Debugging, any userspace test suite + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/scmi/<n>/raw/channels/<m>/message_async +Date: March 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.3 +Contact: cristian.marussi@arm.com +Description: SCMI Raw asynchronous message injection/snooping facility; write + a complete SCMI asynchronous command message (header included) + in little-endian binary format to have it sent to the configured + backend SCMI server for instance <n> through the <m> transport + channel. + Any subsequently received response can be read from this same + entry if it arrived on channel <m> within the configured + timeout. + Any additional delayed response received afterwards can be read + from this same entry too if it arrived within the configured + timeout. + Each write to the entry causes one command request to be built + and sent while the replies are read back one message at time + (receiving an EOF at each message boundary). + Channel identifier <m> matches the SCMI protocol number which + has been associated with this transport channel in the DT + description, with base protocol number 0x10 being the default + channel for this instance. + Note that these per-channel entries rooted at <..>/channels + exist only if the transport is configured to have more than + one default channel. +Users: Debugging, any userspace test suite diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-turris-mox-rwtm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-turris-mox-rwtm index 2b3255ee68fd..813987d5de4e 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-turris-mox-rwtm +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-turris-mox-rwtm @@ -1,9 +1,14 @@ What: /sys/kernel/debug/turris-mox-rwtm/do_sign Date: Jun 2020 KernelVersion: 5.8 -Contact: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz> -Description: (W) Message to sign with the ECDSA private key stored in - device's OTP. The message must be exactly 64 bytes (since - this is intended for SHA-512 hashes). - (R) The resulting signature, 136 bytes. This contains the R and - S values of the ECDSA signature, both in big-endian format. +Contact: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org> +Description: + + ======= =========================================================== + (Write) Message to sign with the ECDSA private key stored in + device's OTP. The message must be exactly 64 bytes + (since this is intended for SHA-512 hashes). + (Read) The resulting signature, 136 bytes. This contains the + R and S values of the ECDSA signature, both in + big-endian format. + ======= =========================================================== diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-wilco-ec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-wilco-ec index 9d8d9d2def5b..682e3c09ef4d 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-wilco-ec +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-wilco-ec @@ -27,16 +27,17 @@ Description: for writing, two for the type and at least a single byte of data. - Example: - // Request EC info type 3 (EC firmware build date) - // Corresponds with sending type 0x00f0 with - // MBOX = [38, 00, 03, 00] - $ echo 00 f0 38 00 03 00 > /sys/kernel/debug/wilco_ec/raw - // View the result. The decoded ASCII result "12/21/18" is - // included after the raw hex. - // Corresponds with MBOX = [00, 00, 31, 32, 2f, 32, 31, 38, ...] - $ cat /sys/kernel/debug/wilco_ec/raw - 00 00 31 32 2f 32 31 2f 31 38 00 38 00 01 00 2f 00 ..12/21/18.8... + Example:: + + // Request EC info type 3 (EC firmware build date) + // Corresponds with sending type 0x00f0 with + // MBOX = [38, 00, 03, 00] + $ echo 00 f0 38 00 03 00 > /sys/kernel/debug/wilco_ec/raw + // View the result. The decoded ASCII result "12/21/18" is + // included after the raw hex. + // Corresponds with MBOX = [00, 00, 31, 32, 2f, 32, 31, 38, ...] + $ cat /sys/kernel/debug/wilco_ec/raw + 00 00 31 32 2f 32 31 2f 31 38 00 38 00 01 00 2f 00 ..12/21/18.8... Note that the first 16 bytes of the received MBOX[] will be printed, even if some of the data is junk, and skipping bytes diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/dell-smbios-wmi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/dell-smbios-wmi index fc919ce16008..f58229084469 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/dell-smbios-wmi +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/dell-smbios-wmi @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ What: /dev/wmi/dell-smbios Date: November 2017 KernelVersion: 4.15 -Contact: "Mario Limonciello" <mario.limonciello@dell.com> +Contact: Dell.Client.Kernel@dell.com Description: Perform SMBIOS calls on supported Dell machines. through the Dell ACPI-WMI interface. @@ -10,29 +10,29 @@ Description: <uapi/linux/wmi.h> 1) To perform an SMBIOS call from userspace, you'll need to - first determine the minimum size of the calling interface - buffer for your machine. - Platforms that contain larger buffers can return larger - objects from the system firmware. - Commonly this size is either 4k or 32k. + first determine the minimum size of the calling interface + buffer for your machine. + Platforms that contain larger buffers can return larger + objects from the system firmware. + Commonly this size is either 4k or 32k. - To determine the size of the buffer read() a u64 dword from - the WMI character device /dev/wmi/dell-smbios. + To determine the size of the buffer read() a u64 dword from + the WMI character device /dev/wmi/dell-smbios. 2) After you've determined the minimum size of the calling - interface buffer, you can allocate a structure that represents - the structure documented above. + interface buffer, you can allocate a structure that represents + the structure documented above. 3) In the 'length' object store the size of the buffer you - determined above and allocated. + determined above and allocated. 4) In this buffer object, prepare as necessary for the SMBIOS - call you're interested in. Typically SMBIOS buffers have - "class", "select", and "input" defined to values that coincide - with the data you are interested in. - Documenting class/select/input values is outside of the scope - of this documentation. Check with the libsmbios project for - further documentation on these values. + call you're interested in. Typically SMBIOS buffers have + "class", "select", and "input" defined to values that coincide + with the data you are interested in. + Documenting class/select/input values is outside of the scope + of this documentation. Check with the libsmbios project for + further documentation on these values. 6) Run the call by using ioctl() as described in the header. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/dev-kmsg b/Documentation/ABI/testing/dev-kmsg index 3c0bb76e3417..a377b6c093c9 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/dev-kmsg +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/dev-kmsg @@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ Description: The /dev/kmsg character device node provides userspace access to the kernel's printk buffer. Injecting messages: + Every write() to the opened device node places a log entry in the kernel's printk buffer. @@ -21,6 +22,7 @@ Description: The /dev/kmsg character device node provides userspace access the messages can always be reliably determined. Accessing the buffer: + Every read() from the opened device node receives one record of the kernel's printk buffer. @@ -48,6 +50,7 @@ Description: The /dev/kmsg character device node provides userspace access if needed, without limiting the interface to a single reader. The device supports seek with the following parameters: + SEEK_SET, 0 seek to the first entry in the buffer SEEK_END, 0 @@ -87,18 +90,22 @@ Description: The /dev/kmsg character device node provides userspace access readable context of the message, for reliable processing in userspace. - Example: - 7,160,424069,-;pci_root PNP0A03:00: host bridge window [io 0x0000-0x0cf7] (ignored) - SUBSYSTEM=acpi - DEVICE=+acpi:PNP0A03:00 - 6,339,5140900,-;NET: Registered protocol family 10 - 30,340,5690716,-;udevd[80]: starting version 181 + Example:: + + 7,160,424069,-;pci_root PNP0A03:00: host bridge window [io 0x0000-0x0cf7] (ignored) + SUBSYSTEM=acpi + DEVICE=+acpi:PNP0A03:00 + 6,339,5140900,-;NET: Registered protocol family 10 + 30,340,5690716,-;udevd[80]: starting version 181 The DEVICE= key uniquely identifies devices the following way: - b12:8 - block dev_t - c127:3 - char dev_t - n8 - netdev ifindex - +sound:card0 - subsystem:devname + + ============ ================= + b12:8 block dev_t + c127:3 char dev_t + n8 netdev ifindex + +sound:card0 subsystem:devname + ============ ================= The flags field carries '-' by default. A 'c' indicates a fragment of a line. Note, that these hints about continuation diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/evm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/evm index 201d10319fa1..44750a933db4 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/evm +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/evm @@ -1,4 +1,5 @@ -What: security/evm +What: /sys/kernel/security/evm +What: /sys/kernel/security/*/evm Date: March 2011 Contact: Mimi Zohar <zohar@us.ibm.com> Description: @@ -17,33 +18,68 @@ Description: echoing a value to <securityfs>/evm made up of the following bits: + === ================================================== Bit Effect + === ================================================== 0 Enable HMAC validation and creation 1 Enable digital signature validation 2 Permit modification of EVM-protected metadata at runtime. Not supported if HMAC validation and - creation is enabled. + creation is enabled (deprecated). 31 Disable further runtime modification of EVM policy + === ================================================== - For example: + For example:: - echo 1 ><securityfs>/evm + echo 1 ><securityfs>/evm will enable HMAC validation and creation - echo 0x80000003 ><securityfs>/evm + :: + + echo 0x80000003 ><securityfs>/evm will enable HMAC and digital signature validation and HMAC creation and disable all further modification of policy. - echo 0x80000006 ><securityfs>/evm + :: + + echo 0x80000006 ><securityfs>/evm will enable digital signature validation, permit modification of EVM-protected metadata and - disable all further modification of policy + disable all further modification of policy. This option is now + deprecated in favor of:: + + echo 0x80000002 ><securityfs>/evm + + as the outstanding issues that prevent the usage of EVM portable + signatures have been solved. + + Echoing a value is additive, the new value is added to the + existing initialization flags. + + For example, after:: + + echo 2 ><securityfs>/evm - Note that once a key has been loaded, it will no longer be - possible to enable metadata modification. + another echo can be performed:: + + echo 1 ><securityfs>/evm + + and the resulting value will be 3. + + Note that once an HMAC key has been loaded, it will no longer + be possible to enable metadata modification. Signaling that an + HMAC key has been loaded will clear the corresponding flag. + For example, if the current value is 6 (2 and 4 set):: + + echo 1 ><securityfs>/evm + + will set the new value to 3 (4 cleared). + + Loading an HMAC key is the only way to disable metadata + modification. Until key loading has been signaled EVM can not create or validate the 'security.evm' xattr, but returns @@ -58,14 +94,14 @@ Description: core/ima-setup) have support for loading keys at boot time. -What: security/integrity/evm/evm_xattrs +What: /sys/kernel/security/*/evm/evm_xattrs Date: April 2018 Contact: Matthew Garrett <mjg59@google.com> Description: Shows the set of extended attributes used to calculate or validate the EVM signature, and allows additional attributes to be added at runtime. Any signatures generated after - additional attributes are added (and on files posessing those + additional attributes are added (and on files possessing those additional attributes) will only be valid if the same additional attributes are configured on system boot. Writing a single period (.) will lock the xattr list from any further diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/gpio-cdev b/Documentation/ABI/testing/gpio-cdev index 7b265fbb47e3..66bdcd188b6c 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/gpio-cdev +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/gpio-cdev @@ -12,15 +12,16 @@ Description: The following file operations are supported: open(2) - Currently the only useful flags are O_RDWR. + Currently the only useful flags are O_RDWR. ioctl(2) - Initiate various actions. - See the inline documentation in [include/uapi]<linux/gpio.h> - for descriptions of all ioctls. + Initiate various actions. + + See the inline documentation in [include/uapi]<linux/gpio.h> + for descriptions of all ioctls. close(2) - Stops and free up the I/O contexts that was associated - with the file descriptor. + Stops and free up the I/O contexts that was associated + with the file descriptor. Users: TBD diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy b/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy index cd572912c593..49db0ff288e5 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -What: security/ima/policy +What: /sys/kernel/security/*/ima/policy Date: May 2008 Contact: Mimi Zohar <zohar@us.ibm.com> Description: @@ -15,41 +15,69 @@ Description: IMA appraisal, if configured, uses these file measurements for local measurement appraisal. - rule format: action [condition ...] + :: - action: measure | dont_measure | appraise | dont_appraise | - audit | hash | dont_hash - condition:= base | lsm [option] - base: [[func=] [mask=] [fsmagic=] [fsuuid=] [uid=] - [euid=] [fowner=] [fsname=]] + rule format: action [condition ...] + + action: measure | dont_measure | appraise | dont_appraise | + audit | hash | dont_hash + condition:= base | lsm [option] + base: [[func=] [mask=] [fsmagic=] [fsuuid=] [fsname=] + [uid=] [euid=] [gid=] [egid=] + [fowner=] [fgroup=]] lsm: [[subj_user=] [subj_role=] [subj_type=] [obj_user=] [obj_role=] [obj_type=]] - option: [[appraise_type=]] [template=] [permit_directio] - [appraise_flag=] [keyrings=] - base: func:= [BPRM_CHECK][MMAP_CHECK][CREDS_CHECK][FILE_CHECK][MODULE_CHECK] + option: [digest_type=] [template=] [permit_directio] + [appraise_type=] [appraise_flag=] + [appraise_algos=] [keyrings=] + base: + func:= [BPRM_CHECK][MMAP_CHECK][CREDS_CHECK][FILE_CHECK][MODULE_CHECK] [FIRMWARE_CHECK] [KEXEC_KERNEL_CHECK] [KEXEC_INITRAMFS_CHECK] - [KEXEC_CMDLINE] [KEY_CHECK] + [KEXEC_CMDLINE] [KEY_CHECK] [CRITICAL_DATA] + [SETXATTR_CHECK][MMAP_CHECK_REQPROT] mask:= [[^]MAY_READ] [[^]MAY_WRITE] [[^]MAY_APPEND] [[^]MAY_EXEC] fsmagic:= hex value fsuuid:= file system UUID (e.g 8bcbe394-4f13-4144-be8e-5aa9ea2ce2f6) uid:= decimal value euid:= decimal value + gid:= decimal value + egid:= decimal value fowner:= decimal value - lsm: are LSM specific - option: appraise_type:= [imasig] [imasig|modsig] + fgroup:= decimal value + lsm: are LSM specific + option: + appraise_type:= [imasig] | [imasig|modsig] | [sigv3] + where 'imasig' is the original or the signature + format v2. + where 'modsig' is an appended signature, + where 'sigv3' is the signature format v3. (Currently + limited to fsverity digest based signatures + stored in security.ima xattr. Requires + specifying "digest_type=verity" first.) + appraise_flag:= [check_blacklist] Currently, blacklist check is only for files signed with appended signature. + digest_type:= verity + Require fs-verity's file digest instead of the + regular IMA file hash. keyrings:= list of keyrings (eg, .builtin_trusted_keys|.ima). Only valid when action is "measure" and func is KEY_CHECK. template:= name of a defined IMA template type (eg, ima-ng). Only valid when action is "measure". pcr:= decimal value - - default policy: + label:= [selinux]|[kernel_info]|[data_label] + data_label:= a unique string used for grouping and limiting critical data. + For example, "selinux" to measure critical data for SELinux. + appraise_algos:= comma-separated list of hash algorithms + For example, "sha256,sha512" to only accept to appraise + files where the security.ima xattr was hashed with one + of these two algorithms. + + default policy: # PROC_SUPER_MAGIC dont_measure fsmagic=0x9fa0 dont_appraise fsmagic=0x9fa0 @@ -97,7 +125,8 @@ Description: Examples of LSM specific definitions: - SELinux: + SELinux:: + dont_measure obj_type=var_log_t dont_appraise obj_type=var_log_t dont_measure obj_type=auditd_log_t @@ -105,10 +134,11 @@ Description: measure subj_user=system_u func=FILE_CHECK mask=MAY_READ measure subj_role=system_r func=FILE_CHECK mask=MAY_READ - Smack: + Smack:: + measure subj_user=_ func=FILE_CHECK mask=MAY_READ - Example of measure rules using alternate PCRs: + Example of measure rules using alternate PCRs:: measure func=KEXEC_KERNEL_CHECK pcr=4 measure func=KEXEC_INITRAMFS_CHECK pcr=5 @@ -125,3 +155,36 @@ Description: keys added to .builtin_trusted_keys or .ima keyring: measure func=KEY_CHECK keyrings=.builtin_trusted_keys|.ima + + Example of the special SETXATTR_CHECK appraise rule, that + restricts the hash algorithms allowed when writing to the + security.ima xattr of a file: + + appraise func=SETXATTR_CHECK appraise_algos=sha256,sha384,sha512 + + Example of a 'measure' rule requiring fs-verity's digests + with indication of type of digest in the measurement list. + + measure func=FILE_CHECK digest_type=verity \ + template=ima-ngv2 + + Example of 'measure' and 'appraise' rules requiring fs-verity + signatures (format version 3) stored in security.ima xattr. + + The 'measure' rule specifies the 'ima-sigv3' template option, + which includes the indication of type of digest and the file + signature in the measurement list. + + measure func=BPRM_CHECK digest_type=verity \ + template=ima-sigv3 + + + The 'appraise' rule specifies the type and signature format + version (sigv3) required. + + appraise func=BPRM_CHECK digest_type=verity \ + appraise_type=sigv3 + + All of these policy rules could, for example, be constrained + either based on a filesystem's UUID (fsuuid) or based on LSM + labels. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-attr-current b/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-attr-current new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..198b9fe1c8e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-attr-current @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +What: /proc/*/attr/current +Contact: linux-security-module@vger.kernel.org, + selinux@vger.kernel.org, + apparmor@lists.ubuntu.com +Description: The current security information used by a Linux + security module (LSM) that is active on the system. + The details of permissions required to read from + this interface and hence obtain the security state + of the task identified is LSM dependent. + A process cannot write to this interface unless it + refers to itself. + The other details of permissions required to write to + this interface and hence change the security state of + the task identified are LSM dependent. + The format of the data used by this interface is LSM + dependent. + SELinux, Smack and AppArmor provide this interface. +Users: SELinux user-space + Smack user-space + AppArmor user-space diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-attr-exec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-attr-exec new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..34593866a7ab --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-attr-exec @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +What: /proc/*/attr/exec +Contact: linux-security-module@vger.kernel.org, + selinux@vger.kernel.org, + apparmor@lists.ubuntu.com +Description: The security information to be used on the process + by a Linux security module (LSM) active on the system + after a subsequent exec() call. + The details of permissions required to read from + this interface and hence obtain the security state + of the task identified is LSM dependent. + A process cannot write to this interface unless it + refers to itself. + The other details of permissions required to write to + this interface and hence change the security state of + the task identified are LSM dependent. + The format of the data used by this interface is LSM + dependent. + SELinux and AppArmor provide this interface. +Users: SELinux user-space + AppArmor user-space diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-attr-prev b/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-attr-prev new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f990b3595839 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-attr-prev @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +What: /proc/*/attr/prev +Contact: linux-security-module@vger.kernel.org, + selinux@vger.kernel.org, + apparmor@lists.ubuntu.com +Description: The security information used on the process by + a Linux security module (LSM) active on the system + prior to the most recent exec() call. + The details of permissions required to read from + this interface is LSM dependent. + A process cannot write to this interface unless it + refers to itself. + The other details of permissions required to write to + this interface are LSM dependent. + The format of the data used by this interface is LSM + dependent. + SELinux and AppArmor provide this interface. +Users: SELinux user-space + AppArmor user-space + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats b/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats index 70dcaf2481f4..e58d641443d3 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats @@ -6,32 +6,38 @@ Description: of block devices. Each line contains the following 14 fields: - 1 - major number - 2 - minor mumber - 3 - device name - 4 - reads completed successfully - 5 - reads merged - 6 - sectors read - 7 - time spent reading (ms) - 8 - writes completed - 9 - writes merged - 10 - sectors written - 11 - time spent writing (ms) - 12 - I/Os currently in progress - 13 - time spent doing I/Os (ms) - 14 - weighted time spent doing I/Os (ms) + == =================================== + 1 major number + 2 minor mumber + 3 device name + 4 reads completed successfully + 5 reads merged + 6 sectors read + 7 time spent reading (ms) + 8 writes completed + 9 writes merged + 10 sectors written + 11 time spent writing (ms) + 12 I/Os currently in progress + 13 time spent doing I/Os (ms) + 14 weighted time spent doing I/Os (ms) + == =================================== Kernel 4.18+ appends four more fields for discard tracking putting the total at 18: - 15 - discards completed successfully - 16 - discards merged - 17 - sectors discarded - 18 - time spent discarding + == =================================== + 15 discards completed successfully + 16 discards merged + 17 sectors discarded + 18 time spent discarding + == =================================== Kernel 5.5+ appends two more fields for flush requests: - 19 - flush requests completed successfully - 20 - time spent flushing + == ===================================== + 19 flush requests completed successfully + 20 time spent flushing + == ===================================== For more details refer to Documentation/admin-guide/iostats.rst diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-smaps_rollup b/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-smaps_rollup index 046978193368..b446a7154a1b 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-smaps_rollup +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-smaps_rollup @@ -14,28 +14,29 @@ Description: For more details, see Documentation/filesystems/proc.rst and the procfs man page. - Typical output looks like this: + Typical output looks like this:: - 00100000-ff709000 ---p 00000000 00:00 0 [rollup] - Size: 1192 kB - KernelPageSize: 4 kB - MMUPageSize: 4 kB - Rss: 884 kB - Pss: 385 kB - Pss_Anon: 301 kB - Pss_File: 80 kB - Pss_Shmem: 4 kB - Shared_Clean: 696 kB - Shared_Dirty: 0 kB - Private_Clean: 120 kB - Private_Dirty: 68 kB - Referenced: 884 kB - Anonymous: 68 kB - LazyFree: 0 kB - AnonHugePages: 0 kB - ShmemPmdMapped: 0 kB - Shared_Hugetlb: 0 kB - Private_Hugetlb: 0 kB - Swap: 0 kB - SwapPss: 0 kB - Locked: 385 kB + 00100000-ff709000 ---p 00000000 00:00 0 [rollup] + Size: 1192 kB + KernelPageSize: 4 kB + MMUPageSize: 4 kB + Rss: 884 kB + Pss: 385 kB + Pss_Dirty: 68 kB + Pss_Anon: 301 kB + Pss_File: 80 kB + Pss_Shmem: 4 kB + Shared_Clean: 696 kB + Shared_Dirty: 0 kB + Private_Clean: 120 kB + Private_Dirty: 68 kB + Referenced: 884 kB + Anonymous: 68 kB + LazyFree: 0 kB + AnonHugePages: 0 kB + ShmemPmdMapped: 0 kB + Shared_Hugetlb: 0 kB + Private_Hugetlb: 0 kB + Swap: 0 kB + SwapPss: 0 kB + Locked: 385 kB diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/pstore b/Documentation/ABI/testing/pstore index d45209abdb1b..d3cff4a7ee10 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/pstore +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/pstore @@ -1,4 +1,5 @@ -What: /sys/fs/pstore/... (or /dev/pstore/...) +What: /sys/fs/pstore/... +What: /dev/pstore/... Date: March 2011 KernelVersion: 2.6.39 Contact: tony.luck@intel.com @@ -9,25 +10,25 @@ Description: Generic interface to platform dependent persistent storage. provide a generic interface to show records captured in the dying moments. In the case of a panic the last part of the console log is captured, but other interesting - data can also be saved. + data can also be saved:: - # mount -t pstore -o kmsg_bytes=8000 - /sys/fs/pstore + # mount -t pstore -o kmsg_bytes=8000 - /sys/fs/pstore - $ ls -l /sys/fs/pstore/ - total 0 - -r--r--r-- 1 root root 7896 Nov 30 15:38 dmesg-erst-1 + $ ls -l /sys/fs/pstore/ + total 0 + -r--r--r-- 1 root root 7896 Nov 30 15:38 dmesg-erst-1 Different users of this interface will result in different filename prefixes. Currently two are defined: - "dmesg" - saved console log - "mce" - architecture dependent data from fatal h/w error + - "dmesg" - saved console log + - "mce" - architecture dependent data from fatal h/w error Once the information in a file has been read, removing the file will signal to the underlying persistent storage - device that it can reclaim the space for later re-use. + device that it can reclaim the space for later re-use:: - $ rm /sys/fs/pstore/dmesg-erst-1 + $ rm /sys/fs/pstore/dmesg-erst-1 The expectation is that all files in /sys/fs/pstore/ will be saved elsewhere and erased from persistent store @@ -44,4 +45,3 @@ Description: Generic interface to platform dependent persistent storage. backends are available, the preferred backend may be set by passing the pstore.backend= argument to the kernel at boot time. - diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/securityfs-secrets-coco b/Documentation/ABI/testing/securityfs-secrets-coco new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f2b6909155f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/securityfs-secrets-coco @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +What: security/secrets/coco +Date: February 2022 +Contact: Dov Murik <dovmurik@linux.ibm.com> +Description: + Exposes confidential computing (coco) EFI secrets to + userspace via securityfs. + + EFI can declare memory area used by confidential computing + platforms (such as AMD SEV and SEV-ES) for secret injection by + the Guest Owner during VM's launch. The secrets are encrypted + by the Guest Owner and decrypted inside the trusted enclave, + and therefore are not readable by the untrusted host. + + The efi_secret module exposes the secrets to userspace. Each + secret appears as a file under <securityfs>/secrets/coco, + where the filename is the GUID of the entry in the secrets + table. This module is loaded automatically by the EFI driver + if the EFI secret area is populated. + + Two operations are supported for the files: read and unlink. + Reading the file returns the content of secret entry. + Unlinking the file overwrites the secret data with zeroes and + removes the entry from the filesystem. A secret cannot be read + after it has been unlinked. + + For example, listing the available secrets:: + + # modprobe efi_secret + # ls -l /sys/kernel/security/secrets/coco + -r--r----- 1 root root 0 Jun 28 11:54 736870e5-84f0-4973-92ec-06879ce3da0b + -r--r----- 1 root root 0 Jun 28 11:54 83c83f7f-1356-4975-8b7e-d3a0b54312c6 + -r--r----- 1 root root 0 Jun 28 11:54 9553f55d-3da2-43ee-ab5d-ff17f78864d2 + -r--r----- 1 root root 0 Jun 28 11:54 e6f5a162-d67f-4750-a67c-5d065f2a9910 + + Reading the secret data by reading a file:: + + # cat /sys/kernel/security/secrets/coco/e6f5a162-d67f-4750-a67c-5d065f2a9910 + the-content-of-the-secret-data + + Wiping a secret by unlinking a file:: + + # rm /sys/kernel/security/secrets/coco/e6f5a162-d67f-4750-a67c-5d065f2a9910 + # ls -l /sys/kernel/security/secrets/coco + -r--r----- 1 root root 0 Jun 28 11:54 736870e5-84f0-4973-92ec-06879ce3da0b + -r--r----- 1 root root 0 Jun 28 11:54 83c83f7f-1356-4975-8b7e-d3a0b54312c6 + -r--r----- 1 root root 0 Jun 28 11:54 9553f55d-3da2-43ee-ab5d-ff17f78864d2 + + Note: The binary format of the secrets table injected by the + Guest Owner is described in + drivers/virt/coco/efi_secret/efi_secret.c under "Structure of + the EFI secret area". diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-amd-pmc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-amd-pmc new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c421b72844f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-amd-pmc @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/amd_pmc/*/smu_fw_version +Date: October 2022 +Contact: Mario Limonciello <mario.limonciello@amd.com> +Description: Reading this file reports the version of the firmware loaded to + System Management Unit (SMU) contained in AMD CPUs and + APUs. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/amd_pmc/*/smu_program +Date: October 2022 +Contact: Mario Limonciello <mario.limonciello@amd.com> +Description: Reading this file reports the program corresponding to the SMU + firmware version. The program field is used to disambiguate two + APU/CPU models that can share the same firmware binary. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-amd-pmf b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-amd-pmf new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7fc0e1c2b76b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-amd-pmf @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/*/cnqf_enable +Date: September 2022 +Contact: Shyam Sundar S K <Shyam-sundar.S-k@amd.com> +Description: Reading this file tells if the AMD Platform Management(PMF) + Cool n Quiet Framework(CnQF) feature is enabled or not. + + This feature is not enabled by default and gets only turned on + if OEM BIOS passes a "flag" to PMF ACPI function (index 11 or 12) + or in case the user writes "on". + + To turn off CnQF user can write "off" to the sysfs node. + Note: Systems that support auto mode will not have this sysfs file + available. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ata b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ata index 9ab0ef1dd1c7..3daecac48964 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ata +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ata @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -What: /sys/class/ata_... +What: /sys/class/ata_* Description: Provide a place in sysfs for storing the ATA topology of the system. This allows retrieving various information about ATA @@ -107,13 +107,14 @@ Description: described in ATA8 7.16 and 7.17. Only valid if the device is not a PM. - pio_mode: (RO) Transfer modes supported by the device when - in PIO mode. Mostly used by PATA device. + pio_mode: (RO) PIO transfer mode used by the device. + Mostly used by PATA devices. - xfer_mode: (RO) Current transfer mode + xfer_mode: (RO) Current transfer mode. Mostly used by + PATA devices. - dma_mode: (RO) Transfer modes supported by the device when - in DMA mode. Mostly used by PATA device. + dma_mode: (RO) DMA transfer mode used by the device. + Mostly used by PATA devices. class: (RO) Device class. Can be "ata" for disk, "atapi" for packet device, "pmp" for PM, or diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block deleted file mode 100644 index 2322eb748b38..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block +++ /dev/null @@ -1,314 +0,0 @@ -What: /sys/block/<disk>/stat -Date: February 2008 -Contact: Jerome Marchand <jmarchan@redhat.com> -Description: - The /sys/block/<disk>/stat files displays the I/O - statistics of disk <disk>. They contain 11 fields: - 1 - reads completed successfully - 2 - reads merged - 3 - sectors read - 4 - time spent reading (ms) - 5 - writes completed - 6 - writes merged - 7 - sectors written - 8 - time spent writing (ms) - 9 - I/Os currently in progress - 10 - time spent doing I/Os (ms) - 11 - weighted time spent doing I/Os (ms) - 12 - discards completed - 13 - discards merged - 14 - sectors discarded - 15 - time spent discarding (ms) - 16 - flush requests completed - 17 - time spent flushing (ms) - For more details refer Documentation/admin-guide/iostats.rst - - -What: /sys/block/<disk>/<part>/stat -Date: February 2008 -Contact: Jerome Marchand <jmarchan@redhat.com> -Description: - The /sys/block/<disk>/<part>/stat files display the - I/O statistics of partition <part>. The format is the - same as the above-written /sys/block/<disk>/stat - format. - - -What: /sys/block/<disk>/integrity/format -Date: June 2008 -Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> -Description: - Metadata format for integrity capable block device. - E.g. T10-DIF-TYPE1-CRC. - - -What: /sys/block/<disk>/integrity/read_verify -Date: June 2008 -Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> -Description: - Indicates whether the block layer should verify the - integrity of read requests serviced by devices that - support sending integrity metadata. - - -What: /sys/block/<disk>/integrity/tag_size -Date: June 2008 -Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> -Description: - Number of bytes of integrity tag space available per - 512 bytes of data. - - -What: /sys/block/<disk>/integrity/device_is_integrity_capable -Date: July 2014 -Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> -Description: - Indicates whether a storage device is capable of storing - integrity metadata. Set if the device is T10 PI-capable. - -What: /sys/block/<disk>/integrity/protection_interval_bytes -Date: July 2015 -Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> -Description: - Describes the number of data bytes which are protected - by one integrity tuple. Typically the device's logical - block size. - -What: /sys/block/<disk>/integrity/write_generate -Date: June 2008 -Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> -Description: - Indicates whether the block layer should automatically - generate checksums for write requests bound for - devices that support receiving integrity metadata. - -What: /sys/block/<disk>/alignment_offset -Date: April 2009 -Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> -Description: - Storage devices may report a physical block size that is - bigger than the logical block size (for instance a drive - with 4KB physical sectors exposing 512-byte logical - blocks to the operating system). This parameter - indicates how many bytes the beginning of the device is - offset from the disk's natural alignment. - -What: /sys/block/<disk>/<partition>/alignment_offset -Date: April 2009 -Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> -Description: - Storage devices may report a physical block size that is - bigger than the logical block size (for instance a drive - with 4KB physical sectors exposing 512-byte logical - blocks to the operating system). This parameter - indicates how many bytes the beginning of the partition - is offset from the disk's natural alignment. - -What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/logical_block_size -Date: May 2009 -Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> -Description: - This is the smallest unit the storage device can - address. It is typically 512 bytes. - -What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/physical_block_size -Date: May 2009 -Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> -Description: - This is the smallest unit a physical storage device can - write atomically. It is usually the same as the logical - block size but may be bigger. One example is SATA - drives with 4KB sectors that expose a 512-byte logical - block size to the operating system. For stacked block - devices the physical_block_size variable contains the - maximum physical_block_size of the component devices. - -What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/minimum_io_size -Date: April 2009 -Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> -Description: - Storage devices may report a granularity or preferred - minimum I/O size which is the smallest request the - device can perform without incurring a performance - penalty. For disk drives this is often the physical - block size. For RAID arrays it is often the stripe - chunk size. A properly aligned multiple of - minimum_io_size is the preferred request size for - workloads where a high number of I/O operations is - desired. - -What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/optimal_io_size -Date: April 2009 -Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> -Description: - Storage devices may report an optimal I/O size, which is - the device's preferred unit for sustained I/O. This is - rarely reported for disk drives. For RAID arrays it is - usually the stripe width or the internal track size. A - properly aligned multiple of optimal_io_size is the - preferred request size for workloads where sustained - throughput is desired. If no optimal I/O size is - reported this file contains 0. - -What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/nomerges -Date: January 2010 -Contact: -Description: - Standard I/O elevator operations include attempts to - merge contiguous I/Os. For known random I/O loads these - attempts will always fail and result in extra cycles - being spent in the kernel. This allows one to turn off - this behavior on one of two ways: When set to 1, complex - merge checks are disabled, but the simple one-shot merges - with the previous I/O request are enabled. When set to 2, - all merge tries are disabled. The default value is 0 - - which enables all types of merge tries. - -What: /sys/block/<disk>/discard_alignment -Date: May 2011 -Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> -Description: - Devices that support discard functionality may - internally allocate space in units that are bigger than - the exported logical block size. The discard_alignment - parameter indicates how many bytes the beginning of the - device is offset from the internal allocation unit's - natural alignment. - -What: /sys/block/<disk>/<partition>/discard_alignment -Date: May 2011 -Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> -Description: - Devices that support discard functionality may - internally allocate space in units that are bigger than - the exported logical block size. The discard_alignment - parameter indicates how many bytes the beginning of the - partition is offset from the internal allocation unit's - natural alignment. - -What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/discard_granularity -Date: May 2011 -Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> -Description: - Devices that support discard functionality may - internally allocate space using units that are bigger - than the logical block size. The discard_granularity - parameter indicates the size of the internal allocation - unit in bytes if reported by the device. Otherwise the - discard_granularity will be set to match the device's - physical block size. A discard_granularity of 0 means - that the device does not support discard functionality. - -What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/discard_max_bytes -Date: May 2011 -Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> -Description: - Devices that support discard functionality may have - internal limits on the number of bytes that can be - trimmed or unmapped in a single operation. Some storage - protocols also have inherent limits on the number of - blocks that can be described in a single command. The - discard_max_bytes parameter is set by the device driver - to the maximum number of bytes that can be discarded in - a single operation. Discard requests issued to the - device must not exceed this limit. A discard_max_bytes - value of 0 means that the device does not support - discard functionality. - -What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/discard_zeroes_data -Date: May 2011 -Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> -Description: - Will always return 0. Don't rely on any specific behavior - for discards, and don't read this file. - -What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/write_same_max_bytes -Date: January 2012 -Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> -Description: - Some devices support a write same operation in which a - single data block can be written to a range of several - contiguous blocks on storage. This can be used to wipe - areas on disk or to initialize drives in a RAID - configuration. write_same_max_bytes indicates how many - bytes can be written in a single write same command. If - write_same_max_bytes is 0, write same is not supported - by the device. - -What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/write_zeroes_max_bytes -Date: November 2016 -Contact: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> -Description: - Devices that support write zeroes operation in which a - single request can be issued to zero out the range of - contiguous blocks on storage without having any payload - in the request. This can be used to optimize writing zeroes - to the devices. write_zeroes_max_bytes indicates how many - bytes can be written in a single write zeroes command. If - write_zeroes_max_bytes is 0, write zeroes is not supported - by the device. - -What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/zoned -Date: September 2016 -Contact: Damien Le Moal <damien.lemoal@wdc.com> -Description: - zoned indicates if the device is a zoned block device - and the zone model of the device if it is indeed zoned. - The possible values indicated by zoned are "none" for - regular block devices and "host-aware" or "host-managed" - for zoned block devices. The characteristics of - host-aware and host-managed zoned block devices are - described in the ZBC (Zoned Block Commands) and ZAC - (Zoned Device ATA Command Set) standards. These standards - also define the "drive-managed" zone model. However, - since drive-managed zoned block devices do not support - zone commands, they will be treated as regular block - devices and zoned will report "none". - -What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/nr_zones -Date: November 2018 -Contact: Damien Le Moal <damien.lemoal@wdc.com> -Description: - nr_zones indicates the total number of zones of a zoned block - device ("host-aware" or "host-managed" zone model). For regular - block devices, the value is always 0. - -What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/max_active_zones -Date: July 2020 -Contact: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> -Description: - For zoned block devices (zoned attribute indicating - "host-managed" or "host-aware"), the sum of zones belonging to - any of the zone states: EXPLICIT OPEN, IMPLICIT OPEN or CLOSED, - is limited by this value. If this value is 0, there is no limit. - -What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/max_open_zones -Date: July 2020 -Contact: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> -Description: - For zoned block devices (zoned attribute indicating - "host-managed" or "host-aware"), the sum of zones belonging to - any of the zone states: EXPLICIT OPEN or IMPLICIT OPEN, - is limited by this value. If this value is 0, there is no limit. - -What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/chunk_sectors -Date: September 2016 -Contact: Hannes Reinecke <hare@suse.com> -Description: - chunk_sectors has different meaning depending on the type - of the disk. For a RAID device (dm-raid), chunk_sectors - indicates the size in 512B sectors of the RAID volume - stripe segment. For a zoned block device, either - host-aware or host-managed, chunk_sectors indicates the - size in 512B sectors of the zones of the device, with - the eventual exception of the last zone of the device - which may be smaller. - -What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/io_timeout -Date: November 2018 -Contact: Weiping Zhang <zhangweiping@didiglobal.com> -Description: - io_timeout is the request timeout in milliseconds. If a request - does not complete in this time then the block driver timeout - handler is invoked. That timeout handler can decide to retry - the request, to fail it or to start a device recovery strategy. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-device b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-device index 17f2bc7dd261..2d543cfa4079 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-device +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-device @@ -8,11 +8,13 @@ Description: It has the following valid values: + == ======================================================== 0 OFF - the LED is not activated on activity 1 BLINK_ON - the LED blinks on every 10ms when activity is detected. 2 BLINK_OFF - the LED is on when idle, and blinks off every 10ms when activity is detected. + == ======================================================== Note that the user must turn sw_activity OFF it they wish to control the activity LED via the em_message file. @@ -53,6 +55,65 @@ Date: Oct, 2016 KernelVersion: v4.10 Contact: linux-ide@vger.kernel.org Description: - (RW) Write to the file to turn on or off the SATA ncq (native - command queueing) support. By default this feature is turned - off. + (RW) Write to the file to turn on or off the SATA NCQ (native + command queueing) priority support. By default this feature is + turned off. If the device does not support the SATA NCQ + priority feature, writing "1" to this file results in an error + (see ncq_prio_supported). + + +What: /sys/block/*/device/sas_ncq_prio_enable +Date: Oct, 2016 +KernelVersion: v4.10 +Contact: linux-ide@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) This is the equivalent of the ncq_prio_enable attribute + file for SATA devices connected to a SAS host-bus-adapter + (HBA) implementing support for the SATA NCQ priority feature. + This file does not exist if the HBA driver does not implement + support for the SATA NCQ priority feature, regardless of the + device support for this feature (see sas_ncq_prio_supported). + + +What: /sys/block/*/device/ncq_prio_supported +Date: Aug, 2021 +KernelVersion: v5.15 +Contact: linux-ide@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) Indicates if the device supports the SATA NCQ (native + command queueing) priority feature. + + +What: /sys/block/*/device/sas_ncq_prio_supported +Date: Aug, 2021 +KernelVersion: v5.15 +Contact: linux-ide@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) This is the equivalent of the ncq_prio_supported attribute + file for SATA devices connected to a SAS host-bus-adapter + (HBA) implementing support for the SATA NCQ priority feature. + This file does not exist if the HBA driver does not implement + support for the SATA NCQ priority feature, regardless of the + device support for this feature. + + +What: /sys/block/*/device/cdl_supported +Date: May, 2023 +KernelVersion: v6.5 +Contact: linux-scsi@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) Indicates if the device supports the command duration + limits feature found in some ATA and SCSI devices. + + +What: /sys/block/*/device/cdl_enable +Date: May, 2023 +KernelVersion: v6.5 +Contact: linux-scsi@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) For a device supporting the command duration limits + feature, write to the file to turn on or off the feature. + By default this feature is turned off. + Writing "1" to this file enables the use of command duration + limits for read and write commands in the kernel and turns on + the feature on the device. Writing "0" disables the feature. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-rnbd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-rnbd index 8f070b47f361..80b420b5d6b8 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-rnbd +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-rnbd @@ -9,9 +9,9 @@ Description: To unmap a volume, "normal" or "force" has to be written to: is using the device. When "force" is used, the device is also unmapped when device is in use. All I/Os that are in progress will fail. - Example: + Example:: - # echo "normal" > /sys/block/rnbd0/rnbd/unmap_device + # echo "normal" > /sys/block/rnbd0/rnbd/unmap_device What: /sys/block/rnbd<N>/rnbd/state Date: Feb 2020 @@ -44,3 +44,21 @@ Date: Feb 2020 KernelVersion: 5.7 Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> Description: Contains the device access mode: ro, rw or migration. + +What: /sys/block/rnbd<N>/rnbd/resize +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: Write the number of sectors to change the size of the disk. + +What: /sys/block/rnbd<N>/rnbd/remap_device +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: Remap the disconnected device if the session is not destroyed yet. + +What: /sys/block/rnbd<N>/rnbd/nr_poll_queues +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: Contains the number of poll-mode queues diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-zram b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-zram index 14b2bf2e5105..628a00fb20a9 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-zram +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-zram @@ -137,3 +137,17 @@ Description: The writeback_limit file is read-write and specifies the maximum amount of writeback ZRAM can do. The limit could be changed in run time. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/recomp_algorithm +Date: November 2022 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <senozhatsky@chromium.org> +Description: + The recomp_algorithm file is read-write and allows to set + or show secondary compression algorithms. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/recompress +Date: November 2022 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <senozhatsky@chromium.org> +Description: + The recompress file is write-only and triggers re-compression + with secondary compression algorithms. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-acpi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-acpi index e7898cfe5fb1..58abacf59b2a 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-acpi +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-acpi @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ Description: This attribute indicates the full path of ACPI namespace object associated with the device object. For example, \_SB_.PCI0. + This file is not present for device objects representing fixed ACPI hardware features (like power and sleep buttons). @@ -67,14 +68,16 @@ Description: The return value is a decimal integer representing the device's status bitmap: - Bit [0] – Set if the device is present. - Bit [1] – Set if the device is enabled and decoding its - resources. - Bit [2] – Set if the device should be shown in the UI. - Bit [3] – Set if the device is functioning properly (cleared if - device failed its diagnostics). - Bit [4] – Set if the battery is present. - Bits [31:5] – Reserved (must be cleared) + =========== ================================================== + Bit [0] Set if the device is present. + Bit [1] Set if the device is enabled and decoding its + resources. + Bit [2] Set if the device should be shown in the UI. + Bit [3] Set if the device is functioning properly (cleared + if device failed its diagnostics). + Bit [4] Set if the battery is present. + Bits [31:5] Reserved (must be cleared) + =========== ================================================== If bit [0] is clear, then bit 1 must also be clear (a device that is not present cannot be enabled). diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-bcma b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-bcma index 721b4aea3020..e93d3ddca844 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-bcma +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-bcma @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Date: May 2011 KernelVersion: 3.0 Contact: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com> Description: - Each BCMA core has it's manufacturer id. See + Each BCMA core has its manufacturer id. See include/linux/bcma/bcma.h for possible values. What: /sys/bus/bcma/devices/.../id diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-cdx b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-cdx new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7af477f49998 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-cdx @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +What: /sys/bus/cdx/rescan +Date: March 2023 +Contact: nipun.gupta@amd.com +Description: + Writing y/1/on to this file will cause rescan of the bus + and devices on the CDX bus. Any new devices are scanned and + added to the list of Linux devices and any devices removed are + also deleted from Linux. + + For example:: + + # echo 1 > /sys/bus/cdx/rescan + +What: /sys/bus/cdx/devices/.../vendor +Date: March 2023 +Contact: nipun.gupta@amd.com +Description: + Vendor ID for this CDX device, in hexadecimal. Vendor ID is + 16 bit identifier which is specific to the device manufacturer. + Combination of Vendor ID and Device ID identifies a device. + +What: /sys/bus/cdx/devices/.../device +Date: March 2023 +Contact: nipun.gupta@amd.com +Description: + Device ID for this CDX device, in hexadecimal. Device ID is + 16 bit identifier to identify a device type within the range + of a device manufacturer. + Combination of Vendor ID and Device ID identifies a device. + +What: /sys/bus/cdx/devices/.../reset +Date: March 2023 +Contact: nipun.gupta@amd.com +Description: + Writing y/1/on to this file resets the CDX device. + On resetting the device, the corresponding driver is notified + twice, once before the device is being reset, and again after + the reset has been complete. + + For example:: + + # echo 1 > /sys/bus/cdx/.../reset + +What: /sys/bus/cdx/devices/.../remove +Date: March 2023 +Contact: tarak.reddy@amd.com +Description: + Writing y/1/on to this file removes the corresponding + device from the CDX bus. If the device is to be reconfigured + reconfigured in the Hardware, the device can be removed, so + that the device driver does not access the device while it is + being reconfigured. + + For example:: + + # echo 1 > /sys/bus/cdx/devices/.../remove diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coreboot b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coreboot new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..9c5accecc470 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coreboot @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +What: /sys/bus/coreboot +Date: August 2022 +Contact: Jack Rosenthal <jrosenth@chromium.org> +Description: + The coreboot bus provides a variety of virtual devices used to + access data structures created by the Coreboot BIOS. + +What: /sys/bus/coreboot/devices/cbmem-<id> +Date: August 2022 +Contact: Jack Rosenthal <jrosenth@chromium.org> +Description: + CBMEM is a downwards-growing memory region created by Coreboot, + and contains tagged data structures to be shared with payloads + in the boot process and the OS. Each CBMEM entry is given a + directory in /sys/bus/coreboot/devices based on its id. + A list of ids known to Coreboot can be found in the coreboot + source tree at + ``src/commonlib/bsd/include/commonlib/bsd/cbmem_id.h``. + +What: /sys/bus/coreboot/devices/cbmem-<id>/address +Date: August 2022 +Contact: Jack Rosenthal <jrosenth@chromium.org> +Description: + This is the pyhsical memory address that the CBMEM entry's data + begins at, in hexadecimal (e.g., ``0x76ffe000``). + +What: /sys/bus/coreboot/devices/cbmem-<id>/size +Date: August 2022 +Contact: Jack Rosenthal <jrosenth@chromium.org> +Description: + This is the size of the CBMEM entry's data, in hexadecimal + (e.g., ``0x1234``). + +What: /sys/bus/coreboot/devices/cbmem-<id>/mem +Date: August 2022 +Contact: Jack Rosenthal <jrosenth@chromium.org> +Description: + A file exposing read/write access to the entry's data. Note + that this file does not support mmap(), as coreboot + does not guarantee that the data will be page-aligned. + + The mode of this file is 0600. While there shouldn't be + anything security-sensitive contained in CBMEM, read access + requires root privileges given this is exposing a small subset + of physical memory. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-cti b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-cti index 9d11502b4390..bf2869c413e7 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-cti +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-cti @@ -8,50 +8,50 @@ What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/powered Date: March 2020 KernelVersion 5.7 Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier -Description: (R) Indicate if the CTI hardware is powered. +Description: (Read) Indicate if the CTI hardware is powered. What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/ctmid Date: March 2020 KernelVersion 5.7 Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier -Description: (R) Display the associated CTM ID +Description: (Read) Display the associated CTM ID What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/nr_trigger_cons Date: March 2020 KernelVersion 5.7 Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier -Description: (R) Number of devices connected to triggers on this CTI +Description: (Read) Number of devices connected to triggers on this CTI What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/triggers<N>/name Date: March 2020 KernelVersion 5.7 Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier -Description: (R) Name of connected device <N> +Description: (Read) Name of connected device <N> What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/triggers<N>/in_signals Date: March 2020 KernelVersion 5.7 Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier -Description: (R) Input trigger signals from connected device <N> +Description: (Read) Input trigger signals from connected device <N> What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/triggers<N>/in_types Date: March 2020 KernelVersion 5.7 Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier -Description: (R) Functional types for the input trigger signals +Description: (Read) Functional types for the input trigger signals from connected device <N> What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/triggers<N>/out_signals Date: March 2020 KernelVersion 5.7 Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier -Description: (R) Output trigger signals to connected device <N> +Description: (Read) Output trigger signals to connected device <N> What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/triggers<N>/out_types Date: March 2020 KernelVersion 5.7 Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier -Description: (R) Functional types for the output trigger signals +Description: (Read) Functional types for the output trigger signals to connected device <N> What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/regs/inout_sel @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/regs/intack Date: March 2020 KernelVersion 5.7 Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier -Description: (W) Write the INTACK register. +Description: (Write) Write the INTACK register. What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/regs/appset Date: March 2020 @@ -101,99 +101,99 @@ What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/regs/appclear Date: March 2020 KernelVersion 5.7 Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier -Description: (W) Write APPCLEAR register to deactivate channel. +Description: (Write) Write APPCLEAR register to deactivate channel. What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/regs/apppulse Date: March 2020 KernelVersion 5.7 Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier -Description: (W) Write APPPULSE to pulse a channel active for one clock +Description: (Write) Write APPPULSE to pulse a channel active for one clock cycle. What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/regs/chinstatus Date: March 2020 KernelVersion 5.7 Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier -Description: (R) Read current status of channel inputs. +Description: (Read) Read current status of channel inputs. What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/regs/choutstatus Date: March 2020 KernelVersion 5.7 Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier -Description: (R) read current status of channel outputs. +Description: (Read) read current status of channel outputs. What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/regs/triginstatus Date: March 2020 KernelVersion 5.7 Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier -Description: (R) read current status of input trigger signals +Description: (Read) read current status of input trigger signals What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/regs/trigoutstatus Date: March 2020 KernelVersion 5.7 Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier -Description: (R) read current status of output trigger signals. +Description: (Read) read current status of output trigger signals. What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/trigin_attach Date: March 2020 KernelVersion 5.7 Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier -Description: (W) Attach a CTI input trigger to a CTM channel. +Description: (Write) Attach a CTI input trigger to a CTM channel. What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/trigin_detach Date: March 2020 KernelVersion 5.7 Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier -Description: (W) Detach a CTI input trigger from a CTM channel. +Description: (Write) Detach a CTI input trigger from a CTM channel. What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/trigout_attach Date: March 2020 KernelVersion 5.7 Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier -Description: (W) Attach a CTI output trigger to a CTM channel. +Description: (Write) Attach a CTI output trigger to a CTM channel. What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/trigout_detach Date: March 2020 KernelVersion 5.7 Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier -Description: (W) Detach a CTI output trigger from a CTM channel. +Description: (Write) Detach a CTI output trigger from a CTM channel. What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/chan_gate_enable Date: March 2020 KernelVersion 5.7 Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier -Description: (RW) Enable CTIGATE for single channel (W) or list enabled +Description: (RW) Enable CTIGATE for single channel (Write) or list enabled channels through the gate (R). What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/chan_gate_disable Date: March 2020 KernelVersion 5.7 Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier -Description: (W) Disable CTIGATE for single channel. +Description: (Write) Disable CTIGATE for single channel. What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/chan_set Date: March 2020 KernelVersion 5.7 Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier -Description: (W) Activate a single channel. +Description: (Write) Activate a single channel. What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/chan_clear Date: March 2020 KernelVersion 5.7 Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier -Description: (W) Deactivate a single channel. +Description: (Write) Deactivate a single channel. What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/chan_pulse Date: March 2020 KernelVersion 5.7 Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier -Description: (W) Pulse a single channel - activate for a single clock cycle. +Description: (Write) Pulse a single channel - activate for a single clock cycle. What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/trigout_filtered Date: March 2020 KernelVersion 5.7 Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier -Description: (R) List of output triggers filtered across all connections. +Description: (Read) List of output triggers filtered across all connections. What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/trig_filter_enable Date: March 2020 @@ -205,13 +205,13 @@ What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/chan_inuse Date: March 2020 KernelVersion 5.7 Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier -Description: (R) show channels with at least one attached trigger signal. +Description: (Read) show channels with at least one attached trigger signal. What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/chan_free Date: March 2020 KernelVersion 5.7 Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier -Description: (R) show channels with no attached trigger signals. +Description: (Read) show channels with no attached trigger signals. What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/chan_xtrigs_sel Date: March 2020 @@ -224,18 +224,18 @@ What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/chan_xtrigs_in Date: March 2020 KernelVersion 5.7 Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier -Description: (R) Read to see input triggers connected to selected view +Description: (Read) Read to see input triggers connected to selected view channel. What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/chan_xtrigs_out Date: March 2020 KernelVersion 5.7 Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier -Description: (R) Read to see output triggers connected to selected view +Description: (Read) Read to see output triggers connected to selected view channel. What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/chan_xtrigs_reset Date: March 2020 KernelVersion 5.7 Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier -Description: (W) Clear all channel / trigger programming. +Description: (Write) Clear all channel / trigger programming. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etb10 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etb10 index b5f526081711..9a383f6a74eb 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etb10 +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etb10 @@ -4,7 +4,10 @@ KernelVersion: 3.19 Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> Description: (RW) Add/remove a sink from a trace path. There can be multiple source for a single sink. - ex: echo 1 > /sys/bus/coresight/devices/20010000.etb/enable_sink + + ex:: + + echo 1 > /sys/bus/coresight/devices/20010000.etb/enable_sink What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/trigger_cntr Date: November 2014 @@ -20,21 +23,21 @@ What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/mgmt/rdp Date: March 2016 KernelVersion: 4.7 Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> -Description: (R) Defines the depth, in words, of the trace RAM in powers of +Description: (Read) Defines the depth, in words, of the trace RAM in powers of 2. The value is read directly from HW register RDP, 0x004. What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/mgmt/sts Date: March 2016 KernelVersion: 4.7 Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> -Description: (R) Shows the value held by the ETB status register. The value +Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the ETB status register. The value is read directly from HW register STS, 0x00C. What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/mgmt/rrp Date: March 2016 KernelVersion: 4.7 Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> -Description: (R) Shows the value held by the ETB RAM Read Pointer register +Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the ETB RAM Read Pointer register that is used to read entries from the Trace RAM over the APB interface. The value is read directly from HW register RRP, 0x014. @@ -43,7 +46,7 @@ What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/mgmt/rwp Date: March 2016 KernelVersion: 4.7 Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> -Description: (R) Shows the value held by the ETB RAM Write Pointer register +Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the ETB RAM Write Pointer register that is used to sets the write pointer to write entries from the CoreSight bus into the Trace RAM. The value is read directly from HW register RWP, 0x018. @@ -52,21 +55,21 @@ What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/mgmt/trg Date: March 2016 KernelVersion: 4.7 Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> -Description: (R) Similar to "trigger_cntr" above except that this value is +Description: (Read) Similar to "trigger_cntr" above except that this value is read directly from HW register TRG, 0x01C. What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/mgmt/ctl Date: March 2016 KernelVersion: 4.7 Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> -Description: (R) Shows the value held by the ETB Control register. The value +Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the ETB Control register. The value is read directly from HW register CTL, 0x020. What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/mgmt/ffsr Date: March 2016 KernelVersion: 4.7 Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> -Description: (R) Shows the value held by the ETB Formatter and Flush Status +Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the ETB Formatter and Flush Status register. The value is read directly from HW register FFSR, 0x300. @@ -74,6 +77,6 @@ What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/mgmt/ffcr Date: March 2016 KernelVersion: 4.7 Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> -Description: (R) Shows the value held by the ETB Formatter and Flush Control +Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the ETB Formatter and Flush Control register. The value is read directly from HW register FFCR, 0x304. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm3x b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm3x index 924265a1295d..234c33fbdb55 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm3x +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm3x @@ -146,28 +146,28 @@ What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/nr_addr_cmp Date: November 2014 KernelVersion: 3.19 Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> -Description: (R) Provides the number of address comparators pairs accessible +Description: (Read) Provides the number of address comparators pairs accessible on a trace unit, as specified by bit 3:0 of register ETMCCR. What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/nr_cntr Date: November 2014 KernelVersion: 3.19 Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> -Description: (R) Provides the number of counters accessible on a trace unit, +Description: (Read) Provides the number of counters accessible on a trace unit, as specified by bit 15:13 of register ETMCCR. What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/nr_ctxid_cmp Date: November 2014 KernelVersion: 3.19 Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> -Description: (R) Provides the number of context ID comparator available on a +Description: (Read) Provides the number of context ID comparator available on a trace unit, as specified by bit 25:24 of register ETMCCR. What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/reset Date: November 2014 KernelVersion: 3.19 Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> -Description: (W) Cancels all configuration on a trace unit and set it back +Description: (Write) Cancels all configuration on a trace unit and set it back to its boot configuration. What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/seq_12_event @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/curr_seq_state Date: November 2014 KernelVersion: 3.19 Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> -Description: (R) Holds the current state of the sequencer. +Description: (Read) Holds the current state of the sequencer. What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/sync_freq Date: November 2014 @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/traceid Date: November 2014 KernelVersion: 3.19 Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> -Description: (RW) Holds the trace ID that will appear in the trace stream +Description: (RO) Holds the trace ID that will appear in the trace stream coming from this trace entity. What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/trigger_event diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm4x b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm4x index 614874e2cf53..08b1964f27d3 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm4x +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm4x @@ -12,75 +12,75 @@ What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/cpu Date: April 2015 KernelVersion: 4.01 Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> -Description: (R) The CPU this tracing entity is associated with. +Description: (Read) The CPU this tracing entity is associated with. What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/nr_pe_cmp Date: April 2015 KernelVersion: 4.01 Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> -Description: (R) Indicates the number of PE comparator inputs that are +Description: (Read) Indicates the number of PE comparator inputs that are available for tracing. What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/nr_addr_cmp Date: April 2015 KernelVersion: 4.01 Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> -Description: (R) Indicates the number of address comparator pairs that are +Description: (Read) Indicates the number of address comparator pairs that are available for tracing. What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/nr_cntr Date: April 2015 KernelVersion: 4.01 Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> -Description: (R) Indicates the number of counters that are available for +Description: (Read) Indicates the number of counters that are available for tracing. What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/nr_ext_inp Date: April 2015 KernelVersion: 4.01 Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> -Description: (R) Indicates how many external inputs are implemented. +Description: (Read) Indicates how many external inputs are implemented. What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/numcidc Date: April 2015 KernelVersion: 4.01 Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> -Description: (R) Indicates the number of Context ID comparators that are +Description: (Read) Indicates the number of Context ID comparators that are available for tracing. What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/numvmidc Date: April 2015 KernelVersion: 4.01 Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> -Description: (R) Indicates the number of VMID comparators that are available +Description: (Read) Indicates the number of VMID comparators that are available for tracing. What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/nrseqstate Date: April 2015 KernelVersion: 4.01 Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> -Description: (R) Indicates the number of sequencer states that are +Description: (Read) Indicates the number of sequencer states that are implemented. What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/nr_resource Date: April 2015 KernelVersion: 4.01 Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> -Description: (R) Indicates the number of resource selection pairs that are +Description: (Read) Indicates the number of resource selection pairs that are available for tracing. What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/nr_ss_cmp Date: April 2015 KernelVersion: 4.01 Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> -Description: (R) Indicates the number of single-shot comparator controls that +Description: (Read) Indicates the number of single-shot comparator controls that are available for tracing. What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/reset Date: April 2015 KernelVersion: 4.01 Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> -Description: (W) Cancels all configuration on a trace unit and set it back +Description: (Write) Cancels all configuration on a trace unit and set it back to its boot configuration. What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mode @@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/addr_cmp_view Date: December 2019 KernelVersion: 5.5 Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> -Description: (R) Print the current settings for the selected address +Description: (Read) Print the current settings for the selected address comparator. What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/sshot_idx @@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/sshot_status Date: December 2019 KernelVersion: 5.5 Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> -Description: (R) Print the current value of the selected single shot +Description: (Read) Print the current value of the selected single shot status register. What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/sshot_pe_ctrl @@ -333,111 +333,119 @@ What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trcoslsr Date: April 2015 KernelVersion: 4.01 Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> -Description: (R) Print the content of the OS Lock Status Register (0x304). +Description: (Read) Print the content of the OS Lock Status Register (0x304). The value it taken directly from the HW. What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trcpdcr Date: April 2015 KernelVersion: 4.01 Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> -Description: (R) Print the content of the Power Down Control Register +Description: (Read) Print the content of the Power Down Control Register (0x310). The value is taken directly from the HW. What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trcpdsr Date: April 2015 KernelVersion: 4.01 Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> -Description: (R) Print the content of the Power Down Status Register +Description: (Read) Print the content of the Power Down Status Register (0x314). The value is taken directly from the HW. What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trclsr Date: April 2015 KernelVersion: 4.01 Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> -Description: (R) Print the content of the SW Lock Status Register +Description: (Read) Print the content of the SW Lock Status Register (0xFB4). The value is taken directly from the HW. What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trcauthstatus Date: April 2015 KernelVersion: 4.01 Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> -Description: (R) Print the content of the Authentication Status Register +Description: (Read) Print the content of the Authentication Status Register (0xFB8). The value is taken directly from the HW. What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trcdevid Date: April 2015 KernelVersion: 4.01 Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> -Description: (R) Print the content of the Device ID Register +Description: (Read) Print the content of the Device ID Register (0xFC8). The value is taken directly from the HW. +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trcdevarch +Date: January 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Print the content of the Device Architecture Register + (offset 0xFBC). The value is taken directly read + from the HW. + What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trcdevtype Date: April 2015 KernelVersion: 4.01 Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> -Description: (R) Print the content of the Device Type Register +Description: (Read) Print the content of the Device Type Register (0xFCC). The value is taken directly from the HW. What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trcpidr0 Date: April 2015 KernelVersion: 4.01 Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> -Description: (R) Print the content of the Peripheral ID0 Register +Description: (Read) Print the content of the Peripheral ID0 Register (0xFE0). The value is taken directly from the HW. What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trcpidr1 Date: April 2015 KernelVersion: 4.01 Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> -Description: (R) Print the content of the Peripheral ID1 Register +Description: (Read) Print the content of the Peripheral ID1 Register (0xFE4). The value is taken directly from the HW. What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trcpidr2 Date: April 2015 KernelVersion: 4.01 Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> -Description: (R) Print the content of the Peripheral ID2 Register +Description: (Read) Print the content of the Peripheral ID2 Register (0xFE8). The value is taken directly from the HW. What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trcpidr3 Date: April 2015 KernelVersion: 4.01 Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> -Description: (R) Print the content of the Peripheral ID3 Register +Description: (Read) Print the content of the Peripheral ID3 Register (0xFEC). The value is taken directly from the HW. What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trcconfig Date: February 2016 KernelVersion: 4.07 Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> -Description: (R) Print the content of the trace configuration register +Description: (Read) Print the content of the trace configuration register (0x010) as currently set by SW. What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trctraceid Date: February 2016 KernelVersion: 4.07 Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> -Description: (R) Print the content of the trace ID register (0x040). +Description: (Read) Print the content of the trace ID register (0x040). What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/trcidr/trcidr0 Date: April 2015 KernelVersion: 4.01 Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> -Description: (R) Returns the tracing capabilities of the trace unit (0x1E0). +Description: (Read) Returns the tracing capabilities of the trace unit (0x1E0). The value is taken directly from the HW. What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/trcidr/trcidr1 Date: April 2015 KernelVersion: 4.01 Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> -Description: (R) Returns the tracing capabilities of the trace unit (0x1E4). +Description: (Read) Returns the tracing capabilities of the trace unit (0x1E4). The value is taken directly from the HW. What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/trcidr/trcidr2 Date: April 2015 KernelVersion: 4.01 Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> -Description: (R) Returns the maximum size of the data value, data address, +Description: (Read) Returns the maximum size of the data value, data address, VMID, context ID and instuction address in the trace unit (0x1E8). The value is taken directly from the HW. @@ -445,7 +453,7 @@ What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/trcidr/trcidr3 Date: April 2015 KernelVersion: 4.01 Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> -Description: (R) Returns the value associated with various resources +Description: (Read) Returns the value associated with various resources available to the trace unit. See the Trace Macrocell architecture specification for more details (0x1E8). The value is taken directly from the HW. @@ -454,42 +462,42 @@ What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/trcidr/trcidr4 Date: April 2015 KernelVersion: 4.01 Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> -Description: (R) Returns how many resources the trace unit supports (0x1F0). +Description: (Read) Returns how many resources the trace unit supports (0x1F0). The value is taken directly from the HW. What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/trcidr/trcidr5 Date: April 2015 KernelVersion: 4.01 Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> -Description: (R) Returns how many resources the trace unit supports (0x1F4). +Description: (Read) Returns how many resources the trace unit supports (0x1F4). The value is taken directly from the HW. What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/trcidr/trcidr8 Date: April 2015 KernelVersion: 4.01 Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> -Description: (R) Returns the maximum speculation depth of the instruction +Description: (Read) Returns the maximum speculation depth of the instruction trace stream. (0x180). The value is taken directly from the HW. What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/trcidr/trcidr9 Date: April 2015 KernelVersion: 4.01 Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> -Description: (R) Returns the number of P0 right-hand keys that the trace unit +Description: (Read) Returns the number of P0 right-hand keys that the trace unit can use (0x184). The value is taken directly from the HW. What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/trcidr/trcidr10 Date: April 2015 KernelVersion: 4.01 Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> -Description: (R) Returns the number of P1 right-hand keys that the trace unit +Description: (Read) Returns the number of P1 right-hand keys that the trace unit can use (0x188). The value is taken directly from the HW. What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/trcidr/trcidr11 Date: April 2015 KernelVersion: 4.01 Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> -Description: (R) Returns the number of special P1 right-hand keys that the +Description: (Read) Returns the number of special P1 right-hand keys that the trace unit can use (0x18C). The value is taken directly from the HW. @@ -497,7 +505,7 @@ What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/trcidr/trcidr12 Date: April 2015 KernelVersion: 4.01 Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> -Description: (R) Returns the number of conditional P1 right-hand keys that +Description: (Read) Returns the number of conditional P1 right-hand keys that the trace unit can use (0x190). The value is taken directly from the HW. @@ -505,6 +513,14 @@ What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/trcidr/trcidr13 Date: April 2015 KernelVersion: 4.01 Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> -Description: (R) Returns the number of special conditional P1 right-hand keys +Description: (Read) Returns the number of special conditional P1 right-hand keys that the trace unit can use (0x194). The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/ts_source +Date: October 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> or Suzuki K Poulose <suzuki.poulose@arm.com> +Description: (Read) When FEAT_TRF is implemented, value of TRFCR_ELx.TS used for + trace session. Otherwise -1 indicates an unknown time source. Check + trcidr0.tssize to see if a global timestamp is available. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-stm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-stm index 1dffabe7f48d..53e1f4815d64 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-stm +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-stm @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.stm/status Date: April 2016 KernelVersion: 4.7 Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> -Description: (R) List various control and status registers. The specific +Description: (Read) List various control and status registers. The specific layout and content is driver specific. What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.stm/traceid diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-tmc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-tmc index ab49b9ac3bcb..6aa527296c71 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-tmc +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-tmc @@ -11,21 +11,21 @@ What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/mgmt/rsz Date: March 2016 KernelVersion: 4.7 Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> -Description: (R) Defines the size, in 32-bit words, of the local RAM buffer. +Description: (Read) Defines the size, in 32-bit words, of the local RAM buffer. The value is read directly from HW register RSZ, 0x004. What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/mgmt/sts Date: March 2016 KernelVersion: 4.7 Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> -Description: (R) Shows the value held by the TMC status register. The value +Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the TMC status register. The value is read directly from HW register STS, 0x00C. What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/mgmt/rrp Date: March 2016 KernelVersion: 4.7 Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> -Description: (R) Shows the value held by the TMC RAM Read Pointer register +Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the TMC RAM Read Pointer register that is used to read entries from the Trace RAM over the APB interface. The value is read directly from HW register RRP, 0x014. @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/mgmt/rwp Date: March 2016 KernelVersion: 4.7 Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> -Description: (R) Shows the value held by the TMC RAM Write Pointer register +Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the TMC RAM Write Pointer register that is used to sets the write pointer to write entries from the CoreSight bus into the Trace RAM. The value is read directly from HW register RWP, 0x018. @@ -43,21 +43,21 @@ What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/mgmt/trg Date: March 2016 KernelVersion: 4.7 Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> -Description: (R) Similar to "trigger_cntr" above except that this value is +Description: (Read) Similar to "trigger_cntr" above except that this value is read directly from HW register TRG, 0x01C. What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/mgmt/ctl Date: March 2016 KernelVersion: 4.7 Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> -Description: (R) Shows the value held by the TMC Control register. The value +Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the TMC Control register. The value is read directly from HW register CTL, 0x020. What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/mgmt/ffsr Date: March 2016 KernelVersion: 4.7 Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> -Description: (R) Shows the value held by the TMC Formatter and Flush Status +Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the TMC Formatter and Flush Status register. The value is read directly from HW register FFSR, 0x300. @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/mgmt/ffcr Date: March 2016 KernelVersion: 4.7 Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> -Description: (R) Shows the value held by the TMC Formatter and Flush Control +Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the TMC Formatter and Flush Control register. The value is read directly from HW register FFCR, 0x304. @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/mgmt/mode Date: March 2016 KernelVersion: 4.7 Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> -Description: (R) Shows the value held by the TMC Mode register, which +Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the TMC Mode register, which indicate the mode the device has been configured to enact. The The value is read directly from the MODE register, 0x028. @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/mgmt/devid Date: March 2016 KernelVersion: 4.7 Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> -Description: (R) Indicates the capabilities of the Coresight TMC. +Description: (Read) Indicates the capabilities of the Coresight TMC. The value is read directly from the DEVID register, 0xFC8, What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/buffer_size diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-tpdm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-tpdm new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..4a58e649550d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-tpdm @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<tpdm-name>/integration_test +Date: January 2023 +KernelVersion 6.2 +Contact: Jinlong Mao (QUIC) <quic_jinlmao@quicinc.com>, Tao Zhang (QUIC) <quic_taozha@quicinc.com> +Description: + (Write) Run integration test for tpdm. Integration test + will generate test data for tpdm. It can help to make + sure that the trace path is enabled and the link configurations + are fine. + + Accepts only one of the 2 values - 1 or 2. + 1 : Generate 64 bits data + 2 : Generate 32 bits data diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-trbe b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-trbe new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ad3bbc6fa751 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-trbe @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/trbe<cpu>/align +Date: March 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.13 +Contact: Anshuman Khandual <anshuman.khandual@arm.com> +Description: (Read) Shows the TRBE write pointer alignment. This value + is fetched from the TRBIDR register. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/trbe<cpu>/flag +Date: March 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.13 +Contact: Anshuman Khandual <anshuman.khandual@arm.com> +Description: (Read) Shows if TRBE updates in the memory are with access + and dirty flag updates as well. This value is fetched from + the TRBIDR register. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-ultra_smb b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-ultra_smb new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f560918ae738 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-ultra_smb @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/ultra_smb<N>/enable_sink +Date: January 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.3 +Contact: Junhao He <hejunhao3@huawei.com> +Description: (RW) Add/remove a SMB device from a trace path. There can be + multiple sources for a single SMB device. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/ultra_smb<N>/mgmt/buf_size +Date: January 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.3 +Contact: Junhao He <hejunhao3@huawei.com> +Description: (RO) Shows the buffer size of each UltraSoc SMB device. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/ultra_smb<N>/mgmt/buf_status +Date: January 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.3 +Contact: Junhao He <hejunhao3@huawei.com> +Description: (RO) Shows the value of UltraSoc SMB status register. + BIT(0) is zero means buffer is empty. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/ultra_smb<N>/mgmt/read_pos +Date: January 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.3 +Contact: Junhao He <hejunhao3@huawei.com> +Description: (RO) Shows the value of UltraSoc SMB Read Pointer register. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/ultra_smb<N>/mgmt/write_pos +Date: January 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.3 +Contact: Junhao He <hejunhao3@huawei.com> +Description: (RO) Shows the value of UltraSoc SMB Write Pointer register. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-counter b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-counter index 566bd99fe0a5..dc3b3a5c876b 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-counter +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-counter @@ -1,9 +1,45 @@ +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/cascade_counts_enable +KernelVersion: 6.4 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the cascading of Counts on Counter X. + + Valid attribute values are boolean. + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/external_input_phase_clock_select +KernelVersion: 6.4 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Selects the external clock pin for phase counting mode of + Counter X. + + MTCLKA-MTCLKB: + MTCLKA and MTCLKB pins are selected for the external + phase clock. + + MTCLKC-MTCLKD: + MTCLKC and MTCLKD pins are selected for the external + phase clock. + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/external_input_phase_clock_select_available +KernelVersion: 6.4 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Discrete set of available values for the respective device + configuration are listed in this file. + What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/count KernelVersion: 5.2 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org Description: Count data of Count Y represented as a string. +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/capture +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Historical capture of the Count Y count data. + What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/ceiling KernelVersion: 5.2 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org @@ -54,9 +90,64 @@ Description: counter does not freeze at the boundary points, but counts continuously throughout. + interrupt on terminal count: + The output signal is initially low, and will remain low + until the counter reaches zero. The output signal then + goes high and remains high until a new preset value is + set. + + hardware retriggerable one-shot: + The output signal is initially high. The output signal + will go low by a trigger input signal, and will remain + low until the counter reaches zero. The output will then + go high and remain high until the next trigger. A + trigger results in loading the counter to the preset + value and setting the output signal low, thus starting + the one-shot pulse. + + rate generator: + The output signal is initially high. When the counter + has decremented to 1, the output signal goes low for one + clock pulse. The output signal then goes high again, the + counter is reloaded to the preset value, and the process + repeats in a periodic manner as such. + + square wave mode: + The output signal is initially high. + + If the initial count is even, the counter is decremented + by two on succeeding clock pulses. When the count + expires, the output signal changes value and the + counter is reloaded to the preset value. The process + repeats in periodic manner as such. + + If the initial count is odd, the initial count minus one + (an even number) is loaded and then is decremented by + two on succeeding clock pulses. One clock pulse after + the count expires, the output signal goes low and the + counter is reloaded to the preset value minus one. + Succeeding clock pulses decrement the count by two. When + the count expires, the output goes high again and the + counter is reloaded to the preset value minus one. The + process repeats in a periodic manner as such. + + software triggered strobe: + The output signal is initially high. When the count + expires, the output will go low for one clock pulse and + then go high again. The counting sequence is "triggered" + by setting the preset value. + + hardware triggered strobe: + The output signal is initially high. Counting is started + by a trigger input signal. When the count expires, the + output signal will go low for one clock pulse and then + go high again. A trigger results in loading the counter + to the preset value. + What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/count_mode_available What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/error_noise_available What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/function_available +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/prescaler_available What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/signalZ_action_available KernelVersion: 5.2 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org @@ -154,6 +245,15 @@ Description: Count Y. If possible, this should match the name of the respective channel as it appears in the device datasheet. +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/prescaler +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Configure the prescaler value associated with Count Y. + On the FlexTimer, the counter clock source passes through a + prescaler (i.e. a counter). This acts like a clock + divider. + What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/preset KernelVersion: 5.2 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org @@ -193,6 +293,56 @@ Description: both edges: Any state transition. +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/num_overflows +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute indicates the number of overflows of count Y. + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/cascade_counts_enable_component_id +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/external_input_phase_clock_select_component_id +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/capture_component_id +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/ceiling_component_id +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/floor_component_id +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/count_mode_component_id +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/direction_component_id +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/enable_component_id +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/error_noise_component_id +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/prescaler_component_id +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/preset_component_id +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/preset_enable_component_id +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/signalZ_action_component_id +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/num_overflows_component_id +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/signalY/cable_fault_component_id +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/signalY/cable_fault_enable_component_id +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/signalY/filter_clock_prescaler_component_id +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/signalY/index_polarity_component_id +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/signalY/polarity_component_id +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/signalY/synchronous_mode_component_id +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/signalY/frequency_component_id +KernelVersion: 5.16 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Read-only attribute that indicates the component ID of the + respective extension or Synapse. + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/spike_filter_ns +KernelVersion: 5.14 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + If the counter device supports programmable spike filter this + attribute indicates the value in nanoseconds where noise pulses + shorter or equal to configured value are ignored. Value 0 means + filter is disabled. + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/events_queue_size +KernelVersion: 5.16 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Size of the Counter events queue in number of struct + counter_event data structures. The number of elements will be + rounded-up to a power of 2. + What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/name KernelVersion: 5.2 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org @@ -215,11 +365,58 @@ Description: Read-only attribute that indicates the total number of Signals belonging to the Counter. -What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/signalY/signal +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/signalY/cable_fault +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Read-only attribute that indicates whether a differential + encoder cable fault (not connected or loose wires) is detected + for the respective channel of Signal Y. Valid attribute values + are boolean. Detection must first be enabled via the + corresponding cable_fault_enable attribute. + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/signalY/cable_fault_enable +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Whether detection of differential encoder cable faults for the + respective channel of Signal Y is enabled. Valid attribute + values are boolean. + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/signalY/filter_clock_prescaler +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Filter clock factor for input Signal Y. This prescaler value + affects the inputs of both quadrature pair signals. + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/signalY/index_polarity KernelVersion: 5.2 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org Description: - Signal data of Signal Y represented as a string. + Active level of index input Signal Y; irrelevant in + non-synchronous load mode. + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/signalY/index_polarity_available +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/signalY/synchronous_mode_available +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Discrete set of available values for the respective Signal Y + configuration are listed in this file. + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/signalY/polarity +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Active level of Signal Y. The following polarity values are + available: + + positive: + Signal high state considered active level (rising edge). + + negative: + Signal low state considered active level (falling edge). What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/signalY/name KernelVersion: 5.2 @@ -228,3 +425,44 @@ Description: Read-only attribute that indicates the device-specific name of Signal Y. If possible, this should match the name of the respective signal as it appears in the device datasheet. + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/signalY/signal +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Signal level state of Signal Y. The following signal level + states are available: + + low: + Low level state. + + high: + High level state. + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/signalY/synchronous_mode +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Configure the counter associated with Signal Y for + non-synchronous or synchronous load mode. Synchronous load mode + cannot be selected in non-quadrature (Pulse-Direction) clock + mode. + + non-synchronous: + A logic low level is the active level at this index + input. The index function (as enabled via preset_enable) + is performed directly on the active level of the index + input. + + synchronous: + Intended for interfacing with encoder Index output in + quadrature clock mode. The active level is configured + via index_polarity. The index function (as enabled via + preset_enable) is performed synchronously with the + quadrature clock on the active level of the index input. + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/signalY/frequency +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Read-only attribute that indicates the signal Y frequency, in Hz. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-counter-104-quad-8 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-counter-104-quad-8 deleted file mode 100644 index eac32180c40d..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-counter-104-quad-8 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,61 +0,0 @@ -What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/signalY/cable_fault -KernelVersion: 5.7 -Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org -Description: - Read-only attribute that indicates whether a differential - encoder cable fault (not connected or loose wires) is detected - for the respective channel of Signal Y. Valid attribute values - are boolean. Detection must first be enabled via the - corresponding cable_fault_enable attribute. - -What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/signalY/cable_fault_enable -KernelVersion: 5.7 -Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org -Description: - Whether detection of differential encoder cable faults for the - respective channel of Signal Y is enabled. Valid attribute - values are boolean. - -What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/signalY/filter_clock_prescaler -KernelVersion: 5.7 -Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org -Description: - Filter clock factor for input Signal Y. This prescaler value - affects the inputs of both quadrature pair signals. - -What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/signalY/index_polarity -KernelVersion: 5.2 -Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org -Description: - Active level of index input Signal Y; irrelevant in - non-synchronous load mode. - -What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/signalY/index_polarity_available -What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/signalY/synchronous_mode_available -KernelVersion: 5.2 -Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org -Description: - Discrete set of available values for the respective Signal Y - configuration are listed in this file. - -What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/signalY/synchronous_mode -KernelVersion: 5.2 -Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org -Description: - Configure the counter associated with Signal Y for - non-synchronous or synchronous load mode. Synchronous load mode - cannot be selected in non-quadrature (Pulse-Direction) clock - mode. - - non-synchronous: - A logic low level is the active level at this index - input. The index function (as enabled via preset_enable) - is performed directly on the active level of the index - input. - - synchronous: - Intended for interfacing with encoder Index output in - quadrature clock mode. The active level is configured - via index_polarity. The index function (as enabled via - preset_enable) is performed synchronously with the - quadrature clock on the active level of the index input. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-counter-ftm-quaddec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-counter-ftm-quaddec deleted file mode 100644 index 7d2e7b363467..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-counter-ftm-quaddec +++ /dev/null @@ -1,16 +0,0 @@ -What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/prescaler_available -KernelVersion: 5.2 -Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org -Description: - Discrete set of available values for the respective Count Y - configuration are listed in this file. Values are delimited by - newline characters. - -What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/prescaler -KernelVersion: 5.2 -Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org -Description: - Configure the prescaler value associated with Count Y. - On the FlexTimer, the counter clock source passes through a - prescaler (i.e. a counter). This acts like a clock - divider. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-css b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-css index 966f8504bd7b..d4d5cfb63b90 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-css +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-css @@ -1,43 +1,40 @@ What: /sys/bus/css/devices/.../type Date: March 2008 -Contact: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com> - linux-s390@vger.kernel.org +Contact: linux-s390@vger.kernel.org Description: Contains the subchannel type, as reported by the hardware. This attribute is present for all subchannel types. What: /sys/bus/css/devices/.../modalias Date: March 2008 -Contact: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com> - linux-s390@vger.kernel.org +Contact: linux-s390@vger.kernel.org Description: Contains the module alias as reported with uevents. It is of the format css:t<type> and present for all subchannel types. What: /sys/bus/css/drivers/io_subchannel/.../chpids Date: December 2002 -Contact: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com> - linux-s390@vger.kernel.org +Contact: linux-s390@vger.kernel.org Description: Contains the ids of the channel paths used by this subchannel, as reported by the channel subsystem during subchannel recognition. + Note: This is an I/O-subchannel specific attribute. Users: s390-tools, HAL What: /sys/bus/css/drivers/io_subchannel/.../pimpampom Date: December 2002 -Contact: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com> - linux-s390@vger.kernel.org +Contact: linux-s390@vger.kernel.org Description: Contains the PIM/PAM/POM values, as reported by the channel subsystem when last queried by the common I/O layer (this implies that this attribute is not necessarily in sync with the values current in the channel subsystem). + Note: This is an I/O-subchannel specific attribute. Users: s390-tools, HAL What: /sys/bus/css/devices/.../driver_override Date: June 2019 -Contact: Cornelia Huck <cohuck@redhat.com> - linux-s390@vger.kernel.org +Contact: linux-s390@vger.kernel.org Description: This file allows the driver for a device to be specified. When specified, only a driver with a name matching the value written to driver_override will have an opportunity to bind to the @@ -53,6 +50,7 @@ Description: This file allows the driver for a device to be specified. When opt-out of driver binding using a driver_override name such as "none". Only a single driver may be specified in the override, there is no support for parsing delimiters. + Note that unlike the mechanism of the same name for pci, this file does not allow to override basic matching rules. I.e., the driver must still match the subchannel type of the device. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-cxl b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-cxl new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..087f762ebfd5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-cxl @@ -0,0 +1,490 @@ +What: /sys/bus/cxl/flush +Date: Januarry, 2022 +KernelVersion: v5.18 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (WO) If userspace manually unbinds a port the kernel schedules + all descendant memdevs for unbind. Writing '1' to this attribute + flushes that work. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/memX/firmware_version +Date: December, 2020 +KernelVersion: v5.12 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) "FW Revision" string as reported by the Identify + Memory Device Output Payload in the CXL-2.0 + specification. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/memX/ram/size +Date: December, 2020 +KernelVersion: v5.12 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) "Volatile Only Capacity" as bytes. Represents the + identically named field in the Identify Memory Device Output + Payload in the CXL-2.0 specification. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/memX/pmem/size +Date: December, 2020 +KernelVersion: v5.12 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) "Persistent Only Capacity" as bytes. Represents the + identically named field in the Identify Memory Device Output + Payload in the CXL-2.0 specification. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/memX/serial +Date: January, 2022 +KernelVersion: v5.18 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) 64-bit serial number per the PCIe Device Serial Number + capability. Mandatory for CXL devices, see CXL 2.0 8.1.12.2 + Memory Device PCIe Capabilities and Extended Capabilities. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/memX/numa_node +Date: January, 2022 +KernelVersion: v5.18 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) If NUMA is enabled and the platform has affinitized the + host PCI device for this memory device, emit the CPU node + affinity for this device. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/memX/security/state +Date: June, 2023 +KernelVersion: v6.5 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) Reading this file will display the CXL security state for + that device. Such states can be: 'disabled', 'sanitize', when + a sanitization is currently underway; or those available only + for persistent memory: 'locked', 'unlocked' or 'frozen'. This + sysfs entry is select/poll capable from userspace to notify + upon completion of a sanitize operation. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/memX/security/sanitize +Date: June, 2023 +KernelVersion: v6.5 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (WO) Write a boolean 'true' string value to this attribute to + sanitize the device to securely re-purpose or decommission it. + This is done by ensuring that all user data and meta-data, + whether it resides in persistent capacity, volatile capacity, + or the LSA, is made permanently unavailable by whatever means + is appropriate for the media type. This functionality requires + the device to be disabled, that is, not actively decoding any + HPA ranges. This permits avoiding explicit global CPU cache + management, relying instead for it to be done when a region + transitions between software programmed and hardware committed + states. If this file is not present, then there is no hardware + support for the operation. + + +What /sys/bus/cxl/devices/memX/security/erase +Date: June, 2023 +KernelVersion: v6.5 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (WO) Write a boolean 'true' string value to this attribute to + secure erase user data by changing the media encryption keys for + all user data areas of the device. This functionality requires + the device to be disabled, that is, not actively decoding any + HPA ranges. This permits avoiding explicit global CPU cache + management, relying instead for it to be done when a region + transitions between software programmed and hardware committed + states. If this file is not present, then there is no hardware + support for the operation. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/memX/firmware/ +Date: April, 2023 +KernelVersion: v6.5 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) Firmware uploader mechanism. The different files under + this directory can be used to upload and activate new + firmware for CXL devices. The interfaces under this are + documented in sysfs-class-firmware. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/*/devtype +Date: June, 2021 +KernelVersion: v5.14 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) CXL device objects export the devtype attribute which + mirrors the same value communicated in the DEVTYPE environment + variable for uevents for devices on the "cxl" bus. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/*/modalias +Date: December, 2021 +KernelVersion: v5.18 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) CXL device objects export the modalias attribute which + mirrors the same value communicated in the MODALIAS environment + variable for uevents for devices on the "cxl" bus. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/portX/uport +Date: June, 2021 +KernelVersion: v5.14 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) CXL port objects are enumerated from either a platform + firmware device (ACPI0017 and ACPI0016) or PCIe switch upstream + port with CXL component registers. The 'uport' symlink connects + the CXL portX object to the device that published the CXL port + capability. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/{port,endpoint}X/parent_dport +Date: January, 2023 +KernelVersion: v6.3 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) CXL port objects are instantiated for each upstream port in + a CXL/PCIe switch, and for each endpoint to map the + corresponding memory device into the CXL port hierarchy. When a + descendant CXL port (switch or endpoint) is enumerated it is + useful to know which 'dport' object in the parent CXL port + routes to this descendant. The 'parent_dport' symlink points to + the device representing the downstream port of a CXL switch that + routes to {port,endpoint}X. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/portX/dportY +Date: June, 2021 +KernelVersion: v5.14 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) CXL port objects are enumerated from either a platform + firmware device (ACPI0017 and ACPI0016) or PCIe switch upstream + port with CXL component registers. The 'dportY' symlink + identifies one or more downstream ports that the upstream port + may target in its decode of CXL memory resources. The 'Y' + integer reflects the hardware port unique-id used in the + hardware decoder target list. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/decoderX.Y +Date: June, 2021 +KernelVersion: v5.14 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) CXL decoder objects are enumerated from either a platform + firmware description, or a CXL HDM decoder register set in a + PCIe device (see CXL 2.0 section 8.2.5.12 CXL HDM Decoder + Capability Structure). The 'X' in decoderX.Y represents the + cxl_port container of this decoder, and 'Y' represents the + instance id of a given decoder resource. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/decoderX.Y/{start,size} +Date: June, 2021 +KernelVersion: v5.14 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) The 'start' and 'size' attributes together convey the + physical address base and number of bytes mapped in the + decoder's decode window. For decoders of devtype + "cxl_decoder_root" the address range is fixed. For decoders of + devtype "cxl_decoder_switch" the address is bounded by the + decode range of the cxl_port ancestor of the decoder's cxl_port, + and dynamically updates based on the active memory regions in + that address space. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/decoderX.Y/locked +Date: June, 2021 +KernelVersion: v5.14 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) CXL HDM decoders have the capability to lock the + configuration until the next device reset. For decoders of + devtype "cxl_decoder_root" there is no standard facility to + unlock them. For decoders of devtype "cxl_decoder_switch" a + secondary bus reset, of the PCIe bridge that provides the bus + for this decoders uport, unlocks / resets the decoder. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/decoderX.Y/target_list +Date: June, 2021 +KernelVersion: v5.14 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) Display a comma separated list of the current decoder + target configuration. The list is ordered by the current + configured interleave order of the decoder's dport instances. + Each entry in the list is a dport id. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/decoderX.Y/cap_{pmem,ram,type2,type3} +Date: June, 2021 +KernelVersion: v5.14 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) When a CXL decoder is of devtype "cxl_decoder_root", it + represents a fixed memory window identified by platform + firmware. A fixed window may only support a subset of memory + types. The 'cap_*' attributes indicate whether persistent + memory, volatile memory, accelerator memory, and / or expander + memory may be mapped behind this decoder's memory window. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/decoderX.Y/target_type +Date: June, 2021 +KernelVersion: v5.14 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) When a CXL decoder is of devtype "cxl_decoder_switch", it + can optionally decode either accelerator memory (type-2) or + expander memory (type-3). The 'target_type' attribute indicates + the current setting which may dynamically change based on what + memory regions are activated in this decode hierarchy. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/endpointX/CDAT +Date: July, 2022 +KernelVersion: v6.0 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) If this sysfs entry is not present no DOE mailbox was + found to support CDAT data. If it is present and the length of + the data is 0 reading the CDAT data failed. Otherwise the CDAT + data is reported. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/decoderX.Y/mode +Date: May, 2022 +KernelVersion: v6.0 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) When a CXL decoder is of devtype "cxl_decoder_endpoint" it + translates from a host physical address range, to a device local + address range. Device-local address ranges are further split + into a 'ram' (volatile memory) range and 'pmem' (persistent + memory) range. The 'mode' attribute emits one of 'ram', 'pmem', + 'mixed', or 'none'. The 'mixed' indication is for error cases + when a decoder straddles the volatile/persistent partition + boundary, and 'none' indicates the decoder is not actively + decoding, or no DPA allocation policy has been set. + + 'mode' can be written, when the decoder is in the 'disabled' + state, with either 'ram' or 'pmem' to set the boundaries for the + next allocation. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/decoderX.Y/dpa_resource +Date: May, 2022 +KernelVersion: v6.0 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) When a CXL decoder is of devtype "cxl_decoder_endpoint", + and its 'dpa_size' attribute is non-zero, this attribute + indicates the device physical address (DPA) base address of the + allocation. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/decoderX.Y/dpa_size +Date: May, 2022 +KernelVersion: v6.0 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) When a CXL decoder is of devtype "cxl_decoder_endpoint" it + translates from a host physical address range, to a device local + address range. The range, base address plus length in bytes, of + DPA allocated to this decoder is conveyed in these 2 attributes. + Allocations can be mutated as long as the decoder is in the + disabled state. A write to 'dpa_size' releases the previous DPA + allocation and then attempts to allocate from the free capacity + in the device partition referred to by 'decoderX.Y/mode'. + Allocate and free requests can only be performed on the highest + instance number disabled decoder with non-zero size. I.e. + allocations are enforced to occur in increasing 'decoderX.Y/id' + order and frees are enforced to occur in decreasing + 'decoderX.Y/id' order. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/decoderX.Y/interleave_ways +Date: May, 2022 +KernelVersion: v6.0 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) The number of targets across which this decoder's host + physical address (HPA) memory range is interleaved. The device + maps every Nth block of HPA (of size == + 'interleave_granularity') to consecutive DPA addresses. The + decoder's position in the interleave is determined by the + device's (endpoint or switch) switch ancestry. For root + decoders their interleave is specified by platform firmware and + they only specify a downstream target order for host bridges. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/decoderX.Y/interleave_granularity +Date: May, 2022 +KernelVersion: v6.0 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) The number of consecutive bytes of host physical address + space this decoder claims at address N before the decode rotates + to the next target in the interleave at address N + + interleave_granularity (assuming N is aligned to + interleave_granularity). + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/decoderX.Y/create_{pmem,ram}_region +Date: May, 2022, January, 2023 +KernelVersion: v6.0 (pmem), v6.3 (ram) +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) Write a string in the form 'regionZ' to start the process + of defining a new persistent, or volatile memory region + (interleave-set) within the decode range bounded by root decoder + 'decoderX.Y'. The value written must match the current value + returned from reading this attribute. An atomic compare exchange + operation is done on write to assign the requested id to a + region and allocate the region-id for the next creation attempt. + EBUSY is returned if the region name written does not match the + current cached value. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/decoderX.Y/delete_region +Date: May, 2022 +KernelVersion: v6.0 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (WO) Write a string in the form 'regionZ' to delete that region, + provided it is currently idle / not bound to a driver. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/regionZ/uuid +Date: May, 2022 +KernelVersion: v6.0 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) Write a unique identifier for the region. This field must + be set for persistent regions and it must not conflict with the + UUID of another region. For volatile ram regions this + attribute is a read-only empty string. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/regionZ/interleave_granularity +Date: May, 2022 +KernelVersion: v6.0 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) Set the number of consecutive bytes each device in the + interleave set will claim. The possible interleave granularity + values are determined by the CXL spec and the participating + devices. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/regionZ/interleave_ways +Date: May, 2022 +KernelVersion: v6.0 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) Configures the number of devices participating in the + region is set by writing this value. Each device will provide + 1/interleave_ways of storage for the region. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/regionZ/size +Date: May, 2022 +KernelVersion: v6.0 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) System physical address space to be consumed by the region. + When written trigger the driver to allocate space out of the + parent root decoder's address space. When read the size of the + address space is reported and should match the span of the + region's resource attribute. Size shall be set after the + interleave configuration parameters. Once set it cannot be + changed, only freed by writing 0. The kernel makes no guarantees + that data is maintained over an address space freeing event, and + there is no guarantee that a free followed by an allocate + results in the same address being allocated. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/regionZ/mode +Date: January, 2023 +KernelVersion: v6.3 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) The mode of a region is established at region creation time + and dictates the mode of the endpoint decoder that comprise the + region. For more details on the possible modes see + /sys/bus/cxl/devices/decoderX.Y/mode + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/regionZ/resource +Date: May, 2022 +KernelVersion: v6.0 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) A region is a contiguous partition of a CXL root decoder + address space. Region capacity is allocated by writing to the + size attribute, the resulting physical address space determined + by the driver is reflected here. It is therefore not useful to + read this before writing a value to the size attribute. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/regionZ/target[0..N] +Date: May, 2022 +KernelVersion: v6.0 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) Write an endpoint decoder object name to 'targetX' where X + is the intended position of the endpoint device in the region + interleave and N is the 'interleave_ways' setting for the + region. ENXIO is returned if the write results in an impossible + to map decode scenario, like the endpoint is unreachable at that + position relative to the root decoder interleave. EBUSY is + returned if the position in the region is already occupied, or + if the region is not in a state to accept interleave + configuration changes. EINVAL is returned if the object name is + not an endpoint decoder. Once all positions have been + successfully written a final validation for decode conflicts is + performed before activating the region. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/regionZ/commit +Date: May, 2022 +KernelVersion: v6.0 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) Write a boolean 'true' string value to this attribute to + trigger the region to transition from the software programmed + state to the actively decoding in hardware state. The commit + operation in addition to validating that the region is in proper + configured state, validates that the decoders are being + committed in spec mandated order (last committed decoder id + + 1), and checks that the hardware accepts the commit request. + Reading this value indicates whether the region is committed or + not. + + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/memX/trigger_poison_list +Date: April, 2023 +KernelVersion: v6.4 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (WO) When a boolean 'true' is written to this attribute the + memdev driver retrieves the poison list from the device. The + list consists of addresses that are poisoned, or would result + in poison if accessed, and the source of the poison. This + attribute is only visible for devices supporting the + capability. The retrieved errors are logged as kernel + events when cxl_poison event tracing is enabled. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-dfl b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-dfl index 23543be904f2..b0265ab17200 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-dfl +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-dfl @@ -4,6 +4,7 @@ KernelVersion: 5.10 Contact: Xu Yilun <yilun.xu@intel.com> Description: Read-only. It returns type of DFL FIU of the device. Now DFL supports 2 FIU types, 0 for FME, 1 for PORT. + Format: 0x%x What: /sys/bus/dfl/devices/dfl_dev.X/feature_id @@ -12,4 +13,5 @@ KernelVersion: 5.10 Contact: Xu Yilun <yilun.xu@intel.com> Description: Read-only. It returns feature identifier local to its DFL FIU type. + Format: 0x%x diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-dfl-devices-emif b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-dfl-devices-emif new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..817d14126d4d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-dfl-devices-emif @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +What: /sys/bus/dfl/devices/dfl_dev.X/infX_cal_fail +Date: Oct 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: Xu Yilun <yilun.xu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. It indicates if the calibration failed on this + memory interface. "1" for calibration failure, "0" for OK. + Format: %u + +What: /sys/bus/dfl/devices/dfl_dev.X/infX_init_done +Date: Oct 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: Xu Yilun <yilun.xu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. It indicates if the initialization completed on + this memory interface. "1" for initialization complete, "0" + for not yet. + Format: %u + +What: /sys/bus/dfl/devices/dfl_dev.X/infX_clear +Date: Oct 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: Xu Yilun <yilun.xu@intel.com> +Description: Write-only. Writing "1" to this file will zero out all memory + data in this memory interface. Writing of other values is + invalid. + Format: %u diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-dfl-devices-n3000-nios b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-dfl-devices-n3000-nios new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..5335d742bcaf --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-dfl-devices-n3000-nios @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +What: /sys/bus/dfl/devices/dfl_dev.X/fec_mode +Date: Oct 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: Xu Yilun <yilun.xu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. Returns the FEC mode of the 25G links of the + ethernet retimers configured by Nios firmware. "rs" for Reed + Solomon FEC, "kr" for Fire Code FEC, "no" for NO FEC. + "not supported" if the FEC mode setting is not supported, this + happens when the Nios firmware version major < 3, or no link is + configured to 25G. + Format: string + +What: /sys/bus/dfl/devices/dfl_dev.X/retimer_A_mode +Date: Oct 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: Xu Yilun <yilun.xu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. Returns the enumeration value of the working mode of + the retimer A configured by the Nios firmware. The value is + read out from shared registers filled by the Nios firmware. Now + the values could be: + + - "0": Reset + - "1": 4x10G + - "2": 4x25G + - "3": 2x25G + - "4": 2x25G+2x10G + - "5": 1x25G + + If the Nios firmware is updated in future to support more + retimer modes, more enumeration value is expected. + Format: 0x%x + +What: /sys/bus/dfl/devices/dfl_dev.X/retimer_B_mode +Date: Oct 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: Xu Yilun <yilun.xu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. Returns the enumeration value of the working mode of + the retimer B configured by the Nios firmware. The value format + is the same as retimer_A_mode. + +What: /sys/bus/dfl/devices/dfl_dev.X/nios_fw_version +Date: Oct 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: Xu Yilun <yilun.xu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. Returns the version of the Nios firmware in the + FPGA. Its format is "major.minor.patch". + Format: %x.%x.%x diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-caps b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-caps new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..8757dcf41c08 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-caps @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/<dev>/caps +Date: May 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + Attribute group to describe the capabilities exposed + for a particular pmu. Each attribute of this group can + expose information specific to a PMU, say pmu_name, so that + userspace can understand some of the feature which the + platform specific PMU supports. + + One of the example available capability in supported platform + like Intel is pmu_name, which exposes underlying CPU name known + to the PMU driver. + + Example output in powerpc: + grep . /sys/bus/event_source/devices/cpu/caps/* + /sys/bus/event_source/devices/cpu/caps/pmu_name:POWER9 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-dfl_fme b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-dfl_fme index c9278a3b3df1..63a32ddcb95e 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-dfl_fme +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-dfl_fme @@ -8,13 +8,13 @@ Description: Read-only. Attribute group to describe the magic bits Each attribute under this group defines a bit range of the perf_event_attr.config. All supported attributes are listed - below. + below:: event = "config:0-11" - event ID evtype = "config:12-15" - event type portid = "config:16-23" - event source - For example, + For example:: fab_mmio_read = "event=0x06,evtype=0x02,portid=0xff" @@ -40,11 +40,11 @@ Description: Read-only. Attribute group to describe performance monitoring All supported performance monitoring events are listed below. - Basic events (evtype=0x00) + Basic events (evtype=0x00):: clock = "event=0x00,evtype=0x00,portid=0xff" - Cache events (evtype=0x01) + Cache events (evtype=0x01):: cache_read_hit = "event=0x00,evtype=0x01,portid=0xff" cache_read_miss = "event=0x01,evtype=0x01,portid=0xff" @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ Description: Read-only. Attribute group to describe performance monitoring cache_rx_req_stall = "event=0x09,evtype=0x01,portid=0xff" cache_eviction = "event=0x0a,evtype=0x01,portid=0xff" - Fabric events (evtype=0x02) + Fabric events (evtype=0x02):: fab_pcie0_read = "event=0x00,evtype=0x02,portid=0xff" fab_pcie0_write = "event=0x01,evtype=0x02,portid=0xff" @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ Description: Read-only. Attribute group to describe performance monitoring fab_port_mmio_read = "event=0x06,evtype=0x02,portid=?" fab_port_mmio_write = "event=0x07,evtype=0x02,portid=?" - VTD events (evtype=0x03) + VTD events (evtype=0x03):: vtd_port_read_transaction = "event=0x00,evtype=0x03,portid=?" vtd_port_write_transaction = "event=0x01,evtype=0x03,portid=?" @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ Description: Read-only. Attribute group to describe performance monitoring vtd_port_devtlb_2m_fill = "event=0x05,evtype=0x03,portid=?" vtd_port_devtlb_1g_fill = "event=0x06,evtype=0x03,portid=?" - VTD SIP events (evtype=0x04) + VTD SIP events (evtype=0x04):: vtd_sip_iotlb_4k_hit = "event=0x00,evtype=0x04,portid=0xff" vtd_sip_iotlb_2m_hit = "event=0x01,evtype=0x04,portid=0xff" diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-dsa b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-dsa new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..3c7d132281b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-dsa @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/dsa*/format +Date: April 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.13 +Contact: Tom Zanussi <tom.zanussi@linux.intel.com> +Description: Read-only. Attribute group to describe the magic bits + that go into perf_event_attr.config or + perf_event_attr.config1 for the IDXD DSA pmu. (See also + ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-format). + + Each attribute in this group defines a bit range in + perf_event_attr.config or perf_event_attr.config1. + All supported attributes are listed below (See the + IDXD DSA Spec for possible attribute values):: + + event_category = "config:0-3" - event category + event = "config:4-31" - event ID + + filter_wq = "config1:0-31" - workqueue filter + filter_tc = "config1:32-39" - traffic class filter + filter_pgsz = "config1:40-43" - page size filter + filter_sz = "config1:44-51" - transfer size filter + filter_eng = "config1:52-59" - engine filter + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/dsa*/cpumask +Date: April 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.13 +Contact: Tom Zanussi <tom.zanussi@linux.intel.com> +Description: Read-only. This file always returns the cpu to which the + IDXD DSA pmu is bound for access to all dsa pmu + performance monitoring events. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-format b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-format index 5bb793ec926c..df7ccc1b2fba 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-format +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-format @@ -10,7 +10,8 @@ Description: name/value pairs. Userspace must be prepared for the possibility that attributes - define overlapping bit ranges. For example: + define overlapping bit ranges. For example:: + attr1 = 'config:0-23' attr2 = 'config:0-7' attr3 = 'config:12-35' diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_24x7 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_24x7 index e82fc37be802..de390a010af8 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_24x7 +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_24x7 @@ -1,3 +1,28 @@ +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_24x7/format +Date: September 2020 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: Read-only. Attribute group to describe the magic bits + that go into perf_event_attr.config for a particular pmu. + (See ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-format). + + Each attribute under this group defines a bit range of the + perf_event_attr.config. All supported attributes are listed + below:: + + chip = "config:16-31" + core = "config:16-31" + domain = "config:0-3" + lpar = "config:0-15" + offset = "config:32-63" + vcpu = "config:16-31" + + For example:: + + PM_PB_CYC = "domain=1,offset=0x80,chip=?,lpar=0x0" + + In this event, '?' after chip specifies that + this value will be provided by user while running this event. + What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_24x7/interface/catalog Date: February 2014 Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_gpci b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_gpci index 3ca4e554d2f9..12e2bf92783f 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_gpci +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_gpci @@ -1,3 +1,34 @@ +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_gpci/format +Date: September 2020 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: Read-only. Attribute group to describe the magic bits + that go into perf_event_attr.config for a particular pmu. + (See ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-format). + + Each attribute under this group defines a bit range of the + perf_event_attr.config. All supported attributes are listed + below:: + + counter_info_version = "config:16-23" + length = "config:24-31" + partition_id = "config:32-63" + request = "config:0-31" + sibling_part_id = "config:32-63" + hw_chip_id = "config:32-63" + offset = "config:32-63" + phys_processor_idx = "config:32-63" + secondary_index = "config:0-15" + starting_index = "config:32-63" + + For example:: + + processor_core_utilization_instructions_completed = "request=0x94, + phys_processor_idx=?,counter_info_version=0x8, + length=8,offset=0x18" + + In this event, '?' after phys_processor_idx specifies this value + this value will be provided by user while running this event. + What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_gpci/interface/collect_privileged Date: February 2014 Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> @@ -5,6 +36,7 @@ Description: '0' if the hypervisor is configured to forbid access to event counters being accumulated by other guests and to physical domain event counters. + '1' if that access is allowed. What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_gpci/interface/ga @@ -41,3 +73,10 @@ Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> Description: A number indicating the latest version of the gpci interface that the kernel is aware of. + +What: /sys/devices/hv_gpci/cpumask +Date: October 2020 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: read only + This sysfs file exposes the cpumask which is designated to make + HCALLs to retrieve hv-gpci pmu event counter data. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-iommu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-iommu new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d7af4919302e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-iommu @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/dmar*/format +Date: Jan 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.3 +Contact: Kan Liang <kan.liang@linux.intel.com> +Description: Read-only. Attribute group to describe the magic bits + that go into perf_event_attr.config, + perf_event_attr.config1 or perf_event_attr.config2 for + the IOMMU pmu. (See also + ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-format). + + Each attribute in this group defines a bit range in + perf_event_attr.config, perf_event_attr.config1, + or perf_event_attr.config2. All supported attributes + are listed below (See the VT-d Spec 4.0 for possible + attribute values):: + + event = "config:0-27" - event ID + event_group = "config:28-31" - event group ID + + filter_requester_en = "config1:0" - Enable Requester ID filter + filter_domain_en = "config1:1" - Enable Domain ID filter + filter_pasid_en = "config1:2" - Enable PASID filter + filter_ats_en = "config1:3" - Enable Address Type filter + filter_page_table_en= "config1:4" - Enable Page Table Level filter + filter_requester_id = "config1:16-31" - Requester ID filter + filter_domain = "config1:32-47" - Domain ID filter + filter_pasid = "config2:0-21" - PASID filter + filter_ats = "config2:24-28" - Address Type filter + filter_page_table = "config2:32-36" - Page Table Level filter + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/dmar*/cpumask +Date: Jan 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.3 +Contact: Kan Liang <kan.liang@linux.intel.com> +Description: Read-only. This file always returns the CPU to which the + IOMMU pmu is bound for access to all IOMMU pmu performance + monitoring events. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-uncore b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-uncore new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b56e8f019fd4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-uncore @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/uncore_*/alias +Date: June 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.15 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> +Description: Read-only. An attribute to describe the alias name of + the uncore PMU if an alias exists on some platforms. + The 'perf(1)' tool should treat both names the same. + They both can be used to access the uncore PMU. + + Example: + + $ cat /sys/devices/uncore_cha_2/alias + uncore_type_0_2 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fcoe b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fcoe index 657df13b100d..5a4f2091ac37 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fcoe +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fcoe @@ -3,16 +3,19 @@ Date: August 2012 KernelVersion: TBD Contact: Robert Love <robert.w.love@intel.com>, devel@open-fcoe.org Description: The FCoE bus. Attributes in this directory are control interfaces. + Attributes: - ctlr_create: 'FCoE Controller' instance creation interface. Writing an + ctlr_create: + 'FCoE Controller' instance creation interface. Writing an <ifname> to this file will allocate and populate sysfs with a fcoe_ctlr_device (ctlr_X). The user can then configure any per-port settings and finally write to the fcoe_ctlr_device's 'start' attribute to begin the kernel's discovery and login process. - ctlr_destroy: 'FCoE Controller' instance removal interface. Writing a + ctlr_destroy: + 'FCoE Controller' instance removal interface. Writing a fcoe_ctlr_device's sysfs name to this file will log the fcoe_ctlr_device out of the fabric or otherwise connected FCoE devices. It will also free all kernel memory allocated @@ -28,15 +31,17 @@ Description: 'FCoE Controller' instances on the fcoe bus. 1) Write interface name to ctlr_create 2) Configure the FCoE Controller (ctlr_X) 3) Enable the FCoE Controller to begin discovery and login. The FCoE Controller is destroyed by - writing it's name, i.e. ctlr_X to the ctlr_delete file. + writing its name, i.e. ctlr_X to the ctlr_delete file. Attributes: - fcf_dev_loss_tmo: Device loss timeout period (see below). Changing + fcf_dev_loss_tmo: + Device loss timeout period (see below). Changing this value will change the dev_loss_tmo for all FCFs discovered by this controller. - mode: Display or change the FCoE Controller's mode. Possible + mode: + Display or change the FCoE Controller's mode. Possible modes are 'Fabric' and 'VN2VN'. If a FCoE Controller is started in 'Fabric' mode then FIP FCF discovery is initiated and ultimately a fabric login is attempted. @@ -44,23 +49,30 @@ Attributes: FIP VN2VN discovery and login is performed. A FCoE Controller only supports one mode at a time. - enabled: Whether an FCoE controller is enabled or disabled. + enabled: + Whether an FCoE controller is enabled or disabled. 0 if disabled, 1 if enabled. Writing either 0 or 1 to this file will enable or disable the FCoE controller. - lesb/link_fail: Link Error Status Block (LESB) link failure count. + lesb/link_fail: + Link Error Status Block (LESB) link failure count. - lesb/vlink_fail: Link Error Status Block (LESB) virtual link + lesb/vlink_fail: + Link Error Status Block (LESB) virtual link failure count. - lesb/miss_fka: Link Error Status Block (LESB) missed FCoE + lesb/miss_fka: + Link Error Status Block (LESB) missed FCoE Initialization Protocol (FIP) Keep-Alives (FKA). - lesb/symb_err: Link Error Status Block (LESB) symbolic error count. + lesb/symb_err: + Link Error Status Block (LESB) symbolic error count. - lesb/err_block: Link Error Status Block (LESB) block error count. + lesb/err_block: + Link Error Status Block (LESB) block error count. - lesb/fcs_error: Link Error Status Block (LESB) Fibre Channel + lesb/fcs_error: + Link Error Status Block (LESB) Fibre Channel Services error count. Notes: ctlr_X (global increment starting at 0) @@ -75,31 +87,41 @@ Description: 'FCoE FCF' instances on the fcoe bus. A FCF is a Fibre Channel Fibre Channel frames into a FC fabric. It can also take outbound FC frames and pack them in Ethernet packets to be sent to their destination on the Ethernet segment. + Attributes: - fabric_name: Identifies the fabric that the FCF services. + fabric_name: + Identifies the fabric that the FCF services. - switch_name: Identifies the FCF. + switch_name: + Identifies the FCF. - priority: The switch's priority amongst other FCFs on the same + priority: + The switch's priority amongst other FCFs on the same fabric. - selected: 1 indicates that the switch has been selected for use; + selected: + 1 indicates that the switch has been selected for use; 0 indicates that the switch will not be used. - fc_map: The Fibre Channel MAP + fc_map: + The Fibre Channel MAP - vfid: The Virtual Fabric ID + vfid: + The Virtual Fabric ID - mac: The FCF's MAC address + mac: + The FCF's MAC address - fka_period: The FIP Keep-Alive period + fka_period: + The FIP Keep-Alive period fabric_state: The internal kernel state - "Unknown" - Initialization value - "Disconnected" - No link to the FCF/fabric - "Connected" - Host is connected to the FCF - "Deleted" - FCF is being removed from the system + + - "Unknown" - Initialization value + - "Disconnected" - No link to the FCF/fabric + - "Connected" - Host is connected to the FCF + - "Deleted" - FCF is being removed from the system dev_loss_tmo: The device loss timeout period for this FCF. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fsi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fsi index d148214181a1..76e0caa0c2b3 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fsi +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fsi @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ KernelVersion: 4.12 Contact: linux-fsi@lists.ozlabs.org Description: Sends an FSI BREAK command on a master's communication - link to any connnected slaves. A BREAK resets connected + link to any connected slaves. A BREAK resets connected device's logic and preps it to receive further commands from the master. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fsi-devices-sbefifo b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fsi-devices-sbefifo new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c7393b4dd2d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fsi-devices-sbefifo @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +What: /sys/bus/fsi/devices/XX.XX.00:06/sbefifoX/timeout +KernelVersion: 5.15 +Contact: eajames@linux.ibm.com +Description: + Indicates whether or not this SBE device has experienced a + timeout; i.e. the SBE did not respond within the time allotted + by the driver. A value of 1 indicates that a timeout has + occurred and no transfers have completed since the timeout. A + value of 0 indicates that no timeout has occurred, or if one + has, more recent transfers have completed successfully. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fsl-mc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fsl-mc index 80256b8b4f26..bf3c6af6ad89 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fsl-mc +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fsl-mc @@ -6,8 +6,10 @@ Description: the driver to attempt to bind to the device found at this location. The format for the location is Object.Id and is the same as found in /sys/bus/fsl-mc/devices/. - For example: - # echo dpni.2 > /sys/bus/fsl-mc/drivers/fsl_dpaa2_eth/bind + + For example:: + + # echo dpni.2 > /sys/bus/fsl-mc/drivers/fsl_dpaa2_eth/bind What: /sys/bus/fsl-mc/drivers/.../unbind Date: December 2016 @@ -17,5 +19,7 @@ Description: driver to attempt to unbind from the device found at this location. The format for the location is Object.Id and is the same as found in /sys/bus/fsl-mc/devices/. - For example: - # echo dpni.2 > /sys/bus/fsl-mc/drivers/fsl_dpaa2_eth/unbind + + For example:: + + # echo dpni.2 > /sys/bus/fsl-mc/drivers/fsl_dpaa2_eth/unbind diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-fsa9480 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-fsa9480 index 9de269bb0ae5..42dfc9399d2d 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-fsa9480 +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-fsa9480 @@ -3,19 +3,25 @@ Date: February 2011 Contact: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com> Description: show what device is attached - NONE - no device - USB - USB device is attached - UART - UART is attached - CHARGER - Charger is attaced - JIG - JIG is attached + + ======= ====================== + NONE no device + USB USB device is attached + UART UART is attached + CHARGER Charger is attaced + JIG JIG is attached + ======= ====================== What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../switch Date: February 2011 Contact: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com> Description: show or set the state of manual switch - VAUDIO - switch to VAUDIO path - UART - switch to UART path - AUDIO - switch to AUDIO path - DHOST - switch to DHOST path - AUTO - switch automatically by device + + ======= ============================== + VAUDIO switch to VAUDIO path + UART switch to UART path + AUDIO switch to AUDIO path + DHOST switch to DHOST path + AUTO switch automatically by device + ======= ============================== diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-pca954x b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-pca954x index 0b0de8cd0d13..b6c69eb80ca4 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-pca954x +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-pca954x @@ -6,15 +6,18 @@ Description: Value that exists only for mux devices that can be written to control the behaviour of the multiplexer on idle. Possible values: - -2 - disconnect on idle, i.e. deselect the last used - channel, which is useful when there is a device - with an address that conflicts with another - device on another mux on the same parent bus. - -1 - leave the mux as-is, which is the most optimal - setting in terms of I2C operations and is the - default mode. - 0..<nchans> - set the mux to a predetermined channel, - which is useful if there is one channel that is - used almost always, and you want to reduce the - latency for normal operations after rare - transactions on other channels + + =========== =============================================== + -2 disconnect on idle, i.e. deselect the last used + channel, which is useful when there is a device + with an address that conflicts with another + device on another mux on the same parent bus. + -1 leave the mux as-is, which is the most optimal + setting in terms of I2C operations and is the + default mode. + 0..<nchans> set the mux to a predetermined channel, + which is useful if there is one channel that is + used almost always, and you want to reduce the + latency for normal operations after rare + transactions on other channels + =========== =============================================== diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i3c b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i3c index 2f332ec36f82..1f4a2662335b 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i3c +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i3c @@ -84,6 +84,7 @@ Description: by space. Modes can be "hdr-ddr", "hdr-tsp" and "hdr-tsl". See the I3C specification for more details about these HDR modes. + This entry describes the HDRCAP of the master controller driving the bus. @@ -135,6 +136,7 @@ Description: Expose the HDR (High Data Rate) capabilities of a device. Returns a list of supported HDR mode, each element is separated by space. Modes can be "hdr-ddr", "hdr-tsp" and "hdr-tsl". + See the I3C specification for more details about these HDR modes. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio index a9d51810a3ba..7140e8e7313f 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio @@ -15,6 +15,7 @@ Description: based on hardware generated events (e.g. data ready) or provided by a separate driver for other hardware (e.g. periodic timer, GPIO or high resolution timer). + Contains trigger type specific elements. These do not generalize well and hence are not documented in this file. X is the IIO index of the trigger. @@ -32,6 +33,57 @@ Description: Description of the physical chip / device for device X. Typically a part number. +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/label +KernelVersion: 5.8 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Optional symbolic label for a device. + This is useful for userspace to be able to better identify an + individual device. + + The contents of the label are free-form, but there are some + standardized uses: + + For proximity sensors which give the proximity (of a person) to + a certain wlan or wwan antenna the following standardized labels + are used: + + * "proximity-wifi" + * "proximity-lte" + * "proximity-wifi-lte" + * "proximity-wifi-left" + * "proximity-wifi-right" + + These are used to indicate to userspace that these proximity + sensors may be used to tune transmit power to ensure that + Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) limits are honored. + The "-left" and "-right" labels are for devices with multiple + antennas. + + In some laptops/tablets the standardized proximity sensor labels + instead indicate proximity to a specific part of the device: + + * "proximity-palmrest" indicates proximity to the keyboard's palmrest + * "proximity-palmrest-left" indicates proximity to the left part of the palmrest + * "proximity-palmrest-right" indicates proximity to the right part of the palmrest + * "proximity-lap" indicates the device is being used on someone's lap + + Note "proximity-lap" is special in that its value may be + calculated by firmware from other sensor readings, rather then + being a raw sensor reading. + + For accelerometers used in 2-in-1s with 360° (yoga-style) hinges, + which have an accelerometer in both their base and their display, + the following standardized labels are used: + + * "accel-base" + * "accel-display" + + For devices where an accelerometer is housed in the swivel camera subassembly + (for AR application), the following standardized label is used: + + * "accel-camera" + What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/current_timestamp_clock KernelVersion: 4.5 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org @@ -55,6 +107,9 @@ Description: relevant directories. If it affects all of the above then it is to be found in the base device directory. + The stm32-timer-trigger has the additional characteristic that + a sampling_frequency of 0 is defined to stop sampling. + What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/sampling_frequency_available What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_sampling_frequency_available What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity_sampling_frequency_available @@ -65,6 +120,7 @@ Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org Description: When the internal sampling clock can only take a specific set of frequencies, we can specify the available values with: + - a small discrete set of values like "0 2 4 6 8" - a range with minimum, step and maximum frequencies like "[min step max]" @@ -140,7 +196,7 @@ Description: Raw capacitance measurement from channel Y. Units after application of scale and offset are nanofarads. -What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_capacitanceY-in_capacitanceZ_raw +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_capacitanceY-capacitanceZ_raw KernelVersion: 3.2 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org Description: @@ -151,6 +207,25 @@ Description: is required is a consistent labeling. Units after application of scale and offset are nanofarads. +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_capacitanceY-capacitanceZ_zeropoint +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + For differential channels, this an offset that is applied + equally to both inputs. As the reading is of the difference + between the two inputs, this should not be applied to the _raw + reading by userspace (unlike _offset) and unlike calibbias + it does not affect the differential value measured because + the effect of _zeropoint cancels out across the two inputs + that make up the differential pair. It's purpose is to bring + the individual signals, before the differential is measured, + within the measurement range of the device. The naming is + chosen because if the separate inputs that make the + differential pair are drawn on a graph in their + _raw units, this is the value that the zero point on the + measurement axis represents. It is expressed with the + same scaling as _raw. + What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_raw What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_tempX_raw What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_x_raw @@ -185,6 +260,15 @@ Description: Has all of the equivalent parameters as per voltageY. Units after application of scale and offset are m/s^2. +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_linear_x_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_linear_y_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_linear_z_raw +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + As per in_accel_X_raw attributes, but minus the + acceleration due to gravity. + What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_gravity_x_raw What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_gravity_y_raw What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_gravity_z_raw @@ -196,6 +280,7 @@ Description: Units after application of scale and offset are m/s^2. What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_angl_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglY_raw KernelVersion: 4.17 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org Description: @@ -322,6 +407,7 @@ What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_humidityrelative_offset What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_offset What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_offset What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_angl_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_capacitanceX_offset KernelVersion: 2.6.35 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org Description: @@ -379,6 +465,7 @@ What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_angl_scale What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_x_scale What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_y_scale What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_z_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentration_co2_scale KernelVersion: 2.6.35 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org Description: @@ -405,6 +492,19 @@ Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org Description: Hardware applied calibration offset (assumed to fix production inaccuracies). + icm42600: For this device values are real physical offsets + expressed in SI units (m/s^2 for accelerometers and rad/s + for gyroscope)/ + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_calibbias_available +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_calibbias_available +KernelVersion: 5.8 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Available values of calibbias. Maybe expressed as either of: + + - a small discrete set of values like "0 2 4 6 8" + - a range specified as "[min step max]" What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_calibscale What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_supply_calibscale @@ -412,6 +512,7 @@ What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_i_calibscale What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_q_calibscale What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_i_calibscale What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_q_calibscale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_altvoltage_calibscale What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_calibscale What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_x_calibscale What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_y_calibscale @@ -602,6 +703,25 @@ Description: Output frequency for channel Y in Hz. The number must always be specified and unique if the output corresponds to a single channel. + Some drivers have additional constraints: + ADF4371 has an integrated VCO with fundamendal output + frequency ranging from 4000000000 Hz 8000000000 Hz. + + out_altvoltage0_frequency: + A divide by 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32 or circuit generates + frequencies from 62500000 Hz to 8000000000 Hz. + out_altvoltage1_frequency: + This channel duplicates the channel 0 frequency + out_altvoltage2_frequency: + A frequency doubler generates frequencies from + 8000000000 Hz to 16000000000 Hz. + out_altvoltage3_frequency: + A frequency quadrupler generates frequencies from + 16000000000 Hz to 32000000000 Hz. + + Note: writes to one of the channels will affect the frequency of + all the other channels, since it involves changing the VCO + fundamental output frequency. What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_phase KernelVersion: 3.4.0 @@ -613,6 +733,17 @@ Description: specified and unique if the output corresponds to a single channel. +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_currentY_raw +Date: May 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Set/get output current for channel Y. Units after application + of scale and offset are milliamps. + For some devices current channels are used to specify + current supplied to elements used in taking a measurement + of a different type. E.g. LED currents. + What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/events KernelVersion: 2.6.35 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org @@ -653,6 +784,8 @@ What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_thresh_falling_en What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_thresh_either_en What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_tempY_thresh_rising_en What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_tempY_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_capacitanceY_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_capacitanceY_thresh_falling_en KernelVersion: 2.6.37 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org Description: @@ -665,6 +798,7 @@ Description: <type>[Y][_name]_<raw|input>_thresh_falling_value may take different values, but the device can only enable both thresholds or neither. + Note the driver will assume the last p events requested are to be enabled where p is how many it supports (which may vary depending on the exact set requested. So if you want to be @@ -719,6 +853,7 @@ Description: <type>[Y][_name]_<raw|input>_roc_falling_value may take different values, but the device can only enable both rate of change thresholds or neither. + Note the driver will assume the last p events requested are to be enabled where p is however many it supports (which may vary depending on the exact set requested. So if you want to be @@ -728,6 +863,32 @@ Description: a given event type is enabled a future point (and not those for whatever event was previously enabled). +What: /sys/.../events/in_capacitanceY_adaptive_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../events/in_capacitanceY_adaptive_thresh_falling_en +KernelVersion: 5.13 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Adaptive thresholds are similar to normal fixed thresholds + but the value is expressed as an offset from a value which + provides a low frequency approximation of the channel itself. + Thus these detect if a rapid change occurs in the specified + direction which crosses tracking value + offset. + Tracking value calculation is devices specific. + +What: /sys/.../in_capacitanceY_adaptive_thresh_rising_timeout +What: /sys/.../in_capacitanceY_adaptive_thresh_falling_timeout +KernelVersion: 5.11 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + When adaptive thresholds are used, the tracking signal + may adjust too slowly to step changes in the raw signal. + Thus these specify the time in seconds for which the + difference between the slow tracking signal and the raw + signal is allowed to remain out-of-range before a reset + event occurs in which the tracking signal is made equal + to the raw signal, allowing slow tracking to resume and the + adaptive threshold event detection to function as expected. + What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_thresh_rising_value What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_thresh_falling_value What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_raw_thresh_rising_value @@ -768,15 +929,21 @@ What: /sys/.../events/in_proximity0_thresh_falling_value What: /sys/.../events/in_proximity0_thresh_rising_value What: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance_thresh_rising_value What: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_capacitanceY_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_capacitanceY_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_capacitanceY_thresh_adaptive_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_capacitanceY_thresh_falling_rising_value KernelVersion: 2.6.37 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org Description: Specifies the value of threshold that the device is comparing against for the events enabled by <type>Y[_name]_thresh[_rising|falling]_en. + If separate attributes exist for the two directions, but direction is not specified for this attribute, then a single threshold value applies to both directions. + The raw or input element of the name indicates whether the value is in raw device units or in processed units (as _raw and _input do on sysfs direct channel read attributes). @@ -859,6 +1026,7 @@ Description: If separate attributes exist for the two directions, but direction is not specified for this attribute, then a single hysteresis value applies to both directions. + For falling events the hysteresis is added to the _value attribute for this event to get the upper threshold for when the event goes back to normal, for rising events the hysteresis is subtracted from the _value @@ -905,6 +1073,7 @@ Description: Specifies the value of rate of change threshold that the device is comparing against for the events enabled by <type>[Y][_name]_roc[_rising|falling]_en. + If separate attributes exist for the two directions, but direction is not specified for this attribute, then a single threshold value applies to both directions. @@ -1081,6 +1250,32 @@ Description: number or direction is not specified, applies to all channels of this type. +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_mag_referenced_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_mag_referenced_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_mag_referenced_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_mag_referenced_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_mag_referenced_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_mag_referenced_falling_en +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Similar to in_accel_mag[_y][_rising|_falling]_en, but the event + value is relative to a reference magnitude. The reference magnitude + includes the graviational acceleration. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_mag_referenced_value +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_mag_referenced_rising_value +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_mag_referenced_falling_value +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_mag_referenced_value +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_mag_referenced_rising_value +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_mag_referenced_falling_value +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The value to which the reference magnitude of the channel is + compared. If the axis is not specified, it applies to all channels + of this type. + What: /sys/.../events/in_steps_change_en KernelVersion: 4.0 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org @@ -1107,75 +1302,82 @@ Description: The name of the trigger source being used, as per string given in /sys/class/iio/triggerY/name. -What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/length -KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/bufferY/length +KernelVersion: 5.11 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org Description: Number of scans contained by the buffer. -What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/enable -KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/bufferY/enable +KernelVersion: 5.11 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org Description: Actually start the buffer capture up. Will start trigger if first device and appropriate. -What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/scan_elements -KernelVersion: 2.6.37 + Note that it might be impossible to configure other attributes, + (e.g.: events, scale, sampling rate) if they impact the currently + active buffer capture session. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/bufferY +KernelVersion: 5.11 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org Description: Directory containing interfaces for elements that will be captured for a single triggered sample set in the buffer. -What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_x_en -What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_y_en -What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_z_en -What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_anglvel_x_en -What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_anglvel_y_en -What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_anglvel_z_en -What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_magn_x_en -What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_magn_y_en -What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_magn_z_en -What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_en -What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_from_north_true_en -What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_en -What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_en -What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_timestamp_en -What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_supply_en -What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_en -What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY-voltageZ_en -What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_i_en -What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_q_en -What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltage_i_en -What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltage_q_en -What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_incli_x_en -What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_incli_y_en -What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressureY_en -What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressure_en -What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_quaternion_en -What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_proximity_en -KernelVersion: 2.6.37 + Since kernel 5.11 the scan_elements attributes are merged into + the bufferY directory, to be configurable per buffer. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_accel_x_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_accel_y_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_accel_z_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_anglvel_x_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_anglvel_y_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_anglvel_z_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_magn_x_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_magn_y_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_magn_z_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_rot_from_north_true_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_timestamp_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_voltageY_supply_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_voltageY_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_voltageY-voltageZ_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_voltageY_i_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_voltageY_q_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_voltage_i_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_voltage_q_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_incli_x_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_incli_y_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_pressureY_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_pressure_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_rot_quaternion_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_proximity_en +KernelVersion: 5.11 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org Description: Scan element control for triggered data capture. -What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_type -What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_anglvel_type -What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_magn_type -What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_incli_type -What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_type -What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltage_type -What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_supply_type -What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_i_type -What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_q_type -What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltage_i_type -What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltage_q_type -What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_timestamp_type -What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressureY_type -What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressure_type -What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_quaternion_type -What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_proximity_type -KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_accel_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_anglvel_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_magn_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_incli_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_voltageY_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_voltage_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_voltageY_supply_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_voltageY_i_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_voltageY_q_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_voltage_i_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_voltage_q_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_timestamp_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_pressureY_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_pressure_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_rot_quaternion_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_proximity_type +KernelVersion: 5.11 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org Description: Description of the scan element data storage within the buffer @@ -1205,33 +1407,33 @@ Description: If the type parameter can take one of a small set of values, this attribute lists them. -What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_index -What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_supply_index -What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_i_index -What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_q_index -What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltage_i_index -What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltage_q_index -What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_x_index -What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_y_index -What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_z_index -What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_anglvel_x_index -What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_anglvel_y_index -What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_anglvel_z_index -What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_magn_x_index -What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_magn_y_index -What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_magn_z_index -What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_index -What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_from_north_true_index -What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_index -What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_index -What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_incli_x_index -What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_incli_y_index -What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_timestamp_index -What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressureY_index -What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressure_index -What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_quaternion_index -What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_proximity_index -KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_voltageY_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_voltageY_supply_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_voltageY_i_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_voltageY_q_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_voltage_i_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_voltage_q_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_accel_x_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_accel_y_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_accel_z_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_anglvel_x_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_anglvel_y_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_anglvel_z_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_magn_x_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_magn_y_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_magn_z_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_rot_from_north_true_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_incli_x_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_incli_y_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_timestamp_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_pressureY_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_pressure_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_rot_quaternion_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/bufferY/in_proximity_index +KernelVersion: 5.11 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org Description: A single positive integer specifying the position of this @@ -1304,6 +1506,7 @@ Description: Proximity measurement indicating that some object is near the sensor, usually by observing reflectivity of infrared or ultrasound emitted. + Often these sensors are unit less and as such conversion to SI units is not possible. Higher proximity measurements indicate closer objects, and vice versa. Units after @@ -1443,23 +1646,26 @@ Description: Specifies number of seconds in which we compute the steps that occur in order to decide if the consumer is making steps. -What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/watermark -KernelVersion: 4.2 +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/bufferY/watermark +KernelVersion: 5.11 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org Description: A single positive integer specifying the maximum number of scan elements to wait for. + Poll will block until the watermark is reached. + Blocking read will wait until the minimum between the requested read amount or the low water mark is available. + Non-blocking read will retrieve the available samples from the buffer even if there are less samples then watermark level. This allows the application to block on poll with a timeout and read the available samples after the timeout expires and thus have a maximum delay guarantee. -What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/data_available -KernelVersion: 4.16 +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/bufferY/data_available +KernelVersion: 5.11 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org Description: A read-only value indicating the bytes of data available in the @@ -1480,11 +1686,13 @@ Description: device settings allows it (e.g. if a trigger is set that samples data differently that the hardware fifo does then hardware fifo will not enabled). + If the hardware fifo is enabled and the level of the hardware fifo reaches the hardware fifo watermark level the device will flush its hardware fifo to the device buffer. Doing a non blocking read on the device when no samples are present in the device buffer will also force a flush. + When the hardware fifo is enabled there is no need to use a trigger to use buffer mode since the watermark settings guarantees that the hardware fifo is flushed to the device @@ -1522,6 +1730,7 @@ Description: A single positive integer specifying the minimum watermark level for the hardware fifo of this device. If the device does not have a hardware fifo this entry is not present. + If the user sets buffer/watermark to a value less than this one, then the hardware watermark will remain unset. @@ -1532,6 +1741,7 @@ Description: A single positive integer specifying the maximum watermark level for the hardware fifo of this device. If the device does not have a hardware fifo this entry is not present. + If the user sets buffer/watermark to a value greater than this one, then the hardware watermark will be capped at this value. @@ -1543,6 +1753,7 @@ Description: levels for the hardware fifo. This entry is optional and if it is not present it means that all the values between hwfifo_watermark_min and hwfifo_watermark_max are supported. + If the user sets buffer/watermark to a value greater than hwfifo_watermak_min but not equal to any of the values in this list, the driver will chose an appropriate value for the @@ -1596,15 +1807,16 @@ What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_resistanceX_raw KernelVersion: 4.3 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org Description: - Raw (unscaled no offset etc.) resistance reading that can be processed - into an ohm value. + Raw (unscaled no offset etc.) resistance reading. + Units after application of scale and offset are ohms. What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/heater_enable KernelVersion: 4.1.0 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org Description: '1' (enable) or '0' (disable) specifying the enable - of heater function. Same reading values apply + of heater function. Same reading values apply. + This ABI is especially applicable for humidity sensors to heatup the device and get rid of any condensation in some humidity environment @@ -1627,17 +1839,21 @@ Description: Mounting matrix for IIO sensors. This is a rotation matrix which informs userspace about sensor chip's placement relative to the main hardware it is mounted on. + Main hardware placement is defined according to the local reference frame related to the physical quantity the sensor measures. + Given that the rotation matrix is defined in a board specific way (platform data and / or device-tree), the main hardware reference frame definition is left to the implementor's choice (see below for a magnetometer example). + Applications should apply this rotation matrix to samples so that when main hardware reference frame is aligned onto local reference frame, then sensor chip reference frame is also perfectly aligned with it. + Matrix is a 3x3 unitary matrix and typically looks like [0, 1, 0; 1, 0, 0; 0, 0, -1]. Identity matrix [1, 0, 0; 0, 1, 0; 0, 0, 1] means sensor chip and main hardware @@ -1646,8 +1862,10 @@ Description: For example, a mounting matrix for a magnetometer sensor informs userspace about sensor chip's ORIENTATION relative to the main hardware. + More specifically, main hardware orientation is defined with respect to the LOCAL EARTH GEOMAGNETIC REFERENCE FRAME where : + * Y is in the ground plane and positive towards magnetic North ; * X is in the ground plane, perpendicular to the North axis and positive towards the East ; @@ -1656,13 +1874,16 @@ Description: An implementor might consider that for a hand-held device, a 'natural' orientation would be 'front facing camera at the top'. The main hardware reference frame could then be described as : + * Y is in the plane of the screen and is positive towards the top of the screen ; * X is in the plane of the screen, perpendicular to Y axis, and positive towards the right hand side of the screen ; * Z is perpendicular to the screen plane and positive out of the screen. + Another example for a quadrotor UAV might be : + * Y is in the plane of the propellers and positive towards the front-view camera; * X is in the plane of the propellers, perpendicular to Y axis, @@ -1673,8 +1894,9 @@ What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_electricalconductivity_raw KernelVersion: 4.8 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org Description: - Raw (unscaled no offset etc.) electric conductivity reading that - can be processed to siemens per meter. + Raw (unscaled no offset etc.) electric conductivity reading. + Units after application of scale and offset are siemens per + meter. What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_countY_raw KernelVersion: 4.10 @@ -1704,6 +1926,7 @@ Description: This interface is deprecated; please use the Counter subsystem. A list of possible counting directions which are: + - "up" : counter device is increasing. - "down": counter device is decreasing. @@ -1715,12 +1938,22 @@ Description: Raw counter device counters direction for channel Y. +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_label +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_label +KernelVersion: 5.8 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Optional symbolic label to a device channel. + If a label is defined for this channel add that to the channel + specific attributes. This is useful for userspace to be able to + better identify an individual channel. + What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_phaseY_raw KernelVersion: 4.18 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org Description: - Raw (unscaled) phase difference reading from channel Y - that can be processed to radians. + Raw (unscaled) phase difference reading from channel Y. + Units after application of scale and offset are radians. What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_massconcentration_pm1_input What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_massconcentrationY_pm1_input @@ -1774,3 +2007,159 @@ Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org Description: Unscaled light intensity according to CIE 1931/DIN 5033 color space. Units after application of scale are nano nanowatts per square meter. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglY_label +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Optional symbolic label for channel Y. + For Intel hid hinge sensor, the label values are: + hinge, keyboard, screen. It means the three channels + each correspond respectively to hinge angle, keyboard angle, + and screen angle. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_illuminance_hysteresis_relative +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_hysteresis_relative +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specify the percent for light sensor relative to the channel + absolute value that a data field should change before an event + is generated. Units are a percentage of the prior reading. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/calibration_auto_enable +Date: June 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.8 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Some sensors have the ability to apply auto calibration at + runtime. For example, it may be necessary to compensate for + contaminant build-up in a measurement chamber or optical + element deterioration that would otherwise lead to sensor drift. + + Writing 1 or 0 to this attribute will respectively activate or + deactivate this auto calibration function. + + Upon reading, the current status is returned. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/calibration_forced_value +Date: June 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.8 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Some sensors have the ability to apply a manual calibration using + a known measurement value, perhaps obtained from an external + reference device. + + Writing a value to this function will force such a calibration + change. For the scd30 the value should be from the range + [400 1 2000]. + + Note for the scd30 that a valid value may only be obtained once + it is has been written. Until then any read back of this value + should be ignored. As for the scd4x an error will be returned + immediately if the manual calibration has failed. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/calibration_forced_value_available +KernelVersion: 5.15 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Available range for the forced calibration value, expressed as: + + - a range specified as "[min step max]" + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageX_sampling_frequency +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_powerY_sampling_frequency +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentZ_sampling_frequency +KernelVersion: 5.20 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Some devices have separate controls of sampling frequency for + individual channels. If multiple channels are enabled in a scan, + then the sampling_frequency of the scan may be computed from the + per channel sampling frequencies. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_gesture_singletap_en +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_gesture_doubletap_en +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Device generates an event on a single or double tap. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_gesture_singletap_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_gesture_doubletap_value +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies the threshold value that the device is comparing + against to generate the tap gesture event. The lower + threshold value increases the sensitivity of tap detection. + Units and the exact meaning of value are device-specific. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_gesture_tap_value_available +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Lists all available threshold values which can be used to + modify the sensitivity of the tap detection. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_gesture_singletap_reset_timeout +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_gesture_doubletap_reset_timeout +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies the timeout value in seconds for the tap detector + to not to look for another tap event after the event as + occurred. Basically the minimum quiet time between the two + single-tap's or two double-tap's. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_gesture_tap_reset_timeout_available +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Lists all available tap reset timeout values. Units in seconds. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_gesture_doubletap_tap2_min_delay +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies the minimum quiet time in seconds between the two + taps of a double tap. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_gesture_doubletap_tap2_min_delay_available +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Lists all available delay values between two taps in the double + tap. Units in seconds. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_gesture_tap_maxtomin_time +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies the maximum time difference allowed between upper + and lower peak of tap to consider it as the valid tap event. + Units in seconds. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_gesture_tap_maxtomin_time_available +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Lists all available time values between upper peak to lower + peak. Units in seconds. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_yaw_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_pitch_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_roll_raw +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw (unscaled) euler angles readings. Units after + application of scale are deg. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/serialnumber +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + An example format is 16-bytes, 2-digits-per-byte, HEX-string + representing the sensor unique ID number. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-ad4130 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-ad4130 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f24ed6687e90 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-ad4130 @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage-voltage_filter_mode_available +KernelVersion: 6.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Reading returns a list with the possible filter modes. + + * "sinc4" - Sinc 4. Excellent noise performance. Long + 1st conversion time. No natural 50/60Hz rejection. + + * "sinc4+sinc1" - Sinc4 + averaging by 8. Low 1st conversion + time. + + * "sinc3" - Sinc3. Moderate 1st conversion time. + Good noise performance. + + * "sinc3+rej60" - Sinc3 + 60Hz rejection. At a sampling + frequency of 50Hz, achieves simultaneous 50Hz and 60Hz + rejection. + + * "sinc3+sinc1" - Sinc3 + averaging by 8. Low 1st conversion + time. Best used with a sampling frequency of at least + 216.19Hz. + + * "sinc3+pf1" - Sinc3 + Post Filter 1. 53dB rejection @ + 50Hz, 58dB rejection @ 60Hz. + + * "sinc3+pf2" - Sinc3 + Post Filter 2. 70dB rejection @ + 50Hz, 70dB rejection @ 60Hz. + + * "sinc3+pf3" - Sinc3 + Post Filter 3. 99dB rejection @ + 50Hz, 103dB rejection @ 60Hz. + + * "sinc3+pf4" - Sinc3 + Post Filter 4. 103dB rejection @ + 50Hz, 109dB rejection @ 60Hz. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY-voltageZ_filter_mode +KernelVersion: 6.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Set the filter mode of the differential channel. When the filter + mode changes, the in_voltageY-voltageZ_sampling_frequency and + in_voltageY-voltageZ_sampling_frequency_available attributes + might also change to accommodate the new filter mode. + If the current sampling frequency is out of range for the new + filter mode, the sampling frequency will be changed to the + closest valid one. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-ad7280a b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-ad7280a new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..83b7efe6aa07 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-ad7280a @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY-voltageZ_balance_switch_en +KernelVersion: 5.14 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Used to enable an output for balancing cells for time + controlled via in_voltage_Y-voltageZ_balance_switch_timer. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY-voltageZ_balance_switch_timer +KernelVersion: 5.14 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Time in seconds for which balance switch will be turned on. + Multiple of 71.5 seconds. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-envelope-detector b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-envelope-detector index 2071f9bcfaa5..1c2a07f7a75e 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-envelope-detector +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-envelope-detector @@ -5,7 +5,8 @@ Contact: Peter Rosin <peda@axentia.se> Description: The DAC is used to find the peak level of an alternating voltage input signal by a binary search using the output - of a comparator wired to an interrupt pin. Like so: + of a comparator wired to an interrupt pin. Like so:: + _ | \ input +------>-------|+ \ @@ -19,10 +20,12 @@ Description: | irq|------<-------' | | '-------' + The boolean invert attribute (0/1) should be set when the input signal is centered around the maximum value of the dac instead of zero. The envelope detector will search from below in this case and will also invert the result. + The edge/level of the interrupt is also switched to its opposite value. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-hi8435 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-hi8435 index f30b4c424fb6..4b01150af397 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-hi8435 +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-hi8435 @@ -19,9 +19,11 @@ Description: is separately set for "GND-Open" and "Supply-Open" modes. Channels 0..31 have common low threshold values, but could have different sensing_modes. + The low voltage threshold range is between 2..21V. Hysteresis between low and high thresholds can not be lower then 2 and can not be odd. + If falling threshold results hysteresis to odd value then rising threshold is automatically subtracted by one. @@ -34,10 +36,13 @@ Description: this value then the threshold rising event is pushed. Depending on in_voltageY_sensing_mode the high voltage threshold is separately set for "GND-Open" and "Supply-Open" modes. + Channels 0..31 have common high threshold values, but could have different sensing_modes. + The high voltage threshold range is between 3..22V. Hysteresis between low and high thresholds can not be lower then 2 and can not be odd. + If rising threshold results hysteresis to odd value then falling threshold is automatically appended by one. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-max11410 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-max11410 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..2a53c6b37360 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-max11410 @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_filterY_notch_en +Date: September 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Enable or disable a notch filter. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_filterY_notch_center +Date: September 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Center frequency of the notch filter in Hz. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-mt6360 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-mt6360 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e5a7b1c7cca3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-mt6360 @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage0_raw +KernelVersion: 5.8.0 +Contact: gene_chen@richtek.com +Description: + Indicated MT6360 USBID ADC which connected to connector ID pin. + Calculating with scale and offset returns voltage in uV + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage1_raw +KernelVersion: 5.8.0 +Contact: gene_chen@richtek.com +Description: + Indicated MT6360 VBUS ADC with lower accuracy(+-75mA) + higher measure range(1~22mV) + Calculating with scale and offset returns voltage in uV + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage2_raw +KernelVersion: 5.8.0 +Contact: gene_chen@richtek.com +Description: + Indicated MT6360 VBUS ADC with higher accuracy(+-30mA) + lower measure range(1~9.76V) + Calculating with scale and offset returns voltage in uV + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage3_raw +KernelVersion: 5.8.0 +Contact: gene_chen@richtek.com +Description: + Indicated MT6360 VSYS ADC + Calculating with scale and offset returns voltage in uV + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage4_raw +KernelVersion: 5.8.0 +Contact: gene_chen@richtek.com +Description: + Indicated MT6360 VBAT ADC + Calculating with scale and offset returns voltage in uV + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_current5_raw +KernelVersion: 5.8.0 +Contact: gene_chen@richtek.com +Description: + Indicated MT6360 IBUS ADC + Calculating with scale and offset returns voltage in uA + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_current6_raw +KernelVersion: 5.8.0 +Contact: gene_chen@richtek.com +Description: + Indicated MT6360 IBAT ADC + Calculating with scale and offset returns voltage in uA + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_current7_raw +KernelVersion: 5.8.0 +Contact: gene_chen@richtek.com +Description: + Indicated MT6360 CHG_VDDP ADC + Calculating with scale and offset returns voltage in uV + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp8_raw +KernelVersion: 5.8.0 +Contact: gene_chen@richtek.com +Description: + Indicated MT6360 IC junction temperature + Calculating with scale and offset returns temperature in degree + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage9_raw +KernelVersion: 5.8.0 +Contact: gene_chen@richtek.com +Description: + Indicated MT6360 VREF_TS ADC + Calculating with scale and offset returns voltage in uV + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage10_raw +KernelVersion: 5.8.0 +Contact: gene_chen@richtek.com +Description: + Indicated MT6360 TS ADC + Calculating with scale and offset returns voltage in uV diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-stm32 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-stm32 index efe4c85e3c8b..1975c7a1af34 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-stm32 +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-stm32 @@ -5,10 +5,13 @@ Description: The STM32 ADC can be configured to use external trigger sources (e.g. timers, pwm or exti gpio). Then, it can be tuned to start conversions on external trigger by either: + - "rising-edge" - "falling-edge" - "both-edges". + Reading returns current trigger polarity. + Writing value before enabling conversions sets trigger polarity. What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/trigger_polarity_available diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-bno055 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-bno055 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f32b1644e986 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-bno055 @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_raw_range +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw (unscaled) range for acceleration readings. Unit after + application of scale is m/s^2. Note that this doesn't affects + the scale (which should be used when changing the maximum and + minimum readable value affects also the reading scaling factor). + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_raw_range +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Range for angular velocity readings in radians per second. Note + that this does not affects the scale (which should be used when + changing the maximum and minimum readable value affects also the + reading scaling factor). + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_raw_range_available +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + List of allowed values for in_accel_raw_range attribute + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_raw_range_available +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + List of allowed values for in_anglvel_raw_range attribute + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_calibration_fast_enable +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Can be 1 or 0. Enables/disables the "Fast Magnetometer + Calibration" HW function. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/fusion_enable +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Can be 1 or 0. Enables/disables the "sensor fusion" (a.k.a. + NDOF) HW function. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/calibration_data +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Reports the binary calibration data blob for the IMU sensors. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_calibration_auto_status +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Reports the autocalibration status for the accelerometer sensor. + Can be 0 (calibration non even enabled) or 1 to 5 where the greater + the number, the better the calibration status. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_gyro_calibration_auto_status +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Reports the autocalibration status for the gyroscope sensor. + Can be 0 (calibration non even enabled) or 1 to 5 where the greater + the number, the better the calibration status. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_calibration_auto_status +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Reports the autocalibration status for the magnetometer sensor. + Can be 0 (calibration non even enabled) or 1 to 5 where the greater + the number, the better the calibration status. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/sys_calibration_auto_status +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Reports the status for the IMU overall autocalibration. + Can be 0 (calibration non even enabled) or 1 to 5 where the greater + the number, the better the calibration status. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-cdc-ad7746 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-cdc-ad7746 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..02ca8941dce1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-cdc-ad7746 @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_capacitableY_calibbias_calibration +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_capacitableY_calibscale_calibration +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Write 1 to trigger a calibration of the calibbias or + calibscale. For calibscale, a full scale capacitance should + be connected to the capacitance input and a + calibscale_calibration then started. For calibbias see + the device datasheet section on "capacitive system offset + calibration". diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-chemical-sgp40 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-chemical-sgp40 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..469a7c00fad4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-chemical-sgp40 @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_temp_raw +Date: August 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.15 +Contact: Andreas Klinger <ak@it-klinger.de> +Description: + Set the temperature. This value is sent to the sensor for + temperature compensation. + Default value: 25000 (25 °C) + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_humidityrelative_raw +Date: August 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.15 +Contact: Andreas Klinger <ak@it-klinger.de> +Description: + Set the relative humidity. This value is sent to the sensor for + humidity compensation. + Default value: 50000 (50 % relative humidity) + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_resistance_calibbias +Date: August 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.15 +Contact: Andreas Klinger <ak@it-klinger.de> +Description: + Set the bias value for the resistance which is used for + calculation of in_concentration_input as follows: + + x = (in_resistance_raw - in_resistance_calibbias) * 0.65 + + in_concentration_input = 500 / (1 + e^x) + + Default value: 30000 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-chemical-sunrise-co2 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-chemical-sunrise-co2 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ee7aeb11709b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-chemical-sunrise-co2 @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentration_co2_calibration_factory +Date: August 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.16 +Contact: Jacopo Mondi <jacopo@jmondi.org> +Description: + Writing '1' triggers a 'Factory' calibration cycle. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentration_co2_calibration_background +Date: August 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.16 +Contact: Jacopo Mondi <jacopo@jmondi.org> +Description: + Writing '1' triggers a 'Background' calibration cycle. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/error_status_available +Date: August 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.16 +Contact: Jacopo Mondi <jacopo@jmondi.org> +Description: + Reading returns the list of possible chip error status. + Available options are: + - 'error_fatal': Analog front-end initialization error + - 'error_i2c': Read/write to non-existing register + - 'error_algorithm': Corrupted parameters + - 'error_calibration': Calibration has failed + - 'error_self_diagnostic': Internal interface failure + - 'error_out_of_range': Measured concentration out of scale + - 'error_memory': Error during memory operations + - 'error_no_measurement': Cleared at first measurement + - 'error_low_voltage': Sensor regulated voltage too low + - 'error_measurement_timeout': Unable to complete measurement + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/error_status +Date: August 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.16 +Contact: Jacopo Mondi <jacopo@jmondi.org> +Description: + Reading returns the current chip error status. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-counter-104-quad-8 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-counter-104-quad-8 deleted file mode 100644 index bac3d0d48b7b..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-counter-104-quad-8 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,133 +0,0 @@ -What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_count_count_mode_available -What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_count_noise_error_available -What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_count_quadrature_mode_available -What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_index_index_polarity_available -What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_index_synchronous_mode_available -KernelVersion: 4.10 -Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org -Description: - This interface is deprecated; please use the Counter subsystem. - - Discrete set of available values for the respective counter - configuration are listed in this file. - -What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_countY_count_mode -KernelVersion: 4.10 -Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org -Description: - This interface is deprecated; please use the Counter subsystem. - - Count mode for channel Y. Four count modes are available: - normal, range limit, non-recycle, and modulo-n. The preset value - for channel Y is used by the count mode where required. - - Normal: - Counting is continuous in either direction. - - Range Limit: - An upper or lower limit is set, mimicking limit switches - in the mechanical counterpart. The upper limit is set to - the preset value, while the lower limit is set to 0. The - counter freezes at count = preset when counting up, and - at count = 0 when counting down. At either of these - limits, the counting is resumed only when the count - direction is reversed. - - Non-recycle: - Counter is disabled whenever a 24-bit count overflow or - underflow takes place. The counter is re-enabled when a - new count value is loaded to the counter via a preset - operation or write to raw. - - Modulo-N: - A count boundary is set between 0 and the preset value. - The counter is reset to 0 at count = preset when - counting up, while the counter is set to the preset - value at count = 0 when counting down; the counter does - not freeze at the bundary points, but counts - continuously throughout. - -What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_countY_noise_error -KernelVersion: 4.10 -Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org -Description: - This interface is deprecated; please use the Counter subsystem. - - Read-only attribute that indicates whether excessive noise is - present at the channel Y count inputs in quadrature clock mode; - irrelevant in non-quadrature clock mode. - -What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_countY_preset -KernelVersion: 4.10 -Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org -Description: - This interface is deprecated; please use the Counter subsystem. - - If the counter device supports preset registers, the preset - count for channel Y is provided by this attribute. - -What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_countY_quadrature_mode -KernelVersion: 4.10 -Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org -Description: - This interface is deprecated; please use the Counter subsystem. - - Configure channel Y counter for non-quadrature or quadrature - clock mode. Selecting non-quadrature clock mode will disable - synchronous load mode. In quadrature clock mode, the channel Y - scale attribute selects the encoder phase division (scale of 1 - selects full-cycle, scale of 0.5 selects half-cycle, scale of - 0.25 selects quarter-cycle) processed by the channel Y counter. - - Non-quadrature: - The filter and decoder circuit are bypassed. Encoder A - input serves as the count input and B as the UP/DOWN - direction control input, with B = 1 selecting UP Count - mode and B = 0 selecting Down Count mode. - - Quadrature: - Encoder A and B inputs are digitally filtered and - decoded for UP/DN clock. - -What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_countY_set_to_preset_on_index -KernelVersion: 4.10 -Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org -Description: - This interface is deprecated; please use the Counter subsystem. - - Whether to set channel Y counter with channel Y preset value - when channel Y index input is active, or continuously count. - Valid attribute values are boolean. - -What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_indexY_index_polarity -KernelVersion: 4.10 -Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org -Description: - This interface is deprecated; please use the Counter subsystem. - - Active level of channel Y index input; irrelevant in - non-synchronous load mode. - -What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_indexY_synchronous_mode -KernelVersion: 4.10 -Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org -Description: - This interface is deprecated; please use the Counter subsystem. - - Configure channel Y counter for non-synchronous or synchronous - load mode. Synchronous load mode cannot be selected in - non-quadrature clock mode. - - Non-synchronous: - A logic low level is the active level at this index - input. The index function (as enabled via - set_to_preset_on_index) is performed directly on the - active level of the index input. - - Synchronous: - Intended for interfacing with encoder Index output in - quadrature clock mode. The active level is configured - via index_polarity. The index function (as enabled via - set_to_preset_on_index) is performed synchronously with - the quadrature clock on the active level of the index - input. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-cros-ec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-cros-ec index 6158f831c761..adf24c40126f 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-cros-ec +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-cros-ec @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ KernelVersion: 4.7 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org Description: Writing '1' will perform a FOC (Fast Online Calibration). The - corresponding calibration offsets can be read from *_calibbias + corresponding calibration offsets can be read from `*_calibbias` entries. What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/location diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-dac-ad5766 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-dac-ad5766 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7fbcba15bf1e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-dac-ad5766 @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_dither_enable +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Dither enable. Write 1 to enable dither or 0 to disable it. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_dither_invert +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Inverts the dither applied to the selected DAC channel. Dither is not + inverted by default. Write "1" to invert dither. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_dither_scale_available +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Returns possible scalings available for the current channel. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_dither_scale +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Scales the dither before it is applied to the selected channel. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_dither_source +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Selects dither source applied to the selected channel. Write "0" to + select N0 source, write "1" to select N1 source. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-dac-ltc2688 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-dac-ltc2688 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..1c35971277ba --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-dac-ltc2688 @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_dither_en +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Dither enable. Write 1 to enable dither or 0 to disable it. This is useful + for changing the dither parameters. They way it should be done is: + + - disable dither operation; + - change dither parameters (eg: frequency, phase...); + - enabled dither operation + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_dither_raw +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This raw, unscaled value refers to the dither signal amplitude. + The same scale as in out_voltageY_raw applies. However, the + offset might be different as it's always 0 for this attribute. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_dither_raw_available +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Available range for dither raw amplitude values. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_dither_offset +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Offset applied to out_voltageY_dither_raw. Read only attribute + always set to 0. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_dither_frequency +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Sets the dither signal frequency. Units are in Hz. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_dither_frequency_available +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Returns the available values for the dither frequency. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_dither_phase +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Sets the dither signal phase. Units are in Radians. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_dither_phase_available +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Returns the available values for the dither phase. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_toggle_en +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Toggle enable. Write 1 to enable toggle or 0 to disable it. This is + useful when one wants to change the DAC output codes. The way it should + be done is: + + - disable toggle operation; + - change out_voltageY_raw0 and out_voltageY_raw1; + - enable toggle operation. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_raw0 +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_raw1 +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + It has the same meaning as out_voltageY_raw. This attribute is + specific to toggle enabled channels and refers to the DAC output + code in INPUT_A (_raw0) and INPUT_B (_raw1). The same scale and offset + as in out_voltageY_raw applies. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_symbol +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Performs a SW toggle. This attribute is specific to toggle + enabled channels and allows to toggle between out_voltageY_raw0 + and out_voltageY_raw1 through software. Writing 0 will select + out_voltageY_raw0 while 1 selects out_voltageY_raw1. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-dfsdm-adc-stm32 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-dfsdm-adc-stm32 index 0e66ae9b0071..91439d6d60b5 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-dfsdm-adc-stm32 +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-dfsdm-adc-stm32 @@ -3,14 +3,20 @@ KernelVersion: 4.14 Contact: arnaud.pouliquen@st.com Description: For audio purpose only. + Used by audio driver to set/get the spi input frequency. + This is mandatory if DFSDM is slave on SPI bus, to provide information on the SPI clock frequency during runtime Notice that the SPI frequency should be a multiple of sample frequency to ensure the precision. - if DFSDM input is SPI master + + if DFSDM input is SPI master: + Reading SPI clkout frequency, error on writing + If DFSDM input is SPI Slave: + Reading returns value previously set. Writing value before starting conversions. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-distance-srf08 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-distance-srf08 index a133fd8d081a..9dae94aa880b 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-distance-srf08 +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-distance-srf08 @@ -1,11 +1,3 @@ -What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/sensor_sensitivity -Date: January 2017 -KernelVersion: 4.11 -Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org -Description: - Show or set the gain boost of the amp, from 0-31 range. - default 31 - What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/sensor_max_range Date: January 2017 KernelVersion: 4.11 @@ -15,8 +7,11 @@ Description: first object echoed in meters. Default value is 6.020. This setting limits the time the driver is waiting for a echo. + Showing the range of available values is represented as the minimum value, the step and the maximum value, all enclosed in square brackets. - Example: - [0.043 0.043 11.008] + + Example:: + + [0.043 0.043 11.008] diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-filter-admv8818 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-filter-admv8818 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f6c035752639 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-filter-admv8818 @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/filter_mode_available +KernelVersion: +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Reading this returns the valid values that can be written to the + on_altvoltage0_mode attribute: + + - auto -> Adjust bandpass filter to track changes in input clock rate. + - manual -> disable/unregister the clock rate notifier / input clock tracking. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/filter_mode +KernelVersion: +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute configures the filter mode. + Reading returns the actual mode. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-ad9523 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-ad9523 index a91aeabe7b24..d065cda7dd96 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-ad9523 +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-ad9523 @@ -8,7 +8,9 @@ KernelVersion: 3.4.0 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org Description: Reading returns either '1' or '0'. + '1' means that the clock in question is present. + '0' means that the clock is missing. What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/pllY_locked diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-adf4371 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-adf4371 index 302de64cb424..7fe6935d1448 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-adf4371 +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-adf4371 @@ -1,44 +1,11 @@ -What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_frequency -KernelVersion: -Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org -Description: - Stores the PLL frequency in Hz for channel Y. - Reading returns the actual frequency in Hz. - The ADF4371 has an integrated VCO with fundamendal output - frequency ranging from 4000000000 Hz 8000000000 Hz. - - out_altvoltage0_frequency: - A divide by 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32 or circuit generates - frequencies from 62500000 Hz to 8000000000 Hz. - out_altvoltage1_frequency: - This channel duplicates the channel 0 frequency - out_altvoltage2_frequency: - A frequency doubler generates frequencies from - 8000000000 Hz to 16000000000 Hz. - out_altvoltage3_frequency: - A frequency quadrupler generates frequencies from - 16000000000 Hz to 32000000000 Hz. - - Note: writes to one of the channels will affect the frequency of - all the other channels, since it involves changing the VCO - fundamental output frequency. - What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_name KernelVersion: Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org Description: - Reading returns the datasheet name for channel Y: + Reading returns the datasheet name for channel Y:: - out_altvoltage0_name: RF8x - out_altvoltage1_name: RFAUX8x - out_altvoltage2_name: RF16x - out_altvoltage3_name: RF32x + out_altvoltage0_name: RF8x + out_altvoltage1_name: RFAUX8x + out_altvoltage2_name: RF16x + out_altvoltage3_name: RF32x -What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_powerdown -KernelVersion: -Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org -Description: - This attribute allows the user to power down the PLL and it's - RFOut buffers. - Writing 1 causes the specified channel to power down. - Clearing returns to normal operation. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-admv1013 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-admv1013 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..de1e323e5d47 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-admv1013 @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_altvoltage0-1_i_calibphase +KernelVersion: +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Read/write unscaled value for the Local Oscillatior path quadrature I phase shift. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_altvoltage0-1_q_calibphase +KernelVersion: +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Read/write unscaled value for the Local Oscillatior path quadrature Q phase shift. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_altvoltage0_i_calibbias +KernelVersion: +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Read/write value for the Local Oscillatior Feedthrough Offset Calibration I Positive + side. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_altvoltage0_q_calibbias +KernelVersion: +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Read/write value for the Local Oscillatior Feedthrough Offset Calibration Q Positive side. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_altvoltage1_i_calibbias +KernelVersion: +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Read/write raw value for the Local Oscillatior Feedthrough Offset Calibration I Negative + side. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_altvoltage1_q_calibbias +KernelVersion: +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Read/write raw value for the Local Oscillatior Feedthrough Offset Calibration Q Negative + side. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-admv1014 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-admv1014 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..395010a0ef8b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-admv1014 @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_altvoltage0_i_calibscale_coarse +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Read/write value for the digital attenuator gain (IF_I) with coarse steps. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_altvoltage0_q_calibscale_coarse +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Read/write value for the digital attenuator gain (IF_Q) with coarse steps. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_altvoltage0_i_calibscale_fine +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Read/write value for the digital attenuator gain (IF_I) with fine steps. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_altvoltage0_q_calibscale_fine +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Read/write value for the digital attenuator gain (IF_Q) with fine steps. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-health-afe440x b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-health-afe440x index 6adba9058b22..a8e04b41d9ff 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-health-afe440x +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-health-afe440x @@ -6,14 +6,20 @@ Description: Get measured values from the ADC for these stages. Y is the specific stage number corresponding to datasheet stage names as follows: - 1 -> LED2 - 2 -> ALED2/LED3 - 3 -> LED1 - 4 -> ALED1/LED4 + + == ========== + 1 LED2 + 2 ALED2/LED3 + 3 LED1 + 4 ALED1/LED4 + == ========== + Note that channels 5 and 6 represent LED2-ALED2 and LED1-ALED1 respectively which simply helper channels containing the calculated difference in the value of stage 1 - 2 and 3 - 4. The values are expressed in 24-bit twos complement. + The LED current for the stage is controlled via + out_currentY_raw. What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensityY_offset Date: May 2016 @@ -31,11 +37,3 @@ Contact: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com> Description: Get and set the resistance and the capacitance settings for the Transimpedance Amplifier during the associated stage. - -What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_currentY_raw -Date: May 2016 -KernelVersion: -Contact: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com> -Description: - Get and set the LED current for the specified LED active during - this stage. Y is the specific stage number. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-humidity-hdc2010 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-humidity index 5b78af5f341d..cb0d7e75d297 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-humidity-hdc2010 +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-humidity @@ -6,4 +6,5 @@ Description: Controls the heater device within the humidity sensor to get rid of excess condensation. - Valid control values are 0 = OFF, and 1 = ON. + In some devices, this is just a switch in which case 0 = OFF, + and 1 = ON. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-humidity-hdc100x b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-humidity-hdc100x deleted file mode 100644 index b72bb62552cf..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-humidity-hdc100x +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_current_heater_raw -What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_current_heater_raw_available -KernelVersion: 4.3 -Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org -Description: - Controls the heater device within the humidity sensor to get - rid of excess condensation. - - Valid control values are 0 = OFF, and 1 = ON. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-icm42600 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-icm42600 deleted file mode 100644 index 0bf1fd4f5bf1..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-icm42600 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,20 +0,0 @@ -What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_x_calibbias -What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_y_calibbias -What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_z_calibbias -What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_x_calibbias -What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_y_calibbias -What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_z_calibbias -KernelVersion: 5.8 -Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org -Description: - Hardware applied calibration offset (assumed to fix production - inaccuracies). Values represent a real physical offset expressed - in SI units (m/s^2 for accelerometer and rad/s for gyroscope). - -What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_calibbias_available -What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_calibbias_available -KernelVersion: 5.8 -Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org -Description: - Range of available values for hardware offset. Values in SI - units (m/s^2 for accelerometer and rad/s for gyroscope). diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-isl29018 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-isl29018 index f0ce0a0476ea..220206a20d98 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-isl29018 +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-isl29018 @@ -15,5 +15,7 @@ Description: Scheme 0 has wider dynamic range, Scheme 1 proximity detection is less affected by the ambient IR noise variation. - 0 Sensing IR from LED and ambient - 1 Sensing IR from LED with ambient IR rejection + == ============================================= + 0 Sensing IR from LED and ambient + 1 Sensing IR from LED with ambient IR rejection + == ============================================= diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-lm3533-als b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-lm3533-als index 22c5ea670971..c476d48d0f82 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-lm3533-als +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-lm3533-als @@ -41,14 +41,6 @@ Description: Get the current light zone (0..4) as defined by the in_illuminance0_threshY_{falling,rising} thresholds. -What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_currentY_raw -Date: May 2012 -KernelVersion: 3.5 -Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> -Description: - Get output current for channel Y (0..255), that is, - out_currentY_currentZ_raw, where Z is the current zone. - What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_currentY_currentZ_raw Date: May 2012 KernelVersion: 3.5 @@ -59,3 +51,6 @@ Description: These values correspond to the ALS-mapper target registers for ALS-mapper Y + 1. + + Note that out_currentY_raw provides the current for the + current zone. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-lptimer-stm32 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-lptimer-stm32 deleted file mode 100644 index ad2cc63e4bf8..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-lptimer-stm32 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,57 +0,0 @@ -What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_count0_preset -KernelVersion: 4.13 -Contact: fabrice.gasnier@st.com -Description: - Reading returns the current preset value. Writing sets the - preset value. Encoder counts continuously from 0 to preset - value, depending on direction (up/down). - -What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_count_quadrature_mode_available -KernelVersion: 4.13 -Contact: fabrice.gasnier@st.com -Description: - Reading returns the list possible quadrature modes. - -What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_count0_quadrature_mode -KernelVersion: 4.13 -Contact: fabrice.gasnier@st.com -Description: - Configure the device counter quadrature modes: - - non-quadrature: - Encoder IN1 input servers as the count input (up - direction). - - quadrature: - Encoder IN1 and IN2 inputs are mixed to get direction - and count. - -What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_count_polarity_available -KernelVersion: 4.13 -Contact: fabrice.gasnier@st.com -Description: - Reading returns the list possible active edges. - -What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_count0_polarity -KernelVersion: 4.13 -Contact: fabrice.gasnier@st.com -Description: - Configure the device encoder/counter active edge: - - rising-edge - - falling-edge - - both-edges - - In non-quadrature mode, device counts up on active edge. - In quadrature mode, encoder counting scenarios are as follows: - ---------------------------------------------------------------- - | Active | Level on | IN1 signal | IN2 signal | - | edge | opposite |------------------------------------------ - | | signal | Rising | Falling | Rising | Falling | - ---------------------------------------------------------------- - | Rising | High -> | Down | - | Up | - | - | edge | Low -> | Up | - | Down | - | - ---------------------------------------------------------------- - | Falling | High -> | - | Up | - | Down | - | edge | Low -> | - | Down | - | Up | - ---------------------------------------------------------------- - | Both | High -> | Down | Up | Up | Down | - | edges | Low -> | Up | Down | Down | Up | - ---------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-magnetometer-hmc5843 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-magnetometer-hmc5843 index 6275e9f56e6c..13f099ef6a95 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-magnetometer-hmc5843 +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-magnetometer-hmc5843 @@ -5,11 +5,16 @@ Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org Description: Current configuration and available configurations for the bias current. - normal - Normal measurement configurations (default) - positivebias - Positive bias configuration - negativebias - Negative bias configuration - disabled - Only available on HMC5983. Disables magnetic + + ============ ============================================ + normal Normal measurement configurations (default) + positivebias Positive bias configuration + negativebias Negative bias configuration + disabled Only available on HMC5983. Disables magnetic sensor and enables temperature sensor. - Note: The effect of this configuration may vary - according to the device. For exact documentation - check the device's datasheet. + ============ ============================================ + + Note: + The effect of this configuration may vary + according to the device. For exact documentation + check the device's datasheet. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-proximity b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-proximity index 2172f3bb9c64..9b9d1cc9b703 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-proximity +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-proximity @@ -8,3 +8,17 @@ Description: considered close to the device. If the value read from the sensor is above or equal to the value in this file an object should typically be considered near. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/sensor_sensitivity +Date: March 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.15 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Proximity sensors sometimes have a controllable amplifier + on the signal from which time of flight measurements are + taken. + The appropriate values to take is dependent on both the + sensor and its operating environment: + * as3935 (0-31 range) + 18 = indoors (default) + 14 = outdoors diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-proximity-as3935 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-proximity-as3935 index c59d95346341..1e5c40775a6c 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-proximity-as3935 +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-proximity-as3935 @@ -6,15 +6,6 @@ Description: Get the current distance in meters of storm (1km steps) 1000-40000 = distance in meters -What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/sensor_sensitivity -Date: March 2014 -KernelVersion: 3.15 -Contact: Matt Ranostay <matt.ranostay@konsulko.com> -Description: - Show or set the gain boost of the amp, from 0-31 range. - 18 = indoors (default) - 14 = outdoors - What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/noise_level_tripped Date: May 2017 KernelVersion: 4.13 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-scd30 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-scd30 deleted file mode 100644 index b9712f390bec..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-scd30 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,34 +0,0 @@ -What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/calibration_auto_enable -Date: June 2020 -KernelVersion: 5.8 -Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org -Description: - Contaminants build-up in the measurement chamber or optical - elements deterioration leads to sensor drift. - - One can compensate for sensor drift by using automatic self - calibration procedure (asc). - - Writing 1 or 0 to this attribute will respectively activate or - deactivate asc. - - Upon reading current asc status is returned. - -What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/calibration_forced_value -Date: June 2020 -KernelVersion: 5.8 -Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org -Description: - Contaminants build-up in the measurement chamber or optical - elements deterioration leads to sensor drift. - - One can compensate for sensor drift by using forced - recalibration (frc). This is useful in case there's known - co2 reference available nearby the sensor. - - Picking value from the range [400 1 2000] and writing it to the - sensor will set frc. - - Upon reading current frc value is returned. Note that after - power cycling default value (i.e 400) is returned even though - internally sensor had recalibrated itself. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-sx9324 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-sx9324 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a8342770e7cb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-sx9324 @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity<id>_setup +Date: November 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.17 +Contact: Gwendal Grignou <gwendal@chromium.org> +Description: + SX9324 has 3 inputs, CS0, CS1 and CS2. Hardware layout + defines if the input is + + + not connected (HZ), + + grounded (GD), + + connected to an antenna where it can act as a base + (DS - data shield), or measured input (MI). + + The sensor rotates measurement across 4 phases + (PH0, PH1, PH2, PH3), where the inputs are configured + and then measured. + + By default, during the first phase, [PH0], CS0 is measured, + while CS1 and CS2 are used as shields. + `cat in_proximity0_setup` returns "MI,DS,DS". + [PH1], CS1 is measured, CS0 and CS2 are shield: + `cat in_proximity1_setup` returns "DS,MI,DS". + [PH2], CS2 is measured, CS0 and CS1 are shield: + `cat in_proximity1_setup` returns "DS,DS,MI". + [PH3], CS1 and CS2 are measured (combo mode): + `cat in_proximity1_setup` returns "DS,MI,MI". + + Note, these are the chip default. Hardware layout will most + likely dictate different output. The entry is read-only. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-temperature-max31856 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-temperature-max31856 deleted file mode 100644 index 3b3509a3ef2f..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-temperature-max31856 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,24 +0,0 @@ -What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/fault_oc -KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org -Description: - Open-circuit fault. The detection of open-circuit faults, - such as those caused by broken thermocouple wires. - Reading returns either '1' or '0'. - '1' = An open circuit such as broken thermocouple wires - has been detected. - '0' = No open circuit or broken thermocouple wires are detected - -What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/fault_ovuv -KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org -Description: - Overvoltage or Undervoltage Input Fault. The internal circuitry - is protected from excessive voltages applied to the thermocouple - cables by integrated MOSFETs at the T+ and T- inputs, and the - BIAS output. These MOSFETs turn off when the input voltage is - negative or greater than VDD. - Reading returns either '1' or '0'. - '1' = The input voltage is negative or greater than VDD. - '0' = The input voltage is positive and less than VDD (normal - state). diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-thermocouple b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-thermocouple new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..01259df297ca --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-thermocouple @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/fault_ovuv +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Overvoltage or Undervoltage Input Fault. The internal circuitry + is protected from excessive voltages applied to the thermocouple + cables. The device can also detect if such a condition occurs. + + Reading returns '1' if input voltage is negative or greater + than VDD, otherwise '0'. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/fault_oc +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Open-circuit fault. The detection of open-circuit faults, + such as those caused by broken thermocouple wires. + Reading returns '1' if fault, '0' otherwise. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-timer-stm32 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-timer-stm32 index b7259234ad70..05074c4a65e2 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-timer-stm32 +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-timer-stm32 @@ -3,67 +3,85 @@ KernelVersion: 4.11 Contact: benjamin.gaignard@st.com Description: Reading returns the list possible master modes which are: - - "reset" : The UG bit from the TIMx_EGR register is + + + - "reset" + The UG bit from the TIMx_EGR register is used as trigger output (TRGO). - - "enable" : The Counter Enable signal CNT_EN is used + - "enable" + The Counter Enable signal CNT_EN is used as trigger output. - - "update" : The update event is selected as trigger output. + - "update" + The update event is selected as trigger output. For instance a master timer can then be used as a prescaler for a slave timer. - - "compare_pulse" : The trigger output send a positive pulse - when the CC1IF flag is to be set. - - "OC1REF" : OC1REF signal is used as trigger output. - - "OC2REF" : OC2REF signal is used as trigger output. - - "OC3REF" : OC3REF signal is used as trigger output. - - "OC4REF" : OC4REF signal is used as trigger output. + - "compare_pulse" + The trigger output send a positive pulse + when the CC1IF flag is to be set. + - "OC1REF" + OC1REF signal is used as trigger output. + - "OC2REF" + OC2REF signal is used as trigger output. + - "OC3REF" + OC3REF signal is used as trigger output. + - "OC4REF" + OC4REF signal is used as trigger output. + Additional modes (on TRGO2 only): - - "OC5REF" : OC5REF signal is used as trigger output. - - "OC6REF" : OC6REF signal is used as trigger output. + + - "OC5REF" + OC5REF signal is used as trigger output. + - "OC6REF" + OC6REF signal is used as trigger output. - "compare_pulse_OC4REF": - OC4REF rising or falling edges generate pulses. + OC4REF rising or falling edges generate pulses. - "compare_pulse_OC6REF": - OC6REF rising or falling edges generate pulses. + OC6REF rising or falling edges generate pulses. - "compare_pulse_OC4REF_r_or_OC6REF_r": - OC4REF or OC6REF rising edges generate pulses. + OC4REF or OC6REF rising edges generate pulses. - "compare_pulse_OC4REF_r_or_OC6REF_f": - OC4REF rising or OC6REF falling edges generate pulses. + OC4REF rising or OC6REF falling edges generate + pulses. - "compare_pulse_OC5REF_r_or_OC6REF_r": - OC5REF or OC6REF rising edges generate pulses. + OC5REF or OC6REF rising edges generate pulses. - "compare_pulse_OC5REF_r_or_OC6REF_f": - OC5REF rising or OC6REF falling edges generate pulses. - - +-----------+ +-------------+ +---------+ - | Prescaler +-> | Counter | +-> | Master | TRGO(2) - +-----------+ +--+--------+-+ |-> | Control +--> - | | || +---------+ - +--v--------+-+ OCxREF || +---------+ - | Chx compare +----------> | Output | ChX - +-----------+-+ | | Control +--> - . | | +---------+ - . | | . - +-----------v-+ OC6REF | . - | Ch6 compare +---------+> - +-------------+ - - Example with: "compare_pulse_OC4REF_r_or_OC6REF_r": - - X - X X - X . . X - X . . X - X . . X - count X . . . . X - . . . . - . . . . - +---------------+ - OC4REF | . . | - +-+ . . +-+ - . +---+ . - OC6REF . | | . - +-------+ +-------+ - +-+ +-+ - TRGO2 | | | | - +-+ +---+ +---------+ + OC5REF rising or OC6REF falling edges generate + pulses. + + :: + + +-----------+ +-------------+ +---------+ + | Prescaler +-> | Counter | +-> | Master | TRGO(2) + +-----------+ +--+--------+-+ |-> | Control +--> + | | || +---------+ + +--v--------+-+ OCxREF || +---------+ + | Chx compare +----------> | Output | ChX + +-----------+-+ | | Control +--> + . | | +---------+ + . | | . + +-----------v-+ OC6REF | . + | Ch6 compare +---------+> + +-------------+ + + Example with: "compare_pulse_OC4REF_r_or_OC6REF_r":: + + X + X X + X . . X + X . . X + X . . X + count X . . . . X + . . . . + . . . . + +---------------+ + OC4REF | . . | + +-+ . . +-+ + . +---+ . + OC6REF . | | . + +-------+ +-------+ + +-+ +-+ + TRGO2 | | | | + +-+ +---+ +---------+ What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/master_mode KernelVersion: 4.11 @@ -72,14 +90,6 @@ Description: Reading returns the current master modes. Writing set the master mode -What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/sampling_frequency -KernelVersion: 4.11 -Contact: benjamin.gaignard@st.com -Description: - Reading returns the current sampling frequency. - Writing an value different of 0 set and start sampling. - Writing 0 stop sampling. - What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_count0_preset KernelVersion: 4.12 Contact: benjamin.gaignard@st.com @@ -104,6 +114,7 @@ Description: Configure the device counter enable modes, in all case counting direction is set by in_count0_count_direction attribute and the counter is clocked by the internal clock. + always: Counter is always ON. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-vf610 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-vf610 index 308a6756d3bf..491ead804488 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-vf610 +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-vf610 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/conversion_mode +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_conversion_mode KernelVersion: 4.2 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org Description: diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-gth b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-gth index 22d0843849a8..b7b2278fe042 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-gth +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-gth @@ -10,10 +10,13 @@ Date: June 2015 KernelVersion: 4.3 Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com> Description: (RO) Output port type: - 0: not present, - 1: MSU (Memory Storage Unit) - 2: CTP (Common Trace Port) - 4: PTI (MIPI PTI). + + == ========================= + 0 not present, + 1 MSU (Memory Storage Unit) + 2 CTP (Common Trace Port) + 4 PTI (MIPI PTI). + == ========================= What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-gth/outputs/[0-7]_drop Date: June 2015 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-msc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-msc index 7fd2601c2831..a74252e580a5 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-msc +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-msc @@ -9,11 +9,13 @@ Date: June 2015 KernelVersion: 4.3 Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com> Description: (RW) Configure MSC operating mode: + - "single", for contiguous buffer mode (high-order alloc); - "multi", for multiblock mode; - "ExI", for DCI handler mode; - "debug", for debug mode; - any of the currently loaded buffer sinks. + If operating mode changes, existing buffer is deallocated, provided there are no active users and tracing is not enabled, otherwise the write will fail. @@ -23,10 +25,12 @@ Date: June 2015 KernelVersion: 4.3 Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com> Description: (RW) Configure MSC buffer size for "single" or "multi" modes. + In single mode, this is a single number of pages, has to be power of 2. In multiblock mode, this is a comma-separated list of numbers of pages for each window to be allocated. Number of windows is not limited. + Writing to this file deallocates existing buffer (provided there are no active users and tracing is not enabled) and then allocates a new one. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mdio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mdio index da86efc7781b..38be04dfc05e 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mdio +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mdio @@ -1,4 +1,5 @@ What: /sys/bus/mdio_bus/devices/.../statistics/ +What: /sys/class/mdio_bus/.../statistics/ Date: January 2020 KernelVersion: 5.6 Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org @@ -7,6 +8,7 @@ Description: MDIO bus address statistics. What: /sys/bus/mdio_bus/devices/.../statistics/transfers +What: /sys/class/mdio_bus/.../transfers Date: January 2020 KernelVersion: 5.6 Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org @@ -14,6 +16,7 @@ Description: Total number of transfers for this MDIO bus. What: /sys/bus/mdio_bus/devices/.../statistics/errors +What: /sys/class/mdio_bus/.../statistics/errors Date: January 2020 KernelVersion: 5.6 Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org @@ -21,6 +24,7 @@ Description: Total number of transfer errors for this MDIO bus. What: /sys/bus/mdio_bus/devices/.../statistics/writes +What: /sys/class/mdio_bus/.../statistics/writes Date: January 2020 KernelVersion: 5.6 Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org @@ -28,6 +32,7 @@ Description: Total number of write transactions for this MDIO bus. What: /sys/bus/mdio_bus/devices/.../statistics/reads +What: /sys/class/mdio_bus/.../statistics/reads Date: January 2020 KernelVersion: 5.6 Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org @@ -35,6 +40,7 @@ Description: Total number of read transactions for this MDIO bus. What: /sys/bus/mdio_bus/devices/.../statistics/transfers_<addr> +What: /sys/class/mdio_bus/.../statistics/transfers_<addr> Date: January 2020 KernelVersion: 5.6 Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org @@ -42,6 +48,7 @@ Description: Total number of transfers for this MDIO bus address. What: /sys/bus/mdio_bus/devices/.../statistics/errors_<addr> +What: /sys/class/mdio_bus/.../statistics/errors_<addr> Date: January 2020 KernelVersion: 5.6 Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org @@ -49,6 +56,7 @@ Description: Total number of transfer errors for this MDIO bus address. What: /sys/bus/mdio_bus/devices/.../statistics/writes_<addr> +What: /sys/class/mdio_bus/.../statistics/writes_<addr> Date: January 2020 KernelVersion: 5.6 Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org @@ -56,6 +64,7 @@ Description: Total number of write transactions for this MDIO bus address. What: /sys/bus/mdio_bus/devices/.../statistics/reads_<addr> +What: /sys/class/mdio_bus/.../statistics/reads_<addr> Date: January 2020 KernelVersion: 5.6 Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-most b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-most index ec0a603d804b..38cc03e408e7 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-most +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-most @@ -235,7 +235,8 @@ KernelVersion: 4.15 Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com> Description: This is to read back the configured direction of the channel. - The following strings will be accepted: + The following strings will be accepted:: + 'tx', 'rx' Users: @@ -246,7 +247,8 @@ KernelVersion: 4.15 Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com> Description: This is to read back the configured data type of the channel. - The following strings will be accepted: + The following strings will be accepted:: + 'control', 'async', 'sync', diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-moxtet-devices b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-moxtet-devices index 355958527fa3..32dccc00d57d 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-moxtet-devices +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-moxtet-devices @@ -1,17 +1,17 @@ What: /sys/bus/moxtet/devices/moxtet-<name>.<addr>/module_description Date: March 2019 KernelVersion: 5.3 -Contact: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz> -Description: (R) Moxtet module description. Format: string +Contact: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org> +Description: (Read) Moxtet module description. Format: string What: /sys/bus/moxtet/devices/moxtet-<name>.<addr>/module_id Date: March 2019 KernelVersion: 5.3 -Contact: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz> -Description: (R) Moxtet module ID. Format: %x +Contact: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org> +Description: (Read) Moxtet module ID. Format: %x What: /sys/bus/moxtet/devices/moxtet-<name>.<addr>/module_name Date: March 2019 KernelVersion: 5.3 -Contact: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz> -Description: (R) Moxtet module name. Format: string +Contact: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org> +Description: (Read) Moxtet module name. Format: string diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-nfit b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-nfit index e4f76e7eab93..e7282d184a74 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-nfit +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-nfit @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -For all of the nmem device attributes under nfit/*, see the 'NVDIMM Firmware +For all of the nmem device attributes under ``nfit/*``, see the 'NVDIMM Firmware Interface Table (NFIT)' section in the ACPI specification (http://www.uefi.org/specifications) for more details. What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/serial Date: Jun, 2015 KernelVersion: v4.2 -Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org +Contact: nvdimm@lists.linux.dev Description: (RO) Serial number of the NVDIMM (non-volatile dual in-line memory module), assigned by the module vendor. @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ Description: What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/handle Date: Apr, 2015 KernelVersion: v4.2 -Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org +Contact: nvdimm@lists.linux.dev Description: (RO) The address (given by the _ADR object) of the device on its parent bus of the NVDIMM device containing the NVDIMM region. @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ Description: What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/device Date: Apr, 2015 KernelVersion: v4.1 -Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org +Contact: nvdimm@lists.linux.dev Description: (RO) Device id for the NVDIMM, assigned by the module vendor. @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ Description: What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/rev_id Date: Jun, 2015 KernelVersion: v4.2 -Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org +Contact: nvdimm@lists.linux.dev Description: (RO) Revision of the NVDIMM, assigned by the module vendor. @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ Description: What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/phys_id Date: Apr, 2015 KernelVersion: v4.2 -Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org +Contact: nvdimm@lists.linux.dev Description: (RO) Handle (i.e., instance number) for the SMBIOS (system management BIOS) Memory Device structure describing the NVDIMM @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ Description: What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/flags Date: Jun, 2015 KernelVersion: v4.2 -Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org +Contact: nvdimm@lists.linux.dev Description: (RO) The flags in the NFIT memory device sub-structure indicate the state of the data on the nvdimm relative to its energy @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/format1 What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/formats Date: Apr, 2016 KernelVersion: v4.7 -Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org +Contact: nvdimm@lists.linux.dev Description: (RO) The interface codes indicate support for persistent memory mapped directly into system physical address space and / or a @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ Description: What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/vendor Date: Apr, 2016 KernelVersion: v4.7 -Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org +Contact: nvdimm@lists.linux.dev Description: (RO) Vendor id of the NVDIMM. @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ Description: What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/dsm_mask Date: May, 2016 KernelVersion: v4.7 -Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org +Contact: nvdimm@lists.linux.dev Description: (RO) The bitmask indicates the supported device specific control functions relative to the NVDIMM command family supported by the @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ Description: What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/family Date: Apr, 2016 KernelVersion: v4.7 -Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org +Contact: nvdimm@lists.linux.dev Description: (RO) Displays the NVDIMM family command sets. Values 0, 1, 2 and 3 correspond to NVDIMM_FAMILY_INTEL, @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ Description: What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/id Date: Apr, 2016 KernelVersion: v4.7 -Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org +Contact: nvdimm@lists.linux.dev Description: (RO) ACPI specification 6.2 section 5.2.25.9, defines an identifier for an NVDIMM, which refelects the id attribute. @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ Description: What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/subsystem_vendor Date: Apr, 2016 KernelVersion: v4.7 -Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org +Contact: nvdimm@lists.linux.dev Description: (RO) Sub-system vendor id of the NVDIMM non-volatile memory subsystem controller. @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ Description: What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/subsystem_rev_id Date: Apr, 2016 KernelVersion: v4.7 -Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org +Contact: nvdimm@lists.linux.dev Description: (RO) Sub-system revision id of the NVDIMM non-volatile memory subsystem controller, assigned by the non-volatile memory subsystem @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ Description: What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/subsystem_device Date: Apr, 2016 KernelVersion: v4.7 -Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org +Contact: nvdimm@lists.linux.dev Description: (RO) Sub-system device id for the NVDIMM non-volatile memory subsystem controller, assigned by the non-volatile memory @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ Description: What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/ndbusX/nfit/revision Date: Jun, 2015 KernelVersion: v4.2 -Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org +Contact: nvdimm@lists.linux.dev Description: (RO) ACPI NFIT table revision number. @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ Description: What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/ndbusX/nfit/scrub Date: Sep, 2016 KernelVersion: v4.9 -Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org +Contact: nvdimm@lists.linux.dev Description: (RW) This shows the number of full Address Range Scrubs (ARS) that have been completed since driver load time. Userspace can @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ Description: What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/ndbusX/nfit/hw_error_scrub Date: Sep, 2016 KernelVersion: v4.9 -Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org +Contact: nvdimm@lists.linux.dev Description: (RW) Provides a way to toggle the behavior between just adding the address (cache line) where the MCE happened to the poison @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ Description: What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/ndbusX/nfit/dsm_mask Date: Jun, 2017 KernelVersion: v4.13 -Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org +Contact: nvdimm@lists.linux.dev Description: (RO) The bitmask indicates the supported bus specific control functions. See the section named 'NVDIMM Root Device _DSMs' in @@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ Description: What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/ndbusX/nfit/firmware_activate_noidle Date: Apr, 2020 KernelVersion: v5.8 -Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org +Contact: nvdimm@lists.linux.dev Description: (RW) The Intel platform implementation of firmware activate support exposes an option let the platform force idle devices in @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ Description: What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/regionX/nfit/range_index Date: Jun, 2015 KernelVersion: v4.2 -Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org +Contact: nvdimm@lists.linux.dev Description: (RO) A unique number provided by the BIOS to identify an address range. Used by NVDIMM Region Mapping Structure to uniquely refer diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-nvdimm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-nvdimm index d64380262be8..de8c5a59c77f 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-nvdimm +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-nvdimm @@ -1,2 +1,57 @@ +What: nvdimm +Date: July 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.8 +Contact: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> +Description: + The libnvdimm sub-system implements a common sysfs interface for platform nvdimm resources. See Documentation/driver-api/nvdimm/. + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/nmemX/format +Date: February 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: Kajol Jain <kjain@linux.ibm.com> +Description: (RO) Attribute group to describe the magic bits + that go into perf_event_attr.config for a particular pmu. + (See ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-format). + + Each attribute under this group defines a bit range of the + perf_event_attr.config. Supported attribute is listed + below:: + event = "config:0-4" - event ID + + For example:: + ctl_res_cnt = "event=0x1" + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/nmemX/events +Date: February 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: Kajol Jain <kjain@linux.ibm.com> +Description: (RO) Attribute group to describe performance monitoring events + for the nvdimm memory device. Each attribute in this group + describes a single performance monitoring event supported by + this nvdimm pmu. The name of the file is the name of the event. + (See ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-events). A + listing of the events supported by a given nvdimm provider type + can be found in Documentation/driver-api/nvdimm/$provider. + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/nmemX/cpumask +Date: February 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: Kajol Jain <kjain@linux.ibm.com> +Description: (RO) This sysfs file exposes the cpumask which is designated to + to retrieve nvdimm pmu event counter data. + +What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/cxl/id +Date: November 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.2 +Contact: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> +Description: (RO) Show the id (serial) of the device. This is CXL specific. + +What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/cxl/provider +Date: November 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.2 +Contact: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> +Description: (RO) Shows the CXL bridge device that ties to a CXL memory device + to this NVDIMM device. I.e. the parent of the device returned is + a /sys/bus/cxl/devices/memX instance. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-papr-pmem b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-papr-pmem index c1a67275c43f..4ac0673901e7 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-papr-pmem +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-papr-pmem @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/papr/flags Date: Apr, 2020 KernelVersion: v5.8 -Contact: linuxppc-dev <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org>, linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org, +Contact: linuxppc-dev <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org>, nvdimm@lists.linux.dev, Description: (RO) Report flags indicating various states of a papr-pmem NVDIMM device. Each flag maps to a one or @@ -11,30 +11,39 @@ Description: at 'Documentation/powerpc/papr_hcalls.rst' . Below are the flags reported in this sysfs file: - * "not_armed" : Indicates that NVDIMM contents will not + * "not_armed" + Indicates that NVDIMM contents will not survive a power cycle. - * "flush_fail" : Indicates that NVDIMM contents + * "flush_fail" + Indicates that NVDIMM contents couldn't be flushed during last shut-down event. - * "restore_fail": Indicates that NVDIMM contents + * "restore_fail" + Indicates that NVDIMM contents couldn't be restored during NVDIMM initialization. - * "encrypted" : NVDIMM contents are encrypted. - * "smart_notify": There is health event for the NVDIMM. - * "scrubbed" : Indicating that contents of the + * "encrypted" + NVDIMM contents are encrypted. + * "smart_notify" + There is health event for the NVDIMM. + * "scrubbed" + Indicating that contents of the NVDIMM have been scrubbed. - * "locked" : Indicating that NVDIMM contents cant + * "locked" + Indicating that NVDIMM contents cant be modified until next power cycle. What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/papr/perf_stats Date: May, 2020 KernelVersion: v5.9 -Contact: linuxppc-dev <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org>, linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org, +Contact: linuxppc-dev <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org>, nvdimm@lists.linux.dev, Description: (RO) Report various performance stats related to papr-scm NVDIMM - device. Each stat is reported on a new line with each line - composed of a stat-identifier followed by it value. Below are - currently known dimm performance stats which are reported: + device. This attribute is only available for NVDIMM devices + that support reporting NVDIMM performance stats. Each stat is + reported on a new line with each line composed of a + stat-identifier followed by it value. Below are currently known + dimm performance stats which are reported: * "CtlResCt" : Controller Reset Count * "CtlResTm" : Controller Reset Elapsed Time @@ -51,4 +60,16 @@ Description: * "MedWDur " : Media Write Duration * "CchRHCnt" : Cache Read Hit Count * "CchWHCnt" : Cache Write Hit Count - * "FastWCnt" : Fast Write Count
\ No newline at end of file + * "FastWCnt" : Fast Write Count + +What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/papr/health_bitmap_inject +Date: Jan, 2022 +KernelVersion: v5.17 +Contact: linuxppc-dev <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org>, nvdimm@lists.linux.dev, +Description: + (RO) Reports the health bitmap inject bitmap that is applied to + bitmap received from PowerVM via the H_SCM_HEALTH. This is used + to forcibly set specific bits returned from Hcall. These is then + used to simulate various health or shutdown states for an nvdimm + and are set by user-space tools like ndctl by issuing a PAPR DSM. + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci index 450296cc7948..ecf47559f495 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci @@ -1,4 +1,5 @@ What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/.../bind +What: /sys/devices/pciX/.../bind Date: December 2003 Contact: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org Description: @@ -7,11 +8,14 @@ Description: this location. This is useful for overriding default bindings. The format for the location is: DDDD:BB:DD.F. That is Domain:Bus:Device.Function and is the same as - found in /sys/bus/pci/devices/. For example: - # echo 0000:00:19.0 > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/bind + found in /sys/bus/pci/devices/. For example:: + + # echo 0000:00:19.0 > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/bind + (Note: kernels before 2.6.28 may require echo -n). What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/.../unbind +What: /sys/devices/pciX/.../unbind Date: December 2003 Contact: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org Description: @@ -20,11 +24,14 @@ Description: this location. This may be useful when overriding default bindings. The format for the location is: DDDD:BB:DD.F. That is Domain:Bus:Device.Function and is the same as - found in /sys/bus/pci/devices/. For example: - # echo 0000:00:19.0 > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/unbind + found in /sys/bus/pci/devices/. For example:: + + # echo 0000:00:19.0 > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/unbind + (Note: kernels before 2.6.28 may require echo -n). What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/.../new_id +What: /sys/devices/pciX/.../new_id Date: December 2003 Contact: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org Description: @@ -38,10 +45,12 @@ Description: Class, Class Mask, and Private Driver Data. The Vendor ID and Device ID fields are required, the rest are optional. Upon successfully adding an ID, the driver will probe - for the device and attempt to bind to it. For example: - # echo "8086 10f5" > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/new_id + for the device and attempt to bind to it. For example:: + + # echo "8086 10f5" > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/new_id What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/.../remove_id +What: /sys/devices/pciX/.../remove_id Date: February 2009 Contact: Chris Wright <chrisw@sous-sol.org> Description: @@ -54,8 +63,9 @@ Description: required, the rest are optional. After successfully removing an ID, the driver will no longer support the device. This is useful to ensure auto probing won't - match the driver to the device. For example: - # echo "8086 10f5" > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/remove_id + match the driver to the device. For example:: + + # echo "8086 10f5" > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/remove_id What: /sys/bus/pci/rescan Date: January 2009 @@ -90,6 +100,17 @@ Description: This attribute indicates the mode that the irq vector named by the file is in (msi vs. msix) +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../irq +Date: August 2021 +Contact: Linux PCI developers <linux-pci@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + If a driver has enabled MSI (not MSI-X), "irq" contains the + IRQ of the first MSI vector. Otherwise "irq" contains the + IRQ of the legacy INTx interrupt. + + "irq" being set to 0 indicates that the device isn't + capable of generating legacy INTx interrupts. + What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../remove Date: January 2009 Contact: Linux PCI developers <linux-pci@vger.kernel.org> @@ -115,6 +136,23 @@ Description: child buses, and re-discover devices removed earlier from this part of the device tree. +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../reset_method +Date: August 2021 +Contact: Amey Narkhede <ameynarkhede03@gmail.com> +Description: + Some devices allow an individual function to be reset + without affecting other functions in the same slot. + + For devices that have this support, a file named + reset_method is present in sysfs. Reading this file + gives names of the supported and enabled reset methods and + their ordering. Writing a space-separated list of names of + reset methods sets the reset methods and ordering to be + used when resetting the device. Writing an empty string + disables the ability to reset the device. Writing + "default" enables all supported reset methods in the + default ordering. + What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../reset Date: July 2009 Contact: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com> @@ -133,11 +171,11 @@ Description: binary file containing the Vital Product Data for the device. It should follow the VPD format defined in PCI Specification 2.1 or 2.2, but users should consider - that some devices may have malformatted data. If the - underlying VPD has a writable section then the + that some devices may have incorrectly formatted data. + If the underlying VPD has a writable section then the corresponding section of this file will be writable. -What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../virtfnN +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../virtfn<N> Date: March 2009 Contact: Yu Zhao <yu.zhao@intel.com> Description: @@ -164,6 +202,24 @@ Description: The symbolic link points to the PCI device sysfs entry of the Physical Function this device associates with. +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../modalias +Date: May 2005 +Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> +Description: + This attribute indicates the PCI ID of the device object. + + That is in the format: + pci:vXXXXXXXXdXXXXXXXXsvXXXXXXXXsdXXXXXXXXbcXXscXXiXX, + where: + + - vXXXXXXXX contains the vendor ID; + - dXXXXXXXX contains the device ID; + - svXXXXXXXX contains the sub-vendor ID; + - sdXXXXXXXX contains the subsystem device ID; + - bcXX contains the device class; + - scXX contains the device subclass; + - iXX contains the device class programming interface. + What: /sys/bus/pci/slots/.../module Date: June 2009 Contact: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org @@ -189,10 +245,13 @@ What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../index Date: July 2010 Contact: Narendra K <narendra_k@dell.com>, linux-bugs@dell.com Description: - Reading this attribute will provide the firmware - given instance (SMBIOS type 41 device type instance) of the - PCI device. The attribute will be created only if the firmware - has given an instance number to the PCI device. + Reading this attribute will provide the firmware given instance + number of the PCI device. Depending on the platform this can + be for example the SMBIOS type 41 device type instance or the + user-defined ID (UID) on s390. The attribute will be created + only if the firmware has given an instance number to the PCI + device and that number is guaranteed to uniquely identify the + device in the system. Users: Userspace applications interested in knowing the firmware assigned device type instance of the PCI @@ -348,6 +407,16 @@ Description: file contains a '1' if the memory has been published for use outside the driver that owns the device. +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../p2pmem/allocate +Date: August 2022 +Contact: Logan Gunthorpe <logang@deltatee.com> +Description: + This file allows mapping p2pmem into userspace. For each + mmap() call on this file, the kernel will allocate a chunk + of Peer-to-Peer memory for use in Peer-to-Peer transactions. + This memory can be used in O_DIRECT calls to NVMe backed + files for Peer-to-Peer copies. + What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../link/clkpm /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../link/l0s_aspm /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../link/l1_aspm @@ -360,3 +429,74 @@ Contact: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com> Description: If ASPM is supported for an endpoint, these files can be used to disable or enable the individual power management states. Write y/1/on to enable, n/0/off to disable. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../power_state +Date: November 2020 +Contact: Linux PCI developers <linux-pci@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + This file contains the current PCI power state of the device. + The value comes from the PCI kernel device state and can be one + of: "unknown", "error", "D0", D1", "D2", "D3hot", "D3cold". + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../sriov_vf_total_msix +Date: January 2021 +Contact: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> +Description: + This file is associated with a SR-IOV physical function (PF). + It contains the total number of MSI-X vectors available for + assignment to all virtual functions (VFs) associated with PF. + The value will be zero if the device doesn't support this + functionality. For supported devices, the value will be + constant and won't be changed after MSI-X vectors assignment. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../sriov_vf_msix_count +Date: January 2021 +Contact: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> +Description: + This file is associated with a SR-IOV virtual function (VF). + It allows configuration of the number of MSI-X vectors for + the VF. This allows devices that have a global pool of MSI-X + vectors to optimally divide them between VFs based on VF usage. + + The values accepted are: + * > 0 - this number will be reported as the Table Size in the + VF's MSI-X capability + * < 0 - not valid + * = 0 - will reset to the device default value + + The file is writable if the PF is bound to a driver that + implements ->sriov_set_msix_vec_count(). + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../resourceN_resize +Date: September 2022 +Contact: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com> +Description: + These files provide an interface to PCIe Resizable BAR support. + A file is created for each BAR resource (N) supported by the + PCIe Resizable BAR extended capability of the device. Reading + each file exposes the bitmap of available resource sizes: + + # cat resource1_resize + 00000000000001c0 + + The bitmap represents supported resource sizes for the BAR, + where bit0 = 1MB, bit1 = 2MB, bit2 = 4MB, etc. In the above + example the device supports 64MB, 128MB, and 256MB BAR sizes. + + When writing the file, the user provides the bit position of + the desired resource size, for example: + + # echo 7 > resource1_resize + + This indicates to set the size value corresponding to bit 7, + 128MB. The resulting size is 2 ^ (bit# + 20). This definition + matches the PCIe specification of this capability. + + In order to make use of resource resizing, all PCI drivers must + be unbound from the device and peer devices under the same + parent bridge may need to be soft removed. In the case of + VGA devices, writing a resize value will remove low level + console drivers from the device. Raw users of pci-sysfs + resourceN attributes must be terminated prior to resizing. + Success of the resizing operation is not guaranteed. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-aer_stats b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-aer_stats index 3c9a8c4a25eb..860db53037a5 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-aer_stats +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-aer_stats @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -========================== PCIe Device AER statistics -========================== +-------------------------- + These attributes show up under all the devices that are AER capable. These statistical counters indicate the errors "as seen/reported by the device". Note that this may mean that if an endpoint is causing problems, the AER @@ -17,19 +17,18 @@ Description: List of correctable errors seen and reported by this PCI device using ERR_COR. Note that since multiple errors may be reported using a single ERR_COR message, thus TOTAL_ERR_COR at the end of the file may not match the actual - total of all the errors in the file. Sample output: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- -localhost /sys/devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:1c.0 # cat aer_dev_correctable -Receiver Error 2 -Bad TLP 0 -Bad DLLP 0 -RELAY_NUM Rollover 0 -Replay Timer Timeout 0 -Advisory Non-Fatal 0 -Corrected Internal Error 0 -Header Log Overflow 0 -TOTAL_ERR_COR 2 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + total of all the errors in the file. Sample output:: + + localhost /sys/devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:1c.0 # cat aer_dev_correctable + Receiver Error 2 + Bad TLP 0 + Bad DLLP 0 + RELAY_NUM Rollover 0 + Replay Timer Timeout 0 + Advisory Non-Fatal 0 + Corrected Internal Error 0 + Header Log Overflow 0 + TOTAL_ERR_COR 2 What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/aer_dev_fatal Date: July 2018 @@ -39,28 +38,27 @@ Description: List of uncorrectable fatal errors seen and reported by this PCI device using ERR_FATAL. Note that since multiple errors may be reported using a single ERR_FATAL message, thus TOTAL_ERR_FATAL at the end of the file may not match the actual - total of all the errors in the file. Sample output: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- -localhost /sys/devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:1c.0 # cat aer_dev_fatal -Undefined 0 -Data Link Protocol 0 -Surprise Down Error 0 -Poisoned TLP 0 -Flow Control Protocol 0 -Completion Timeout 0 -Completer Abort 0 -Unexpected Completion 0 -Receiver Overflow 0 -Malformed TLP 0 -ECRC 0 -Unsupported Request 0 -ACS Violation 0 -Uncorrectable Internal Error 0 -MC Blocked TLP 0 -AtomicOp Egress Blocked 0 -TLP Prefix Blocked Error 0 -TOTAL_ERR_FATAL 0 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + total of all the errors in the file. Sample output:: + + localhost /sys/devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:1c.0 # cat aer_dev_fatal + Undefined 0 + Data Link Protocol 0 + Surprise Down Error 0 + Poisoned TLP 0 + Flow Control Protocol 0 + Completion Timeout 0 + Completer Abort 0 + Unexpected Completion 0 + Receiver Overflow 0 + Malformed TLP 0 + ECRC 0 + Unsupported Request 0 + ACS Violation 0 + Uncorrectable Internal Error 0 + MC Blocked TLP 0 + AtomicOp Egress Blocked 0 + TLP Prefix Blocked Error 0 + TOTAL_ERR_FATAL 0 What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/aer_dev_nonfatal Date: July 2018 @@ -70,32 +68,31 @@ Description: List of uncorrectable nonfatal errors seen and reported by this PCI device using ERR_NONFATAL. Note that since multiple errors may be reported using a single ERR_FATAL message, thus TOTAL_ERR_NONFATAL at the end of the file may not match the - actual total of all the errors in the file. Sample output: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- -localhost /sys/devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:1c.0 # cat aer_dev_nonfatal -Undefined 0 -Data Link Protocol 0 -Surprise Down Error 0 -Poisoned TLP 0 -Flow Control Protocol 0 -Completion Timeout 0 -Completer Abort 0 -Unexpected Completion 0 -Receiver Overflow 0 -Malformed TLP 0 -ECRC 0 -Unsupported Request 0 -ACS Violation 0 -Uncorrectable Internal Error 0 -MC Blocked TLP 0 -AtomicOp Egress Blocked 0 -TLP Prefix Blocked Error 0 -TOTAL_ERR_NONFATAL 0 -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + actual total of all the errors in the file. Sample output:: + + localhost /sys/devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:1c.0 # cat aer_dev_nonfatal + Undefined 0 + Data Link Protocol 0 + Surprise Down Error 0 + Poisoned TLP 0 + Flow Control Protocol 0 + Completion Timeout 0 + Completer Abort 0 + Unexpected Completion 0 + Receiver Overflow 0 + Malformed TLP 0 + ECRC 0 + Unsupported Request 0 + ACS Violation 0 + Uncorrectable Internal Error 0 + MC Blocked TLP 0 + AtomicOp Egress Blocked 0 + TLP Prefix Blocked Error 0 + TOTAL_ERR_NONFATAL 0 -============================ PCIe Rootport AER statistics -============================ +---------------------------- + These attributes show up under only the rootports (or root complex event collectors) that are AER capable. These indicate the number of error messages as "reported to" the rootport. Please note that the rootports also transmit diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-catpt b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-catpt index 8a200f4eefbd..f85db86d63e8 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-catpt +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-catpt @@ -4,6 +4,7 @@ Contact: Cezary Rojewski <cezary.rojewski@intel.com> Description: Version of AudioDSP firmware ASoC catpt driver is communicating with. + Format: %d.%d.%d.%d, type:major:minor:build. What: /sys/devices/pci0000:00/<dev>/fw_info diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-pvpanic b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-pvpanic new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..4ec03cd36357 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-pvpanic @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +What: /sys/devices/pci0000:00/*/QEMU0001:00/capability for MMIO + /sys/bus/pci/drivers/pvpanic-pci/0000:00:0*.0/capability for PCI +Date: Jan 2021 +Contact: zhenwei pi <pizhenwei@bytedance.com> +Description: + Read-only attribute. Capabilities of pvpanic device which + are supported by QEMU. + + Format: %x. + + Detailed bit definition refers to section <Bit Definition> + from pvpanic device specification: + https://git.qemu.org/?p=qemu.git;a=blob_plain;f=docs/specs/pvpanic.txt + +What: /sys/devices/pci0000:00/*/QEMU0001:00/events + /sys/bus/pci/drivers/pvpanic-pci/0000:00:0*.0/events for PCI +Date: Jan 2021 +Contact: zhenwei pi <pizhenwei@bytedance.com> +Description: + RW attribute. Set/get which features in-use. This attribute + is used to enable/disable feature(s) of pvpanic device. + Notice that this value should be a subset of capability. + + Format: %x. + + Also refer to pvpanic device specification. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-ehci_hcd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-ehci_hcd index 60c60fa624b2..c90d97a80855 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-ehci_hcd +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-ehci_hcd @@ -21,11 +21,11 @@ Description: number returns the port to normal operation. For example: To force the high-speed device attached to - port 4 on bus 2 to run at full speed: + port 4 on bus 2 to run at full speed:: echo 4 >/sys/bus/usb/devices/usb2/../companion - To return the port to high-speed operation: + To return the port to high-speed operation:: echo -4 >/sys/bus/usb/devices/usb2/../companion diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-xhci_hcd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-xhci_hcd index 0088aba4caa8..5a775b8f6543 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-xhci_hcd +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-xhci_hcd @@ -23,3 +23,55 @@ Description: Reading this attribute gives the state of the DbC. It can be one of the following states: disabled, enabled, initialized, connected, configured and stalled. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xhci_hcd/.../dbc_idVendor +Date: March 2023 +Contact: Mathias Nyman <mathias.nyman@linux.intel.com> +Description: + This dbc_idVendor attribute lets us change the idVendor field + presented in the USB device descriptor by this xhci debug + device. + Value can only be changed while debug capability (DbC) is in + disabled state to prevent USB device descriptor change while + connected to a USB host. + The default value is 0x1d6b (Linux Foundation). + It can be any 16-bit integer. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xhci_hcd/.../dbc_idProduct +Date: March 2023 +Contact: Mathias Nyman <mathias.nyman@linux.intel.com> +Description: + This dbc_idProduct attribute lets us change the idProduct field + presented in the USB device descriptor by this xhci debug + device. + Value can only be changed while debug capability (DbC) is in + disabled state to prevent USB device descriptor change while + connected to a USB host. + The default value is 0x0010. It can be any 16-bit integer. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xhci_hcd/.../dbc_bcdDevice +Date: March 2023 +Contact: Mathias Nyman <mathias.nyman@linux.intel.com> +Description: + This dbc_bcdDevice attribute lets us change the bcdDevice field + presented in the USB device descriptor by this xhci debug + device. + Value can only be changed while debug capability (DbC) is in + disabled state to prevent USB device descriptor change while + connected to a USB host. + The default value is 0x0010. (device rev 0.10) + It can be any 16-bit integer. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xhci_hcd/.../dbc_bInterfaceProtocol +Date: March 2023 +Contact: Mathias Nyman <mathias.nyman@linux.intel.com> +Description: + This attribute lets us change the bInterfaceProtocol field + presented in the USB Interface descriptor by the xhci debug + device. + Value can only be changed while debug capability (DbC) is in + disabled state to prevent USB descriptor change while + connected to a USB host. + The default value is 1 (GNU Remote Debug command). + Other permissible value is 0 which is for vendor defined debug + target. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-peci b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-peci new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..87454ec5d981 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-peci @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +What: /sys/bus/peci/rescan +Date: July 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: Iwona Winiarska <iwona.winiarska@intel.com> +Description: + Writing a non-zero value to this attribute will + initiate scan for PECI devices on all PECI controllers + in the system. + +What: /sys/bus/peci/devices/<controller_id>-<device_addr>/remove +Date: July 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: Iwona Winiarska <iwona.winiarska@intel.com> +Description: + Writing a non-zero value to this attribute will + remove the PECI device and any of its children. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-platform b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-platform index 194ca700e962..c4dfe7355c2d 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-platform +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-platform @@ -28,3 +28,29 @@ Description: value comes from an ACPI _PXM method or a similar firmware source. Initial users for this file would be devices like arm smmu which are populated by arm64 acpi_iort. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/.../msi_irqs/ +Date: August 2021 +Contact: Barry Song <song.bao.hua@hisilicon.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../msi_irqs directory contains a variable set + of files, with each file being named after a corresponding msi + irq vector allocated to that device. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/.../msi_irqs/<N> +Date: August 2021 +Contact: Barry Song <song.bao.hua@hisilicon.com> +Description: + This attribute will show "msi" if <N> is a valid msi irq + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/.../modalias +Description: + Same as MODALIAS in the uevent at device creation. + + A platform device that it is exposed via devicetree uses: + + - of:N`of node name`T`type` + + Other platform devices use, instead: + + - platform:`driver name` diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-platform-devices-ampere-smpro b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-platform-devices-ampere-smpro new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..fead760dcf77 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-platform-devices-ampere-smpro @@ -0,0 +1,325 @@ +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/smpro-errmon.*/error_[core|mem|pcie|other]_[ce|ue] +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: Quan Nguyen <quan@os.amperecomputing.com> +Description: + (RO) Contains the 48-byte Ampere (Vendor-Specific) Error Record printed + in hex format according to the table below: + + +--------+---------------+-------------+------------------------------------------------------------+ + | Offset | Field | Size (byte) | Description | + +--------+---------------+-------------+------------------------------------------------------------+ + | 00 | Error Type | 1 | See :ref:`the table below <smpro-error-types>` for details | + +--------+---------------+-------------+------------------------------------------------------------+ + | 01 | Subtype | 1 | See :ref:`the table below <smpro-error-types>` for details | + +--------+---------------+-------------+------------------------------------------------------------+ + | 02 | Instance | 2 | See :ref:`the table below <smpro-error-types>` for details | + +--------+---------------+-------------+------------------------------------------------------------+ + | 04 | Error status | 4 | See ARM RAS specification for details | + +--------+---------------+-------------+------------------------------------------------------------+ + | 08 | Error Address | 8 | See ARM RAS specification for details | + +--------+---------------+-------------+------------------------------------------------------------+ + | 16 | Error Misc 0 | 8 | See ARM RAS specification for details | + +--------+---------------+-------------+------------------------------------------------------------+ + | 24 | Error Misc 1 | 8 | See ARM RAS specification for details | + +--------+---------------+-------------+------------------------------------------------------------+ + | 32 | Error Misc 2 | 8 | See ARM RAS specification for details | + +--------+---------------+-------------+------------------------------------------------------------+ + | 40 | Error Misc 3 | 8 | See ARM RAS specification for details | + +--------+---------------+-------------+------------------------------------------------------------+ + + The table below defines the value of error types, their subtype, subcomponent and instance: + + .. _smpro-error-types: + + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | Error Group | Error Type | Sub type | Sub component | Instance | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | CPM (core) | 0 | 0 | Snoop-Logic | CPM # | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | CPM (core) | 0 | 2 | Armv8 Core 1 | CPM # | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | MCU (mem) | 1 | 1 | ERR1 | MCU # \| SLOT << 11 | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | MCU (mem) | 1 | 2 | ERR2 | MCU # \| SLOT << 11 | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | MCU (mem) | 1 | 3 | ERR3 | MCU # | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | MCU (mem) | 1 | 4 | ERR4 | MCU # | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | MCU (mem) | 1 | 5 | ERR5 | MCU # | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | MCU (mem) | 1 | 6 | ERR6 | MCU # | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | MCU (mem) | 1 | 7 | Link Error | MCU # | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | Mesh (other) | 2 | 0 | Cross Point | X \| (Y << 5) \| NS <<11 | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | Mesh (other) | 2 | 1 | Home Node(IO) | X \| (Y << 5) \| NS <<11 | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | Mesh (other) | 2 | 2 | Home Node(Mem) | X \| (Y << 5) \| NS <<11 \| device<<12 | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | Mesh (other) | 2 | 4 | CCIX Node | X \| (Y << 5) \| NS <<11 | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | 2P Link (other) | 3 | 0 | N/A | Altra 2P Link # | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | GIC (other) | 5 | 0 | ERR0 | 0 | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | GIC (other) | 5 | 1 | ERR1 | 0 | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | GIC (other) | 5 | 2 | ERR2 | 0 | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | GIC (other) | 5 | 3 | ERR3 | 0 | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | GIC (other) | 5 | 4 | ERR4 | 0 | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | GIC (other) | 5 | 5 | ERR5 | 0 | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | GIC (other) | 5 | 6 | ERR6 | 0 | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | GIC (other) | 5 | 7 | ERR7 | 0 | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | GIC (other) | 5 | 8 | ERR8 | 0 | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | GIC (other) | 5 | 9 | ERR9 | 0 | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | GIC (other) | 5 | 10 | ERR10 | 0 | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | GIC (other) | 5 | 11 | ERR11 | 0 | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | GIC (other) | 5 | 12 | ERR12 | 0 | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | GIC (other) | 5 | 13-21 | ERR13 | RC # + 1 | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | SMMU (other) | 6 | TCU | 100 | RC # | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | SMMU (other) | 6 | TBU0 | 0 | RC # | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | SMMU (other) | 6 | TBU1 | 1 | RC # | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | SMMU (other) | 6 | TBU2 | 2 | RC # | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | SMMU (other) | 6 | TBU3 | 3 | RC # | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | SMMU (other) | 6 | TBU4 | 4 | RC # | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | SMMU (other) | 6 | TBU5 | 5 | RC # | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | SMMU (other) | 6 | TBU6 | 6 | RC # | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | SMMU (other) | 6 | TBU7 | 7 | RC # | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | SMMU (other) | 6 | TBU8 | 8 | RC # | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | SMMU (other) | 6 | TBU9 | 9 | RC # | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | PCIe AER (pcie) | 7 | Root | 0 | RC # | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | PCIe AER (pcie) | 7 | Device | 1 | RC # | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | PCIe RC (pcie) | 8 | RCA HB | 0 | RC # | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | PCIe RC (pcie) | 8 | RCB HB | 1 | RC # | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | PCIe RC (pcie) | 8 | RASDP | 8 | RC # | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | OCM (other) | 9 | ERR0 | 0 | 0 | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | OCM (other) | 9 | ERR1 | 1 | 0 | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | OCM (other) | 9 | ERR2 | 2 | 0 | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | SMpro (other) | 10 | ERR0 | 0 | 0 | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | SMpro (other) | 10 | ERR1 | 1 | 0 | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | SMpro (other) | 10 | MPA_ERR | 2 | 0 | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | PMpro (other) | 11 | ERR0 | 0 | 0 | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | PMpro (other) | 11 | ERR1 | 1 | 0 | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + | PMpro (other) | 11 | MPA_ERR | 2 | 0 | + +-----------------+------------+----------+----------------+----------------------------------------+ + + Example:: + + # cat error_other_ue + 880807001e004010401040101500000001004010401040100c0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 + + The detail of each sysfs entries is as below: + + +-------------+---------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------+ + | Error | Sysfs entry | Description (when triggered) | + +-------------+---------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------+ + | Core's CE | /sys/bus/platform/devices/smpro-errmon.*/error_core_ce | Core has CE error | + +-------------+---------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------+ + | Core's UE | /sys/bus/platform/devices/smpro-errmon.*/error_core_ue | Core has UE error | + +-------------+---------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------+ + | Memory's CE | /sys/bus/platform/devices/smpro-errmon.*/error_mem_ce | Memory has CE error | + +-------------+---------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------+ + | Memory's UE | /sys/bus/platform/devices/smpro-errmon.*/error_mem_ue | Memory has UE error | + +-------------+---------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------+ + | PCIe's CE | /sys/bus/platform/devices/smpro-errmon.*/error_pcie_ce | any PCIe controller has CE error | + +-------------+---------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------+ + | PCIe's UE | /sys/bus/platform/devices/smpro-errmon.*/error_pcie_ue | any PCIe controller has UE error | + +-------------+---------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------+ + | Other's CE | /sys/bus/platform/devices/smpro-errmon.*/error_other_ce | any other CE error | + +-------------+---------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------+ + | Other's UE | /sys/bus/platform/devices/smpro-errmon.*/error_other_ue | any other UE error | + +-------------+---------------------------------------------------------+----------------------------------+ + + UE: Uncorrect-able Error + CE: Correct-able Error + + For details, see section `3.3 Ampere (Vendor-Specific) Error Record Formats, + Altra Family RAS Supplement`. + + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/smpro-errmon.*/overflow_[core|mem|pcie|other]_[ce|ue] +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: Quan Nguyen <quan@os.amperecomputing.com> +Description: + (RO) Return the overflow status of each type HW error reported: + + - 0 : No overflow + - 1 : There is an overflow and the oldest HW errors are dropped + + The detail of each sysfs entries is as below: + + +-------------+-----------------------------------------------------------+---------------------------------------+ + | Overflow | Sysfs entry | Description | + +-------------+-----------------------------------------------------------+---------------------------------------+ + | Core's CE | /sys/bus/platform/devices/smpro-errmon.*/overflow_core_ce | Core CE error overflow | + +-------------+-----------------------------------------------------------+---------------------------------------+ + | Core's UE | /sys/bus/platform/devices/smpro-errmon.*/overflow_core_ue | Core UE error overflow | + +-------------+-----------------------------------------------------------+---------------------------------------+ + | Memory's CE | /sys/bus/platform/devices/smpro-errmon.*/overflow_mem_ce | Memory CE error overflow | + +-------------+-----------------------------------------------------------+---------------------------------------+ + | Memory's UE | /sys/bus/platform/devices/smpro-errmon.*/overflow_mem_ue | Memory UE error overflow | + +-------------+-----------------------------------------------------------+---------------------------------------+ + | PCIe's CE | /sys/bus/platform/devices/smpro-errmon.*/overflow_pcie_ce | any PCIe controller CE error overflow | + +-------------+-----------------------------------------------------------+---------------------------------------+ + | PCIe's UE | /sys/bus/platform/devices/smpro-errmon.*/overflow_pcie_ue | any PCIe controller UE error overflow | + +-------------+-----------------------------------------------------------+---------------------------------------+ + | Other's CE | /sys/bus/platform/devices/smpro-errmon.*/overflow_other_ce| any other CE error overflow | + +-------------+-----------------------------------------------------------+---------------------------------------+ + | Other's UE | /sys/bus/platform/devices/smpro-errmon.*/overflow_other_ue| other UE error overflow | + +-------------+-----------------------------------------------------------+---------------------------------------+ + + where: + + - UE: Uncorrect-able Error + - CE: Correct-able Error + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/smpro-errmon.*/[error|warn]_[smpro|pmpro] +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: Quan Nguyen <quan@os.amperecomputing.com> +Description: + (RO) Contains the internal firmware error/warning printed as hex format. + + The detail of each sysfs entries is as below: + + +---------------+------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------+ + | Error | Sysfs entry | Description | + +---------------+------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------+ + | SMpro error | /sys/bus/platform/devices/smpro-errmon.*/error_smpro | system has SMpro error | + +---------------+------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------+ + | SMpro warning | /sys/bus/platform/devices/smpro-errmon.*/warn_smpro | system has SMpro warning | + +---------------+------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------+ + | PMpro error | /sys/bus/platform/devices/smpro-errmon.*/error_pmpro | system has PMpro error | + +---------------+------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------+ + | PMpro warning | /sys/bus/platform/devices/smpro-errmon.*/warn_pmpro | system has PMpro warning | + +---------------+------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------+ + + For details, see section `5.10 RAS Internal Error Register Definitions, + Altra Family Soc BMC Interface Specification`. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/smpro-errmon.*/event_[vrd_warn_fault|vrd_hot|dimm_hot|dimm_2x_refresh] +KernelVersion: 6.1 (event_[vrd_warn_fault|vrd_hot|dimm_hot]), 6.4 (event_dimm_2x_refresh) +Contact: Quan Nguyen <quan@os.amperecomputing.com> +Description: + (RO) Contains the detail information in case of VRD/DIMM warning/hot events + in hex format as below:: + + AAAA + + where: + + - ``AAAA``: The event detail information data + + The detail of each sysfs entries is as below: + + +---------------+---------------------------------------------------------------+---------------------+ + | Event | Sysfs entry | Description | + +---------------+---------------------------------------------------------------+---------------------+ + | VRD HOT | /sys/bus/platform/devices/smpro-errmon.*/event_vrd_hot | VRD Hot | + +---------------+---------------------------------------------------------------+---------------------+ + | VR Warn/Fault | /sys/bus/platform/devices/smpro-errmon.*/event_vrd_warn_fault | VR Warning or Fault | + +---------------+---------------------------------------------------------------+---------------------+ + | DIMM HOT | /sys/bus/platform/devices/smpro-errmon.*/event_dimm_hot | DIMM Hot | + +---------------+---------------------------------------------------------------+---------------------+ + | DIMM 2X | /sys/bus/platform/devices/smpro-errmon.*/event_dimm_2x_refresh| DIMM 2x refresh rate| + | REFRESH RATE | | event in high temp | + +---------------+---------------------------------------------------------------+---------------------+ + + For more details, see section `5.7 GPI Status Registers and 5.9 Memory Error Register Definitions, + Altra Family Soc BMC Interface Specification`. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/smpro-errmon.*/event_dimm[0-15]_syndrome +KernelVersion: 6.4 +Contact: Quan Nguyen <quan@os.amperecomputing.com> +Description: + (RO) The sysfs returns the 2-byte DIMM failure syndrome data for slot + 0-15 if it failed to initialize. + + For more details, see section `5.11 Boot Stage Register Definitions, + Altra Family Soc BMC Interface Specification`. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/smpro-misc.*/boot_progress +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: Quan Nguyen <quan@os.amperecomputing.com> +Description: + (RO) Contains the boot stages information in hex as format below:: + + AABBCCCCCCCC + + where: + + - ``AA`` : The boot stages + + - 00: SMpro firmware booting + - 01: PMpro firmware booting + - 02: ATF BL1 firmware booting + - 03: DDR initialization + - 04: DDR training report status + - 05: ATF BL2 firmware booting + - 06: ATF BL31 firmware booting + - 07: ATF BL32 firmware booting + - 08: UEFI firmware booting + - 09: OS booting + + - ``BB`` : Boot status + + - 00: Not started + - 01: Started + - 02: Completed without error + - 03: Failed. + + - ``CCCCCCCC``: Boot status information defined for each boot stages + + For details, see section `5.11 Boot Stage Register Definitions` + and section `6. Processor Boot Progress Codes, Altra Family Soc BMC + Interface Specification`. + + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/smpro-misc*/soc_power_limit +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: Quan Nguyen <quan@os.amperecomputing.com> +Description: + (RW) Contains the desired SoC power limit in Watt. + Writes to this sysfs set the desired SoC power limit (W). + Reads from this register return the current SoC power limit (W). + The value ranges: + + - Minimum: 120 W + - Maximum: Socket TDP power diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-platform-devices-occ-hwmon b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-platform-devices-occ-hwmon new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b24d7ab0278f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-platform-devices-occ-hwmon @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/occ-hwmon.X/ffdc +KernelVersion: 5.15 +Contact: eajames@linux.ibm.com +Description: + Contains the First Failure Data Capture from the SBEFIFO + hardware, if there is any from a previous transfer. Otherwise, + the file is empty. The data is cleared when it's been + completely read by a user. As the name suggests, only the data + from the first error is saved, until it's cleared upon read. The OCC hwmon driver, running on + a Baseboard Management Controller (BMC), communicates with + POWER9 and up processors over the Self-Boot Engine (SBE) FIFO. + In many error conditions, the SBEFIFO will return error data + indicating the type of error and system state, etc. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-platform-onboard-usb-hub b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-platform-onboard-usb-hub new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..42deb0552065 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-platform-onboard-usb-hub @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/<dev>/always_powered_in_suspend +Date: June 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.20 +Contact: Matthias Kaehlcke <matthias@kaehlcke.net> + linux-usb@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) Controls whether the USB hub remains always powered + during system suspend or not.
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rapidio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rapidio index 13208b27dd87..f8b6728dac10 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rapidio +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rapidio @@ -1,32 +1,35 @@ -What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/nn:d:iiii +What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/<nn>:<d>:<iiii> Description: For each RapidIO device, the RapidIO subsystem creates files in an individual subdirectory with the following name format of device_name "nn:d:iiii", where: - nn - two-digit hexadecimal ID of RapidIO network where the + ==== ======================================================== + nn two-digit hexadecimal ID of RapidIO network where the device resides - d - device type: 'e' - for endpoint or 's' - for switch - iiii - four-digit device destID for endpoints, or switchID for + d device type: 'e' - for endpoint or 's' - for switch + iiii four-digit device destID for endpoints, or switchID for switches + ==== ======================================================== For example, below is a list of device directories that represents a typical RapidIO network with one switch, one host, and two agent endpoints, as it is seen by the enumerating host - (with destID = 1): + (with destID = 1):: - /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/00:e:0000 - /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/00:e:0002 - /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/00:s:0001 + /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/00:e:0000 + /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/00:e:0002 + /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/00:s:0001 - NOTE: An enumerating or discovering endpoint does not create a - sysfs entry for itself, this is why an endpoint with destID=1 is - not shown in the list. + NOTE: + An enumerating or discovering endpoint does not create a + sysfs entry for itself, this is why an endpoint with destID=1 + is not shown in the list. Attributes Common for All RapidIO Devices ----------------------------------------- -What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/nn:d:iiii/did +What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/<nn>:<d>:<iiii>/did Date: Nov, 2005 KernelVersion: v2.6.15 Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>, @@ -34,7 +37,7 @@ Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>, Description: (RO) returns the device identifier -What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/nn:d:iiii/vid +What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/<nn>:<d>:<iiii>/vid Date: Nov, 2005 KernelVersion: v2.6.15 Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>, @@ -42,7 +45,7 @@ Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>, Description: (RO) returns the device vendor identifier -What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/nn:d:iiii/device_rev +What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/<nn>:<d>:<iiii>/device_rev Date: Nov, 2005 KernelVersion: v2.6.15 Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>, @@ -50,7 +53,7 @@ Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>, Description: (RO) returns the device revision level -What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/nn:d:iiii/asm_did +What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/<nn>:<d>:<iiii>/asm_did Date: Nov, 2005 KernelVersion: v2.6.15 Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>, @@ -58,7 +61,7 @@ Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>, Description: (RO) returns identifier for the assembly containing the device -What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/nn:d:iiii/asm_rev +What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/<nn>:<d>:<iiii>/asm_rev Date: Nov, 2005 KernelVersion: v2.6.15 Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>, @@ -67,7 +70,7 @@ Description: (RO) returns revision level of the assembly containing the device -What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/nn:d:iiii/asm_vid +What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/<nn>:<d>:<iiii>/asm_vid Date: Nov, 2005 KernelVersion: v2.6.15 Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>, @@ -76,7 +79,7 @@ Description: (RO) returns vendor identifier of the assembly containing the device -What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/nn:d:iiii/destid +What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/<nn>:<d>:<iiii>/destid Date: Mar, 2011 KernelVersion: v2.6.3 Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>, @@ -85,7 +88,7 @@ Description: (RO) returns device destination ID assigned by the enumeration routine -What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/nn:d:iiii/lprev +What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/<nn>:<d>:<iiii>/lprev Date: Mar, 2011 KernelVersion: v2.6.39 Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>, @@ -94,7 +97,7 @@ Description: (RO) returns name of previous device (switch) on the path to the device that that owns this attribute -What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/nn:d:iiii/modalias +What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/<nn>:<d>:<iiii>/modalias Date: Jul, 2013 KernelVersion: v3.11 Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>, @@ -102,7 +105,7 @@ Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>, Description: (RO) returns the device modalias -What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/nn:d:iiii/config +What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/<nn>:<d>:<iiii>/config Date: Nov, 2005 KernelVersion: v2.6.15 Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>, @@ -125,7 +128,7 @@ device-specific sysfs attributes by specifying a callback function that may be set by the switch initialization routine during enumeration or discovery process. -What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/nn:s:iiii/routes +What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/<nn>:<s>:<iiii>/routes Date: Nov, 2005 KernelVersion: v2.6.15 Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>, @@ -135,7 +138,7 @@ Description: This attribute reports only valid routing table entries, one line for each entry. -What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/nn:s:iiii/destid +What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/<nn>:<s>:<iiii>/destid Date: Mar, 2011 KernelVersion: v2.6.3 Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>, @@ -144,7 +147,7 @@ Description: (RO) device destination ID of the associated device that defines a route to the switch -What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/nn:s:iiii/hopcount +What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/<nn>:<s>:<iiii>/hopcount Date: Mar, 2011 KernelVersion: v2.6.39 Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>, @@ -152,7 +155,7 @@ Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>, Description: (RO) number of hops on the path to the switch -What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/nn:s:iiii/lnext +What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/<nn>:<s>:<iiii>/lnext Date: Mar, 2011 KernelVersion: v2.6.39 Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>, @@ -169,7 +172,7 @@ Device-specific Switch Attributes IDT_GEN2- -What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/nn:s:iiii/errlog +What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/<nn>:<s>:<iiii>/errlog Date: Oct, 2010 KernelVersion: v2.6.37 Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>, diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd index cc30bee8b5f4..417a2fe21be1 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd @@ -7,6 +7,8 @@ Description: Usage: <mon ip addr> <options> <pool name> <rbd image name> [<snap name>] + Example:: + $ echo "192.168.0.1 name=admin rbd foo" > /sys/bus/rbd/add The snapshot name can be "-" or omitted to map the image @@ -23,6 +25,8 @@ Description: Usage: <dev-id> [force] + Example:: + $ echo 2 > /sys/bus/rbd/remove Optional "force" argument which when passed will wait for @@ -80,26 +84,29 @@ Date: Oct, 2010 KernelVersion: v2.6.37 Contact: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net> Description: - size: (RO) The size (in bytes) of the mapped block + + ============== ================================================ + size (RO) The size (in bytes) of the mapped block device. - major: (RO) The block device major number. + major (RO) The block device major number. - client_id: (RO) The ceph unique client id that was assigned + client_id (RO) The ceph unique client id that was assigned for this specific session. - pool: (RO) The name of the storage pool where this rbd + pool (RO) The name of the storage pool where this rbd image resides. An rbd image name is unique within its pool. - name: (RO) The name of the rbd image. + name (RO) The name of the rbd image. - refresh: (WO) Writing to this file will reread the image + refresh (WO) Writing to this file will reread the image header data and set all relevant data structures accordingly. - current_snap: (RO) The current snapshot for which the device + current_snap (RO) The current snapshot for which the device is mapped. + ============== ================================================ What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/pool_id @@ -117,11 +124,13 @@ Date: Oct, 2012 KernelVersion: v3.7 Contact: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net> Description: - image_id: (RO) The unique id for the rbd image. (For rbd + ========= =============================================== + image_id (RO) The unique id for the rbd image. (For rbd image format 1 this is empty.) - features: (RO) A hexadecimal encoding of the feature bits + features (RO) A hexadecimal encoding of the feature bits for this image. + ========= =============================================== What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/parent @@ -149,14 +158,16 @@ Date: Aug, 2016 KernelVersion: v4.9 Contact: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net> Description: - snap_id: (RO) The current snapshot's id. + ============ ================================================ + snap_id (RO) The current snapshot's id. - config_info: (RO) The string written into + config_info (RO) The string written into /sys/bus/rbd/add{,_single_major}. - cluster_fsid: (RO) The ceph cluster UUID. + cluster_fsid (RO) The ceph cluster UUID. - client_addr: (RO) The ceph unique client + client_addr (RO) The ceph unique client entity_addr_t (address + nonce). The format is <address>:<port>/<nonce>: '1.2.3.4:1234/5678' or '[1:2:3:4:5:6:7:8]:1234/5678'. + ============ ================================================ diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-siox b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-siox index c2a403f20b90..50e80238f30d 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-siox +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-siox @@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ Description: When the file contains a "1" the bus is operated and periodically does a push-pull cycle to write and read data from the connected devices. + When writing a "0" or "1" the bus moves to the described state. What: /sys/bus/siox/devices/siox-X/device_add @@ -21,8 +22,10 @@ Description: to add a new device dynamically. <type> is the name that is used to match to a driver (similar to the platform bus). <inbytes> and <outbytes> define the length of the input and output shift register in bytes respectively. + <statustype> defines the 4 bit device type that is check to identify connection problems. + The new device is added to the end of the existing chain. What: /sys/bus/siox/devices/siox-X/device_remove diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-soundwire-master b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-soundwire-master index 46ef038d8722..d2342911ffbb 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-soundwire-master +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-soundwire-master @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ -What: /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw-master-N/revision - /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw-master-N/clk_stop_modes - /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw-master-N/clk_freq - /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw-master-N/clk_gears - /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw-master-N/default_col - /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw-master-N/default_frame_rate - /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw-master-N/default_row - /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw-master-N/dynamic_shape - /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw-master-N/err_threshold - /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw-master-N/max_clk_freq +What: /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw-master-<N>/revision + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw-master-<N>/clk_stop_modes + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw-master-<N>/clk_freq + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw-master-<N>/clk_gears + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw-master-<N>/default_col + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw-master-<N>/default_frame_rate + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw-master-<N>/default_row + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw-master-<N>/dynamic_shape + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw-master-<N>/err_threshold + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw-master-<N>/max_clk_freq Date: April 2020 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-soundwire-slave b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-soundwire-slave index d324aa0b678f..fbf55834dfee 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-soundwire-slave +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-soundwire-slave @@ -64,37 +64,37 @@ Description: SoundWire Slave Data Port-0 DisCo properties. Data port 0 are used by the bus to configure the Data Port 0. -What: /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_src/max_word - /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_src/min_word - /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_src/words - /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_src/type - /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_src/max_grouping - /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_src/simple_ch_prep_sm - /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_src/ch_prep_timeout - /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_src/imp_def_interrupts - /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_src/min_ch - /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_src/max_ch - /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_src/channels - /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_src/ch_combinations - /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_src/max_async_buffer - /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_src/block_pack_mode - /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_src/port_encoding - - /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_sink/max_word - /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_sink/min_word - /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_sink/words - /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_sink/type - /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_sink/max_grouping - /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_sink/simple_ch_prep_sm - /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_sink/ch_prep_timeout - /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_sink/imp_def_interrupts - /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_sink/min_ch - /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_sink/max_ch - /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_sink/channels - /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_sink/ch_combinations - /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_sink/max_async_buffer - /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_sink/block_pack_mode - /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_sink/port_encoding +What: /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp<N>_src/max_word + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp<N>_src/min_word + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp<N>_src/words + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp<N>_src/type + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp<N>_src/max_grouping + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp<N>_src/simple_ch_prep_sm + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp<N>_src/ch_prep_timeout + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp<N>_src/imp_def_interrupts + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp<N>_src/min_ch + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp<N>_src/max_ch + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp<N>_src/channels + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp<N>_src/ch_combinations + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp<N>_src/max_async_buffer + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp<N>_src/block_pack_mode + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp<N>_src/port_encoding + + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp<N>_sink/max_word + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp<N>_sink/min_word + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp<N>_sink/words + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp<N>_sink/type + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp<N>_sink/max_grouping + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp<N>_sink/simple_ch_prep_sm + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp<N>_sink/ch_prep_timeout + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp<N>_sink/imp_def_interrupts + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp<N>_sink/min_ch + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp<N>_sink/max_ch + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp<N>_sink/channels + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp<N>_sink/ch_combinations + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp<N>_sink/max_async_buffer + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp<N>_sink/block_pack_mode + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp<N>_sink/port_encoding Date: May 2020 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-spi-devices-spi-nor b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-spi-devices-spi-nor new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c800621eff95 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-spi-devices-spi-nor @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +What: /sys/bus/spi/devices/.../spi-nor/jedec_id +Date: April 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.14 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: (RO) The JEDEC ID of the SPI NOR flash as reported by the + flash device. + + The attribute is not present if the flash doesn't support + the "Read JEDEC ID" command (9Fh). This is the case for + non-JEDEC compliant flashes. + +What: /sys/bus/spi/devices/.../spi-nor/manufacturer +Date: April 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.14 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: (RO) Manufacturer of the SPI NOR flash. + + The attribute is not present if the flash device isn't + known to the kernel and is only probed by its SFDP + tables. + +What: /sys/bus/spi/devices/.../spi-nor/partname +Date: April 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.14 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: (RO) Part name of the SPI NOR flash. + + +What: /sys/bus/spi/devices/.../spi-nor/sfdp +Date: April 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.14 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: (RO) This attribute is only present if the SPI NOR flash + device supports the "Read SFDP" command (5Ah). + + If present, it contains the complete SFDP (serial flash + discoverable parameters) binary data of the flash. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-surface_aggregator-tabletsw b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-surface_aggregator-tabletsw new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..74cd9d754e60 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-surface_aggregator-tabletsw @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +What: /sys/bus/surface_aggregator/devices/01:0e:01:00:01/state +Date: July 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.20 +Contact: Maximilian Luz <luzmaximilian@gmail.com> +Description: + This attribute returns a string with the current type-cover + or device posture, as indicated by the embedded controller. + Currently returned posture states are: + + - "disconnected": The type-cover has been disconnected. + + - "closed": The type-cover has been folded closed and lies on + top of the display. + + - "laptop": The type-cover is open and in laptop-mode, i.e., + ready for normal use. + + - "folded-canvas": The type-cover has been folded back + part-ways, but does not lie flush with the back side of the + device. In general, this means that the kick-stand is used + and extended atop of the cover. + + - "folded-back": The type cover has been fully folded back and + lies flush with the back side of the device. + + - "<unknown>": The current state is unknown to the driver, for + example due to newer as-of-yet unsupported hardware. + + New states may be introduced with new hardware. Users therefore + must not rely on this list of states being exhaustive and + gracefully handle unknown states. + +What: /sys/bus/surface_aggregator/devices/01:26:01:00:01/state +Date: July 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.20 +Contact: Maximilian Luz <luzmaximilian@gmail.com> +Description: + This attribute returns a string with the current device posture, as indicated by the embedded controller. Currently + returned posture states are: + + - "closed": The lid of the device is closed. + + - "laptop": The lid of the device is opened and the device + operates as a normal laptop. + + - "slate": The screen covers the keyboard or has been flipped + back and the device operates mainly based on touch input. + + - "tablet": The device operates as tablet and exclusively + relies on touch input (or external peripherals). + + - "<unknown>": The current state is unknown to the driver, for + example due to newer as-of-yet unsupported hardware. + + New states may be introduced with new hardware. Users therefore + must not rely on this list of states being exhaustive and + gracefully handle unknown states. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-thunderbolt b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-thunderbolt index dd565c378b40..76ab3e1fe374 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-thunderbolt +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-thunderbolt @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../domainX/boot_acl +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../domainX/boot_acl Date: Jun 2018 KernelVersion: 4.17 Contact: thunderbolt-software@lists.01.org @@ -21,7 +21,16 @@ Description: Holds a comma separated list of device unique_ids that If a device is authorized automatically during boot its boot attribute is set to 1. -What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../domainX/iommu_dma_protection +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../domainX/deauthorization +Date: May 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com> +Description: This attribute tells whether the system supports + de-authorization of devices. Value of 1 means user can + de-authorize PCIe tunnel by writing 0 to authorized + attribute under each device. + +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../domainX/iommu_dma_protection Date: Mar 2019 KernelVersion: 4.21 Contact: thunderbolt-software@lists.01.org @@ -30,57 +39,70 @@ Description: This attribute tells whether the system uses IOMMU it is not (DMA protection is solely based on Thunderbolt security levels). -What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../domainX/security +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../domainX/security Date: Sep 2017 KernelVersion: 4.13 Contact: thunderbolt-software@lists.01.org Description: This attribute holds current Thunderbolt security level set by the system BIOS. Possible values are: - none: All devices are automatically authorized - user: Devices are only authorized based on writing - appropriate value to the authorized attribute - secure: Require devices that support secure connect at - minimum. User needs to authorize each device. - dponly: Automatically tunnel Display port (and USB). No - PCIe tunnels are created. - usbonly: Automatically tunnel USB controller of the + ======= ================================================== + none All devices are automatically authorized + user Devices are only authorized based on writing + appropriate value to the authorized attribute + secure Require devices that support secure connect at + minimum. User needs to authorize each device. + dponly Automatically tunnel Display port (and USB). No + PCIe tunnels are created. + usbonly Automatically tunnel USB controller of the connected Thunderbolt dock (and Display Port). All PCIe links downstream of the dock are removed. + nopcie USB4 system where PCIe tunneling is disabled from + the BIOS. + ======= ================================================== -What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../authorized +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../authorized Date: Sep 2017 KernelVersion: 4.13 Contact: thunderbolt-software@lists.01.org Description: This attribute is used to authorize Thunderbolt devices after they have been connected. If the device is not - authorized, no devices such as PCIe and Display port are - available to the system. + authorized, no PCIe devices are available to the system. Contents of this attribute will be 0 when the device is not yet authorized. Possible values are supported: - 1: The device will be authorized and connected + + == =================================================== + 0 The device will be de-authorized (only supported if + deauthorization attribute under domain contains 1) + 1 The device will be authorized and connected + == =================================================== When key attribute contains 32 byte hex string the possible values are: - 1: The 32 byte hex string is added to the device NVM and - the device is authorized. - 2: Send a challenge based on the 32 byte hex string. If the - challenge response from device is valid, the device is - authorized. In case of failure errno will be ENOKEY if - the device did not contain a key at all, and - EKEYREJECTED if the challenge response did not match. - -What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../boot + + == ======================================================== + 0 The device will be de-authorized (only supported if + deauthorization attribute under domain contains 1) + 1 The 32 byte hex string is added to the device NVM and + the device is authorized. + 2 Send a challenge based on the 32 byte hex string. If the + challenge response from device is valid, the device is + authorized. In case of failure errno will be ENOKEY if + the device did not contain a key at all, and + EKEYREJECTED if the challenge response did not match. + == ======================================================== + +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../boot Date: Jun 2018 KernelVersion: 4.17 Contact: thunderbolt-software@lists.01.org Description: This attribute contains 1 if Thunderbolt device was already authorized on boot and 0 otherwise. -What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../generation +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../generation Date: Jan 2020 KernelVersion: 5.5 Contact: Christian Kellner <christian@kellner.me> @@ -88,7 +110,7 @@ Description: This attribute contains the generation of the Thunderbolt controller associated with the device. It will contain 4 for USB4. -What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../key +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../key Date: Sep 2017 KernelVersion: 4.13 Contact: thunderbolt-software@lists.01.org @@ -112,6 +134,13 @@ Contact: thunderbolt-software@lists.01.org Description: This attribute contains name of this device extracted from the device DROM. +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../maxhopid +Date: Jul 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.13 +Contact: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com> +Description: Only set for XDomains. The maximum HopID the other host + supports as its input HopID. + What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../rx_speed Date: Jan 2020 KernelVersion: 5.5 @@ -124,7 +153,7 @@ Date: Jan 2020 KernelVersion: 5.5 Contact: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com> Description: This attribute reports number of RX lanes the device is - using simultaneusly through its upstream port. + using simultaneously through its upstream port. What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../tx_speed Date: Jan 2020 @@ -138,7 +167,7 @@ Date: Jan 2020 KernelVersion: 5.5 Contact: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com> Description: This attribute reports number of TX lanes the device is - using simultaneusly through its upstream port. + using simultaneously through its upstream port. What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../vendor Date: Sep 2017 @@ -184,11 +213,15 @@ Description: When new NVM image is written to the non-active NVM restarted with the new NVM firmware. If the image verification fails an error code is returned instead. - This file will accept writing values "1" or "2" + This file will accept writing values "1", "2" or "3". + - Writing "1" will flush the image to the storage - area and authenticate the image in one action. + area and authenticate the image in one action. - Writing "2" will run some basic validation on the image - and flush it to the storage area. + and flush it to the storage area. + - Writing "3" will authenticate the image that is + currently written in the storage area. This is only + supported with USB4 devices and retimers. When read holds status of the last authentication operation if an error occurred during the process. This @@ -196,6 +229,20 @@ Description: When new NVM image is written to the non-active NVM based mailbox before the device is power cycled. Writing 0 here clears the status. +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../nvm_authenticate_on_disconnect +Date: Oct 2020 +KernelVersion: v5.9 +Contact: Mario Limonciello <mario.limonciello@outlook.com> +Description: For supported devices, automatically authenticate the new Thunderbolt + image when the device is disconnected from the host system. + + This file will accept writing values "1" or "2" + + - Writing "1" will flush the image to the storage + area and prepare the device for authentication on disconnect. + - Writing "2" will run some basic validation on the image + and flush it to the storage area. + What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/<xdomain>.<service>/key Date: Jan 2018 KernelVersion: 4.15 @@ -205,9 +252,11 @@ Description: This contains name of the property directory the XDomain question. Following directories are already reserved by the Apple XDomain specification: - network: IP/ethernet over Thunderbolt - targetdm: Target disk mode protocol over Thunderbolt - extdisp: External display mode protocol over Thunderbolt + ======== =============================================== + network IP/ethernet over Thunderbolt + targetdm Target disk mode protocol over Thunderbolt + extdisp External display mode protocol over Thunderbolt + ======== =============================================== What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/<xdomain>.<service>/modalias Date: Jan 2018 @@ -244,6 +293,49 @@ Contact: thunderbolt-software@lists.01.org Description: This contains XDomain service specific settings as bitmask. Format: %x +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/usb4_portX/connector +Date: April 2022 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Symlink to the USB Type-C connector. This link is only + created when USB Type-C Connector Class is enabled, + and only if the system firmware is capable of + describing the connection between a port and its + connector. + +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/usb4_portX/link +Date: Sep 2021 +KernelVersion: v5.14 +Contact: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com> +Description: Returns the current link mode. Possible values are + "usb4", "tbt" and "none". + +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/usb4_portX/offline +Date: Sep 2021 +KernelVersion: v5.14 +Contact: Rajmohan Mani <rajmohan.mani@intel.com> +Description: Writing 1 to this attribute puts the USB4 port into + offline mode. Only allowed when there is nothing + connected to the port (link attribute returns "none"). + Once the port is in offline mode it does not receive any + hotplug events. This is used to update NVM firmware of + on-board retimers. Writing 0 puts the port back to + online mode. + + This attribute is only visible if the platform supports + powering on retimers when there is no cable connected. + +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/usb4_portX/rescan +Date: Sep 2021 +KernelVersion: v5.14 +Contact: Rajmohan Mani <rajmohan.mani@intel.com> +Description: When the USB4 port is in offline mode writing 1 to this + attribute forces rescan of the sideband for on-board + retimers. Each retimer appear under the USB4 port as if + the USB4 link was up. These retimers act in the same way + as if the cable was connected so upgrading their NVM + firmware can be done the usual way. + What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/<device>:<port>.<index>/device Date: Oct 2020 KernelVersion: v5.9 @@ -276,16 +368,3 @@ Date: Oct 2020 KernelVersion: v5.9 Contact: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com> Description: Retimer vendor identifier read from the hardware. - -What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../nvm_authenticate_on_disconnect -Date: Oct 2020 -KernelVersion: v5.9 -Contact: Mario Limonciello <mario.limonciello@dell.com> -Description: For supported devices, automatically authenticate the new Thunderbolt - image when the device is disconnected from the host system. - - This file will accept writing values "1" or "2" - - Writing "1" will flush the image to the storage - area and prepare the device for authentication on disconnect. - - Writing "2" will run some basic validation on the image - and flush it to the storage area. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb index 614d216dff1d..be663258b9b7 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/INTERFACE/authorized +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<INTERFACE>/authorized Date: August 2015 Description: This allows to authorize (1) or deauthorize (0) @@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ Description: by writing INTERFACE to /sys/bus/usb/drivers_probe This allows to avoid side-effects with drivers that need multiple interfaces. + A deauthorized interface cannot be probed or claimed. What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/interface_authorized_default @@ -72,24 +73,27 @@ Description: table at compile time. The format for the device ID is: idVendor idProduct bInterfaceClass RefIdVendor RefIdProduct The vendor ID and device ID fields are required, the - rest is optional. The Ref* tuple can be used to tell the + rest is optional. The `Ref*` tuple can be used to tell the driver to use the same driver_data for the new device as it is used for the reference device. Upon successfully adding an ID, the driver will probe - for the device and attempt to bind to it. For example: - # echo "8086 10f5" > /sys/bus/usb/drivers/foo/new_id + for the device and attempt to bind to it. For example:: + + # echo "8086 10f5" > /sys/bus/usb/drivers/foo/new_id Here add a new device (0458:7045) using driver_data from - an already supported device (0458:704c): - # echo "0458 7045 0 0458 704c" > /sys/bus/usb/drivers/foo/new_id + an already supported device (0458:704c):: + + # echo "0458 7045 0 0458 704c" > /sys/bus/usb/drivers/foo/new_id Reading from this file will list all dynamically added device IDs in the same format, with one entry per - line. For example: - # cat /sys/bus/usb/drivers/foo/new_id - 8086 10f5 - dead beef 06 - f00d cafe + line. For example:: + + # cat /sys/bus/usb/drivers/foo/new_id + 8086 10f5 + dead beef 06 + f00d cafe The list will be truncated at PAGE_SIZE bytes due to sysfs restrictions. @@ -150,17 +154,6 @@ Description: files hold a string value (enable or disable) indicating whether or not USB3 hardware LPM U1 or U2 is enabled for the device. -What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../removable -Date: February 2012 -Contact: Matthew Garrett <mjg@redhat.com> -Description: - Some information about whether a given USB device is - physically fixed to the platform can be inferred from a - combination of hub descriptor bits and platform-specific data - such as ACPI. This file will read either "removable" or - "fixed" if the information is available, and "unknown" - otherwise. - What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../ltm_capable Date: July 2012 Contact: Sarah Sharp <sarah.a.sharp@linux.intel.com> @@ -173,14 +166,31 @@ Description: The file will be present for all speeds of USB devices, and will always read "no" for USB 1.1 and USB 2.0 devices. -What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<INTERFACE>/wireless_status +Date: February 2023 +Contact: Bastien Nocera <hadess@hadess.net> +Description: + Some USB devices use a USB receiver dongle to communicate + wirelessly with their device using proprietary protocols. This + attribute allows user-space to know whether the device is + connected to its receiver dongle, and, for example, consider + the device to be absent when choosing whether to show the + device's battery, show a headset in a list of outputs, or show + an on-screen keyboard if the only wireless keyboard is + turned off. + This attribute is not to be used to replace protocol specific + statuses available in WWAN, WLAN/Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, etc. + If the device does not use a receiver dongle with a wireless + device, then this attribute will not exist. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../<hub_interface>/port<X> Date: August 2012 Contact: Lan Tianyu <tianyu.lan@intel.com> Description: - The /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX + The /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../<hub_interface>/port<X> is usb port device's sysfs directory. -What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX/connect_type +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../<hub_interface>/port<X>/connect_type Date: January 2013 Contact: Lan Tianyu <tianyu.lan@intel.com> Description: @@ -189,7 +199,7 @@ Description: The file will read "hotplug", "hardwired" and "not used" if the information is available, and "unknown" otherwise. -What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX/location +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../<hub_interface>/port<X>/location Date: October 2018 Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no> Description: @@ -199,7 +209,7 @@ Description: raw location value as a hex integer. -What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX/quirks +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../<hub_interface>/port<X>/quirks Date: May 2018 Contact: Nicolas Boichat <drinkcat@chromium.org> Description: @@ -209,9 +219,11 @@ Description: advance, and behaves well according to the specification. This attribute is a bit-field that controls the behavior of a specific port: + - Bit 0 of this field selects the "old" enumeration scheme, as it is considerably faster (it only causes one USB reset instead of 2). + The old enumeration scheme can also be selected globally using /sys/module/usbcore/parameters/old_scheme_first, but it is often not desirable as the new scheme was introduced to @@ -221,7 +233,7 @@ Description: used to help make enumeration work better on some high speed devices. -What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX/over_current_count +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../<hub_interface>/port<X>/over_current_count Date: February 2018 Contact: Richard Leitner <richard.leitner@skidata.com> Description: @@ -233,12 +245,12 @@ Description: poll() for monitoring changes to this value in user space. Any time this value changes the corresponding hub device will send a - udev event with the following attributes: + udev event with the following attributes:: - OVER_CURRENT_PORT=/sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX - OVER_CURRENT_COUNT=[current value of this sysfs attribute] + OVER_CURRENT_PORT=/sys/bus/usb/devices/.../<hub_interface>/port<X> + OVER_CURRENT_COUNT=[current value of this sysfs attribute] -What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX/usb3_lpm_permit +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../<hub_interface>/port<X>/usb3_lpm_permit Date: November 2015 Contact: Lu Baolu <baolu.lu@linux.intel.com> Description: @@ -249,6 +261,47 @@ Description: is permitted, "u2" if only u2 is permitted, "u1_u2" if both u1 and u2 are permitted. +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../<hub_interface>/port<X>/connector +Date: December 2021 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Link to the USB Type-C connector when available. This link is + only created when USB Type-C Connector Class is enabled, and + only if the system firmware is capable of describing the + connection between a port and its connector. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../<hub_interface>/port<X>/disable +Date: June 2022 +Contact: Michael Grzeschik <m.grzeschik@pengutronix.de> +Description: + This file controls the state of a USB port, including + Vbus power output (but only on hubs that support + power switching -- most hubs don't support it). If + a port is disabled, the port is unusable: Devices + attached to the port will not be detected, initialized, + or enumerated. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../<hub_interface>/port<X>/early_stop +Date: Sep 2022 +Contact: Ray Chi <raychi@google.com> +Description: + Some USB hosts have some watchdog mechanisms so that the device + may enter ramdump if it takes a long time during port initialization. + This attribute allows each port just has two attempts so that the + port initialization will be failed quickly. In addition, if a port + which is marked with early_stop has failed to initialize, it will ignore + all future connections until this attribute is clear. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../<hub_interface>/port<X>/state +Date: June 2023 +Contact: Roy Luo <royluo@google.com> +Description: + Indicates current state of the USB device attached to the port. + Valid states are: 'not-attached', 'attached', 'powered', + 'reconnecting', 'unauthenticated', 'default', 'addressed', + 'configured', and 'suspended'. This file supports poll() to + monitor the state change from user space. + What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../power/usb2_lpm_l1_timeout Date: May 2013 Contact: Mathias Nyman <mathias.nyman@linux.intel.com> @@ -293,3 +346,277 @@ Description: USB 3.2 adds Dual-lane support, 2 rx and 2 tx -lanes over Type-C. Inter-Chip SSIC devices support asymmetric lanes up to 4 lanes per direction. Devices before USB 3.2 are single lane (tx_lanes = 1) + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/bAlternateSetting +Description: + The current interface alternate setting number, in decimal. + + See USB specs for its meaning. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/bcdDevice +Description: + The device's release number, in hexadecimal. + + See USB specs for its meaning. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/bConfigurationValue +Description: + While a USB device typically have just one configuration + setting, some devices support multiple configurations. + + This value shows the current configuration, in decimal. + + Changing its value will change the device's configuration + to another setting. + + The number of configurations supported by a device is at: + + /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/bNumConfigurations + + See USB specs for its meaning. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/bDeviceClass +Description: + Class code of the device, in hexadecimal. + + See USB specs for its meaning. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/bDeviceProtocol +Description: + Protocol code of the device, in hexadecimal. + + See USB specs for its meaning. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/bDeviceSubClass +Description: + Subclass code of the device, in hexadecimal. + + See USB specs for its meaning. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/bInterfaceClass +Description: + Class code of the interface, in hexadecimal. + + See USB specs for its meaning. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/bInterfaceNumber +Description: + Interface number, in hexadecimal. + + See USB specs for its meaning. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/bInterfaceProtocol +Description: + Protocol code of the interface, in hexadecimal. + + See USB specs for its meaning. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/bInterfaceSubClass +Description: + Subclass code of the interface, in hexadecimal. + + See USB specs for its meaning. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/bmAttributes +Description: + Attributes of the current configuration, in hexadecimal. + + See USB specs for its meaning. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/bMaxPacketSize0 +Description: + Maximum endpoint 0 packet size, in decimal. + + See USB specs for its meaning. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/bMaxPower +Description: + Maximum power consumption of the active configuration of + the device, in miliamperes. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/bNumConfigurations +Description: + Number of the possible configurations of the device, in + decimal. The current configuration is controlled via: + + /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/bConfigurationValue + + See USB specs for its meaning. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/bNumEndpoints +Description: + Number of endpoints used on this interface, in hexadecimal. + + See USB specs for its meaning. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/bNumInterfaces +Description: + Number of interfaces on this device, in decimal. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/busnum +Description: + Number of the bus. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/configuration +Description: + Contents of the string descriptor associated with the + current configuration. It may include the firmware version + of a device and/or its serial number. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/descriptors +Description: + Contains the interface descriptors, in binary. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/idProduct +Description: + Product ID, in hexadecimal. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/idVendor +Description: + Vendor ID, in hexadecimal. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/devspec +Description: + Displays the Device Tree Open Firmware node of the interface. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/avoid_reset_quirk +Description: + Most devices have this set to zero. + + If the value is 1, enable a USB quirk that prevents this + device to use reset. + + (read/write) + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/devnum +Description: + USB interface device number, in decimal. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/devpath +Description: + String containing the USB interface device path. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/manufacturer +Description: + Vendor specific string containing the name of the + manufacturer of the device. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/maxchild +Description: + Number of ports of an USB hub + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/persist +Description: + Keeps the device even if it gets disconnected. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/product +Description: + Vendor specific string containing the name of the + device's product. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/speed +Description: + Shows the device's max speed, according to the USB version, + in Mbps. + Can be: + + ======= ==================== + Unknown speed unknown + 1.5 Low speed + 15 Full speed + 480 High Speed + 5000 Super Speed + 10000 Super Speed+ + 20000 Super Speed+ Gen 2x2 + ======= ==================== + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/supports_autosuspend +Description: + Returns 1 if the device doesn't support autosuspend. + Otherwise, returns 0. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/urbnum +Description: + Number of URBs submitted for the whole device. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/version +Description: + String containing the USB device version, as encoded + at the BCD descriptor. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/power/autosuspend +Description: + Time in milliseconds for the device to autosuspend. If the + value is negative, then autosuspend is prevented. + + (read/write) + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/power/active_duration +Description: + The total time the device has not been suspended. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/power/connected_duration +Description: + The total time (in msec) that the device has been connected. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/power/level +Description: + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/ep_<N>/bEndpointAddress +Description: + The address of the endpoint described by this descriptor, + in hexadecimal. The endpoint direction on this bitmapped field + is also shown at: + + /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/ep_<N>/direction + + See USB specs for its meaning. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/ep_<N>/bInterval +Description: + The interval of the endpoint as described on its descriptor, + in hexadecimal. The actual interval depends on the version + of the USB. Also shown in time units at + /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/ep_<N>/interval. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/ep_<N>/bLength +Description: + Number of bytes of the endpoint descriptor, in hexadecimal. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/ep_<N>/bmAttributes +Description: + Attributes which apply to the endpoint as described on its + descriptor, in hexadecimal. The endpoint type on this + bitmapped field is also shown at: + + /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/ep_<N>/type + + See USB specs for its meaning. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/ep_<N>/direction +Description: + Direction of the endpoint. Can be: + + - both (on control endpoints) + - in + - out + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/ep_<N>/interval +Description: + Interval for polling endpoint for data transfers, in + milisseconds or microseconds. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/ep_<N>/type +Description: + Descriptor type. Can be: + + - Control + - Isoc + - Bulk + - Interrupt + - unknown + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/ep_<N>/wMaxPacketSize +Description: + Maximum packet size this endpoint is capable of + sending or receiving, in hexadecimal. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-devices-usbsevseg b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-devices-usbsevseg index 9ade80f81f96..2f86e4223bfc 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-devices-usbsevseg +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-devices-usbsevseg @@ -12,8 +12,11 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.26 Contact: Harrison Metzger <harrisonmetz@gmail.com> Description: Controls the devices display mode. For a 6 character display the values are + MSB 0x06; LSB 0x3F, and + for an 8 character display the values are + MSB 0x08; LSB 0xFF. What: /sys/bus/usb/.../textmode @@ -37,7 +40,7 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.26 Contact: Harrison Metzger <harrisonmetz@gmail.com> Description: Controls the decimal places on the device. To set the nth decimal place, give this field - the value of 10 ** n. Assume this field has + the value of ``10 ** n``. Assume this field has the value k and has 1 or more decimal places set, to set the mth place (where m is not already set), - change this fields value to k + 10 ** m. + change this fields value to ``k + 10 ** m``. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-vdpa b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-vdpa new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..28a6111202ba --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-vdpa @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +What: /sys/bus/vdpa/driver_autoprobe +Date: March 2020 +Contact: virtualization@lists.linux-foundation.org +Description: + This file determines whether new devices are immediately bound + to a driver after the creation. It initially contains 1, which + means the kernel automatically binds devices to a compatible + driver immediately after they are created. + + Writing "0" to this file disable this feature, any other string + enable it. + +What: /sys/bus/vdpa/driver_probe +Date: March 2020 +Contact: virtualization@lists.linux-foundation.org +Description: + Writing a device name to this file will cause the kernel binds + devices to a compatible driver. + + This can be useful when /sys/bus/vdpa/driver_autoprobe is + disabled. + +What: /sys/bus/vdpa/drivers/.../bind +Date: March 2020 +Contact: virtualization@lists.linux-foundation.org +Description: + Writing a device name to this file will cause the driver to + attempt to bind to the device. This is useful for overriding + default bindings. + +What: /sys/bus/vdpa/drivers/.../unbind +Date: March 2020 +Contact: virtualization@lists.linux-foundation.org +Description: + Writing a device name to this file will cause the driver to + attempt to unbind from the device. This may be useful when + overriding default bindings. + +What: /sys/bus/vdpa/devices/.../driver_override +Date: November 2021 +Contact: virtualization@lists.linux-foundation.org +Description: + This file allows the driver for a device to be specified. + When specified, only a driver with a name matching the value + written to driver_override will have an opportunity to bind to + the device. The override is specified by writing a string to the + driver_override file (echo vhost-vdpa > driver_override) and may + be cleared with an empty string (echo > driver_override). + This returns the device to standard matching rules binding. + Writing to driver_override does not automatically unbind the + device from its current driver or make any attempt to + automatically load the specified driver. If no driver with a + matching name is currently loaded in the kernel, the device will + not bind to any driver. This also allows devices to opt-out of + driver binding using a driver_override name such as "none". + Only a single driver may be specified in the override, there is + no support for parsing delimiters. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-vfio-mdev b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-vfio-mdev index 452dbe39270e..59fc804265db 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-vfio-mdev +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-vfio-mdev @@ -28,8 +28,9 @@ Description: Writing UUID to this file will create mediated device of type <type-id> for parent device <device>. This is a write-only file. - For example: - # echo "83b8f4f2-509f-382f-3c1e-e6bfe0fa1001" > \ + For example:: + + # echo "83b8f4f2-509f-382f-3c1e-e6bfe0fa1001" > \ /sys/devices/foo/mdev_supported_types/foo-1/create What: /sys/.../mdev_supported_types/<type-id>/devices/ @@ -107,5 +108,6 @@ Description: Writing '1' to this file destroys the mediated device. The vendor driver can fail the remove() callback if that device is active and the vendor driver doesn't support hot unplug. - Example: - # echo 1 > /sys/bus/mdev/devices/<UUID>/remove + Example:: + + # echo 1 > /sys/bus/mdev/devices/<UUID>/remove diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-c2port b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-c2port index 716cffc457e9..f7b8cf6e4398 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-c2port +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-c2port @@ -66,13 +66,6 @@ Description: the "erase" command on the on-board flash of the connected micro. -What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_erase -Date: October 2008 -Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it> -Description: - The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_erase file show the - on-board flash size of the connected micro. - What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/reset Date: October 2008 Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it> diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight index 3ab175a3f5cb..c453646b06e2 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight @@ -24,3 +24,163 @@ Description: non-linear The brightness changes non-linearly with each step. Brightness controls should use a linear mapping for a linear perception. + +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/ambient_light_level +Date: Apr, 2010 +KernelVersion: v2.6.35 +Contact: Michael Hennerich <michael.hennerich@analog.com> +Description: + (RO) Get conversion value of the light sensor. + + The value is automatically updated every 80 ms when the + light sensor is enabled. + + The value range is device-driver specific: + + For ADP8870: + + It returns integer between 0 (dark) and 8000 (max ambient + brightness). + + For ADP8860: + + It returns a 13-bits integer. + +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/ambient_light_zone +Date: Apr, 2010 +KernelVersion: v2.6.35 +Contact: Michael Hennerich <michael.hennerich@analog.com>, + device-drivers-devel@blackfin.uclinux.org + +Description: + (RW) Read or write the specific brightness level at which the + backlight operates. + + The value meaning is device-driver specific: + + For ADP8860: + + == ========================== + 0 Off: Backlight set to 0 mA + 1 Level 1: daylight + 2 Level 2: bright + 3 Level 3: dark + == ========================== + + For ADP8870: + + == ========================== + 0 Off: Backlight set to 0 mA + 1 Level 1: daylight + 2 Level 2: bright + 3 Level 3: office + 4 Level 4: indoor + 5 Level 5: dark + == ========================== + + Writing 0 returns to normal/automatic ambient light level + operation. + + It can be enabled by writing the value stored in + /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/max_brightness to + /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/brightness. + +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/<ambient light zone>_max +Date: Sep, 2009 +KernelVersion: v2.6.32 +Contact: device-drivers-devel@blackfin.uclinux.org +Description: + Control the maximum brightness for <ambient light zone> + on this <backlight>. Values are between 0 and 127. This file + will also show the brightness level stored for this + <ambient light zone>. + + The <ambient light zone> is device-driver specific: + + For ADP5520 and ADP5501, <ambient light zone> can be: + + =========== ================================================ + Ambient sysfs entry + light zone + =========== ================================================ + daylight /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/daylight_max + office /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/office_max + dark /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/dark_max + =========== ================================================ + + For ADP8860, <ambient light zone> can be: + + =========== ================================================ + Ambient sysfs entry + light zone + =========== ================================================ + l1_daylight /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l1_daylight_max + l2_office /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l2_office_max + l3_dark /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l3_dark_max + =========== ================================================ + + For ADP8870, <ambient light zone> can be: + + =========== ================================================ + Ambient sysfs entry + light zone + =========== ================================================ + l1_daylight /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l1_daylight_max + l2_bright /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l2_bright_max + l3_office /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l3_office_max + l4_indoor /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l4_indoor_max + l5_dark /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l5_dark_max + =========== ================================================ + + See also: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/ambient_light_zone. + +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/<ambient light zone>_dim +Date: Sep, 2009 +KernelVersion: v2.6.32 +Contact: device-drivers-devel@blackfin.uclinux.org +Description: + Control the dim brightness for <ambient light zone> + on this <backlight>. Values are between 0 and 127, typically + set to 0. Full off when the backlight is disabled. + This file will also show the dim brightness level stored for + this <ambient light zone>. + + The <ambient light zone> is device-driver specific: + + For ADP5520 and ADP5501, <ambient light zone> can be: + + =========== ================================================ + Ambient sysfs entry + light zone + =========== ================================================ + daylight /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/daylight_dim + office /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/office_dim + dark /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/dark_dim + =========== ================================================ + + For ADP8860, <ambient light zone> can be: + + =========== ================================================ + Ambient sysfs entry + light zone + =========== ================================================ + l1_daylight /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l1_daylight_dim + l2_office /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l2_office_dim + l3_dark /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l3_dark_dim + =========== ================================================ + + For ADP8870, <ambient light zone> can be: + + =========== ================================================ + Ambient sysfs entry + light zone + =========== ================================================ + l1_daylight /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l1_daylight_dim + l2_bright /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l2_bright_dim + l3_office /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l3_office_dim + l4_indoor /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l4_indoor_dim + l5_dark /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l5_dark_dim + =========== ================================================ + + See also: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/ambient_light_zone. + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-adp5520 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-adp5520 deleted file mode 100644 index 34b6ebafa210..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-adp5520 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,31 +0,0 @@ -sysfs interface for analog devices adp5520(01) backlight driver ---------------------------------------------------------------- - -The backlight brightness control operates at three different levels for the -adp5520 and adp5501 devices: daylight (level 1), office (level 2) and dark -(level 3). By default the brightness operates at the daylight brightness level. - -What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/daylight_max -What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/office_max -What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/dark_max -Date: Sep, 2009 -KernelVersion: v2.6.32 -Contact: Michael Hennerich <michael.hennerich@analog.com> -Description: - (RW) Maximum current setting for the backlight when brightness - is at one of the three levels (daylight, office or dark). This - is an input code between 0 and 127, which is transformed to a - value between 0 mA and 30 mA using linear or non-linear - algorithms. - -What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/daylight_dim -What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/office_dim -What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/dark_dim -Date: Sep, 2009 -KernelVersion: v2.6.32 -Contact: Michael Hennerich <michael.hennerich@analog.com> -Description: - (RW) Dim current setting for the backlight when brightness is at - one of the three levels (daylight, office or dark). This is an - input code between 0 and 127, which is transformed to a value - between 0 mA and 30 mA using linear or non-linear algorithms. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-adp8860 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-adp8860 deleted file mode 100644 index 54d61c788b1b..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-adp8860 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,54 +0,0 @@ -sysfs interface for analog devices adp8860 backlight driver ------------------------------------------------------------ - -The backlight brightness control operates at three different levels for the -adp8860, adp8861 and adp8863 devices: daylight (level 1), office (level 2) and -dark (level 3). By default the brightness operates at the daylight brightness -level. - -What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/ambient_light_level -Date: Apr, 2010 -KernelVersion: v2.6.35 -Contact: Michael Hennerich <michael.hennerich@analog.com> -Description: - (RO) 13-bit conversion value for the first light sensor—high - byte (Bit 12 to Bit 8). The value is updated every 80 ms (when - the light sensor is enabled). - - -What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/ambient_light_zone -Date: Apr, 2010 -KernelVersion: v2.6.35 -Contact: Michael Hennerich <michael.hennerich@analog.com> -Description: - (RW) Read or write the specific level at which the backlight - operates. Value "0" enables automatic ambient light sensing, and - values "1", "2" or "3" set the control to daylight, office or - dark respectively. - - -What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l1_daylight_max -What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l2_office_max -What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l3_dark_max -Date: Apr, 2010 -KernelVersion: v2.6.35 -Contact: Michael Hennerich <michael.hennerich@analog.com> -Description: - (RW) Maximum current setting for the backlight when brightness - is at one of the three levels (daylight, office or dark). This - is an input code between 0 and 127, which is transformed to a - value between 0 mA and 30 mA using linear or non-linear - algorithms. - - -What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l1_daylight_dim -What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l2_office_dim -What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l3_dark_dim -Date: Apr, 2010 -KernelVersion: v2.6.35 -Contact: Michael Hennerich <michael.hennerich@analog.com> -Description: - (RW) Dim current setting for the backlight when brightness is at - one of the three levels (daylight, office or dark). This is an - input code between 0 and 127, which is transformed to a value - between 0 mA and 30 mA using linear or non-linear algorithms. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-adp8870 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-adp8870 deleted file mode 100644 index 33e648808117..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-adp8870 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,56 +0,0 @@ -What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/<ambient light zone>_max -What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l1_daylight_max -What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l2_bright_max -What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l3_office_max -What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l4_indoor_max -What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l5_dark_max -Date: May 2011 -KernelVersion: 3.0 -Contact: device-drivers-devel@blackfin.uclinux.org -Description: - Control the maximum brightness for <ambient light zone> - on this <backlight>. Values are between 0 and 127. This file - will also show the brightness level stored for this - <ambient light zone>. - -What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/<ambient light zone>_dim -What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l2_bright_dim -What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l3_office_dim -What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l4_indoor_dim -What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l5_dark_dim -Date: May 2011 -KernelVersion: 3.0 -Contact: device-drivers-devel@blackfin.uclinux.org -Description: - Control the dim brightness for <ambient light zone> - on this <backlight>. Values are between 0 and 127, typically - set to 0. Full off when the backlight is disabled. - This file will also show the dim brightness level stored for - this <ambient light zone>. - -What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/ambient_light_level -Date: May 2011 -KernelVersion: 3.0 -Contact: device-drivers-devel@blackfin.uclinux.org -Description: - Get conversion value of the light sensor. - This value is updated every 80 ms (when the light sensor - is enabled). Returns integer between 0 (dark) and - 8000 (max ambient brightness) - -What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/ambient_light_zone -Date: May 2011 -KernelVersion: 3.0 -Contact: device-drivers-devel@blackfin.uclinux.org -Description: - Get/Set current ambient light zone. Reading returns - integer between 1..5 (1 = daylight, 2 = bright, ..., 5 = dark). - Writing a value between 1..5 forces the backlight controller - to enter the corresponding ambient light zone. - Writing 0 returns to normal/automatic ambient light level - operation. The ambient light sensing feature on these devices - is an extension to the API documented in - Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-backlight. - It can be enabled by writing the value stored in - /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/max_brightness to - /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/brightness. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-lm3533 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-lm3533 index c0e0a9ae7b3d..8251e78abc49 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-lm3533 +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-lm3533 @@ -6,8 +6,10 @@ Description: Get the ALS output channel used as input in ALS-current-control mode (0, 1), where: - 0 - out_current0 (backlight 0) - 1 - out_current1 (backlight 1) + == ========================== + 0 out_current0 (backlight 0) + 1 out_current1 (backlight 1) + == ========================== What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/als_en Date: May 2012 @@ -30,8 +32,10 @@ Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> Description: Set the brightness-mapping mode (0, 1), where: - 0 - exponential mode - 1 - linear mode + == ================ + 0 exponential mode + 1 linear mode + == ================ What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/pwm Date: April 2012 @@ -40,9 +44,11 @@ Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> Description: Set the PWM-input control mask (5 bits), where: - bit 5 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 4 - bit 4 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 3 - bit 3 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 2 - bit 2 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 1 - bit 1 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 0 - bit 0 - PWM-input enabled + ===== =========================== + bit 5 PWM-input enabled in Zone 4 + bit 4 PWM-input enabled in Zone 3 + bit 3 PWM-input enabled in Zone 2 + bit 2 PWM-input enabled in Zone 1 + bit 1 PWM-input enabled in Zone 0 + bit 0 PWM-input enabled + ===== =========================== diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bdi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bdi index d773d5697cf5..0d2abd88a18c 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bdi +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bdi @@ -23,15 +23,17 @@ default The default backing dev, used for non-block device backed filesystems which do not provide their own BDI. -Files under /sys/class/bdi/<bdi>/ ---------------------------------- - -read_ahead_kb (read-write) - +What: /sys/class/bdi/<bdi>/read_ahead_kb +Date: January 2008 +Contact: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl> +Description: Size of the read-ahead window in kilobytes -min_ratio (read-write) - + (read-write) +What: /sys/class/bdi/<bdi>/min_ratio +Date: January 2008 +Contact: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl> +Description: Under normal circumstances each device is given a part of the total write-back cache that relates to its current average writeout speed in relation to the other devices. @@ -40,8 +42,27 @@ min_ratio (read-write) percentage of the write-back cache to a particular device. For example, this is useful for providing a minimum QoS. -max_ratio (read-write) + (read-write) +What: /sys/class/bdi/<bdi>/min_ratio_fine +Date: November 2022 +Contact: Stefan Roesch <shr@devkernel.io> +Description: + Under normal circumstances each device is given a part of the + total write-back cache that relates to its current average + writeout speed in relation to the other devices. + + The 'min_ratio_fine' parameter allows assigning a minimum reserve + of the write-back cache to a particular device. The value is + expressed as part of 1 million. For example, this is useful for + providing a minimum QoS. + + (read-write) + +What: /sys/class/bdi/<bdi>/max_ratio +Date: January 2008 +Contact: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl> +Description: Allows limiting a particular device to use not more than the given percentage of the write-back cache. This is useful in situations where we want to avoid one device taking all or @@ -49,7 +70,65 @@ max_ratio (read-write) mount that is prone to get stuck, or a FUSE mount which cannot be trusted to play fair. -stable_pages_required (read-only) + (read-write) + +What: /sys/class/bdi/<bdi>/max_ratio_fine +Date: November 2022 +Contact: Stefan Roesch <shr@devkernel.io> +Description: + Allows limiting a particular device to use not more than the + given value of the write-back cache. The value is given as part + of 1 million. This is useful in situations where we want to avoid + one device taking all or most of the write-back cache. For example + in case of an NFS mount that is prone to get stuck, or a FUSE mount + which cannot be trusted to play fair. + + (read-write) +What: /sys/class/bdi/<bdi>/min_bytes +Date: October 2022 +Contact: Stefan Roesch <shr@devkernel.io> +Description: + Under normal circumstances each device is given a part of the + total write-back cache that relates to its current average + writeout speed in relation to the other devices. + + The 'min_bytes' parameter allows assigning a minimum + percentage of the write-back cache to a particular device + expressed in bytes. + For example, this is useful for providing a minimum QoS. + + (read-write) + +What: /sys/class/bdi/<bdi>/max_bytes +Date: October 2022 +Contact: Stefan Roesch <shr@devkernel.io> +Description: + Allows limiting a particular device to use not more than the + given 'max_bytes' of the write-back cache. This is useful in + situations where we want to avoid one device taking all or + most of the write-back cache. For example in case of an NFS + mount that is prone to get stuck, a FUSE mount which cannot be + trusted to play fair, or a nbd device. + + (read-write) + +What: /sys/class/bdi/<bdi>/strict_limit +Date: October 2022 +Contact: Stefan Roesch <shr@devkernel.io> +Description: + Forces per-BDI checks for the share of given device in the write-back + cache even before the global background dirty limit is reached. This + is useful in situations where the global limit is much higher than + affordable for given relatively slow (or untrusted) device. Turning + strictlimit on has no visible effect if max_ratio is equal to 100%. + + (read-write) +What: /sys/class/bdi/<bdi>/stable_pages_required +Date: January 2008 +Contact: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl> +Description: If set, the backing device requires that all pages comprising a write request must not be changed until writeout is complete. + + (read-only) diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-chromeos b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-chromeos index 5819699d66ec..74ece942722e 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-chromeos +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-chromeos @@ -17,13 +17,14 @@ Date: August 2015 KernelVersion: 4.2 Description: Tell the EC to reboot in various ways. Options are: - "cancel": Cancel a pending reboot. - "ro": Jump to RO without rebooting. - "rw": Jump to RW without rebooting. - "cold": Cold reboot. - "disable-jump": Disable jump until next reboot. - "hibernate": Hibernate the EC. - "at-shutdown": Reboot after an AP shutdown. + + - "cancel": Cancel a pending reboot. + - "ro": Jump to RO without rebooting. + - "rw": Jump to RW without rebooting. + - "cold": Cold reboot. + - "disable-jump": Disable jump until next reboot. + - "hibernate": Hibernate the EC. + - "at-shutdown": Reboot after an AP shutdown. What: /sys/class/chromeos/<ec-device-name>/version Date: August 2015 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl index 7970e3713e70..594fda254130 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl @@ -72,11 +72,16 @@ Description: read/write when performing the START_WORK ioctl. Only applicable when running under hashed page table mmu. Possible values: - none: No prefaulting (default) - work_element_descriptor: Treat the work element - descriptor as an effective address and - prefault what it points to. - all: all segments process calling START_WORK maps. + + ======================= ====================================== + none No prefaulting (default) + work_element_descriptor Treat the work element + descriptor as an effective address and + prefault what it points to. + all all segments process calling + START_WORK maps. + ======================= ====================================== + Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/reset @@ -98,8 +103,8 @@ What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/api_version_compatible Date: September 2014 Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org Description: read only - Decimal value of the the lowest version of the userspace API - this this kernel supports. + Decimal value of the lowest version of the userspace API + this kernel supports. Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl @@ -161,10 +166,11 @@ Description: read only Decimal value of the Per Process MMIO space length. Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl -What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>m/pp_mmio_off (not in a guest) +What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>m/pp_mmio_off Date: September 2014 Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org Description: read only + (not in a guest) Decimal value of the Per Process MMIO space offset. Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl @@ -185,33 +191,37 @@ Description: read only Identifies the revision level of the PSL. Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl -What: /sys/class/cxl/<card>/base_image (not in a guest) +What: /sys/class/cxl/<card>/base_image Date: September 2014 Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org Description: read only + (not in a guest) Identifies the revision level of the base image for devices that support loadable PSLs. For FPGAs this field identifies the image contained in the on-adapter flash which is loaded during the initial program load. Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl -What: /sys/class/cxl/<card>/image_loaded (not in a guest) +What: /sys/class/cxl/<card>/image_loaded Date: September 2014 Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org Description: read only + (not in a guest) Will return "user" or "factory" depending on the image loaded onto the card. Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl -What: /sys/class/cxl/<card>/load_image_on_perst (not in a guest) +What: /sys/class/cxl/<card>/load_image_on_perst Date: December 2014 Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org Description: read/write + (not in a guest) Valid entries are "none", "user", and "factory". "none" means PERST will not cause image to be loaded to the card. A power cycle is required to load the image. "none" could be useful for debugging because the trace arrays are preserved. + "user" and "factory" means PERST will cause either the user or user or factory image to be loaded. Default is to reload on PERST whichever image the card has @@ -229,14 +239,18 @@ Description: write only contexts on the card AFUs. Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl -What: /sys/class/cxl/<card>/perst_reloads_same_image (not in a guest) +What: /sys/class/cxl/<card>/perst_reloads_same_image Date: July 2015 Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org Description: read/write + (not in a guest) Trust that when an image is reloaded via PERST, it will not have changed. - 0 = don't trust, the image may be different (default) - 1 = trust that the image will not change. + + == ================================================= + 0 don't trust, the image may be different (default) + 1 trust that the image will not change. + == ================================================= Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl What: /sys/class/cxl/<card>/psl_timebase_synced diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devfreq b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devfreq index deefffb3bbe4..5e6b74f30406 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devfreq +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devfreq @@ -37,20 +37,6 @@ Description: The /sys/class/devfreq/.../target_freq shows the next governor predicted target frequency of the corresponding devfreq object. -What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../polling_interval -Date: September 2011 -Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> -Description: - The /sys/class/devfreq/.../polling_interval shows and sets - the requested polling interval of the corresponding devfreq - object. The values are represented in ms. If the value is - less than 1 jiffy, it is considered to be 0, which means - no polling. This value is meaningless if the governor is - not polling; thus. If the governor is not using - devfreq-provided central polling - (/sys/class/devfreq/.../central_polling is 0), this value - may be useless. - What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../trans_stat Date: October 2012 Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> @@ -62,16 +48,9 @@ Description: driver should provide the list of available frequencies with its profile. If need to reset the statistics of devfreq behavior on a specific device, enter 0(zero) to 'trans_stat' - as following: - echo 0 > /sys/class/devfreq/.../trans_stat + as following:: -What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../userspace/set_freq -Date: September 2011 -Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> -Description: - The /sys/class/devfreq/.../userspace/set_freq shows and - sets the requested frequency for the devfreq object if - userspace governor is in effect. + echo 0 > /sys/class/devfreq/.../trans_stat What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../available_frequencies Date: October 2012 @@ -109,6 +88,32 @@ Description: The max_freq overrides min_freq because max_freq may be used to throttle devices to avoid overheating. +What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../polling_interval +Date: September 2011 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> +Description: + The /sys/class/devfreq/.../polling_interval shows and sets + the requested polling interval of the corresponding devfreq + object. The values are represented in ms. If the value is + less than 1 jiffy, it is considered to be 0, which means + no polling. This value is meaningless if the governor is + not polling. + + A list of governors that support the node: + - simple_ondmenad + - tegra_actmon + +What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../userspace/set_freq +Date: September 2011 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> +Description: + The /sys/class/devfreq/.../userspace/set_freq shows and + sets the requested frequency for the devfreq object if + userspace governor is in effect. + + A list of governors that support the node: + - userspace + What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../timer Date: July 2020 Contact: Chanwoo Choi <cw00.choi@samsung.com> @@ -117,6 +122,10 @@ Description: This work timer is used by devfreq workqueue in order to monitor the device status such as utilization. The user can change the work timer on runtime according to their demand - as following: + as following:: + echo deferrable > /sys/class/devfreq/.../timer echo delayed > /sys/class/devfreq/.../timer + + A list of governors that support the node: + - simple_ondemand diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devfreq-event b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devfreq-event index ceaf0f686d4a..dbe48495e55a 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devfreq-event +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devfreq-event @@ -1,25 +1,25 @@ -What: /sys/class/devfreq-event/event(x)/ +What: /sys/class/devfreq-event/event<x>/ Date: January 2017 Contact: Chanwoo Choi <cw00.choi@samsung.com> Description: Provide a place in sysfs for the devfreq-event objects. This allows accessing various devfreq-event specific variables. - The name of devfreq-event object denoted as 'event(x)' which + The name of devfreq-event object denoted as 'event<x>' which includes the unique number of 'x' for each devfreq-event object. -What: /sys/class/devfreq-event/event(x)/name +What: /sys/class/devfreq-event/event<x>/name Date: January 2017 Contact: Chanwoo Choi <cw00.choi@samsung.com> Description: - The /sys/class/devfreq-event/event(x)/name attribute contains + The /sys/class/devfreq-event/event<x>/name attribute contains the name of the devfreq-event object. This attribute is read-only. -What: /sys/class/devfreq-event/event(x)/enable_count +What: /sys/class/devfreq-event/event<x>/enable_count Date: January 2017 Contact: Chanwoo Choi <cw00.choi@samsung.com> Description: - The /sys/class/devfreq-event/event(x)/enable_count attribute + The /sys/class/devfreq-event/event<x>/enable_count attribute contains the reference count to enable the devfreq-event object. If the device is enabled, the value of attribute is greater than zero. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devlink b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devlink index 64791b65c9a3..8a21ce515f61 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devlink +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devlink @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ Description: Provide a place in sysfs for the device link objects in the kernel at any given time. The name of a device link directory, denoted as ... above, is of the form <supplier>--<consumer> - where <supplier> is the supplier device name and <consumer> is - the consumer device name. + where <supplier> is the supplier bus:device name and <consumer> + is the consumer bus:device name. What: /sys/class/devlink/.../auto_remove_on Date: May 2020 @@ -18,9 +18,9 @@ Description: This will be one of the following strings: - 'consumer unbind' - 'supplier unbind' - 'never' + - 'consumer unbind' + - 'supplier unbind' + - 'never' 'consumer unbind' means the device link will be removed when the consumer's driver is unbound from the consumer device. @@ -49,8 +49,10 @@ Description: This will be one of the following strings: - '0' - Does not affect runtime power management - '1' - Affects runtime power management + === ======================================== + '0' Does not affect runtime power management + '1' Affects runtime power management + === ======================================== What: /sys/class/devlink/.../status Date: May 2020 @@ -68,13 +70,13 @@ Description: This will be one of the following strings: - 'not tracked' - 'dormant' - 'available' - 'consumer probing' - 'active' - 'supplier unbinding' - 'unknown' + - 'not tracked' + - 'dormant' + - 'available' + - 'consumer probing' + - 'active' + - 'supplier unbinding' + - 'unknown' 'not tracked' means this device link does not track the status and has no impact on the binding, unbinding and syncing the @@ -114,8 +116,10 @@ Description: This will be one of the following strings: + === ================================ '0' - '1' - Affects runtime power management + '1' Affects runtime power management + === ================================ '0' means the device link can affect other device behaviors like binding/unbinding, suspend/resume, runtime power diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-extcon b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-extcon index 57a726232912..f8e705375b24 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-extcon +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-extcon @@ -39,19 +39,22 @@ Description: callback. If the default callback for showing function is used, the - format is like this: - # cat state - USB_OTG=1 - HDMI=0 - TA=1 - EAR_JACK=0 - # + format is like this:: + + # cat state + USB_OTG=1 + HDMI=0 + TA=1 + EAR_JACK=0 + # + In this example, the extcon device has USB_OTG and TA cables attached and HDMI and EAR_JACK cables detached. In order to update the state of an extcon device, enter a hex - state number starting with 0x: - # echo 0xHEX > state + state number starting with 0x:: + + # echo 0xHEX > state This updates the whole state of the extcon device. Inputs of all the methods are required to meet the @@ -62,19 +65,19 @@ Description: interface associated with each cable cannot update multiple cable states of an extcon device simultaneously. -What: /sys/class/extcon/.../cable.x/name +What: /sys/class/extcon/.../cable.X/name Date: February 2012 Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> Description: - The /sys/class/extcon/.../cable.x/name shows the name of cable - "x" (integer between 0 and 31) of an extcon device. + The /sys/class/extcon/.../cable.X/name shows the name of cable + "X" (integer between 0 and 31) of an extcon device. -What: /sys/class/extcon/.../cable.x/state +What: /sys/class/extcon/.../cable.X/state Date: February 2012 Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> Description: - The /sys/class/extcon/.../cable.x/state shows and stores the - state of cable "x" (integer between 0 and 31) of an extcon + The /sys/class/extcon/.../cable.X/state shows and stores the + state of cable "X" (integer between 0 and 31) of an extcon device. The state value is either 0 (detached) or 1 (attached). @@ -84,12 +87,13 @@ Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> Description: Shows the relations of mutually exclusiveness. For example, if the mutually_exclusive array of extcon device is - {0x3, 0x5, 0xC, 0x0}, then the output is: - # ls mutually_exclusive/ - 0x3 - 0x5 - 0xc - # + {0x3, 0x5, 0xC, 0x0}, then the output is:: + + # ls mutually_exclusive/ + 0x3 + 0x5 + 0xc + # Note that mutually_exclusive is a sub-directory of the extcon device and the file names under the mutually_exclusive diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fc new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..3057a6d3b8cf --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fc @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +What: /sys/class/fc/fc_udev_device/appid_store +Date: Aug 2021 +Contact: Muneendra Kumar <muneendra.kumar@broadconm.com> +Description: + This interface allows an admin to set an FC application + identifier in the blkcg associated with a cgroup id. The + identifier is typically a UUID that is associated with + an application or logical entity such as a virtual + machine or container group. The application or logical + entity utilizes a block device via the cgroup id. + FC adapter drivers may query the identifier and tag FC + traffic based on the identifier. FC host and FC fabric + entities can utilize the application id and FC traffic + tag to identify traffic sources. + + The interface expects a string "<cgroupid>:<appid>" where: + <cgroupid> is inode of the cgroup in hexadecimal + <appid> is user provided string upto 128 characters + in length. + + If an appid_store is done for a cgroup id that already + has an appid set, the new value will override the + previous value. + + If an admin wants to remove an FC application identifier + from a cgroup, an appid_store should be done with the + following string: "<cgroupid>:" diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fc_host b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fc_host new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..0a696cbd8232 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fc_host @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +What: /sys/class/fc_host/hostX/statistics/fpin_cn_yyy +Date: July 2020 +Contact: Shyam Sundar <ssundar@marvell.com> +Description: + These files contain the number of congestion notification + events recorded by the F_Port, reported using fabric + performance impact notification (FPIN) event. + +What: /sys/class/fc_host/hostX/statistics/fpin_li_yyy +Date: July 2020 +Contact: Shyam Sundar <ssundar@marvell.com> +Description: + These files contain the number of link integrity error + events recorded by the F_Port/Nx_Port, reported using fabric + performance impact notification (FPIN) event. + +What: /sys/class/fc_host/hostX/statistics/fpin_dn_yyy +Date: July 2020 +Contact: Shyam Sundar <ssundar@marvell.com> +Description: + These files contain the number of delivery related errors + recorded by the F_Port/Nx_Port, reported using fabric + performance impact notification (FPIN) event. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fc_remote_ports b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fc_remote_ports new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..55a951529e03 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fc_remote_ports @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +What: /sys/class/fc_remote_ports/rport-X:Y-Z/statistics/fpin_cn_yyy +Date: July 2020 +Contact: Shyam Sundar <ssundar@marvell.com> +Description: + These files contain the number of congestion notification + events recorded by the F_Port/Nx_Port, reported using fabric + performance impact notification (FPIN) event. + +What: /sys/class/fc_remote_ports/rport-X:Y-Z/statistics/fpin_li_yyy +Date: July 2020 +Contact: Shyam Sundar <ssundar@marvell.com> +Description: + These files contain the number of link integrity error + events recorded by the F_Port/Nx_Port, reported using fabric + performance impact notification (FPIN) event. + +What: /sys/class/fc_remote_ports/rport-X:Y-Z/statistics/fpin_dn_yyy +Date: July 2020 +Contact: Shyam Sundar <ssundar@marvell.com> +Description: + These files contain the number of delivery related errors + recorded by the F_Port/Nx_Port, reported using fabric + performance impact notification (FPIN) event. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-firmware b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-firmware new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..978d3d500400 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-firmware @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +What: /sys/class/firmware/.../data +Date: July 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Contact: Russ Weight <russell.h.weight@intel.com> +Description: The data sysfs file is used for firmware-fallback and for + firmware uploads. Cat a firmware image to this sysfs file + after you echo 1 to the loading sysfs file. When the firmware + image write is complete, echo 0 to the loading sysfs file. This + sequence will signal the completion of the firmware write and + signal the lower-level driver that the firmware data is + available. + +What: /sys/class/firmware/.../cancel +Date: July 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Contact: Russ Weight <russell.h.weight@intel.com> +Description: Write-only. For firmware uploads, write a "1" to this file to + request that the transfer of firmware data to the lower-level + device be canceled. This request will be rejected (EBUSY) if + the update cannot be canceled (e.g. a FLASH write is in + progress) or (ENODEV) if there is no firmware update in progress. + +What: /sys/class/firmware/.../error +Date: July 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Contact: Russ Weight <russell.h.weight@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. Returns a string describing a failed firmware + upload. This string will be in the form of <STATUS>:<ERROR>, + where <STATUS> will be one of the status strings described + for the status sysfs file and <ERROR> will be one of the + following: "hw-error", "timeout", "user-abort", "device-busy", + "invalid-file-size", "read-write-error", "flash-wearout". The + error sysfs file is only meaningful when the current firmware + upload status is "idle". If this file is read while a firmware + transfer is in progress, then the read will fail with EBUSY. + +What: /sys/class/firmware/.../loading +Date: July 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Contact: Russ Weight <russell.h.weight@intel.com> +Description: The loading sysfs file is used for both firmware-fallback and + for firmware uploads. Echo 1 onto the loading file to indicate + you are writing a firmware file to the data sysfs node. Echo + -1 onto this file to abort the data write or echo 0 onto this + file to indicate that the write is complete. For firmware + uploads, the zero value also triggers the transfer of the + firmware data to the lower-level device driver. + +What: /sys/class/firmware/.../remaining_size +Date: July 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Contact: Russ Weight <russell.h.weight@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. For firmware upload, this file contains the size + of the firmware data that remains to be transferred to the + lower-level device driver. The size value is initialized to + the full size of the firmware image that was previously + written to the data sysfs file. This value is periodically + updated during the "transferring" phase of the firmware + upload. + Format: "%u". + +What: /sys/class/firmware/.../status +Date: July 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Contact: Russ Weight <russell.h.weight@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. Returns a string describing the current status of + a firmware upload. The string will be one of the following: + idle, "receiving", "preparing", "transferring", "programming". + +What: /sys/class/firmware/.../timeout +Date: July 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Contact: Russ Weight <russell.h.weight@intel.com> +Description: This file supports the timeout mechanism for firmware + fallback. This file has no affect on firmware uploads. For + more information on timeouts please see the documentation + for firmware fallback. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-firmware-attributes b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-firmware-attributes new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..1b3ecae80b3d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-firmware-attributes @@ -0,0 +1,366 @@ +What: /sys/class/firmware-attributes/*/attributes/*/ +Date: February 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.11 +Contact: Divya Bharathi <Divya.Bharathi@Dell.com>, + Prasanth KSR <prasanth.ksr@dell.com> + Dell.Client.Kernel@dell.com +Description: + A sysfs interface for systems management software to enable + configuration capability on supported systems. This directory + exposes interfaces for interacting with configuration options. + + Unless otherwise specified in an attribute description all attributes are optional + and will accept UTF-8 input. + + type: + A file that can be read to obtain the type of attribute. + This attribute is mandatory. + + The following are known types: + + - enumeration: a set of pre-defined valid values + - integer: a range of numerical values + - string + + All attribute types support the following values: + + current_value: + A file that can be read to obtain the current + value of the <attr>. + + This file can also be written to in order to update the value of a + <attr> + + This attribute is mandatory. + + default_value: + A file that can be read to obtain the default + value of the <attr> + + display_name: + A file that can be read to obtain a user friendly + description of the at <attr> + + display_name_language_code: + A file that can be read to obtain + the IETF language tag corresponding to the + "display_name" of the <attr> + + "enumeration"-type specific properties: + + possible_values: + A file that can be read to obtain the possible + values of the <attr>. Values are separated using + semi-colon (``;``). + + "integer"-type specific properties: + + min_value: + A file that can be read to obtain the lower + bound value of the <attr> + + max_value: + A file that can be read to obtain the upper + bound value of the <attr> + + scalar_increment: + A file that can be read to obtain the scalar value used for + increments of current_value this attribute accepts. + + "string"-type specific properties: + + max_length: + A file that can be read to obtain the maximum + length value of the <attr> + + min_length: + A file that can be read to obtain the minimum + length value of the <attr> + + Dell specific class extensions + ------------------------------ + + On Dell systems the following additional attributes are available: + + dell_modifier: + A file that can be read to obtain attribute-level + dependency rule. It says an attribute X will become read-only or + suppressed, if/if-not attribute Y is configured. + + modifier rules can be in following format:: + + [ReadOnlyIf:<attribute>=<value>] + [ReadOnlyIfNot:<attribute>=<value>] + [SuppressIf:<attribute>=<value>] + [SuppressIfNot:<attribute>=<value>] + + For example:: + + AutoOnFri/dell_modifier has value, + [SuppressIfNot:AutoOn=SelectDays] + + This means AutoOnFri will be suppressed in BIOS setup if AutoOn + attribute is not "SelectDays" and its value will not be effective + through sysfs until this rule is met. + + Enumeration attributes also support the following: + + dell_value_modifier: + A file that can be read to obtain value-level dependency. + This file is similar to dell_modifier but here, an + attribute's current value will be forcefully changed based + dependent attributes value. + + dell_value_modifier rules can be in following format:: + + <value>[ForceIf:<attribute>=<value>] + <value>[ForceIfNot:<attribute>=<value>] + + For example:: + + LegacyOrom/dell_value_modifier has value: + Disabled[ForceIf:SecureBoot=Enabled] + + This means LegacyOrom's current value will be forced to + "Disabled" in BIOS setup if SecureBoot is Enabled and its + value will not be effective through sysfs until this rule is + met. + +What: /sys/class/firmware-attributes/*/authentication/ +Date: February 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.11 +Contact: Divya Bharathi <Divya.Bharathi@Dell.com>, + Prasanth KSR <prasanth.ksr@dell.com> + Dell.Client.Kernel@dell.com +Description: + Devices support various authentication mechanisms which can be exposed + as a separate configuration object. + + For example a "BIOS Admin" password and "System" Password can be set, + reset or cleared using these attributes. + + - An "Admin" password is used for preventing modification to the BIOS + settings. + - A "System" password is required to boot a machine. + + Change in any of these two authentication methods will also generate an + uevent KOBJ_CHANGE. + + is_enabled: + A file that can be read to obtain a 0/1 flag to see if + <attr> authentication is enabled. + This attribute is mandatory. + + role: + The type of authentication used. + This attribute is mandatory. + + Known types: + bios-admin: + Representing BIOS administrator password + power-on: + Representing a password required to use + the system + system-mgmt: + Representing System Management password. + See Lenovo extensions section for details + HDD: + Representing HDD password + See Lenovo extensions section for details + NVMe: + Representing NVMe password + See Lenovo extensions section for details + + mechanism: + The means of authentication. This attribute is mandatory. + Only supported type currently is "password". + + max_password_length: + A file that can be read to obtain the + maximum length of the Password + + min_password_length: + A file that can be read to obtain the + minimum length of the Password + + current_password: + A write only value used for privileged access such as + setting attributes when a system or admin password is set + or resetting to a new password + + This attribute is mandatory when mechanism == "password". + + new_password: + A write only value that when used in tandem with + current_password will reset a system or admin password. + + Note, password management is session specific. If Admin password is set, + same password must be written into current_password file (required for + password-validation) and must be cleared once the session is over. + For example:: + + echo "password" > current_password + echo "disabled" > TouchScreen/current_value + echo "" > current_password + + Drivers may emit a CHANGE uevent when a password is set or unset + userspace may check it again. + + On Dell and Lenovo systems, if Admin password is set, then all BIOS attributes + require password validation. + On Lenovo systems if you change the Admin password the new password is not active until + the next boot. + + Lenovo specific class extensions + -------------------------------- + + On Lenovo systems the following additional settings are available: + + role: system-mgmt This gives the same authority as the bios-admin password to control + security related features. The authorities allocated can be set via + the BIOS menu SMP Access Control Policy + + role: HDD & NVMe This password is used to unlock access to the drive at boot. Note see + 'level' and 'index' extensions below. + + lenovo_encoding: + The encoding method that is used. This can be either "ascii" + or "scancode". Default is set to "ascii" + + lenovo_kbdlang: + The keyboard language method that is used. This is generally a + two char code (e.g. "us", "fr", "gr") and may vary per platform. + Default is set to "us" + + level: + Available for HDD and NVMe authentication to set 'user' or 'master' + privilege level. + If only the user password is configured then this should be used to + unlock the drive at boot. If both master and user passwords are set + then either can be used. If a master password is set a user password + is required. + This attribute defaults to 'user' level + + index: + Used with HDD and NVME authentication to set the drive index + that is being referenced (e.g hdd1, hdd2 etc) + This attribute defaults to device 1. + + certificate, signature, save_signature: + These attributes are used for certificate based authentication. This is + used in conjunction with a signing server as an alternative to password + based authentication. + The user writes to the attribute(s) with a BASE64 encoded string obtained + from the signing server. + The attributes can be displayed to check the stored value. + + Some usage examples: + + Installing a certificate to enable feature:: + + echo "supervisor password" > authentication/Admin/current_password + echo "signed certificate" > authentication/Admin/certificate + + Updating the installed certificate:: + + echo "signature" > authentication/Admin/signature + echo "signed certificate" > authentication/Admin/certificate + + Removing the installed certificate:: + + echo "signature" > authentication/Admin/signature + echo "" > authentication/Admin/certificate + + Changing a BIOS setting:: + + echo "signature" > authentication/Admin/signature + echo "save signature" > authentication/Admin/save_signature + echo Enable > attribute/PasswordBeep/current_value + + You cannot enable certificate authentication if a supervisor password + has not been set. + Clearing the certificate results in no bios-admin authentication method + being configured allowing anyone to make changes. + After any of these operations the system must reboot for the changes to + take effect. + + certificate_thumbprint: + Read only attribute used to display the MD5, SHA1 and SHA256 thumbprints + for the certificate installed in the BIOS. + + certificate_to_password: + Write only attribute used to switch from certificate based authentication + back to password based. + Usage:: + + echo "signature" > authentication/Admin/signature + echo "password" > authentication/Admin/certificate_to_password + + +What: /sys/class/firmware-attributes/*/attributes/pending_reboot +Date: February 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.11 +Contact: Divya Bharathi <Divya.Bharathi@Dell.com>, + Prasanth KSR <prasanth.ksr@dell.com> + Dell.Client.Kernel@dell.com +Description: + A read-only attribute reads 1 if a reboot is necessary to apply + pending BIOS attribute changes. Also, an uevent_KOBJ_CHANGE is + generated when it changes to 1. + + == ========================================= + 0 All BIOS attributes setting are current + 1 A reboot is necessary to get pending BIOS + attribute changes applied + == ========================================= + + Note, userspace applications need to follow below steps for efficient + BIOS management, + + 1. Check if admin password is set. If yes, follow session method for + password management as briefed under authentication section above. + 2. Before setting any attribute, check if it has any modifiers + or value_modifiers. If yes, incorporate them and then modify + attribute. + + Drivers may emit a CHANGE uevent when this value changes and userspace + may check it again. + +What: /sys/class/firmware-attributes/*/attributes/reset_bios +Date: February 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.11 +Contact: Divya Bharathi <Divya.Bharathi@Dell.com>, + Prasanth KSR <prasanth.ksr@dell.com> + Dell.Client.Kernel@dell.com +Description: + This attribute can be used to reset the BIOS Configuration. + Specifically, it tells which type of reset BIOS configuration is being + requested on the host. + + Reading from it returns a list of supported options encoded as: + + - 'builtinsafe' (Built in safe configuration profile) + - 'lastknowngood' (Last known good saved configuration profile) + - 'factory' (Default factory settings configuration profile) + - 'custom' (Custom saved configuration profile) + + The currently selected option is printed in square brackets as + shown below:: + + # echo "factory" > /sys/class/firmware-attributes/*/device/attributes/reset_bios + # cat /sys/class/firmware-attributes/*/device/attributes/reset_bios + builtinsafe lastknowngood [factory] custom + + Note that any changes to this attribute requires a reboot + for changes to take effect. + +What: /sys/class/firmware-attributes/*/attributes/debug_cmd +Date: July 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.14 +Contact: Mark Pearson <markpearson@lenovo.com> +Description: + This write only attribute can be used to send debug commands to the BIOS. + This should only be used when recommended by the BIOS vendor. Vendors may + use it to enable extra debug attributes or BIOS features for testing purposes. + + Note that any changes to this attribute requires a reboot for changes to take effect. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fpga-manager b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fpga-manager index 5284fa33d4c5..d78689c357a5 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fpga-manager +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fpga-manager @@ -28,8 +28,7 @@ Description: Read fpga manager state as a string. * firmware request = firmware class request in progress * firmware request error = firmware request failed * write init = preparing FPGA for programming - * write init error = Error while preparing FPGA for - programming + * write init error = Error while preparing FPGA for programming * write = FPGA ready to receive image data * write error = Error while programming * write complete = Doing post programming steps @@ -47,7 +46,7 @@ Description: Read fpga manager status as a string. programming errors to userspace. This is a list of strings for the supported status. - * reconfig operation error - invalid operations detected by + * reconfig operation error - invalid operations detected by reconfiguration hardware. e.g. start reconfiguration with errors not cleared diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-gnss b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-gnss index 2467b6900eae..9650f3a7fc03 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-gnss +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-gnss @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -What: /sys/class/gnss/gnssN/type +What: /sys/class/gnss/gnss<N>/type Date: May 2018 KernelVersion: 4.18 Contact: Johan Hovold <johan@kernel.org> @@ -6,9 +6,11 @@ Description: The GNSS receiver type. The currently identified types reflect the protocol(s) supported by the receiver: + ====== =========== "NMEA" NMEA 0183 "SiRF" SiRF Binary "UBX" UBX + ====== =========== Note that also non-"NMEA" type receivers typically support a subset of NMEA 0183 with vendor extensions (e.g. to allow diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-hwmon b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-hwmon new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..638f4c6d4ec7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-hwmon @@ -0,0 +1,958 @@ +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/name +Description: + The chip name. + This should be a short, lowercase string, not containing + whitespace, dashes, or the wildcard character '*'. + This attribute represents the chip name. It is the only + mandatory attribute. + I2C devices get this attribute created automatically. + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/label +Description: + A descriptive label that allows to uniquely identify a + device within the system. + The contents of the label are free-form. + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/update_interval +Description: + The interval at which the chip will update readings. + Unit: millisecond + + RW + + Some devices have a variable update rate or interval. + This attribute can be used to change it to the desired value. + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/inY_min +Description: + Voltage min value. + + Unit: millivolt + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/inY_lcrit +Description: + Voltage critical min value. + + Unit: millivolt + + RW + + If voltage drops to or below this limit, the system may + take drastic action such as power down or reset. At the very + least, it should report a fault. + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/inY_max +Description: + Voltage max value. + + Unit: millivolt + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/inY_crit +Description: + Voltage critical max value. + + Unit: millivolt + + RW + + If voltage reaches or exceeds this limit, the system may + take drastic action such as power down or reset. At the very + least, it should report a fault. + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/inY_input +Description: + Voltage input value. + + Unit: millivolt + + RO + + Voltage measured on the chip pin. + + Actual voltage depends on the scaling resistors on the + motherboard, as recommended in the chip datasheet. + + This varies by chip and by motherboard. + Because of this variation, values are generally NOT scaled + by the chip driver, and must be done by the application. + However, some drivers (notably lm87 and via686a) + do scale, because of internal resistors built into a chip. + These drivers will output the actual voltage. Rule of + thumb: drivers should report the voltage values at the + "pins" of the chip. + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/inY_average +Description: + Average voltage + + Unit: millivolt + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/inY_lowest +Description: + Historical minimum voltage + + Unit: millivolt + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/inY_highest +Description: + Historical maximum voltage + + Unit: millivolt + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/inY_reset_history +Description: + Reset inX_lowest and inX_highest + + WO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/in_reset_history +Description: + Reset inX_lowest and inX_highest for all sensors + + WO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/inY_label +Description: + Suggested voltage channel label. + + Text string + + Should only be created if the driver has hints about what + this voltage channel is being used for, and user-space + doesn't. In all other cases, the label is provided by + user-space. + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/inY_enable +Description: + Enable or disable the sensors. + + When disabled the sensor read will return -ENODATA. + + - 1: Enable + - 0: Disable + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/cpuY_vid +Description: + CPU core reference voltage. + + Unit: millivolt + + RO + + Not always correct. + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/vrm +Description: + Voltage Regulator Module version number. + + RW (but changing it should no more be necessary) + + Originally the VRM standard version multiplied by 10, but now + an arbitrary number, as not all standards have a version + number. + + Affects the way the driver calculates the CPU core reference + voltage from the vid pins. + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/inY_rated_min +Description: + Minimum rated voltage. + + Unit: millivolt + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/inY_rated_max +Description: + Maximum rated voltage. + + Unit: millivolt + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/fanY_min +Description: + Fan minimum value + + Unit: revolution/min (RPM) + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/fanY_max +Description: + Fan maximum value + + Unit: revolution/min (RPM) + + Only rarely supported by the hardware. + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/fanY_input +Description: + Fan input value. + + Unit: revolution/min (RPM) + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/fanY_div +Description: + Fan divisor. + + Integer value in powers of two (1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128). + + RW + + Some chips only support values 1, 2, 4 and 8. + Note that this is actually an internal clock divisor, which + affects the measurable speed range, not the read value. + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/fanY_pulses +Description: + Number of tachometer pulses per fan revolution. + + Integer value, typically between 1 and 4. + + RW + + This value is a characteristic of the fan connected to the + device's input, so it has to be set in accordance with the fan + model. + + Should only be created if the chip has a register to configure + the number of pulses. In the absence of such a register (and + thus attribute) the value assumed by all devices is 2 pulses + per fan revolution. + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/fanY_target +Description: + Desired fan speed + + Unit: revolution/min (RPM) + + RW + + Only makes sense if the chip supports closed-loop fan speed + control based on the measured fan speed. + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/fanY_label +Description: + Suggested fan channel label. + + Text string + + Should only be created if the driver has hints about what + this fan channel is being used for, and user-space doesn't. + In all other cases, the label is provided by user-space. + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/fanY_enable +Description: + Enable or disable the sensors. + + When disabled the sensor read will return -ENODATA. + + - 1: Enable + - 0: Disable + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/fanY_fault +Description: + Reports if a fan has reported failure. + + - 1: Failed + - 0: Ok + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/pwmY +Description: + Pulse width modulation fan control. + + Integer value in the range 0 to 255 + + RW + + 255 is max or 100%. + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/pwmY_enable +Description: + Fan speed control method: + + - 0: no fan speed control (i.e. fan at full speed) + - 1: manual fan speed control enabled (using `pwmY`) + - 2+: automatic fan speed control enabled + + Check individual chip documentation files for automatic mode + details. + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/pwmY_mode +Description: + - 0: DC mode (direct current) + - 1: PWM mode (pulse-width modulation) + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/pwmY_freq +Description: + Base PWM frequency in Hz. + + Only possibly available when pwmN_mode is PWM, but not always + present even then. + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/pwmY_auto_channels_temp +Description: + Select which temperature channels affect this PWM output in + auto mode. + + Bitfield, 1 is temp1, 2 is temp2, 4 is temp3 etc... + Which values are possible depend on the chip used. + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/pwmY_auto_pointZ_pwm +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/pwmY_auto_pointZ_temp +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/pwmY_auto_pointZ_temp_hyst +Description: + Define the PWM vs temperature curve. + + Number of trip points is chip-dependent. Use this for chips + which associate trip points to PWM output channels. + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/tempY_auto_pointZ_pwm +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/tempY_auto_pointZ_temp +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/tempY_auto_pointZ_temp_hyst +Description: + Define the PWM vs temperature curve. + + Number of trip points is chip-dependent. Use this for chips + which associate trip points to temperature channels. + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/tempY_type +Description: + Sensor type selection. + + Integers 1 to 6 + + RW + + - 1: CPU embedded diode + - 2: 3904 transistor + - 3: thermal diode + - 4: thermistor + - 5: AMD AMDSI + - 6: Intel PECI + + Not all types are supported by all chips + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/tempY_max +Description: + Temperature max value. + + Unit: millidegree Celsius (or millivolt, see below) + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/tempY_min +Description: + Temperature min value. + + Unit: millidegree Celsius + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/tempY_max_hyst +Description: + Temperature hysteresis value for max limit. + + Unit: millidegree Celsius + + Must be reported as an absolute temperature, NOT a delta + from the max value. + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/tempY_min_hyst +Description: + Temperature hysteresis value for min limit. + Unit: millidegree Celsius + + Must be reported as an absolute temperature, NOT a delta + from the min value. + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/tempY_input +Description: + Temperature input value. + + Unit: millidegree Celsius + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/tempY_crit +Description: + Temperature critical max value, typically greater than + corresponding temp_max values. + + Unit: millidegree Celsius + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/tempY_crit_alarm +Description: + Critical high temperature alarm flag. + + - 0: OK + - 1: temperature has reached tempY_crit + + RW + + Contrary to regular alarm flags which clear themselves + automatically when read, this one sticks until cleared by + the user. This is done by writing 0 to the file. Writing + other values is unsupported. + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/tempY_crit_hyst +Description: + Temperature hysteresis value for critical limit. + + Unit: millidegree Celsius + + Must be reported as an absolute temperature, NOT a delta + from the critical value. + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/tempY_emergency +Description: + Temperature emergency max value, for chips supporting more than + two upper temperature limits. Must be equal or greater than + corresponding temp_crit values. + + Unit: millidegree Celsius + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/tempY_emergency_hyst +Description: + Temperature hysteresis value for emergency limit. + + Unit: millidegree Celsius + + Must be reported as an absolute temperature, NOT a delta + from the emergency value. + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/tempY_lcrit +Description: + Temperature critical min value, typically lower than + corresponding temp_min values. + + Unit: millidegree Celsius + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/tempY_lcrit_hyst +Description: + Temperature hysteresis value for critical min limit. + + Unit: millidegree Celsius + + Must be reported as an absolute temperature, NOT a delta + from the critical min value. + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/tempY_offset +Description: + Temperature offset which is added to the temperature reading + by the chip. + + Unit: millidegree Celsius + + Read/Write value. + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/tempY_label +Description: + Suggested temperature channel label. + + Text string + + Should only be created if the driver has hints about what + this temperature channel is being used for, and user-space + doesn't. In all other cases, the label is provided by + user-space. + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/tempY_lowest +Description: + Historical minimum temperature + + Unit: millidegree Celsius + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/tempY_highest +Description: + Historical maximum temperature + + Unit: millidegree Celsius + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/tempY_reset_history +Description: + Reset temp_lowest and temp_highest + + WO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/temp_reset_history +Description: + Reset temp_lowest and temp_highest for all sensors + + WO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/tempY_enable +Description: + Enable or disable the sensors. + + When disabled the sensor read will return -ENODATA. + + - 1: Enable + - 0: Disable + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/tempY_rated_min +Description: + Minimum rated temperature. + + Unit: millidegree Celsius + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/tempY_rated_max +Description: + Maximum rated temperature. + + Unit: millidegree Celsius + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/currY_max +Description: + Current max value + + Unit: milliampere + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/currY_min +Description: + Current min value. + + Unit: milliampere + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/currY_lcrit +Description: + Current critical low value + + Unit: milliampere + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/currY_crit +Description: + Current critical high value. + + Unit: milliampere + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/currY_input +Description: + Current input value + + Unit: milliampere + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/currY_average +Description: + Average current use + + Unit: milliampere + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/currY_lowest +Description: + Historical minimum current + + Unit: milliampere + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/currY_highest +Description: + Historical maximum current + Unit: milliampere + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/currY_reset_history +Description: + Reset currX_lowest and currX_highest + + WO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/curr_reset_history +Description: + Reset currX_lowest and currX_highest for all sensors + + WO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/currY_enable +Description: + Enable or disable the sensors. + + When disabled the sensor read will return -ENODATA. + + - 1: Enable + - 0: Disable + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/currY_rated_min +Description: + Minimum rated current. + + Unit: milliampere + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/currY_rated_max +Description: + Maximum rated current. + + Unit: milliampere + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/powerY_average +Description: + Average power use + + Unit: microWatt + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/powerY_average_interval +Description: + Power use averaging interval. A poll + notification is sent to this file if the + hardware changes the averaging interval. + + Unit: milliseconds + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/powerY_average_interval_max +Description: + Maximum power use averaging interval + + Unit: milliseconds + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/powerY_average_interval_min +Description: + Minimum power use averaging interval + + Unit: milliseconds + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/powerY_average_highest +Description: + Historical average maximum power use + + Unit: microWatt + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/powerY_average_lowest +Description: + Historical average minimum power use + + Unit: microWatt + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/powerY_average_max +Description: + A poll notification is sent to + `powerY_average` when power use + rises above this value. + + Unit: microWatt + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/powerY_average_min +Description: + A poll notification is sent to + `powerY_average` when power use + sinks below this value. + + Unit: microWatt + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/powerY_input +Description: + Instantaneous power use + + Unit: microWatt + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/powerY_input_highest +Description: + Historical maximum power use + + Unit: microWatt + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/powerY_input_lowest +Description: + Historical minimum power use + + Unit: microWatt + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/powerY_reset_history +Description: + Reset input_highest, input_lowest, + average_highest and average_lowest. + + WO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/powerY_accuracy +Description: + Accuracy of the power meter. + + Unit: Percent + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/powerY_cap +Description: + If power use rises above this limit, the + system should take action to reduce power use. + A poll notification is sent to this file if the + cap is changed by the hardware. The `*_cap` + files only appear if the cap is known to be + enforced by hardware. + + Unit: microWatt + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/powerY_cap_hyst +Description: + Margin of hysteresis built around capping and + notification. + + Unit: microWatt + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/powerY_cap_max +Description: + Maximum cap that can be set. + + Unit: microWatt + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/powerY_cap_min +Description: + Minimum cap that can be set. + + Unit: microWatt + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/powerY_max +Description: + Maximum power. + + Unit: microWatt + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/powerY_crit +Description: + Critical maximum power. + + If power rises to or above this limit, the + system is expected take drastic action to reduce + power consumption, such as a system shutdown or + a forced powerdown of some devices. + + Unit: microWatt + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/powerY_enable +Description: + Enable or disable the sensors. + + When disabled the sensor read will return + -ENODATA. + + - 1: Enable + - 0: Disable + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/powerY_rated_min +Description: + Minimum rated power. + + Unit: microWatt + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/powerY_rated_max +Description: + Maximum rated power. + + Unit: microWatt + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/energyY_input +Description: + Cumulative energy use + + Unit: microJoule + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/energyY_enable +Description: + Enable or disable the sensors. + + When disabled the sensor read will return + -ENODATA. + + - 1: Enable + - 0: Disable + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/humidityY_input +Description: + Humidity + + Unit: milli-percent (per cent mille, pcm) + + RO + + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/humidityY_enable +Description: + Enable or disable the sensors + + When disabled the sensor read will return + -ENODATA. + + - 1: Enable + - 0: Disable + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/humidityY_rated_min +Description: + Minimum rated humidity. + + Unit: milli-percent (per cent mille, pcm) + + RO + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/humidityY_rated_max +Description: + Maximum rated humidity. + + Unit: milli-percent (per cent mille, pcm) + + RO + + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/intrusionY_alarm +Description: + Chassis intrusion detection + + - 0: OK + - 1: intrusion detected + + RW + + Contrary to regular alarm flags which clear themselves + automatically when read, this one sticks until cleared by + the user. This is done by writing 0 to the file. Writing + other values is unsupported. + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/intrusionY_beep +Description: + Chassis intrusion beep + + - 0: disable + - 1: enable + + RW + +What: /sys/class/hwmon/hwmonX/device/pec +Description: + PEC support on I2C devices + + - 0, off, n: disable + - 1, on, y: enable + + RW diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-intel_pmt b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-intel_pmt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ed4c886a21b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-intel_pmt @@ -0,0 +1,119 @@ +What: /sys/class/intel_pmt/ +Date: October 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.10 +Contact: David Box <david.e.box@linux.intel.com> +Description: + The intel_pmt/ class directory contains information for + devices that expose hardware telemetry using Intel Platform + Monitoring Technology (PMT) + +What: /sys/class/intel_pmt/telem<x> +Date: October 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.10 +Contact: David Box <david.e.box@linux.intel.com> +Description: + The telem<x> directory contains files describing an instance of + a PMT telemetry device that exposes hardware telemetry. Each + telem<x> directory has an associated telem file. This file + may be opened and mapped or read to access the telemetry space + of the device. The register layout of the telemetry space is + determined from an XML file that matches the PCI device id and + GUID for the device. + +What: /sys/class/intel_pmt/telem<x>/telem +Date: October 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.10 +Contact: David Box <david.e.box@linux.intel.com> +Description: + (RO) The telemetry data for this telemetry device. This file + may be mapped or read to obtain the data. + +What: /sys/class/intel_pmt/telem<x>/guid +Date: October 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.10 +Contact: David Box <david.e.box@linux.intel.com> +Description: + (RO) The GUID for this telemetry device. The GUID identifies + the version of the XML file for the parent device that is to + be used to get the register layout. + +What: /sys/class/intel_pmt/telem<x>/size +Date: October 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.10 +Contact: David Box <david.e.box@linux.intel.com> +Description: + (RO) The size of telemetry region in bytes that corresponds to + the mapping size for the telem file. + +What: /sys/class/intel_pmt/telem<x>/offset +Date: October 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.10 +Contact: David Box <david.e.box@linux.intel.com> +Description: + (RO) The offset of telemetry region in bytes that corresponds to + the mapping for the telem file. + +What: /sys/class/intel_pmt/crashlog<x> +Date: October 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.10 +Contact: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@linux.intel.com> +Description: + The crashlog<x> directory contains files for configuring an + instance of a PMT crashlog device that can perform crash data + recording. Each crashlog<x> device has an associated crashlog + file. This file can be opened and mapped or read to access the + resulting crashlog buffer. The register layout for the buffer + can be determined from an XML file of specified GUID for the + parent device. + +What: /sys/class/intel_pmt/crashlog<x>/crashlog +Date: October 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.10 +Contact: David Box <david.e.box@linux.intel.com> +Description: + (RO) The crashlog buffer for this crashlog device. This file + may be mapped or read to obtain the data. + +What: /sys/class/intel_pmt/crashlog<x>/guid +Date: October 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.10 +Contact: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@linux.intel.com> +Description: + (RO) The GUID for this crashlog device. The GUID identifies the + version of the XML file for the parent device that should be + used to determine the register layout. + +What: /sys/class/intel_pmt/crashlog<x>/size +Date: October 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.10 +Contact: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@linux.intel.com> +Description: + (RO) The length of the result buffer in bytes that corresponds + to the size for the crashlog buffer. + +What: /sys/class/intel_pmt/crashlog<x>/offset +Date: October 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.10 +Contact: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@linux.intel.com> +Description: + (RO) The offset of the buffer in bytes that corresponds + to the mapping for the crashlog device. + +What: /sys/class/intel_pmt/crashlog<x>/enable +Date: October 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.10 +Contact: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@linux.intel.com> +Description: + (RW) Boolean value controlling if the crashlog functionality + is enabled for the crashlog device. + +What: /sys/class/intel_pmt/crashlog<x>/trigger +Date: October 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.10 +Contact: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@linux.intel.com> +Description: + (RW) Boolean value controlling the triggering of the crashlog + device node. When read it provides data on if the crashlog has + been triggered. When written to it can be used to either clear + the current trigger by writing false, or to trigger a new + event if the trigger is not currently set. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led index 5f67f7ab277b..2e24ac3bd7ef 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led @@ -3,9 +3,26 @@ Date: March 2006 KernelVersion: 2.6.17 Contact: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net> Description: - Set the brightness of the LED. Most LEDs don't - have hardware brightness support, so will just be turned on for - non-zero brightness settings. The value is between 0 and + Set the brightness of the LED. + + Most LEDs don't have hardware brightness support, so will + just be turned on for non-zero brightness settings. + + .. Note:: + + For multicolor LEDs, writing to this file will update all + LEDs within the group to a calculated percentage of what + each color LED intensity is set to. + + The percentage is calculated for each grouped LED via + the equation below:: + + led_brightness = brightness * multi_intensity/max_brightness + + For additional details please refer to + Documentation/leds/leds-class-multicolor.rst. + + The value is between 0 and /sys/class/leds/<led>/max_brightness. Writing 0 to this file clears active trigger. @@ -13,6 +30,8 @@ Description: Writing non-zero to this file while trigger is active changes the top brightness trigger is going to use. + + What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/max_brightness Date: March 2006 KernelVersion: 2.6.17 @@ -47,10 +66,11 @@ Contact: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net> Description: Set the trigger for this LED. A trigger is a kernel based source of LED events. + You can change triggers in a similar manner to the way an IO scheduler is chosen. Trigger specific parameters can appear in /sys/class/leds/<led> once a given trigger is selected. For - their documentation see sysfs-class-led-trigger-*. + their documentation see `sysfs-class-led-trigger-*`. What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/inverted Date: January 2011 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-aw200xx b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-aw200xx new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..6d4449cf9d71 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-aw200xx @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/dim +Date: May 2023 +Description: 64-level DIM current. If you write a negative value or + "auto", the dim will be calculated according to the + brightness. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-el15203000 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-el15203000 deleted file mode 100644 index f520ece9b64c..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-el15203000 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,139 +0,0 @@ -What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/hw_pattern -Date: September 2019 -KernelVersion: 5.5 -Description: - Specify a hardware pattern for the EL15203000 LED. - The LEDs board supports only predefined patterns by firmware - for specific LEDs. - - Breathing mode for Screen frame light tube: - "0 4000 1 4000" - - ^ - | - Max-| --- - | / \ - | / \ - | / \ / - | / \ / - Min-|- --- - | - 0------4------8--> time (sec) - - Cascade mode for Pipe LED: - "1 800 2 800 4 800 8 800 16 800" - - ^ - | - 0 On -|----+ +----+ +--- - | | | | | - Off-| +-------------------+ +-------------------+ - | - 1 On -| +----+ +----+ - | | | | | - Off |----+ +-------------------+ +------------------ - | - 2 On -| +----+ +----+ - | | | | | - Off-|---------+ +-------------------+ +------------- - | - 3 On -| +----+ +----+ - | | | | | - Off-|--------------+ +-------------------+ +-------- - | - 4 On -| +----+ +----+ - | | | | | - Off-|-------------------+ +-------------------+ +--- - | - 0---0.8--1.6--2.4--3.2---4---4.8--5.6--6.4--7.2---8--> time (sec) - - Inverted cascade mode for Pipe LED: - "30 800 29 800 27 800 23 800 15 800" - - ^ - | - 0 On -| +-------------------+ +-------------------+ - | | | | | - Off-|----+ +----+ +--- - | - 1 On -|----+ +-------------------+ +------------------ - | | | | | - Off | +----+ +----+ - | - 2 On -|---------+ +-------------------+ +------------- - | | | | | - Off-| +----+ +----+ - | - 3 On -|--------------+ +-------------------+ +-------- - | | | | | - Off-| +----+ +----+ - | - 4 On -|-------------------+ +-------------------+ +--- - | | | | | - Off-| +----+ +----+ - | - 0---0.8--1.6--2.4--3.2---4---4.8--5.6--6.4--7.2---8--> time (sec) - - Bounce mode for Pipe LED: - "1 800 2 800 4 800 8 800 16 800 16 800 8 800 4 800 2 800 1 800" - - ^ - | - 0 On -|----+ +-------- - | | | - Off-| +---------------------------------------+ - | - 1 On -| +----+ +----+ - | | | | | - Off |----+ +-----------------------------+ +-------- - | - 2 On -| +----+ +----+ - | | | | | - Off-|---------+ +-------------------+ +------------- - | - 3 On -| +----+ +----+ - | | | | | - Off-|--------------+ +---------+ +------------------ - | - 4 On -| +---------+ - | | | - Off-|-------------------+ +----------------------- - | - 0---0.8--1.6--2.4--3.2---4---4.8--5.6--6.4--7.2---8--> time (sec) - - Inverted bounce mode for Pipe LED: - "30 800 29 800 27 800 23 800 15 800 15 800 23 800 27 800 29 800 30 800" - - ^ - | - 0 On -| +---------------------------------------+ - | | | - Off-|----+ +-------- - | - 1 On -|----+ +-----------------------------+ +-------- - | | | | | - Off | +----+ +----+ - | - 2 On -|---------+ +-------------------+ +------------- - | | | | | - Off-| +----+ +----+ - | - 3 On -|--------------+ +---------+ +------------------ - | | | | | - Off-| +----+ +----+ - | - 4 On -|-------------------+ +----------------------- - | | | - Off-| +---------+ - | - 0---0.8--1.6--2.4--3.2---4---4.8--5.6--6.4--7.2---8--> time (sec) - -What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/repeat -Date: September 2019 -KernelVersion: 5.5 -Description: - EL15203000 supports only indefinitely patterns, - so this file should always store -1. - - For more info, please see: - Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-pattern diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-lm3533 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-lm3533 index e4c89b261546..e38a835d0a85 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-lm3533 +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-lm3533 @@ -6,8 +6,10 @@ Description: Set the ALS output channel to use as input in ALS-current-control mode (1, 2), where: - 1 - out_current1 - 2 - out_current2 + == ============ + 1 out_current1 + 2 out_current2 + == ============ What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/als_en Date: May 2012 @@ -24,14 +26,16 @@ Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> Description: Set the pattern generator fall and rise times (0..7), where: - 0 - 2048 us - 1 - 262 ms - 2 - 524 ms - 3 - 1.049 s - 4 - 2.097 s - 5 - 4.194 s - 6 - 8.389 s - 7 - 16.78 s + == ======= + 0 2048 us + 1 262 ms + 2 524 ms + 3 1.049 s + 4 2.097 s + 5 4.194 s + 6 8.389 s + 7 16.78 s + == ======= What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/id Date: April 2012 @@ -47,8 +51,10 @@ Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> Description: Set the brightness-mapping mode (0, 1), where: - 0 - exponential mode - 1 - linear mode + == ================ + 0 exponential mode + 1 linear mode + == ================ What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/pwm Date: April 2012 @@ -57,9 +63,11 @@ Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> Description: Set the PWM-input control mask (5 bits), where: - bit 5 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 4 - bit 4 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 3 - bit 3 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 2 - bit 2 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 1 - bit 1 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 0 - bit 0 - PWM-input enabled + ===== =========================== + bit 5 PWM-input enabled in Zone 4 + bit 4 PWM-input enabled in Zone 3 + bit 3 PWM-input enabled in Zone 2 + bit 2 PWM-input enabled in Zone 1 + bit 1 PWM-input enabled in Zone 0 + bit 0 PWM-input enabled + ===== =========================== diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-sc27xx b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-sc27xx deleted file mode 100644 index 45b1e605d355..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-sc27xx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/hw_pattern -Date: September 2018 -KernelVersion: 4.20 -Description: - Specify a hardware pattern for the SC27XX LED. For the SC27XX - LED controller, it only supports 4 stages to make a single - hardware pattern, which is used to configure the rise time, - high time, fall time and low time for the breathing mode. - - For the breathing mode, the SC27XX LED only expects one brightness - for the high stage. To be compatible with the hardware pattern - format, we should set brightness as 0 for rise stage, fall - stage and low stage. - - Min stage duration: 125 ms - Max stage duration: 31875 ms - - Since the stage duration step is 125 ms, the duration should be - a multiplier of 125, like 125ms, 250ms, 375ms, 500ms ... 31875ms. - - Thus the format of the hardware pattern values should be: - "0 rise_duration brightness high_duration 0 fall_duration 0 low_duration". diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-turris-omnia b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-turris-omnia index 795a5de12fc1..c4d46970c1cf 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-turris-omnia +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-turris-omnia @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/device/brightness Date: July 2020 KernelVersion: 5.9 -Contact: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz> +Contact: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org> Description: (RW) On the front panel of the Turris Omnia router there is also a button which can be used to control the intensity of all the LEDs at once, so that if they are too bright, user can dim them. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-flash b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-flash index 220a0270b47b..11e5677c3672 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-flash +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-flash @@ -55,26 +55,35 @@ Description: read only Flash faults are re-read after strobing the flash. Possible flash faults: - * led-over-voltage - flash controller voltage to the flash LED + * led-over-voltage + flash controller voltage to the flash LED has exceeded the limit specific to the flash controller - * flash-timeout-exceeded - the flash strobe was still on when + * flash-timeout-exceeded + the flash strobe was still on when the timeout set by the user has expired; not all flash controllers may set this in all such conditions - * controller-over-temperature - the flash controller has + * controller-over-temperature + the flash controller has overheated - * controller-short-circuit - the short circuit protection + * controller-short-circuit + the short circuit protection of the flash controller has been triggered - * led-power-supply-over-current - current in the LED power + * led-power-supply-over-current + current in the LED power supply has exceeded the limit specific to the flash controller - * indicator-led-fault - the flash controller has detected + * indicator-led-fault + the flash controller has detected a short or open circuit condition on the indicator LED - * led-under-voltage - flash controller voltage to the flash + * led-under-voltage + flash controller voltage to the flash LED has been below the minimum limit specific to the flash - * controller-under-voltage - the input voltage of the flash + * controller-under-voltage + the input voltage of the flash controller is below the limit under which strobing the flash at full current will not be possible; the condition persists until this flag is no longer set - * led-over-temperature - the temperature of the LED has exceeded + * led-over-temperature + the temperature of the LED has exceeded its allowed upper limit diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-multicolor b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-multicolor index eeeddcbdbbe3..16fc827b10cb 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-multicolor +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-multicolor @@ -1,20 +1,3 @@ -What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/brightness -Date: March 2020 -KernelVersion: 5.9 -Contact: Dan Murphy <dmurphy@ti.com> -Description: read/write - Writing to this file will update all LEDs within the group to a - calculated percentage of what each color LED intensity is set - to. The percentage is calculated for each grouped LED via the - equation below: - - led_brightness = brightness * multi_intensity/max_brightness - - For additional details please refer to - Documentation/leds/leds-class-multicolor.rst. - - The value of the LED is from 0 to - /sys/class/leds/<led>/max_brightness. What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/multi_index Date: March 2020 @@ -25,6 +8,9 @@ Description: read as an array of strings as they are indexed in the multi_intensity file. + For additional details please refer to + Documentation/leds/leds-class-multicolor.rst. + What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/multi_intensity Date: March 2020 KernelVersion: 5.9 @@ -33,3 +19,6 @@ Description: read/write This file contains array of integers. Order of components is described by the multi_index array. The maximum intensity should not exceed /sys/class/leds/<led>/max_brightness. + + For additional details please refer to + Documentation/leds/leds-class-multicolor.rst. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-netdev b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-netdev index 451af6d6768c..f6d9d72ce77b 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-netdev +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-netdev @@ -13,33 +13,129 @@ Description: Specifies the duration of the LED blink in milliseconds. Defaults to 50 ms. + When offloaded is true, the interval value MUST be set to the + default value and cannot be changed. + Trying to set any value in this specific mode will return + an EINVAL error. + What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/link Date: Dec 2017 KernelVersion: 4.16 Contact: linux-leds@vger.kernel.org Description: Signal the link state of the named network device. + If set to 0 (default), the LED's normal state is off. + If set to 1, the LED's normal state reflects the link state of the named network device. Setting this value also immediately changes the LED state. + What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/tx Date: Dec 2017 KernelVersion: 4.16 Contact: linux-leds@vger.kernel.org Description: Signal transmission of data on the named network device. + If set to 0 (default), the LED will not blink on transmission. + If set to 1, the LED will blink for the milliseconds specified in interval to signal transmission. + When offloaded is true, the blink interval is controlled by + hardware and won't reflect the value set in interval. + What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/rx Date: Dec 2017 KernelVersion: 4.16 Contact: linux-leds@vger.kernel.org Description: Signal reception of data on the named network device. + If set to 0 (default), the LED will not blink on reception. + If set to 1, the LED will blink for the milliseconds specified in interval to signal reception. + + When offloaded is true, the blink interval is controlled by + hardware and won't reflect the value set in interval. + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/offloaded +Date: Jun 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.5 +Contact: linux-leds@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Communicate whether the LED trigger modes are offloaded to + hardware or whether software fallback is used. + + If 0, the LED is using software fallback to blink. + + If 1, the LED blinking in requested mode is offloaded to + hardware. + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/link_10 +Date: Jun 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.5 +Contact: linux-leds@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Signal the link speed state of 10Mbps of the named network device. + + If set to 0 (default), the LED's normal state is off. + + If set to 1, the LED's normal state reflects the link state + speed of 10MBps of the named network device. + Setting this value also immediately changes the LED state. + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/link_100 +Date: Jun 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.5 +Contact: linux-leds@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Signal the link speed state of 100Mbps of the named network device. + + If set to 0 (default), the LED's normal state is off. + + If set to 1, the LED's normal state reflects the link state + speed of 100Mbps of the named network device. + Setting this value also immediately changes the LED state. + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/link_1000 +Date: Jun 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.5 +Contact: linux-leds@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Signal the link speed state of 1000Mbps of the named network device. + + If set to 0 (default), the LED's normal state is off. + + If set to 1, the LED's normal state reflects the link state + speed of 1000Mbps of the named network device. + Setting this value also immediately changes the LED state. + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/half_duplex +Date: Jun 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.5 +Contact: linux-leds@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Signal the link half duplex state of the named network device. + + If set to 0 (default), the LED's normal state is off. + + If set to 1, the LED's normal state reflects the link half + duplex state of the named network device. + Setting this value also immediately changes the LED state. + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/full_duplex +Date: Jun 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.5 +Contact: linux-leds@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Signal the link full duplex state of the named network device. + + If set to 0 (default), the LED's normal state is off. + + If set to 1, the LED's normal state reflects the link full + duplex state of the named network device. + Setting this value also immediately changes the LED state. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-pattern b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-pattern index bd92ef9d6faa..8c57d2780554 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-pattern +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-pattern @@ -23,8 +23,8 @@ Description: Since different LED hardware can have different semantics of hardware patterns, each driver is expected to provide its own - description for the hardware patterns in their ABI documentation - file. + description for the hardware patterns in their documentation + file at Documentation/leds/. What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/repeat Date: September 2018 @@ -35,3 +35,6 @@ Description: This file will always return the originally written repeat number. + + It should be noticed that some leds, like EL15203000 may + only support indefinitely patterns, so they always store -1. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-tty b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-tty new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..2bf6b24e781b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-tty @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/ttyname +Date: Dec 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.10 +Contact: linux-leds@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies the tty device name of the triggering tty diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-usbport b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-usbport index f440e690daef..eb81152b8348 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-usbport +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-usbport @@ -8,5 +8,6 @@ Description: selected for the USB port trigger. Selecting ports makes trigger observing them for any connected devices and lighting on LED if there are any. + Echoing "1" value selects USB port. Echoing "0" unselects it. Current state can be also read. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-leds-gt683r b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-leds-gt683r index 6adab27f646e..b57ffb26e722 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-leds-gt683r +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-leds-gt683r @@ -7,9 +7,11 @@ Description: of one LED will update the mode of its two sibling devices as well. Possible values are: - 0 - normal - 1 - audio - 2 - breathing + == ========= + 0 normal + 1 audio + 2 breathing + == ========= Normal: LEDs are fully on when enabled Audio: LEDs brightness depends on sound level diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mei b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mei index 5c52372b43cb..1db36ddf8e58 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mei +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mei @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ Description: The mei/ class sub-directory belongs to mei device class -What: /sys/class/mei/meiN/ +What: /sys/class/mei/mei<N>/ Date: May 2014 KernelVersion: 3.17 Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ Description: The /sys/class/mei/meiN directory is created for each probed mei device -What: /sys/class/mei/meiN/fw_status +What: /sys/class/mei/mei<N>/fw_status Date: Nov 2014 KernelVersion: 3.19 Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ Description: Display fw status registers content Also number of registers varies between 1 and 6 depending on generation. -What: /sys/class/mei/meiN/hbm_ver +What: /sys/class/mei/mei<N>/hbm_ver Date: Aug 2016 KernelVersion: 4.9 Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ Description: Display the negotiated HBM protocol version. The HBM protocol version negotiated between the driver and the device. -What: /sys/class/mei/meiN/hbm_ver_drv +What: /sys/class/mei/mei<N>/hbm_ver_drv Date: Aug 2016 KernelVersion: 4.9 Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ Description: Display the driver HBM protocol version. The HBM protocol version supported by the driver. -What: /sys/class/mei/meiN/tx_queue_limit +What: /sys/class/mei/mei<N>/tx_queue_limit Date: Jan 2018 KernelVersion: 4.16 Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ Description: Configure tx queue limit Set maximal number of pending writes per opened session. -What: /sys/class/mei/meiN/fw_ver +What: /sys/class/mei/mei<N>/fw_ver Date: May 2018 KernelVersion: 4.18 Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ Description: Display the ME firmware version. There can be up to three such blocks for different FW components. -What: /sys/class/mei/meiN/dev_state +What: /sys/class/mei/mei<N>/dev_state Date: Mar 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ Description: Display the ME device state. POWER_DOWN POWER_UP -What: /sys/class/mei/meiN/trc +What: /sys/class/mei/mei<N>/trc Date: Nov 2019 KernelVersion: 5.5 Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ Description: Display trc status register content status information into trc status register for BIOS and OS to monitor fw health. -What: /sys/class/mei/meiN/kind +What: /sys/class/mei/mei<N>/kind Date: Jul 2020 KernelVersion: 5.8 Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mic b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mic index 6ef682603179..5e5f36d10055 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mic +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mic @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ Description: PCIe form factor add-in Coprocessor card based on the Intel Many Integrated Core (MIC) architecture that runs a Linux OS. -What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x) +What: /sys/class/mic/mic<X> Date: October 2013 KernelVersion: 3.13 Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com> @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Description: represent MIC devices (0,1,..etc). Each directory has information specific to that MIC device. -What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/family +What: /sys/class/mic/mic<X>/family Date: October 2013 KernelVersion: 3.13 Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com> @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ Description: Provides information about the Coprocessor family for an Intel MIC device. For example - "x100" -What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/stepping +What: /sys/class/mic/mic<X>/stepping Date: October 2013 KernelVersion: 3.13 Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com> @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ Description: Provides information about the silicon stepping for an Intel MIC device. For example - "A0" or "B0" -What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/state +What: /sys/class/mic/mic<X>/state Date: October 2013 KernelVersion: 3.13 Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com> @@ -41,26 +41,35 @@ Description: When read, this entry provides the current state of an Intel MIC device in the context of the card OS. Possible values that will be read are: - "ready" - The MIC device is ready to boot the card OS. On - reading this entry after an OSPM resume, a "boot" has to be - written to this entry if the card was previously shutdown - during OSPM suspend. - "booting" - The MIC device has initiated booting a card OS. - "online" - The MIC device has completed boot and is online - "shutting_down" - The card OS is shutting down. - "resetting" - A reset has been initiated for the MIC device - "reset_failed" - The MIC device has failed to reset. + + + =============== =============================================== + "ready" The MIC device is ready to boot the card OS. + On reading this entry after an OSPM resume, + a "boot" has to be written to this entry if + the card was previously shutdown during OSPM + suspend. + "booting" The MIC device has initiated booting a card OS. + "online" The MIC device has completed boot and is online + "shutting_down" The card OS is shutting down. + "resetting" A reset has been initiated for the MIC device + "reset_failed" The MIC device has failed to reset. + =============== =============================================== When written, this sysfs entry triggers different state change operations depending upon the current state of the card OS. Acceptable values are: - "boot" - Boot the card OS image specified by the combination - of firmware, ramdisk, cmdline and bootmode - sysfs entries. - "reset" - Initiates device reset. - "shutdown" - Initiates card OS shutdown. -What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/shutdown_status + + ========== =================================================== + "boot" Boot the card OS image specified by the combination + of firmware, ramdisk, cmdline and bootmode + sysfs entries. + "reset" Initiates device reset. + "shutdown" Initiates card OS shutdown. + ========== =================================================== + +What: /sys/class/mic/mic<X>/shutdown_status Date: October 2013 KernelVersion: 3.13 Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com> @@ -69,14 +78,17 @@ Description: OS can shutdown because of various reasons. When read, this entry provides the status on why the card OS was shutdown. Possible values are: - "nop" - shutdown status is not applicable, when the card OS is - "online" - "crashed" - Shutdown because of a HW or SW crash. - "halted" - Shutdown because of a halt command. - "poweroff" - Shutdown because of a poweroff command. - "restart" - Shutdown because of a restart command. - -What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/cmdline + + ========== =================================================== + "nop" shutdown status is not applicable, when the card OS + is "online" + "crashed" Shutdown because of a HW or SW crash. + "halted" Shutdown because of a halt command. + "poweroff" Shutdown because of a poweroff command. + "restart" Shutdown because of a restart command. + ========== =================================================== + +What: /sys/class/mic/mic<X>/cmdline Date: October 2013 KernelVersion: 3.13 Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com> @@ -92,7 +104,7 @@ Description: or modify existing ones and then write the whole kernel command line back to this entry. -What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/firmware +What: /sys/class/mic/mic<X>/firmware Date: October 2013 KernelVersion: 3.13 Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com> @@ -102,7 +114,7 @@ Description: card can be found. The entry can be written to change the firmware image location under /lib/firmware/. -What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/ramdisk +What: /sys/class/mic/mic<X>/ramdisk Date: October 2013 KernelVersion: 3.13 Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com> @@ -112,7 +124,7 @@ Description: OS boot can be found. The entry can be written to change the ramdisk image location under /lib/firmware/. -What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/bootmode +What: /sys/class/mic/mic<X>/bootmode Date: October 2013 KernelVersion: 3.13 Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com> @@ -123,7 +135,7 @@ Description: a) linux - Boot a Linux image. b) flash - Boot an image for flash updates. -What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/log_buf_addr +What: /sys/class/mic/mic<X>/log_buf_addr Date: October 2013 KernelVersion: 3.13 Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com> @@ -137,7 +149,7 @@ Description: log buffer address to be written can be found in the System.map file of the card OS. -What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/log_buf_len +What: /sys/class/mic/mic<X>/log_buf_len Date: October 2013 KernelVersion: 3.13 Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com> @@ -151,7 +163,7 @@ Description: buffer length address to be written can be found in the System.map file of the card OS. -What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/heartbeat_enable +What: /sys/class/mic/mic<X>/heartbeat_enable Date: March 2015 KernelVersion: 4.4 Contact: Ashutosh Dixit <ashutosh.dixit@intel.com> diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mux b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mux index 8715f9c7bd4f..c58b7b6e1aa6 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mux +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mux @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ Description: Framework and provides a sysfs interface for using MUX controllers. -What: /sys/class/mux/muxchipN/ +What: /sys/class/mux/muxchip<N>/ Date: April 2017 KernelVersion: 4.13 Contact: Peter Rosin <peda@axentia.se> diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net index 3b404577f380..1419103d11f9 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net @@ -4,10 +4,13 @@ KernelVersion: 3.17 Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org Description: Indicates the name assignment type. Possible values are: - 1: enumerated by the kernel, possibly in an unpredictable way - 2: predictably named by the kernel - 3: named by userspace - 4: renamed + + == ========================================================== + 1 enumerated by the kernel, possibly in an unpredictable way + 2 predictably named by the kernel + 3 named by userspace + 4 renamed + == ========================================================== What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/addr_assign_type Date: July 2010 @@ -15,10 +18,13 @@ KernelVersion: 3.2 Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org Description: Indicates the address assignment type. Possible values are: - 0: permanent address - 1: randomly generated - 2: stolen from another device - 3: set using dev_set_mac_address + + == ============================= + 0 permanent address + 1 randomly generated + 2 stolen from another device + 3 set using dev_set_mac_address + == ============================= What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/addr_len Date: April 2005 @@ -51,9 +57,12 @@ Description: Default value 0 does not forward any link local frames. Restricted bits: - 0: 01-80-C2-00-00-00 Bridge Group Address used for STP - 1: 01-80-C2-00-00-01 (MAC Control) 802.3 used for MAC PAUSE - 2: 01-80-C2-00-00-02 (Link Aggregation) 802.3ad + + == ======================================================== + 0 01-80-C2-00-00-00 Bridge Group Address used for STP + 1 01-80-C2-00-00-01 (MAC Control) 802.3 used for MAC PAUSE + 2 01-80-C2-00-00-02 (Link Aggregation) 802.3ad + == ======================================================== Any values not setting these bits can be used. Take special care when forwarding control frames e.g. 802.1X-PAE or LLDP. @@ -74,8 +83,11 @@ Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org Description: Indicates the current physical link state of the interface. Posssible values are: - 0: physical link is down - 1: physical link is up + + == ===================== + 0 physical link is down + 1 physical link is up + == ===================== Note: some special devices, e.g: bonding and team drivers will allow this attribute to be written to force a link state for @@ -131,21 +143,27 @@ Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org Description: Indicates whether the interface is under test. Possible values are: - 0: interface is not being tested - 1: interface is being tested + + == ============================= + 0 interface is not being tested + 1 interface is being tested + == ============================= When an interface is under test, it cannot be expected to pass packets as normal. -What: /sys/clas/net/<iface>/duplex +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/duplex Date: October 2009 KernelVersion: 2.6.33 Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org Description: Indicates the interface latest or current duplex value. Possible values are: - half: half duplex - full: full duplex + + ==== =========== + half half duplex + full full duplex + ==== =========== Note: This attribute is only valid for interfaces that implement the ethtool get_link_ksettings method (mostly Ethernet). @@ -196,8 +214,11 @@ Description: Indicates the interface link mode, as a decimal number. This attribute should be used in conjunction with 'dormant' attribute to determine the interface usability. Possible values: - 0: default link mode - 1: dormant link mode + + == ================= + 0 default link mode + 1 dormant link mode + == ================= What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/mtu Date: April 2005 @@ -226,7 +247,9 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.17 Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org Description: Indicates the interface RFC2863 operational state as a string. + Possible values are: + "unknown", "notpresent", "down", "lowerlayerdown", "testing", "dormant", "up". @@ -314,3 +337,18 @@ Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org Description: 32-bit unsigned integer counting the number of times the link has been down + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/threaded +Date: Jan 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Boolean value to control the threaded mode per device. User could + set this value to enable/disable threaded mode for all napi + belonging to this device, without the need to do device up/down. + + Possible values: + == ================================== + 0 threaded mode disabled for this dev + 1 threaded mode enabled for this dev + == ================================== diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-cdc_ncm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-cdc_ncm index f7be0e88b139..06416d0e163d 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-cdc_ncm +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-cdc_ncm @@ -91,9 +91,9 @@ Date: May 2014 KernelVersion: 3.16 Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no> Description: - Bit 0: 16-bit NTB supported (set to 1) - Bit 1: 32-bit NTB supported - Bits 2 – 15: reserved (reset to zero; must be ignored by host) + - Bit 0: 16-bit NTB supported (set to 1) + - Bit 1: 32-bit NTB supported + - Bits 2 – 15: reserved (reset to zero; must be ignored by host) What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/dwNtbInMaxSize Date: May 2014 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-dsa b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-dsa index 985d84c585c6..e2da26b44dd0 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-dsa +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-dsa @@ -3,5 +3,12 @@ Date: August 2018 KernelVersion: 4.20 Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org Description: - String indicating the type of tagging protocol used by the - DSA slave network device. + On read, this file returns a string indicating the type of + tagging protocol used by the DSA network devices that are + attached to this master interface. + On write, this file changes the tagging protocol of the + attached DSA switches, if this operation is supported by the + driver. Changing the tagging protocol must be done with the DSA + interfaces and the master interface all administratively down. + See the "name" field of each registered struct dsa_device_ops + for a list of valid values. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-peak_usb b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-peak_usb new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..9e3d0bf4d4b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-peak_usb @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/peak_usb/can_channel_id +Date: November 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.2 +Contact: Stephane Grosjean <s.grosjean@peak-system.com> +Description: + PEAK PCAN-USB devices support user-configurable CAN channel + identifiers. Contrary to a USB serial number, these identifiers + are writable and can be set per CAN interface. This means that + if a USB device exports multiple CAN interfaces, each of them + can be assigned a unique channel ID. + This attribute provides read-only access to the currently + configured value of the channel identifier. Depending on the + device type, the identifier has a length of 8 or 32 bit. The + value read from this attribute is always an 8 digit 32 bit + hexadecimal value in big endian format. If the device only + supports an 8 bit identifier, the upper 24 bit of the value are + set to zero. + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-phydev b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-phydev index 206cbf538b59..ac722dd5e694 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-phydev +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-phydev @@ -35,7 +35,9 @@ Description: Ethernet driver during bus enumeration, encoded in string. This interface mode is used to configure the Ethernet MAC with the appropriate mode for its data lines to the PHY hardware. + Possible values are: + <empty> (not available), mii, gmii, sgmii, tbi, rev-mii, rmii, rgmii, rgmii-id, rgmii-rxid, rgmii-txid, rtbi, smii xgmii, moca, qsgmii, trgmii, 1000base-x, 2500base-x, rxaui, @@ -49,3 +51,15 @@ Description: Boolean value indicating whether the PHY device is used in standalone mode, without a net_device associated, by PHYLINK. Attribute created only when this is the case. + +What: /sys/class/mdio_bus/<bus>/<device>/phy_dev_flags +Date: March 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.13 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + 32-bit hexadecimal number representing a bit mask of the + configuration bits passed from the consumer of the PHY + (Ethernet MAC, switch, etc.) to the PHY driver. The flags are + only used internally by the kernel and their placement are + not meant to be stable across kernel versions. This is intended + for facilitating the debugging of PHY drivers. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-qmi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-qmi index c310db4ccbc2..b028f5bc86db 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-qmi +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-qmi @@ -48,3 +48,29 @@ Description: Write a number ranging from 1 to 254 to delete a previously created qmap mux based network device. + +What: /sys/class/net/<qmimux iface>/qmap/mux_id +Date: January 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: Daniele Palmas <dnlplm@gmail.com> +Description: + Unsigned integer + + Indicates the mux id associated to the qmimux network interface + during its creation. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/qmi/pass_through +Date: January 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: Subash Abhinov Kasiviswanathan <quic_subashab@quicinc.com> +Description: + Boolean. Default: 'N' + + Set this to 'Y' to enable 'pass-through' mode, allowing packets + in MAP format to be passed on to the stack. + + Normally the rmnet driver (CONFIG_RMNET) is then used to process + and demultiplex these packets. + + 'Pass-through' mode can be enabled when the device is in + 'raw-ip' mode only. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-ocxl b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-ocxl index ae1276efa45a..847a7edc3113 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-ocxl +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-ocxl @@ -11,8 +11,11 @@ Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org Description: read only Number of contexts for the AFU, in the format <n>/<max> where: - n: number of currently active contexts, for debug - max: maximum number of contexts supported by the AFU + + ==== =============================================== + n number of currently active contexts, for debug + max maximum number of contexts supported by the AFU + ==== =============================================== What: /sys/class/ocxl/<afu name>/pp_mmio_size Date: January 2018 @@ -40,7 +43,9 @@ Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org Description: read/write Control whether the FPGA is reloaded on a link reset. Enabled through a vendor-specific logic block on the FPGA. - 0 Do not reload FPGA image from flash - 1 Reload FPGA image from flash - unavailable - The device does not support this capability + + =========== =========================================== + 0 Do not reload FPGA image from flash + 1 Reload FPGA image from flash + unavailable The device does not support this capability + =========== =========================================== diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pktcdvd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pktcdvd index dde4f26d0780..ba1ce626591d 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pktcdvd +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pktcdvd @@ -11,15 +11,17 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.20 Contact: Thomas Maier <balagi@justmail.de> Description: - add: (WO) Write a block device id (major:minor) to + ========== ============================================== + add (WO) Write a block device id (major:minor) to create a new pktcdvd device and map it to the block device. - remove: (WO) Write the pktcdvd device id (major:minor) + remove (WO) Write the pktcdvd device id (major:minor) to remove the pktcdvd device. - device_map: (RO) Shows the device mapping in format: + device_map (RO) Shows the device mapping in format: pktcdvd[0-7] <pktdevid> <blkdevid> + ========== ============================================== What: /sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/dev @@ -65,29 +67,31 @@ Date: Oct. 2006 KernelVersion: 2.6.20 Contact: Thomas Maier <balagi@justmail.de> Description: - size: (RO) Contains the size of the bio write queue. + ============== ================================================ + size (RO) Contains the size of the bio write queue. - congestion_off: (RW) If bio write queue size is below this mark, + congestion_off (RW) If bio write queue size is below this mark, accept new bio requests from the block layer. - congestion_on: (RW) If bio write queue size is higher as this + congestion_on (RW) If bio write queue size is higher as this mark, do no longer accept bio write requests from the block layer and wait till the pktcdvd device has processed enough bio's so that bio write queue size is below congestion off mark. A value of <= 0 disables congestion control. + ============== ================================================ Example: -------- -To use the pktcdvd sysfs interface directly, you can do: - -# create a new pktcdvd device mapped to /dev/hdc -echo "22:0" >/sys/class/pktcdvd/add -cat /sys/class/pktcdvd/device_map -# assuming device pktcdvd0 was created, look at stat's -cat /sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd0/stat/kb_written -# print the device id of the mapped block device -fgrep pktcdvd0 /sys/class/pktcdvd/device_map -# remove device, using pktcdvd0 device id 253:0 -echo "253:0" >/sys/class/pktcdvd/remove +To use the pktcdvd sysfs interface directly, you can do:: + + # create a new pktcdvd device mapped to /dev/hdc + echo "22:0" >/sys/class/pktcdvd/add + cat /sys/class/pktcdvd/device_map + # assuming device pktcdvd0 was created, look at stat's + cat /sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd0/stat/kb_written + # print the device id of the mapped block device + fgrep pktcdvd0 /sys/class/pktcdvd/device_map + # remove device, using pktcdvd0 device id 253:0 + echo "253:0" >/sys/class/pktcdvd/remove diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power index 40213c73bc9c..7c81f0a25a48 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -===== General Properties ===== +**General Properties** What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/manufacturer Date: May 2007 @@ -34,16 +34,240 @@ Description: Describes the main type of the supply. Access: Read - Valid values: "Battery", "UPS", "Mains", "USB" + Valid values: "Battery", "UPS", "Mains", "USB", "Wireless" -===== Battery Properties ===== +**Battery and USB properties** + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/current_avg +Date: May 2007 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Battery: + + Reports an average IBAT current reading for the battery, over + a fixed period. Normally devices will provide a fixed interval + in which they average readings to smooth out the reported + value. + + USB: + + Reports an average IBUS current reading over a fixed period. + Normally devices will provide a fixed interval in which they + average readings to smooth out the reported value. + + Access: Read + + Valid values: Represented in microamps. Negative values are + used for discharging batteries, positive values for charging + batteries and for USB IBUS current. + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/current_max +Date: October 2010 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Battery: + + Reports the maximum IBAT current allowed into the battery. + + USB: + + Reports the maximum IBUS current the supply can support. + + Access: Read + Valid values: Represented in microamps + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/current_now +Date: May 2007 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + + Battery: + + Reports an instant, single IBAT current reading for the + battery. This value is not averaged/smoothed. + + Access: Read + + USB: + + Reports the IBUS current supplied now. This value is generally + read-only reporting, unless the 'online' state of the supply + is set to be programmable, in which case this value can be set + within the reported min/max range. + + Access: Read, Write + + Valid values: Represented in microamps. Negative values are + used for discharging batteries, positive values for charging + batteries and for USB IBUS current. + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/temp +Date: May 2007 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Battery: + + Reports the current TBAT battery temperature reading. + + USB: + + Reports the current supply temperature reading. This would + normally be the internal temperature of the device itself + (e.g TJUNC temperature of an IC) + + Access: Read + + Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/temp_alert_max +Date: July 2012 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Battery: + + Maximum TBAT temperature trip-wire value where the supply will + notify user-space of the event. + + USB: + + Maximum supply temperature trip-wire value where the supply + will notify user-space of the event. + + This is normally used for the charging scenario where + user-space needs to know if the temperature has crossed an + upper threshold so it can take appropriate action (e.g. warning + user that the temperature is critically high, and charging has + stopped). + + Access: Read + + Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/temp_alert_min +Date: July 2012 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + + Battery: + + Minimum TBAT temperature trip-wire value where the supply will + notify user-space of the event. + + USB: + + Minimum supply temperature trip-wire value where the supply + will notify user-space of the event. + + This is normally used for the charging scenario where user-space + needs to know if the temperature has crossed a lower threshold + so it can take appropriate action (e.g. warning user that + temperature level is high, and charging current has been + reduced accordingly to remedy the situation). + + Access: Read + + Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/temp_max +Date: July 2014 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Battery: + + Reports the maximum allowed TBAT battery temperature for + charging. + + USB: + + Reports the maximum allowed supply temperature for operation. + + Access: Read + + Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/temp_min +Date: July 2014 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Battery: + + Reports the minimum allowed TBAT battery temperature for + charging. + + USB: + + Reports the minimum allowed supply temperature for operation. + + Access: Read + + Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/voltage_max, +Date: January 2008 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Battery: + + Reports the maximum safe VBAT voltage permitted for the + battery, during charging. + + USB: + + Reports the maximum VBUS voltage the supply can support. + + Access: Read + + Valid values: Represented in microvolts + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/voltage_min, +Date: January 2008 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Battery: + + Reports the minimum safe VBAT voltage permitted for the + battery, during discharging. + + USB: + + Reports the minimum VBUS voltage the supply can support. + + Access: Read + + Valid values: Represented in microvolts + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/voltage_now, +Date: May 2007 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Battery: + + Reports an instant, single VBAT voltage reading for the + battery. This value is not averaged/smoothed. + + Access: Read + + USB: + + Reports the VBUS voltage supplied now. This value is generally + read-only reporting, unless the 'online' state of the supply + is set to be programmable, in which case this value can be set + within the reported min/max range. + + Access: Read, Write + + Valid values: Represented in microvolts + +**Battery Properties** What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/capacity Date: May 2007 Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org Description: Fine grain representation of battery capacity. + Access: Read + Valid values: 0 - 100 (percent) What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/capacity_alert_max @@ -58,6 +282,7 @@ Description: low). Access: Read, Write + Valid values: 0 - 100 (percent) What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/capacity_alert_min @@ -72,6 +297,7 @@ Description: critically low). Access: Read, Write + Valid values: 0 - 100 (percent) What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/capacity_error_margin @@ -87,6 +313,7 @@ Description: completely useless. Access: Read + Valid values: 0 - 100 (percent) What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/capacity_level @@ -96,38 +323,10 @@ Description: Coarse representation of battery capacity. Access: Read - Valid values: "Unknown", "Critical", "Low", "Normal", "High", - "Full" - -What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/current_avg -Date: May 2007 -Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org -Description: - Reports an average IBAT current reading for the battery, over a - fixed period. Normally devices will provide a fixed interval in - which they average readings to smooth out the reported value. - - Access: Read - Valid values: Represented in microamps -What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/current_max -Date: October 2010 -Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org -Description: - Reports the maximum IBAT current allowed into the battery. - - Access: Read - Valid values: Represented in microamps - -What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/current_now -Date: May 2007 -Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org -Description: - Reports an instant, single IBAT current reading for the battery. - This value is not averaged/smoothed. - - Access: Read - Valid values: Represented in microamps + Valid values: + "Unknown", "Critical", "Low", "Normal", "High", + "Full" What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/charge_control_limit Date: Oct 2012 @@ -137,6 +336,7 @@ Description: throttling for thermal cooling or improving battery health. Access: Read, Write + Valid values: Represented in microamps What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/charge_control_limit_max @@ -146,6 +346,7 @@ Description: Maximum legal value for the charge_control_limit property. Access: Read + Valid values: Represented in microamps What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/charge_control_start_threshold @@ -163,9 +364,13 @@ Date: April 2019 Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org Description: Represents a battery percentage level, above which charging will - stop. + stop. Not all hardware is capable of setting this to an arbitrary + percentage. Drivers will round written values to the nearest + supported value. Reading back the value will show the actual + threshold set by the driver. Access: Read, Write + Valid values: 0 - 100 (percent) What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/charge_type @@ -178,11 +383,17 @@ Description: algorithm to adjust the charge rate dynamically, without any user configuration required. "Custom" means that the charger uses the charge_control_* properties as configuration for some - different algorithm. + different algorithm. "Long Life" means the charger reduces its + charging rate in order to prolong the battery health. "Bypass" + means the charger bypasses the charging path around the + integrated converter allowing for a "smart" wall adaptor to + perform the power conversion externally. Access: Read, Write - Valid values: "Unknown", "N/A", "Trickle", "Fast", "Standard", - "Adaptive", "Custom" + + Valid values: + "Unknown", "N/A", "Trickle", "Fast", "Standard", + "Adaptive", "Custom", "Long Life", "Bypass" What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/charge_term_current Date: July 2014 @@ -192,6 +403,7 @@ Description: when the battery is considered full and charging should end. Access: Read + Valid values: Represented in microamps What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/health @@ -202,11 +414,13 @@ Description: functionality. Access: Read - Valid values: "Unknown", "Good", "Overheat", "Dead", + + Valid values: + "Unknown", "Good", "Overheat", "Dead", "Over voltage", "Unspecified failure", "Cold", "Watchdog timer expire", "Safety timer expire", "Over current", "Calibration required", "Warm", - "Cool", "Hot" + "Cool", "Hot", "No battery" What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/precharge_current Date: June 2017 @@ -216,18 +430,24 @@ Description: for a battery charge cycle. Access: Read + Valid values: Represented in microamps What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/present Date: May 2007 Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org Description: - Reports whether a battery is present or not in the system. + Reports whether a battery is present or not in the system. If the + property does not exist, the battery is considered to be present. Access: Read + Valid values: + + == ======= 0: Absent 1: Present + == ======= What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/status Date: May 2007 @@ -238,76 +458,38 @@ Description: used to enable/disable charging to the battery. Access: Read, Write - Valid values: "Unknown", "Charging", "Discharging", - "Not charging", "Full" - -What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/technology -Date: May 2007 -Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org -Description: - Describes the battery technology supported by the supply. - - Access: Read - Valid values: "Unknown", "NiMH", "Li-ion", "Li-poly", "LiFe", - "NiCd", "LiMn" -What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/temp -Date: May 2007 -Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org -Description: - Reports the current TBAT battery temperature reading. - - Access: Read - Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius + Valid values: + "Unknown", "Charging", "Discharging", + "Not charging", "Full" -What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/temp_alert_max -Date: July 2012 +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/charge_behaviour +Date: November 2021 Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org Description: - Maximum TBAT temperature trip-wire value where the supply will - notify user-space of the event. This is normally used for the - battery charging scenario where user-space needs to know the - battery temperature has crossed an upper threshold so it can - take appropriate action (e.g. warning user that battery level is - critically high, and charging has stopped). - - Access: Read - Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius + Represents the charging behaviour. -What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/temp_alert_min -Date: July 2012 -Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org -Description: - Minimum TBAT temperature trip-wire value where the supply will - notify user-space of the event. This is normally used for the - battery charging scenario where user-space needs to know the - battery temperature has crossed a lower threshold so it can take - appropriate action (e.g. warning user that battery level is - high, and charging current has been reduced accordingly to - remedy the situation). + Access: Read, Write - Access: Read - Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius + Valid values: + ================ ==================================== + auto: Charge normally, respect thresholds + inhibit-charge: Do not charge while AC is attached + force-discharge: Force discharge while AC is attached + ================ ==================================== -What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/temp_max -Date: July 2014 +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/technology +Date: May 2007 Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org Description: - Reports the maximum allowed TBAT battery temperature for - charging. + Describes the battery technology supported by the supply. Access: Read - Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius -What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/temp_min -Date: July 2014 -Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org -Description: - Reports the minimum allowed TBAT battery temperature for - charging. + Valid values: + "Unknown", "NiMH", "Li-ion", "Li-poly", "LiFe", + "NiCd", "LiMn" - Access: Read - Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/voltage_avg, Date: May 2007 @@ -318,72 +500,23 @@ Description: which they average readings to smooth out the reported value. Access: Read - Valid values: Represented in microvolts - -What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/voltage_max, -Date: January 2008 -Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org -Description: - Reports the maximum safe VBAT voltage permitted for the battery, - during charging. - Access: Read Valid values: Represented in microvolts -What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/voltage_min, -Date: January 2008 +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/cycle_count +Date: January 2010 Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org Description: - Reports the minimum safe VBAT voltage permitted for the battery, - during discharging. + Reports the number of full charge + discharge cycles the + battery has undergone. Access: Read - Valid values: Represented in microvolts -What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/voltage_now, -Date: May 2007 -Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org -Description: - Reports an instant, single VBAT voltage reading for the battery. - This value is not averaged/smoothed. - - Access: Read - Valid values: Represented in microvolts - -===== USB Properties ===== - -What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/current_avg -Date: May 2007 -Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org -Description: - Reports an average IBUS current reading over a fixed period. - Normally devices will provide a fixed interval in which they - average readings to smooth out the reported value. - - Access: Read - Valid values: Represented in microamps - - -What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/current_max -Date: October 2010 -Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org -Description: - Reports the maximum IBUS current the supply can support. - - Access: Read - Valid values: Represented in microamps - -What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/current_now -Date: May 2007 -Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org -Description: - Reports the IBUS current supplied now. This value is generally - read-only reporting, unless the 'online' state of the supply - is set to be programmable, in which case this value can be set - within the reported min/max range. + Valid values: + Integer > 0: representing full cycles + Integer = 0: cycle_count info is not available - Access: Read, Write - Valid values: Represented in microamps +**USB Properties** What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/input_current_limit Date: July 2014 @@ -397,6 +530,7 @@ Description: solved using power limit use input_current_limit. Access: Read, Write + Valid values: Represented in microamps What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/input_voltage_limit @@ -414,6 +548,7 @@ Description: solved using power limit use input_voltage_limit. Access: Read, Write + Valid values: Represented in microvolts What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/input_power_limit @@ -427,6 +562,7 @@ Description: limit only for problems that can be solved using power limit. Access: Read, Write + Valid values: Represented in microwatts What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/online, @@ -439,69 +575,14 @@ Description: USB supply so voltage and current can be controlled). Access: Read, Write + Valid values: + + == ================================================== 0: Offline 1: Online Fixed - Fixed Voltage Supply 2: Online Programmable - Programmable Voltage Supply - -What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/temp -Date: May 2007 -Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org -Description: - Reports the current supply temperature reading. This would - normally be the internal temperature of the device itself (e.g - TJUNC temperature of an IC) - - Access: Read - Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius - -What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/temp_alert_max -Date: July 2012 -Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org -Description: - Maximum supply temperature trip-wire value where the supply will - notify user-space of the event. This is normally used for the - charging scenario where user-space needs to know the supply - temperature has crossed an upper threshold so it can take - appropriate action (e.g. warning user that the supply - temperature is critically high, and charging has stopped to - remedy the situation). - - Access: Read - Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius - -What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/temp_alert_min -Date: July 2012 -Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org -Description: - Minimum supply temperature trip-wire value where the supply will - notify user-space of the event. This is normally used for the - charging scenario where user-space needs to know the supply - temperature has crossed a lower threshold so it can take - appropriate action (e.g. warning user that the supply - temperature is high, and charging current has been reduced - accordingly to remedy the situation). - - Access: Read - Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius - -What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/temp_max -Date: July 2014 -Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org -Description: - Reports the maximum allowed supply temperature for operation. - - Access: Read - Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius - -What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/temp_min -Date: July 2014 -Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org -Description: - Reports the mainimum allowed supply temperature for operation. - - Access: Read - Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius + == ================================================== What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/usb_type Date: March 2018 @@ -512,40 +593,12 @@ Description: is attached. Access: Read-Only - Valid values: "Unknown", "SDP", "DCP", "CDP", "ACA", "C", "PD", - "PD_DRP", "PD_PPS", "BrickID" - -What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/voltage_max -Date: January 2008 -Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org -Description: - Reports the maximum VBUS voltage the supply can support. - - Access: Read - Valid values: Represented in microvolts - -What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/voltage_min -Date: January 2008 -Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org -Description: - Reports the minimum VBUS voltage the supply can support. - Access: Read - Valid values: Represented in microvolts - -What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/voltage_now -Date: May 2007 -Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org -Description: - Reports the VBUS voltage supplied now. This value is generally - read-only reporting, unless the 'online' state of the supply - is set to be programmable, in which case this value can be set - within the reported min/max range. - - Access: Read, Write - Valid values: Represented in microvolts + Valid values: + "Unknown", "SDP", "DCP", "CDP", "ACA", "C", "PD", + "PD_DRP", "PD_PPS", "BrickID" -===== Device Specific Properties ===== +**Device Specific Properties** What: /sys/class/power/ds2760-battery.*/charge_now Date: May 2010 @@ -579,6 +632,7 @@ Description: will drop to 0 A) and will trigger interrupt. Valid values: + - 5, 6 or 7 (hours), - 0: disabled. @@ -593,6 +647,7 @@ Description: will drop to 0 A) and will trigger interrupt. Valid values: + - 4 - 16 (hours), step by 2 (rounded down) - 0: disabled. @@ -607,6 +662,7 @@ Description: interrupt and start top-off charging mode. Valid values: + - 100000 - 200000 (microamps), step by 25000 (rounded down) - 200000 - 350000 (microamps), step by 50000 (rounded down) - 0: disabled. @@ -622,6 +678,7 @@ Description: will drop to 0 A) and will trigger interrupt. Valid values: + - 0 - 70 (minutes), step by 10 (rounded down) What: /sys/class/power_supply/bq24257-charger/ovp_voltage @@ -635,6 +692,7 @@ Description: device datasheet for details. Valid values: + - 6000000, 6500000, 7000000, 8000000, 9000000, 9500000, 10000000, 10500000 (all uV) @@ -650,6 +708,7 @@ Description: lower than the set value. See device datasheet for details. Valid values: + - 4200000, 4280000, 4360000, 4440000, 4520000, 4600000, 4680000, 4760000 (all uV) @@ -664,6 +723,7 @@ Description: the charger operates normally. See device datasheet for details. Valid values: + - 1: enabled - 0: disabled @@ -679,6 +739,7 @@ Description: from the system. See device datasheet for details. Valid values: + - 1: enabled - 0: disabled @@ -690,6 +751,7 @@ Description: manufactured. Access: Read + Valid values: Reported as integer What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/manufacture_month @@ -699,6 +761,7 @@ Description: Reports the month when the device has been manufactured. Access: Read + Valid values: 1-12 What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/manufacture_day diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-ltc4162l b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-ltc4162l new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ba30db93052b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-ltc4162l @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +What: /sys/class/power_supply/ltc4162-l/charge_status +Date: Januari 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.11 +Description: + Detailed charge status information as reported by the chip. + + Access: Read + + Valid values: + ilim_reg_active + thermal_reg_active + vin_uvcl_active + iin_limit_active + constant_current + constant_voltage + charger_off + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/ltc4162-l/ibat +Date: Januari 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.11 +Description: + Battery input current as measured by the charger. Negative value + means that the battery is discharging. + + Access: Read + + Valid values: Signed value in microamps + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/ltc4162-l/vbat +Date: Januari 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.11 +Description: + Battery voltage as measured by the charger. + + Access: Read + + Valid values: In microvolts + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/ltc4162-l/vbat_avg +Date: Januari 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.11 +Description: + Battery voltage, averaged over time, as measured by the charger. + + Access: Read + + Valid values: In microvolts + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/ltc4162-l/force_telemetry +Date: Januari 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.11 +Description: + To save battery current, the measurement system is disabled if + the battery is the only source of power. This affects all + voltage, current and temperature measurements. + Write a "1" to this to keep performing telemetry once every few + seconds, even when running on battery (as reported by the online + property, which is "1" when external power is available and "0" + when the system runs on battery). + + Access: Read, Write + + Valid values: 0 (disabled) or 1 (enabled) + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/ltc4162-l/arm_ship_mode +Date: Januari 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.11 +Description: + The charger will normally drain the battery while inactive, + typically drawing about 54 microamps. Write a "1" to this + property to arm a special "ship" mode that extends shelf life + by reducing the leakage to about 2.8 microamps. The chip will + remain in this mode (and no longer respond to I2C commands) + until some external power-supply is attached raising the input + voltage above 1V. It will then automatically revert to "0". + Writing a "0" to the property cancels the "ship" mode request. + The ship mode, when armed, activates once the input voltage + drops below 1V. + + Access: Read, Write + + Valid values: 0 (disable) or 1 (enable) diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-mp2629 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-mp2629 index 327a07e22805..914d67caac0d 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-mp2629 +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-mp2629 @@ -5,4 +5,5 @@ Description: Represents a battery impedance compensation to accelerate charging. Access: Read, Write + Valid values: Represented in milli-ohms. Valid range is [0, 140]. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-rt9467 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-rt9467 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..619b7c45d145 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-rt9467 @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +What: /sys/class/power_supply/rt9467-*/sysoff_enable +Date: Feb 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.3 +Contact: ChiaEn Wu <chiaen_wu@richtek.com> +Description: + This entry allows enabling the sysoff mode of rt9467 charger + devices. + If enabled and the input is removed, the internal battery FET + is turned off to reduce the leakage from the BAT pin. See + device datasheet for details. It's commonly used when the + product enter shipping stage. After entering shipping mode, + only 'VBUS' or 'Power key" pressed can make it leave this mode. + 'Disable' also can help to leave it, but it's more like to + abort the action before the device really enter shipping mode. + + Access: Read, Write + Valid values: + - 1: enabled + - 0: disabled diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-rt9471 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-rt9471 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..0a390ee5ac21 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-rt9471 @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +What: /sys/class/power_supply/rt9471-*/sysoff_enable +Date: Feb 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.3 +Contact: ChiYuan Huang <cy_huang@richtek.com> +Description: + This entry allows enabling the sysoff mode of rt9471 charger devices. + If enabled and the input is removed, the internal battery FET is turned + off to reduce the leakage from the BAT pin. See device datasheet for details. + It's commonly used when the product enter shipping stage. After entering + shipping mode, only 'VBUS' or 'Power key" pressed can make it leave this + mode. 'Disable' also can help to leave it, but it's more like to abort + the action before the device really enter shipping mode. + + Access: Read, Write + Valid values: + - 1: enabled + - 0: disabled + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/rt9471-*/port_detect_enable +Date: Feb 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.3 +Contact: ChiYuan Huang <cy_huang@richtek.com> +Description: + This entry allows enabling the USB BC12 port detect function of rt9471 charger + devices. If enabled and VBUS is inserted, device will start to do the BC12 + port detect and report the usb port type when port detect is done. See + datasheet for details. Normally controlled when TypeC/USBPD port integrated. + + Access: Read, Write + Valid values: + - 1: enabled + - 0: disabled diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-surface b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-surface new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..79cde4dcf2f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-surface @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/alarm +Date: April 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.13 +Contact: Maximilian Luz <luzmaximilian@gmail.com> +Description: + Battery trip point. When the remaining battery capacity crosses this + value in either direction, the system will be notified and if + necessary woken. + + Set to zero to clear/disable. + + Access: Read, Write + + Valid values: In micro-Wh or micro-Ah, depending on the power unit + of the battery diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-twl4030 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-twl4030 index b4fd32d210c5..b52f7023f8ba 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-twl4030 +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-twl4030 @@ -4,18 +4,20 @@ Description: Writing to this can disable charging. Possible values are: - "auto" - draw power as appropriate for detected - power source and battery status. - "off" - do not draw any power. - "continuous" - - activate mode described as "linear" in - TWL data sheets. This uses whatever - current is available and doesn't switch off - when voltage drops. - This is useful for unstable power sources - such as bicycle dynamo, but care should - be taken that battery is not over-charged. + ============= =========================================== + "auto" draw power as appropriate for detected + power source and battery status. + "off" do not draw any power. + "continuous" activate mode described as "linear" in + TWL data sheets. This uses whatever + current is available and doesn't switch off + when voltage drops. + + This is useful for unstable power sources + such as bicycle dynamo, but care should + be taken that battery is not over-charged. + ============= =========================================== What: /sys/class/power_supply/twl4030_ac/mode Description: @@ -23,6 +25,9 @@ Description: Writing to this can disable charging. Possible values are: - "auto" - draw power as appropriate for detected - power source and battery status. - "off" - do not draw any power. + + ====== =========================================== + "auto" draw power as appropriate for detected + power source and battery status. + "off" do not draw any power. + ====== =========================================== diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-wilco b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-wilco index 84fde1d0ada0..82af180fcaab 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-wilco +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-wilco @@ -4,17 +4,23 @@ KernelVersion: 5.2 Description: What charging algorithm to use: - Standard: Fully charges battery at a standard rate. - Adaptive: Battery settings adaptively optimized based on + Standard: + Fully charges battery at a standard rate. + Adaptive: + Battery settings adaptively optimized based on typical battery usage pattern. - Fast: Battery charges over a shorter period. - Trickle: Extends battery lifespan, intended for users who + Fast: + Battery charges over a shorter period. + Trickle: + Extends battery lifespan, intended for users who primarily use their Chromebook while connected to AC. - Custom: A low and high threshold percentage is specified. + Custom: + A low and high threshold percentage is specified. Charging begins when level drops below charge_control_start_threshold, and ceases when level is above charge_control_end_threshold. - Long Life: Customized charge rate for last longer battery life. + Long Life: + Customized charge rate for last longer battery life. On Wilco device this mode is pre-configured in the factory through EC's private PID. Swiching to a different mode will be denied by Wilco EC when Long Life mode is enabled. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pwm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pwm index c20e61354561..0638c94d01ef 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pwm +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pwm @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ Description: Framework and provides a sysfs interface for using PWM channels. -What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/ +What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchip<N>/ Date: May 2013 KernelVersion: 3.11 Contact: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com> @@ -16,14 +16,14 @@ Description: probed PWM controller/chip where N is the base of the PWM chip. -What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/npwm +What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchip<N>/npwm Date: May 2013 KernelVersion: 3.11 Contact: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com> Description: The number of PWM channels supported by the PWM chip. -What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/export +What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchip<N>/export Date: May 2013 KernelVersion: 3.11 Contact: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com> @@ -31,14 +31,14 @@ Description: Exports a PWM channel from the PWM chip for sysfs control. Value is between 0 and /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/npwm - 1. -What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/unexport +What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchip<N>/unexport Date: May 2013 KernelVersion: 3.11 Contact: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com> Description: Unexports a PWM channel. -What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/pwmX +What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchip<N>/pwmX Date: May 2013 KernelVersion: 3.11 Contact: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com> @@ -47,21 +47,21 @@ Description: each exported PWM channel where X is the exported PWM channel number. -What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/pwmX/period +What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchip<N>/pwmX/period Date: May 2013 KernelVersion: 3.11 Contact: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com> Description: Sets the PWM signal period in nanoseconds. -What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/pwmX/duty_cycle +What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchip<N>/pwmX/duty_cycle Date: May 2013 KernelVersion: 3.11 Contact: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com> Description: Sets the PWM signal duty cycle in nanoseconds. -What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/pwmX/polarity +What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchip<N>/pwmX/polarity Date: May 2013 KernelVersion: 3.11 Contact: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com> @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ Description: Sets the output polarity of the PWM signal to "normal" or "inversed". -What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/pwmX/enable +What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchip<N>/pwmX/enable Date: May 2013 KernelVersion: 3.11 Contact: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com> @@ -78,10 +78,10 @@ Description: 0 is disabled 1 is enabled -What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/pwmX/capture +What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchip<N>/pwmX/capture Date: June 2016 KernelVersion: 4.8 -Contact: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org> +Contact: Lee Jones <lee@kernel.org> Description: Capture information about a PWM signal. The output format is a pair unsigned integers (period and duty cycle), separated by a diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rapidio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rapidio index 8716beeb16c1..81e09145525a 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rapidio +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rapidio @@ -6,50 +6,54 @@ Description: The /sys/class/rapidio_port subdirectory contains individual subdirectories named as "rapidioN" where N = mport ID registered with RapidIO subsystem. + NOTE: An mport ID is not a RapidIO destination ID assigned to a given local mport device. -What: /sys/class/rapidio_port/rapidioN/sys_size +What: /sys/class/rapidio_port/rapidio<N>/sys_size Date: Apr, 2014 KernelVersion: v3.15 Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>, Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com> Description: (RO) reports RapidIO common transport system size: + 0 = small (8-bit destination ID, max. 256 devices), + 1 = large (16-bit destination ID, max. 65536 devices). -What: /sys/class/rapidio_port/rapidioN/port_destid +What: /sys/class/rapidio_port/rapidio<N>/port_destid Date: Apr, 2014 KernelVersion: v3.15 Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>, Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com> Description: - (RO) reports RapidIO destination ID assigned to the given - RapidIO mport device. If value 0xFFFFFFFF is returned this means - that no valid destination ID have been assigned to the mport - (yet). Normally, before enumeration/discovery have been executed - only fabric enumerating mports have a valid destination ID - assigned to them using "hdid=..." rapidio module parameter. + +(RO) reports RapidIO destination ID assigned to the given +RapidIO mport device. If value 0xFFFFFFFF is returned this means +that no valid destination ID have been assigned to the mport +(yet). Normally, before enumeration/discovery have been executed +only fabric enumerating mports have a valid destination ID +assigned to them using "hdid=..." rapidio module parameter. After enumeration or discovery was performed for a given mport device, the corresponding subdirectory will also contain subdirectories for each child RapidIO device connected to the mport. The example below shows mport device subdirectory with several child RapidIO -devices attached to it. - -[rio@rapidio ~]$ ls /sys/class/rapidio_port/rapidio0/ -l -total 0 -drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:e:0001 -drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:e:0004 -drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:e:0007 -drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:s:0002 -drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:s:0003 -drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:s:0005 -lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 0 Feb 11 15:11 device -> ../../../0000:01:00.0 --r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 11 15:11 port_destid -drwxr-xr-x 2 root root 0 Feb 11 15:11 power -lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 0 Feb 11 15:04 subsystem -> ../../../../../../class/rapidio_port --r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 11 15:11 sys_size --rw-r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 11 15:04 uevent +devices attached to it:: + + [rio@rapidio ~]$ ls /sys/class/rapidio_port/rapidio0/ -l + total 0 + drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:e:0001 + drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:e:0004 + drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:e:0007 + drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:s:0002 + drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:s:0003 + drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:s:0005 + lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 0 Feb 11 15:11 device -> ../../../0000:01:00.0 + -r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 11 15:11 port_destid + drwxr-xr-x 2 root root 0 Feb 11 15:11 power + lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 0 Feb 11 15:04 subsystem -> ../../../../../../class/rapidio_port + -r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 11 15:11 sys_size + -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 11 15:04 uevent diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rc index 6c0d6c8cb911..84e46d70d82b 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rc +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rc @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ Description: core and provides a sysfs interface for configuring infrared remote controller receivers. -What: /sys/class/rc/rcN/ +What: /sys/class/rc/rc<N>/ Date: Apr 2010 KernelVersion: 2.6.35 Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org> @@ -15,38 +15,47 @@ Description: A /sys/class/rc/rcN directory is created for each remote control receiver device where N is the number of the receiver. -What: /sys/class/rc/rcN/protocols +What: /sys/class/rc/rc<N>/protocols Date: Jun 2010 KernelVersion: 2.6.36 Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org> Description: Reading this file returns a list of available protocols, - something like: + something like:: + "rc5 [rc6] nec jvc [sony]" + Enabled protocols are shown in [] brackets. + Writing "+proto" will add a protocol to the list of enabled protocols. + Writing "-proto" will remove a protocol from the list of enabled protocols. + Writing "proto" will enable only "proto". + Writing "none" will disable all protocols. + Write fails with EINVAL if an invalid protocol combination or unknown protocol name is used. -What: /sys/class/rc/rcN/filter +What: /sys/class/rc/rc<N>/filter Date: Jan 2014 KernelVersion: 3.15 Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org> Description: Sets the scancode filter expected value. + Use in combination with /sys/class/rc/rcN/filter_mask to set the expected value of the bits set in the filter mask. If the hardware supports it then scancodes which do not match the filter will be ignored. Otherwise the write will fail with an error. + This value may be reset to 0 if the current protocol is altered. -What: /sys/class/rc/rcN/filter_mask +What: /sys/class/rc/rc<N>/filter_mask Date: Jan 2014 KernelVersion: 3.15 Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org> @@ -56,56 +65,73 @@ Description: of the scancode which should be compared against the expected value. A value of 0 disables the filter to allow all valid scancodes to be processed. + If the hardware supports it then scancodes which do not match the filter will be ignored. Otherwise the write will fail with an error. + This value may be reset to 0 if the current protocol is altered. -What: /sys/class/rc/rcN/wakeup_protocols +What: /sys/class/rc/rc<N>/wakeup_protocols Date: Feb 2017 KernelVersion: 4.11 Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org> Description: Reading this file returns a list of available protocols to use - for the wakeup filter, something like: + for the wakeup filter, something like:: + "rc-5 nec nec-x rc-6-0 rc-6-6a-24 [rc-6-6a-32] rc-6-mce" + Note that protocol variants are listed, so "nec", "sony", "rc-5", "rc-6" have their different bit length encodings listed if available. + The enabled wakeup protocol is shown in [] brackets. + Only one protocol can be selected at a time. + Writing "proto" will use "proto" for wakeup events. + Writing "none" will disable wakeup. + Write fails with EINVAL if an invalid protocol combination or unknown protocol name is used, or if wakeup is not supported by the hardware. -What: /sys/class/rc/rcN/wakeup_filter +What: /sys/class/rc/rc<N>/wakeup_filter Date: Jan 2014 KernelVersion: 3.15 Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org> Description: Sets the scancode wakeup filter expected value. + Use in combination with /sys/class/rc/rcN/wakeup_filter_mask to set the expected value of the bits set in the wakeup filter mask to trigger a system wake event. + If the hardware supports it and wakeup_filter_mask is not 0 then scancodes which match the filter will wake the system from e.g. suspend to RAM or power off. + Otherwise the write will fail with an error. + This value may be reset to 0 if the wakeup protocol is altered. -What: /sys/class/rc/rcN/wakeup_filter_mask +What: /sys/class/rc/rc<N>/wakeup_filter_mask Date: Jan 2014 KernelVersion: 3.15 Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org> Description: Sets the scancode wakeup filter mask of bits to compare. + Use in combination with /sys/class/rc/rcN/wakeup_filter to set the bits of the scancode which should be compared against the expected value to trigger a system wake event. + If the hardware supports it and wakeup_filter_mask is not 0 then scancodes which match the filter will wake the system from e.g. suspend to RAM or power off. + Otherwise the write will fail with an error. + This value may be reset to 0 if the wakeup protocol is altered. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rc-nuvoton b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rc-nuvoton index d3abe45f8690..f7bad8ecd08f 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rc-nuvoton +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rc-nuvoton @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -What: /sys/class/rc/rcN/wakeup_data +What: /sys/class/rc/rc<N>/wakeup_data Date: Mar 2016 KernelVersion: 4.6 Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org> diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-regulator b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-regulator index bc578bc60628..475b9a372657 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-regulator +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-regulator @@ -35,13 +35,13 @@ Description: This will be one of the following strings: - off - on - error - fast - normal - idle - standby + - off + - on + - error + - fast + - normal + - idle + - standby "off" means the regulator is not supplying power to the system. @@ -74,9 +74,9 @@ Description: This will be one of the following strings: - 'voltage' - 'current' - 'unknown' + - 'voltage' + - 'current' + - 'unknown' 'voltage' means the regulator output voltage can be controlled by software. @@ -129,11 +129,11 @@ Description: The opmode value can be one of the following strings: - 'fast' - 'normal' - 'idle' - 'standby' - 'unknown' + - 'fast' + - 'normal' + - 'idle' + - 'standby' + - 'unknown' The modes are described in include/linux/regulator/consumer.h @@ -360,9 +360,9 @@ Description: This will be one of the following strings: - 'enabled' - 'disabled' - 'unknown' + - 'enabled' + - 'disabled' + - 'unknown' 'enabled' means the regulator is in bypass mode. @@ -370,3 +370,84 @@ Description: 'unknown' means software cannot determine the state, or the reported state is invalid. + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../under_voltage +Date: April 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: Zev Weiss <zev@bewilderbeest.net> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + under_voltage. This indicates if the device reports an + under-voltage fault (1) or not (0). + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../over_current +Date: April 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: Zev Weiss <zev@bewilderbeest.net> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + over_current. This indicates if the device reports an + over-current fault (1) or not (0). + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../regulation_out +Date: April 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: Zev Weiss <zev@bewilderbeest.net> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + regulation_out. This indicates if the device reports an + out-of-regulation fault (1) or not (0). + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../fail +Date: April 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: Zev Weiss <zev@bewilderbeest.net> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + fail. This indicates if the device reports an output failure + (1) or not (0). + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../over_temp +Date: April 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: Zev Weiss <zev@bewilderbeest.net> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + over_temp. This indicates if the device reports an + over-temperature fault (1) or not (0). + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../under_voltage_warn +Date: April 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: Zev Weiss <zev@bewilderbeest.net> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + under_voltage_warn. This indicates if the device reports an + under-voltage warning (1) or not (0). + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../over_current_warn +Date: April 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: Zev Weiss <zev@bewilderbeest.net> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + over_current_warn. This indicates if the device reports an + over-current warning (1) or not (0). + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../over_voltage_warn +Date: April 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: Zev Weiss <zev@bewilderbeest.net> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + over_voltage_warn. This indicates if the device reports an + over-voltage warning (1) or not (0). + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../over_temp_warn +Date: April 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: Zev Weiss <zev@bewilderbeest.net> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + over_temp_warn. This indicates if the device reports an + over-temperature warning (1) or not (0). diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-remoteproc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-remoteproc index 36094fbeb974..0c9ee55098b8 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-remoteproc +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-remoteproc @@ -16,11 +16,11 @@ Description: Remote processor state Reports the state of the remote processor, which will be one of: - "offline" - "suspended" - "running" - "crashed" - "invalid" + - "offline" + - "suspended" + - "running" + - "crashed" + - "invalid" "offline" means the remote processor is powered off. @@ -38,8 +38,8 @@ Description: Remote processor state Writing this file controls the state of the remote processor. The following states can be written: - "start" - "stop" + - "start" + - "stop" Writing "start" will attempt to start the processor running the firmware indicated by, or written to, @@ -58,3 +58,47 @@ Description: Remote processor name Reports the name of the remote processor. This can be used by userspace in exactly identifying a remote processor and ease up the usage in modifying the 'firmware' or 'state' files. + +What: /sys/class/remoteproc/.../coredump +Date: July 2020 +Contact: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>, Ohad Ben-Cohen <ohad@wizery.com> +Description: Remote processor coredump configuration + + Reports the coredump configuration of the remote processor, + which will be one of: + + "disabled" + "enabled" + "inline" + + "disabled" means no dump will be collected. + + "enabled" means when the remote processor's coredump is + collected it will be copied to a separate buffer and that + buffer is exposed to userspace. + + "inline" means when the remote processor's coredump is + collected userspace will directly read from the remote + processor's device memory. Extra buffer will not be used to + copy the dump. Also recovery process will not proceed until + all data is read by usersapce. + +What: /sys/class/remoteproc/.../recovery +Date: July 2020 +Contact: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>, Ohad Ben-Cohen <ohad@wizery.com> +Description: Remote processor recovery mechanism + + Reports the recovery mechanism of the remote processor, + which will be one of: + + "enabled" + "disabled" + + "enabled" means, the remote processor will be automatically + recovered whenever it crashes. Moreover, if the remote + processor crashes while recovery is disabled, it will + be automatically recovered too as soon as recovery is enabled. + + "disabled" means, a remote processor will remain in a crashed + state if it crashes. This is useful for debugging purposes; + without it, debugging a crash is substantially harder. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rnbd-client b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rnbd-client index c084f203b41e..0b5997ab3365 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rnbd-client +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rnbd-client @@ -5,62 +5,70 @@ Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud Description: Provide information about RNBD-client. All sysfs files that are not read-only provide the usage information on read: - Example: - # cat /sys/class/rnbd-client/ctl/map_device + Example:: - > Usage: echo "sessname=<name of the rtrs session> path=<[srcaddr,]dstaddr> - > [path=<[srcaddr,]dstaddr>] device_path=<full path on remote side> - > [access_mode=<ro|rw|migration>] > map_device - > - > addr ::= [ ip:<ipv4> | ip:<ipv6> | gid:<gid> ] + # cat /sys/class/rnbd-client/ctl/map_device + + > Usage: echo "sessname=<name of the rtrs session> path=<[srcaddr,]dstaddr> + > [path=<[srcaddr,]dstaddr>] device_path=<full path on remote side> + > [access_mode=<ro|rw|migration>] > map_device + > + > addr ::= [ ip:<ipv4> | ip:<ipv6> | gid:<gid> ] What: /sys/class/rnbd-client/ctl/map_device Date: Feb 2020 KernelVersion: 5.7 Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> -Description: Expected format is the following: +Description: Expected format is the following:: - sessname=<name of the rtrs session> - path=<[srcaddr,]dstaddr> [path=<[srcaddr,]dstaddr> ...] - device_path=<full path on remote side> - [access_mode=<ro|rw|migration>] + sessname=<name of the rtrs session> + path=<[srcaddr,]dstaddr> [path=<[srcaddr,]dstaddr> ...] + device_path=<full path on remote side> + [access_mode=<ro|rw|migration>] Where: - sessname: accepts a string not bigger than 256 chars, which identifies - a given session on the client and on the server. - I.e. "clt_hostname-srv_hostname" could be a natural choice. + sessname: + accepts a string not bigger than 256 chars, which identifies + a given session on the client and on the server. + I.e. "clt_hostname-srv_hostname" could be a natural choice. + + path: + describes a connection between the client and the server by + specifying destination and, when required, the source address. + The addresses are to be provided in the following format:: - path: describes a connection between the client and the server by - specifying destination and, when required, the source address. - The addresses are to be provided in the following format: + ip:<IPv6> + ip:<IPv4> + gid:<GID> - ip:<IPv6> - ip:<IPv4> - gid:<GID> + for example:: - for example: + path=ip:10.0.0.66 - path=ip:10.0.0.66 The single addr is treated as the destination. The connection will be established to this server from any client IP address. - path=ip:10.0.0.66,ip:10.0.1.66 + :: + + path=ip:10.0.0.66,ip:10.0.1.66 + First addr is the source address and the second is the destination. If multiple "path=" options are specified multiple connection will be established and data will be sent according to the selected multipath policy (see RTRS mp_policy sysfs entry description). - device_path: Path to the block device on the server side. Path is specified - relative to the directory on server side configured in the - 'dev_search_path' module parameter of the rnbd_server. - The rnbd_server prepends the <device_path> received from client - with <dev_search_path> and tries to open the - <dev_search_path>/<device_path> block device. On success, - a /dev/rnbd<N> device file, a /sys/block/rnbd_client/rnbd<N>/ - directory and an entry in /sys/class/rnbd-client/ctl/devices - will be created. + device_path: + Path to the block device on the server side. Path is specified + relative to the directory on server side configured in the + 'dev_search_path' module parameter of the rnbd_server. + The rnbd_server prepends the <device_path> received from client + with <dev_search_path> and tries to open the + <dev_search_path>/<device_path> block device. On success, + a /dev/rnbd<N> device file, a /sys/block/rnbd<N>/ + directory and an entry in /sys/class/rnbd-client/ctl/devices + will be created. If 'dev_search_path' contains '%SESSNAME%', then each session can have different devices namespace, e.g. server was configured with @@ -68,14 +76,28 @@ Description: Expected format is the following: client has this string "sessname=blya device_path=sda", then server will try to open: /run/rnbd-devs/blya/sda. - access_mode: the access_mode parameter specifies if the device is to be - mapped as "ro" read-only or "rw" read-write. The server allows - a device to be exported in rw mode only once. The "migration" - access mode has to be specified if a second mapping in read-write - mode is desired. + access_mode: + the access_mode parameter specifies if the device is to be + mapped as "ro" read-only or "rw" read-write. The server allows + a device to be exported in rw mode only once. The "migration" + access mode has to be specified if a second mapping in read-write + mode is desired. By default "rw" is used. + nr_poll_queues + specifies the number of poll-mode queues. If the IO has HIPRI flag, + the block-layer will send the IO via the poll-mode queue. + For fast network and device the polling is faster than interrupt-base + IO handling because it saves time for context switching, switching to + another process, handling the interrupt and switching back to the + issuing process. + + Set -1 if you want to set it as the number of CPUs + By default rnbd client creates only irq-mode queues. + + NOTICE: MUST make a unique session for a device using the poll-mode queues. + Exit Codes: If the device is already mapped it will fail with EEXIST. If the input @@ -86,12 +108,12 @@ Description: Expected format is the following: --------------------------------- After mapping, the device file can be found by: - o The symlink /sys/class/rnbd-client/ctl/devices/<device_id> + o The symlink /sys/class/rnbd-client/ctl/devices/<device_id>@<session_name> points to /sys/block/<dev-name>. The last part of the symlink destination is the same as the device name. By extracting the last part of the path the path to the device /dev/<dev-name> can be build. - o /dev/block/$(cat /sys/class/rnbd-client/ctl/devices/<device_id>/dev) + * /dev/block/$(cat /sys/class/rnbd-client/ctl/devices/<device_id>@<session_name>/dev) How to find the <device_id> of the device is described on the next section. @@ -101,11 +123,11 @@ Date: Feb 2020 KernelVersion: 5.7 Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> Description: For each device mapped on the client a new symbolic link is created as - /sys/class/rnbd-client/ctl/devices/<device_id>, which points + /sys/class/rnbd-client/ctl/devices/<device_id>@<session_name>, which points to the block device created by rnbd (/sys/block/rnbd<N>/). The <device_id> of each device is created as follows: - If the 'device_path' provided during mapping contains slashes ("/"), - they are replaced by exclamation mark ("!") and used as as the - <device_id>. Otherwise, the <device_id> will be the same as the - "device_path" provided. + they are replaced by exclamation mark ("!") and used as as the + <device_id>. Otherwise, the <device_id> will be the same as the + "device_path" provided. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rnbd-server b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rnbd-server index ba60a90c0e45..6c5996cd7cfb 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rnbd-server +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rnbd-server @@ -48,3 +48,11 @@ Date: Feb 2020 KernelVersion: 5.7 Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> Description: Contains the device access mode: ro, rw or migration. + +What: /sys/class/rnbd-server/ctl/devices/<device_name>/sessions/<session-name>/force_close +Date: Nov 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.10 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: Write "1" to the file to close the device on server side. Please + note that the client side device will not be closed, read or + write to the device will get -ENOTCONN. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtc-rtc0-device-rtc_calibration b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtc-rtc0-device-rtc_calibration index ec950c93e5c6..ee8ed6494a01 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtc-rtc0-device-rtc_calibration +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtc-rtc0-device-rtc_calibration @@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ Description: Attribute for calibrating ST-Ericsson AB8500 Real Time Clock calibrate the AB8500.s 32KHz Real Time Clock. Every 60 seconds the AB8500 will correct the RTC's value by adding to it the value of this attribute. + The range of the attribute is -127 to +127 in units of 30.5 micro-seconds (half-parts-per-million of the 32KHz clock) Users: The /vendor/st-ericsson/base_utilities/core/rtc_calibration diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtrs-client b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtrs-client index e7e718db8941..fecc59d1b96f 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtrs-client +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtrs-client @@ -10,10 +10,10 @@ Date: Feb 2020 KernelVersion: 5.7 Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> Description: RW, adds a new path (connection) to an existing session. Expected format is the - following: + following:: - <[source addr,]destination addr> - *addr ::= [ ip:<ipv4|ipv6> | gid:<gid> ] + <[source addr,]destination addr> + *addr ::= [ ip:<ipv4|ipv6> | gid:<gid> ] What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/max_reconnect_attempts Date: Feb 2020 @@ -29,10 +29,13 @@ Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud Description: Multipath policy specifies which path should be selected on each IO: round-robin (0): - select path in per CPU round-robin manner. + select path in per CPU round-robin manner. min-inflight (1): - select path with minimum inflights. + select path with minimum inflights. + + min-latency (2): + select path with minimum latency. What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/paths/ Date: Feb 2020 @@ -75,7 +78,7 @@ What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/hca_name Date: Feb 2020 KernelVersion: 5.7 Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> -Description: RO, Contains the the name of HCA the connection established on. +Description: RO, Contains the name of HCA the connection established on. What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/hca_port Date: Feb 2020 @@ -95,6 +98,15 @@ KernelVersion: 5.7 Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> Description: RO, Contains the destination address of the path +What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/cur_latency +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: RO, Contains the latency time calculated by the heart-beat messages. + Whenever the client sends heart-beat message, it checks the time gap + between sending the heart-beat message and receiving the ACK. + This value can be changed regularly. + What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/stats/reset_all Date: Feb 2020 KernelVersion: 5.7 @@ -109,8 +121,11 @@ Description: RTRS expects that each HCA IRQ is pinned to a separate CPU. If it's not the case, the processing of an I/O response could be processed on a different CPU than where it was originally submitted. This file shows how many interrupts where generated on a non expected CPU. - "from:" is the CPU on which the IRQ was expected, but not generated. - "to:" is the CPU on which the IRQ was generated, but not expected. + + "from:" + is the CPU on which the IRQ was expected, but not generated. + "to:" + is the CPU on which the IRQ was generated, but not expected. What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/stats/reconnects Date: Feb 2020 @@ -125,7 +140,7 @@ Date: Feb 2020 KernelVersion: 5.7 Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> Description: Contains statistics regarding rdma operations and inflight operations. - The output consists of 6 values: + The output consists of 6 values:: - <read-count> <read-total-size> <write-count> <write-total-size> \ - <inflights> <failovered> + <read-count> <read-total-size> <write-count> \ + <write-total-size> <inflights> <failovered> diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtrs-server b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtrs-server index 3b6d5b067df0..b08601d80409 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtrs-server +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtrs-server @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ What: /sys/class/rtrs-server/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/hca_name Date: Feb 2020 KernelVersion: 5.7 Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> -Description: RO, Contains the the name of HCA the connection established on. +Description: RO, Contains the name of HCA the connection established on. What: /sys/class/rtrs-server/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/hca_port Date: Feb 2020 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_host b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_host index bafc59fd7b69..7c98d8f43c45 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_host +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_host @@ -56,8 +56,9 @@ Description: management) on top, which makes it match the Windows IRST (Intel Rapid Storage Technology) driver settings. This setting is also close to min_power, except that: + a) It does not use host-initiated slumber mode, but it does - allow device-initiated slumber + allow device-initiated slumber b) It does not enable low power device sleep mode (DevSlp). What: /sys/class/scsi_host/hostX/em_message @@ -70,8 +71,8 @@ Description: protocol, writes and reads correspond to the LED message format as defined in the AHCI spec. - The user must turn sw_activity (under /sys/block/*/device/) OFF - it they wish to control the activity LED via the em_message + The user must turn sw_activity (under `/sys/block/*/device/`) + OFF it they wish to control the activity LED via the em_message file. em_message_type: (RO) Displays the current enclosure management diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-spi-eeprom b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-spi-eeprom new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..1ff757982079 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-spi-eeprom @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +What: /sys/class/spi_master/spi<bus>/spi<bus>.<dev>/fram +Date: June 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.14 +Contact: Jiri Prchal <jiri.prchal@aksignal.cz> +Description: + Contains the FRAM binary data. Same as EEPROM, just another file + name to indicate that it employs ferroelectric process. + It performs write operations at bus speed - no write delays. + +What: /sys/class/spi_master/spi<bus>/spi<bus>.<dev>/sernum +Date: May 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.14 +Contact: Jiri Prchal <jiri.prchal@aksignal.cz> +Description: + Contains the serial number of the Cypress FRAM (FM25VN) if it is + present. It will be displayed as a 8 byte hex string, as read + from the device. + + This is a read-only attribute. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-thermal b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-thermal new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..8eee37982b2a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-thermal @@ -0,0 +1,259 @@ +What: /sys/class/thermal/thermal_zoneX/type +Description: + Strings which represent the thermal zone type. + This is given by thermal zone driver as part of registration. + E.g: "acpitz" indicates it's an ACPI thermal device. + In order to keep it consistent with hwmon sys attribute; this + shouldbe a short, lowercase string, not containing spaces nor + dashes. + + RO, Required + +What: /sys/class/thermal/thermal_zoneX/temp +Description: + Current temperature as reported by thermal zone (sensor). + + Unit: millidegree Celsius + + RO, Required + +What: /sys/class/thermal/thermal_zoneX/mode +Description: + One of the predefined values in [enabled, disabled]. + This file gives information about the algorithm that is + currently managing the thermal zone. It can be either default + kernel based algorithm or user space application. + + enabled + enable Kernel Thermal management. + disabled + Preventing kernel thermal zone driver actions upon + trip points so that user application can take full + charge of the thermal management. + + RW, Optional + +What: /sys/class/thermal/thermal_zoneX/policy +Description: + One of the various thermal governors used for a particular zone. + + RW, Required + +What: /sys/class/thermal/thermal_zoneX/available_policies +Description: + Available thermal governors which can be used for a + particular zone. + + RO, Required + +What: /sys/class/thermal/thermal_zoneX/trip_point_Y_temp +Description: + The temperature above which trip point will be fired. + + Unit: millidegree Celsius + + RO, Optional + +What: /sys/class/thermal/thermal_zoneX/trip_point_Y_type +Description: + Strings which indicate the type of the trip point. + + E.g. it can be one of critical, hot, passive, `active[0-*]` + for ACPI thermal zone. + + RO, Optional + +What: /sys/class/thermal/thermal_zoneX/trip_point_Y_hyst +Description: + The hysteresis value for a trip point, represented as an + integer. + + Unit: Celsius + + RW, Optional + +What: /sys/class/thermal/thermal_zoneX/cdevY +Description: + Sysfs link to the thermal cooling device node where the sys I/F + for cooling device throttling control represents. + + RO, Optional + +What: /sys/class/thermal/thermal_zoneX/cdevY_trip_point +Description: + The trip point in this thermal zone which `cdev[0-*]` is + associated with; -1 means the cooling device is not + associated with any trip point. + + RO, Optional + +What: /sys/class/thermal/thermal_zoneX/cdevY_weight +Description: + The influence of `cdev[0-*]` in this thermal zone. This value + is relative to the rest of cooling devices in the thermal + zone. For example, if a cooling device has a weight double + than that of other, it's twice as effective in cooling the + thermal zone. + + RW, Optional + +What: /sys/class/thermal/thermal_zoneX/emul_temp +Description: + Interface to set the emulated temperature method in thermal zone + (sensor). After setting this temperature, the thermal zone may + pass this temperature to platform emulation function if + registered or cache it locally. This is useful in debugging + different temperature threshold and its associated cooling + action. This is write only node and writing 0 on this node + should disable emulation. + + Unit: millidegree Celsius + + WO, Optional + + WARNING: + Be careful while enabling this option on production systems, + because userland can easily disable the thermal policy by simply + flooding this sysfs node with low temperature values. + + +What: /sys/class/thermal/thermal_zoneX/k_d +Description: + The derivative term of the power allocator governor's PID + controller. For more information see + Documentation/driver-api/thermal/power_allocator.rst + + RW, Optional + +What: /sys/class/thermal/thermal_zoneX/k_i +Description: + The integral term of the power allocator governor's PID + controller. This term allows the PID controller to compensate + for long term drift. For more information see + Documentation/driver-api/thermal/power_allocator.rst + + RW, Optional + +What: /sys/class/thermal/thermal_zoneX/k_po +Description: + The proportional term of the power allocator governor's PID + controller during temperature overshoot. Temperature overshoot + is when the current temperature is above the "desired + temperature" trip point. For more information see + Documentation/driver-api/thermal/power_allocator.rst + + RW, Optional + +What: /sys/class/thermal/thermal_zoneX/k_pu +Description: + The proportional term of the power allocator governor's PID + controller during temperature undershoot. Temperature undershoot + is when the current temperature is below the "desired + temperature" trip point. For more information see + Documentation/driver-api/thermal/power_allocator.rst + + RW, Optional + +What: /sys/class/thermal/thermal_zoneX/integral_cutoff +Description: + Temperature offset from the desired temperature trip point + above which the integral term of the power allocator + governor's PID controller starts accumulating errors. For + example, if integral_cutoff is 0, then the integral term only + accumulates error when temperature is above the desired + temperature trip point. For more information see + Documentation/driver-api/thermal/power_allocator.rst + + Unit: millidegree Celsius + + RW, Optional + +What: /sys/class/thermal/thermal_zoneX/slope +Description: + The slope constant used in a linear extrapolation model + to determine a hotspot temperature based off the sensor's + raw readings. It is up to the device driver to determine + the usage of these values. + + RW, Optional + +What: /sys/class/thermal/thermal_zoneX/offset +Description: + The offset constant used in a linear extrapolation model + to determine a hotspot temperature based off the sensor's + raw readings. It is up to the device driver to determine + the usage of these values. + + RW, Optional + +What: /sys/class/thermal/thermal_zoneX/sustainable_power +Description: + An estimate of the sustained power that can be dissipated by + the thermal zone. Used by the power allocator governor. For + more information see + Documentation/driver-api/thermal/power_allocator.rst + + Unit: milliwatts + + RW, Optional + +What: /sys/class/thermal/cooling_deviceX/type +Description: + String which represents the type of device, e.g: + + - for generic ACPI: should be "Fan", "Processor" or "LCD" + - for memory controller device on intel_menlow platform: + should be "Memory controller". + + RO, Required + +What: /sys/class/thermal/cooling_deviceX/max_state +Description: + The maximum permissible cooling state of this cooling device. + + RO, Required + +What: /sys/class/thermal/cooling_deviceX/cur_state +Description: + The current cooling state of this cooling device. + The value can any integer numbers between 0 and max_state: + + - cur_state == 0 means no cooling + - cur_state == max_state means the maximum cooling. + + RW, Required + +What: /sys/class/thermal/cooling_deviceX/stats/reset +Description: + Writing any value resets the cooling device's statistics. + + WO, Required + +What: /sys/class/thermal/cooling_deviceX/stats/time_in_state_ms: +Description: + The amount of time spent by the cooling device in various + cooling states. The output will have "<state> <time>" pair + in each line, which will mean this cooling device spent <time> + msec of time at <state>. + + Output will have one line for each of the supported states. + + RO, Required + +What: /sys/class/thermal/cooling_deviceX/stats/total_trans +Description: + A single positive value showing the total number of times + the state of a cooling device is changed. + + RO, Required + +What: /sys/class/thermal/cooling_deviceX/stats/trans_table +Description: + This gives fine grained information about all the cooling state + transitions. The cat output here is a two dimensional matrix, + where an entry <i,j> (row i, column j) represents the number + of transitions from State_i to State_j. If the transition + table is bigger than PAGE_SIZE, reading this will return + an -EFBIG error. + + RO, Required diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-typec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-typec index b834671522d6..281b995beb05 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-typec +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-typec @@ -40,10 +40,13 @@ Description: attribute will not return until the operation has finished. Valid values: - - source (The port will behave as source only DFP port) - - sink (The port will behave as sink only UFP port) - - dual (The port will behave as dual-role-data and + + ====== ============================================== + source (The port will behave as source only DFP port) + sink (The port will behave as sink only UFP port) + dual (The port will behave as dual-role-data and dual-role-power port) + ====== ============================================== What: /sys/class/typec/<port>/vconn_source Date: April 2017 @@ -59,6 +62,7 @@ Description: generates uevent KOBJ_CHANGE. Valid values: + - "no" when the port is not the VCONN Source - "yes" when the port is the VCONN Source @@ -72,6 +76,7 @@ Description: power operation mode should show "usb_power_delivery". Valid values: + - default - 1.5A - 3.0A @@ -100,7 +105,25 @@ Date: April 2017 Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> Description: Revision number of the supported USB Power Delivery - specification, or 0 when USB Power Delivery is not supported. + specification, or 0.0 when USB Power Delivery is not supported. + + Example values: + - "2.0": USB Power Delivery Release 2.0 + - "3.0": USB Power Delivery Release 3.0 + - "3.1": USB Power Delivery Release 3.1 + +What: /sys/class/typec/<port>-{partner|cable}/usb_power_delivery_revision +Date: January 2021 +Contact: Benson Leung <bleung@chromium.org> +Description: + Revision number of the supported USB Power Delivery + specification of the port partner or cable, or 0.0 when USB + Power Delivery is not supported. + + Example values: + - "2.0": USB Power Delivery Release 2.0 + - "3.0": USB Power Delivery Release 3.0 + - "3.1": USB Power Delivery Release 3.1 What: /sys/class/typec/<port>/usb_typec_revision Date: April 2017 @@ -118,6 +141,14 @@ Description: - "reverse": CC2 orientation - "unknown": Orientation cannot be determined. +What: /sys/class/typec/<port>/select_usb_power_delivery +Date: May 2022 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Lists the USB Power Delivery Capabilities that the port can + advertise to the partner. The currently used capabilities are in + brackets. Selection happens by writing to the file. + USB Type-C partner devices (eg. /sys/class/typec/port0-partner/) What: /sys/class/typec/<port>-partner/accessory_mode @@ -134,7 +165,50 @@ Description: Shows if the partner supports USB Power Delivery communication: Valid values: yes, no -What: /sys/class/typec/<port>-partner>/identity/ +What: /sys/class/typec/<port>-partner/number_of_alternate_modes +Date: November 2020 +Contact: Prashant Malani <pmalani@chromium.org> +Description: + Shows the number of alternate modes which are advertised by the partner + during Power Delivery discovery. This file remains hidden until a value + greater than or equal to 0 is set by Type C port driver. + +What: /sys/class/typec/<port>-partner/type +Date: December 2020 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: USB Power Delivery Specification defines a set of product types + for the partner devices. This file will show the product type of + the partner if it is known. Dual-role capable partners will have + both UFP and DFP product types defined, but only one that + matches the current role will be active at the time. If the + product type of the partner is not visible to the device driver, + this file will not exist. + + When the partner product type is detected, or changed with role + swap, uvevent is also raised that contains PRODUCT_TYPE=<product + type> (for example PRODUCT_TYPE=hub). + + Valid values: + + UFP / device role + ====================== ========================== + undefined - + hub PDUSB Hub + peripheral PDUSB Peripheral + psd Power Bank + ama Alternate Mode Adapter + ====================== ========================== + + DFP / host role + ====================== ========================== + undefined - + hub PDUSB Hub + host PDUSB Host + power_brick Power Brick + amc Alternate Mode Controller + ====================== ========================== + +What: /sys/class/typec/<port>-partner/identity/ Date: April 2017 Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> Description: @@ -146,31 +220,6 @@ Description: directory exists, it will have an attribute file for every VDO in Discover Identity command result. -What: /sys/class/typec/<port>-partner/identity/id_header -Date: April 2017 -Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> -Description: - ID Header VDO part of Discover Identity command result. The - value will show 0 until Discover Identity command result becomes - available. The value can be polled. - -What: /sys/class/typec/<port>-partner/identity/cert_stat -Date: April 2017 -Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> -Description: - Cert Stat VDO part of Discover Identity command result. The - value will show 0 until Discover Identity command result becomes - available. The value can be polled. - -What: /sys/class/typec/<port>-partner/identity/product -Date: April 2017 -Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> -Description: - Product VDO part of Discover Identity command result. The value - will show 0 until Discover Identity command result becomes - available. The value can be polled. - - USB Type-C cable devices (eg. /sys/class/typec/port0-cable/) Note: Electronically Marked Cables will have a device also for one cable plug @@ -182,31 +231,64 @@ described in USB Type-C and USB Power Delivery specifications. What: /sys/class/typec/<port>-cable/type Date: April 2017 Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> -Description: - Shows if the cable is active. - Valid values: active, passive +Description: USB Power Delivery Specification defines a set of product types + for the cables. This file will show the product type of the + cable if it is known. If the product type of the cable is not + visible to the device driver, this file will not exist. + + When the cable product type is detected, uvevent is also raised + with PRODUCT_TYPE showing the product type of the cable. + + Valid values: + + ====================== ========================== + undefined - + active Active Cable + passive Passive Cable + ====================== ========================== What: /sys/class/typec/<port>-cable/plug_type Date: April 2017 Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> Description: Shows type of the plug on the cable: + - type-a - Standard A - type-b - Standard B - type-c - captive -What: /sys/class/typec/<port>-cable/identity/ +What: /sys/class/typec/<port>-<plug>/number_of_alternate_modes +Date: November 2020 +Contact: Prashant Malani <pmalani@chromium.org> +Description: + Shows the number of alternate modes which are advertised by the plug + associated with a particular cable during Power Delivery discovery. + This file remains hidden until a value greater than or equal to 0 + is set by Type C port driver. + + +USB Type-C partner/cable Power Delivery Identity objects + +NOTE: The following attributes will be applicable to both +partner (e.g /sys/class/typec/port0-partner/) and +cable (e.g /sys/class/typec/port0-cable/) devices. Consequently, the example file +paths below are prefixed with "/sys/class/typec/<port>-{partner|cable}/" to +reflect this. + +What: /sys/class/typec/<port>-{partner|cable}/identity/ Date: April 2017 Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> Description: This directory appears only if the port device driver is capable of showing the result of Discover Identity USB power delivery command. That will not always be possible even when USB power - delivery is supported. If the directory exists, it will have an - attribute for every VDO returned by Discover Identity command. + delivery is supported, for example when USB power delivery + communication for the port is mostly handled in firmware. If the + directory exists, it will have an attribute file for every VDO + in Discover Identity command result. -What: /sys/class/typec/<port>-cable/identity/id_header +What: /sys/class/typec/<port>-{partner|cable}/identity/id_header Date: April 2017 Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> Description: @@ -214,7 +296,7 @@ Description: value will show 0 until Discover Identity command result becomes available. The value can be polled. -What: /sys/class/typec/<port>-cable/identity/cert_stat +What: /sys/class/typec/<port>-{partner|cable}/identity/cert_stat Date: April 2017 Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> Description: @@ -222,7 +304,7 @@ Description: value will show 0 until Discover Identity command result becomes available. The value can be polled. -What: /sys/class/typec/<port>-cable/identity/product +What: /sys/class/typec/<port>-{partner|cable}/identity/product Date: April 2017 Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> Description: @@ -230,6 +312,30 @@ Description: will show 0 until Discover Identity command result becomes available. The value can be polled. +What: /sys/class/typec/<port>-{partner|cable}/identity/product_type_vdo1 +Date: October 2020 +Contact: Prashant Malani <pmalani@chromium.org> +Description: + 1st Product Type VDO of Discover Identity command result. + The value will show 0 until Discover Identity command result becomes + available and a valid Product Type VDO is returned. + +What: /sys/class/typec/<port>-{partner|cable}/identity/product_type_vdo2 +Date: October 2020 +Contact: Prashant Malani <pmalani@chromium.org> +Description: + 2nd Product Type VDO of Discover Identity command result. + The value will show 0 until Discover Identity command result becomes + available and a valid Product Type VDO is returned. + +What: /sys/class/typec/<port>-{partner|cable}/identity/product_type_vdo3 +Date: October 2020 +Contact: Prashant Malani <pmalani@chromium.org> +Description: + 3rd Product Type VDO of Discover Identity command result. + The value will show 0 until Discover Identity command result becomes + available and a valid Product Type VDO is returned. + USB Type-C port alternate mode devices. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-usb_power_delivery b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-usb_power_delivery new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..1bf9d1d7902c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-usb_power_delivery @@ -0,0 +1,249 @@ +What: /sys/class/usb_power_delivery +Date: May 2022 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Directory for USB Power Delivery devices. + +What: /sys/class/usb_power_delivery/.../revision +Date: May 2022 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + File showing the USB Power Delivery Specification Revision used + in communication. + +What: /sys/class/usb_power_delivery/.../version +Date: May 2022 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + This is an optional attribute file showing the version of the + specific revision of the USB Power Delivery Specification. In + most cases the specification version is not known and the file + is not available. + +What: /sys/class/usb_power_delivery/.../source-capabilities +Date: May 2022 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + The source capabilities message "Source_Capabilities" contains a + set of Power Data Objects (PDO), each representing a type of + power supply. The order of the PDO objects is defined in the USB + Power Delivery Specification. Each PDO - power supply - will + have its own device, and the PDO device name will start with the + object position number as the first character followed by the + power supply type name (":" as delimiter). + + /sys/class/usb_power_delivery/.../source_capabilities/<position>:<type> + +What: /sys/class/usb_power_delivery/.../sink-capabilities +Date: May 2022 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + The sink capability message "Sink_Capabilities" contains a set + of Power Data Objects (PDO) just like with source capabilities, + but instead of describing the power capabilities, these objects + describe the power requirements. + + The order of the objects in the sink capability message is the + same as with the source capabilities message. + +Fixed Supplies + +What: /sys/class/usb_power_delivery/.../<capability>/<position>:fixed_supply +Date: May 2022 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Devices containing the attributes (the bit fields) defined for + Fixed Supplies. + + The device "1:fixed_supply" is special. USB Power Delivery + Specification dictates that the first PDO (at object position + 1), and the only mandatory PDO, is always the vSafe5V Fixed + Supply Object. vSafe5V Object has additional fields defined for + it that the other Fixed Supply Objects do not have and that are + related to the USB capabilities rather than power capabilities. + +What: /sys/class/usb_power_delivery/.../<capability>/1:fixed_supply/dual_role_power +Date: May 2022 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + This file contains boolean value that tells does the device + support both source and sink power roles. + +What: /sys/class/usb_power_delivery/.../source-capabilities/1:fixed_supply/usb_suspend_supported +Date: May 2022 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + This file shows the value of the USB Suspend Supported bit in + vSafe5V Fixed Supply Object. If the bit is set then the device + will follow the USB 2.0 and USB 3.2 rules for suspend and + resume. + +What: /sys/class/usb_power_delivery/.../sink-capabilities/1:fixed_supply/higher_capability +Date: February 2023 +Contact: Saranya Gopal <saranya.gopal@linux.intel.com> +Description: + This file shows the value of the Higher capability bit in + vsafe5V Fixed Supply Object. If the bit is set, then the sink + needs more than vsafe5V(eg. 12 V) to provide full functionality. + Valid values: 0, 1 + +What: /sys/class/usb_power_delivery/.../<capability>/1:fixed_supply/unconstrained_power +Date: May 2022 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + This file shows the value of the Unconstrained Power bit in + vSafe5V Fixed Supply Object. The bit is set when an external + source of power, powerful enough to power the entire system on + its own, is available for the device. + +What: /sys/class/usb_power_delivery/.../<capability>/1:fixed_supply/usb_communication_capable +Date: May 2022 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + This file shows the value of the USB Communication Capable bit in + vSafe5V Fixed Supply Object. + +What: /sys/class/usb_power_delivery/.../<capability>/1:fixed_supply/dual_role_data +Date: May 2022 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + This file shows the value of the Dual-Role Data bit in vSafe5V + Fixed Supply Object. Dual role data means ability act as both + USB host and USB device. + +What: /sys/class/usb_power_delivery/.../<capability>/1:fixed_supply/unchunked_extended_messages_supported +Date: May 2022 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + This file shows the value of the Unchunked Extended Messages + Supported bit in vSafe5V Fixed Supply Object. + +What: /sys/class/usb_power_delivery/.../<capability>/<position>:fixed_supply/voltage +Date: May 2022 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + The voltage the supply supports in millivolts. + +What: /sys/class/usb_power_delivery/.../source-capabilities/<position>:fixed_supply/maximum_current +Date: May 2022 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Maximum current of the fixed source supply in milliamperes. + +What: /sys/class/usb_power_delivery/.../sink-capabilities/<position>:fixed_supply/operational_current +Date: May 2022 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Operational current of the sink in milliamperes. + +What: /sys/class/usb_power_delivery/.../sink-capabilities/<position>:fixed_supply/fast_role_swap_current +Date: May 2022 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + This file contains the value of the "Fast Role Swap USB Type-C + Current" field that tells the current level the sink requires + after a Fast Role Swap. + 0 - Fast Swap not supported" + 1 - Default USB Power" + 2 - 1.5A@5V" + 3 - 3.0A@5V" + +Variable Supplies + +What: /sys/class/usb_power_delivery/.../<capability>/<position>:variable_supply +Date: May 2022 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Variable Power Supply PDO. + +What: /sys/class/usb_power_delivery/.../<capability>/<position>:variable_supply/maximum_voltage +Date: May 2022 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Maximum Voltage in millivolts. + +What: /sys/class/usb_power_delivery/.../<capability>/<position>:variable_supply/minimum_voltage +Date: May 2022 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Minimum Voltage in millivolts. + +What: /sys/class/usb_power_delivery/.../source-capabilities/<position>:variable_supply/maximum_current +Date: May 2022 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + The maximum current in milliamperes that the source can supply + at the given Voltage range. + +What: /sys/class/usb_power_delivery/.../sink-capabilities/<position>:variable_supply/operational_current +Date: May 2022 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + The operational current in milliamperes that the sink requires + at the given Voltage range. + +Battery Supplies + +What: /sys/class/usb_power_delivery/.../<capability>/<position>:battery +Date: May 2022 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Battery PDO. + +What: /sys/class/usb_power_delivery/.../<capability>/<position>:battery/maximum_voltage +Date: May 2022 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Maximum Voltage in millivolts. + +What: /sys/class/usb_power_delivery/.../<capability>/<position>:battery/minimum_voltage +Date: May 2022 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Minimum Voltage in millivolts. + +What: /sys/class/usb_power_delivery/.../source-capabilities/<position>:battery/maximum_power +Date: May 2022 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Maximum allowable Power in milliwatts. + +What: /sys/class/usb_power_delivery/.../sink-capabilities/<position>:battery/operational_power +Date: May 2022 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + The operational power that the sink requires at the given + voltage range. + +Standard Power Range (SPR) Programmable Power Supplies + +What: /sys/class/usb_power_delivery/.../<capability>/<position>:programmable_supply +Date: May 2022 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Programmable Power Supply (PPS) Augmented PDO (APDO). + +What: /sys/class/usb_power_delivery/.../<capability>/<position>:programmable_supply/maximum_voltage +Date: May 2022 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Maximum Voltage in millivolts. + +What: /sys/class/usb_power_delivery/.../<capability>/<position>:programmable_supply/minimum_voltage +Date: May 2022 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Minimum Voltage in millivolts. + +What: /sys/class/usb_power_delivery/.../<capability>/<position>:programmable_supply/maximum_current +Date: May 2022 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Maximum Current in milliamperes. + +What: /sys/class/usb_power_delivery/.../source-capabilities/<position>:programmable_supply/pps_power_limited +Date: May 2022 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + The PPS Power Limited bit indicates whether or not the source + supply will exceed the rated output power if requested. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc index a0578751c1e3..a7ea169dc4eb 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc @@ -18,14 +18,14 @@ Description: and it will be removed. The default is 3 superframes (~197 ms) as required by the specification. -What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/ +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwb<N>/ Date: July 2008 KernelVersion: 2.6.27 Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org Description: An individual UWB radio controller. -What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/beacon +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwb<N>/beacon Date: July 2008 KernelVersion: 2.6.27 Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ Description: Reading returns the currently active channel, or -1 if the radio controller is not beaconing. -What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/ASIE +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwb<N>/ASIE Date: August 2014 KernelVersion: 3.18 Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ Description: Reading returns the current ASIE. Writing replaces the current ASIE with the one written. -What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/scan +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwb<N>/scan Date: July 2008 KernelVersion: 2.6.27 Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org @@ -66,13 +66,16 @@ Description: <channel> <type> [<bpst offset>] to start (or stop) scanning on a channel. <type> is one of: - 0 - scan - 1 - scan outside BP - 2 - scan while inactive - 3 - scanning disabled - 4 - scan (with start time of <bpst offset>) -What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/mac_address + == ======================================= + 0 scan + 1 scan outside BP + 2 scan while inactive + 3 scanning disabled + 4 scan (with start time of <bpst offset>) + == ======================================= + +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwb<N>/mac_address Date: July 2008 KernelVersion: 2.6.27 Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org @@ -82,7 +85,7 @@ Description: controller's EUI-48 but only do so while the device is not beaconing or scanning. -What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/wusbhc +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwb<N>/wusbhc Date: July 2008 KernelVersion: 2.6.27 Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org @@ -90,7 +93,7 @@ Description: A symlink to the device (if any) of the WUSB Host Controller PAL using this radio controller. -What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/<EUI-48>/ +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwb<N>/<EUI-48>/ Date: July 2008 KernelVersion: 2.6.27 Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org @@ -99,7 +102,7 @@ Description: as part of a scan or is a member of the radio controllers beacon group. -What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/<EUI-48>/BPST +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwb<N>/<EUI-48>/BPST Date: July 2008 KernelVersion: 2.6.27 Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org @@ -108,7 +111,7 @@ Description: interval superframe timer) of the last beacon from this device was received. -What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/<EUI-48>/DevAddr +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwb<N>/<EUI-48>/DevAddr Date: July 2008 KernelVersion: 2.6.27 Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org @@ -116,7 +119,7 @@ Description: The current DevAddr of this device in colon separated hex octets. -What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/<EUI-48>/EUI_48 +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwb<N>/<EUI-48>/EUI_48 Date: July 2008 KernelVersion: 2.6.27 Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org @@ -125,7 +128,7 @@ Description: The EUI-48 of this device in colon separated hex octets. -What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/<EUI-48>/IEs +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwb<N>/<EUI-48>/IEs Date: July 2008 KernelVersion: 2.6.27 Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org @@ -133,7 +136,7 @@ Description: The latest IEs included in this device's beacon, in space separated hex octets with one IE per line. -What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/<EUI-48>/LQE +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwb<N>/<EUI-48>/LQE Date: July 2008 KernelVersion: 2.6.27 Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org @@ -143,7 +146,7 @@ Description: This gives an estimate on a suitable PHY rate. Refer to [ECMA-368] section 13.3 for more details. -What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/<EUI-48>/RSSI +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwb<N>/<EUI-48>/RSSI Date: July 2008 KernelVersion: 2.6.27 Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc-wusbhc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc-wusbhc index 5977e2875325..55eb55cac92e 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc-wusbhc +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc-wusbhc @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/wusbhc/wusb_chid +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwb<N>/wusbhc/wusb_chid Date: July 2008 KernelVersion: 2.6.27 Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com> @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ Description: Set an all zero CHID to stop the host controller. -What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/wusbhc/wusb_trust_timeout +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwb<N>/wusbhc/wusb_trust_timeout Date: July 2008 KernelVersion: 2.6.27 Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com> @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ Description: lifetime of PTKs and GTKs) it should not be changed from the default. -What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/wusbhc/wusb_phy_rate +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwb<N>/wusbhc/wusb_phy_rate Date: August 2009 KernelVersion: 2.6.32 Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com> @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ Description: Refer to [ECMA-368] section 10.3.1.1 for the value to use. -What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/wusbhc/wusb_dnts +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwb<N>/wusbhc/wusb_dnts Date: June 2013 KernelVersion: 3.11 Contact: Thomas Pugliese <thomas.pugliese@gmail.com> @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ Description: often the devices will have the opportunity to send notifications to the host. -What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/wusbhc/wusb_retry_count +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwb<N>/wusbhc/wusb_retry_count Date: June 2013 KernelVersion: 3.11 Contact: Thomas Pugliese <thomas.pugliese@gmail.com> diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-vduse b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-vduse new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..2f2bc5c8fc48 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-vduse @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +What: /sys/class/vduse/ +Date: Oct 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.15 +Contact: Yongji Xie <xieyongji@bytedance.com> +Description: + The vduse/ class sub-directory belongs to the VDUSE + framework and provides a sysfs interface for configuring + VDUSE devices. + +What: /sys/class/vduse/control/ +Date: Oct 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.15 +Contact: Yongji Xie <xieyongji@bytedance.com> +Description: + This directory entry is created for the control device + of VDUSE framework. + +What: /sys/class/vduse/<device-name>/ +Date: Oct 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.15 +Contact: Yongji Xie <xieyongji@bytedance.com> +Description: + This directory entry is created when a VDUSE device is + created via the control device. + +What: /sys/class/vduse/<device-name>/msg_timeout +Date: Oct 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.15 +Contact: Yongji Xie <xieyongji@bytedance.com> +Description: + (RW) The timeout (in seconds) for waiting for the control + message's response from userspace. Default value is 30s. + Writing a '0' to the file means to disable the timeout. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-watchdog b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-watchdog index 9860a8b2ba75..94fb74615951 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-watchdog +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-watchdog @@ -6,6 +6,19 @@ Description: device at boot. It is equivalent to WDIOC_GETBOOTSTATUS of ioctl interface. +What: /sys/class/watchdog/watchdogn/options +Date: April 2023 +Contact: Thomas Weißschuh +Description: + It is a read only file. It contains options of watchdog device. + +What: /sys/class/watchdog/watchdogn/fw_version +Date: April 2023 +Contact: Thomas Weißschuh +Description: + It is a read only file. It contains firmware version of + watchdog device. + What: /sys/class/watchdog/watchdogn/identity Date: August 2015 Contact: Wim Van Sebroeck <wim@iguana.be> @@ -91,10 +104,13 @@ Description: h/w strapping (for WDT2 only). At alternate flash the 'access_cs0' sysfs node provides: - ast2400: a way to get access to the primary SPI flash + + ast2400: + a way to get access to the primary SPI flash chip at CS0 after booting from the alternate chip at CS1. - ast2500: a way to restore the normal address mapping + ast2500: + a way to restore the normal address mapping from (CS0->CS1, CS1->CS0) to (CS0->CS0, CS1->CS1). diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-dev b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-dev index a9f2b8b0530f..d1739063e762 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-dev +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-dev @@ -9,9 +9,10 @@ Description: The /sys/dev tree provides a method to look up the sysfs the form "<major>:<minor>". These links point to the corresponding sysfs path for the given device. - Example: - $ readlink /sys/dev/block/8:32 - ../../block/sdc + Example:: + + $ readlink /sys/dev/block/8:32 + ../../block/sdc Entries in /sys/dev/char and /sys/dev/block will be dynamically created and destroyed as devices enter and diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-consumer b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-consumer index 1f06d74d1c3c..0809fda092e6 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-consumer +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-consumer @@ -4,5 +4,6 @@ Contact: Saravana Kannan <saravanak@google.com> Description: The /sys/devices/.../consumer:<consumer> are symlinks to device links where this device is the supplier. <consumer> denotes the - name of the consumer in that device link. There can be zero or - more of these symlinks for a given device. + name of the consumer in that device link and is of the form + bus:device name. There can be zero or more of these symlinks + for a given device. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-hisi_ptt b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-hisi_ptt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d7e206b4901c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-hisi_ptt @@ -0,0 +1,113 @@ +What: /sys/devices/hisi_ptt<sicl_id>_<core_id>/tune +Date: October 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: Yicong Yang <yangyicong@hisilicon.com> +Description: This directory contains files for tuning the PCIe link + parameters(events). Each file is named after the event + of the PCIe link. + + See Documentation/trace/hisi-ptt.rst for more information. + +What: /sys/devices/hisi_ptt<sicl_id>_<core_id>/tune/qos_tx_cpl +Date: October 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: Yicong Yang <yangyicong@hisilicon.com> +Description: (RW) Controls the weight of Tx completion TLPs, which influence + the proportion of outbound completion TLPs on the PCIe link. + The available tune data is [0, 1, 2]. Writing a negative value + will return an error, and out of range values will be converted + to 2. The value indicates a probable level of the event. + +What: /sys/devices/hisi_ptt<sicl_id>_<core_id>/tune/qos_tx_np +Date: October 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: Yicong Yang <yangyicong@hisilicon.com> +Description: (RW) Controls the weight of Tx non-posted TLPs, which influence + the proportion of outbound non-posted TLPs on the PCIe link. + The available tune data is [0, 1, 2]. Writing a negative value + will return an error, and out of range values will be converted + to 2. The value indicates a probable level of the event. + +What: /sys/devices/hisi_ptt<sicl_id>_<core_id>/tune/qos_tx_p +Date: October 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: Yicong Yang <yangyicong@hisilicon.com> +Description: (RW) Controls the weight of Tx posted TLPs, which influence the + proportion of outbound posted TLPs on the PCIe link. + The available tune data is [0, 1, 2]. Writing a negative value + will return an error, and out of range values will be converted + to 2. The value indicates a probable level of the event. + +What: /sys/devices/hisi_ptt<sicl_id>_<core_id>/tune/rx_alloc_buf_level +Date: October 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: Yicong Yang <yangyicong@hisilicon.com> +Description: (RW) Control the allocated buffer watermark for inbound packets. + The packets will be stored in the buffer first and then transmitted + either when the watermark reached or when timed out. + The available tune data is [0, 1, 2]. Writing a negative value + will return an error, and out of range values will be converted + to 2. The value indicates a probable level of the event. + +What: /sys/devices/hisi_ptt<sicl_id>_<core_id>/tune/tx_alloc_buf_level +Date: October 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: Yicong Yang <yangyicong@hisilicon.com> +Description: (RW) Control the allocated buffer watermark of outbound packets. + The packets will be stored in the buffer first and then transmitted + either when the watermark reached or when timed out. + The available tune data is [0, 1, 2]. Writing a negative value + will return an error, and out of range values will be converted + to 2. The value indicates a probable level of the event. + +What: /sys/devices/hisi_ptt<sicl_id>_<core_id>/root_port_filters +Date: May 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.5 +Contact: Yicong Yang <yangyicong@hisilicon.com> +Description: This directory contains the files providing the PCIe Root Port filters + information used for PTT trace. Each file is named after the supported + Root Port device name <domain>:<bus>:<device>.<function>. + + See the description of the "filter" in Documentation/trace/hisi-ptt.rst + for more information. + +What: /sys/devices/hisi_ptt<sicl_id>_<core_id>/root_port_filters/multiselect +Date: May 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.5 +Contact: Yicong Yang <yangyicong@hisilicon.com> +Description: (Read) Indicates if this kind of filter can be selected at the same + time as others filters, or must be used on it's own. 1 indicates + the former case and 0 indicates the latter. + +What: /sys/devices/hisi_ptt<sicl_id>_<core_id>/root_port_filters/<bdf> +Date: May 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.5 +Contact: Yicong Yang <yangyicong@hisilicon.com> +Description: (Read) Indicates the filter value of this Root Port filter, which + can be used to control the TLP headers to trace by the PTT trace. + +What: /sys/devices/hisi_ptt<sicl_id>_<core_id>/requester_filters +Date: May 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.5 +Contact: Yicong Yang <yangyicong@hisilicon.com> +Description: This directory contains the files providing the PCIe Requester filters + information used for PTT trace. Each file is named after the supported + Endpoint device name <domain>:<bus>:<device>.<function>. + + See the description of the "filter" in Documentation/trace/hisi-ptt.rst + for more information. + +What: /sys/devices/hisi_ptt<sicl_id>_<core_id>/requester_filters/multiselect +Date: May 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.5 +Contact: Yicong Yang <yangyicong@hisilicon.com> +Description: (Read) Indicates if this kind of filter can be selected at the same + time as others filters, or must be used on it's own. 1 indicates + the former case and 0 indicates the latter. + +What: /sys/devices/hisi_ptt<sicl_id>_<core_id>/requester_filters/<bdf> +Date: May 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.5 +Contact: Yicong Yang <yangyicong@hisilicon.com> +Description: (Read) Indicates the filter value of this Requester filter, which + can be used to control the TLP headers to trace by the PTT trace. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-mapping b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-mapping index 490ccfd67f12..2eee1446ad4c 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-mapping +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-mapping @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ What: /sys/devices/uncore_iio_x/dieX Date: February 2020 -Contact: Roman Sudarikov <roman.sudarikov@linux.intel.com> +Contact: Alexander Antonov <alexander.antonov@linux.intel.com> Description: Each IIO stack (PCIe root port) has its own IIO PMON block, so each dieX file (where X is die number) holds "Segment:Root Bus" @@ -8,26 +8,55 @@ Description: block. For example, on 4-die Xeon platform with up to 6 IIO stacks per die and, therefore, 6 IIO PMON blocks per die, the mapping of - IIO PMON block 0 exposes as the following: - - $ ls /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die* - -r--r--r-- /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die0 - -r--r--r-- /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die1 - -r--r--r-- /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die2 - -r--r--r-- /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die3 - - $ tail /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die* - ==> /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die0 <== - 0000:00 - ==> /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die1 <== - 0000:40 - ==> /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die2 <== - 0000:80 - ==> /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die3 <== - 0000:c0 - - Which means: - IIO PMU 0 on die 0 belongs to PCI RP on bus 0x00, domain 0x0000 - IIO PMU 0 on die 1 belongs to PCI RP on bus 0x40, domain 0x0000 - IIO PMU 0 on die 2 belongs to PCI RP on bus 0x80, domain 0x0000 - IIO PMU 0 on die 3 belongs to PCI RP on bus 0xc0, domain 0x0000 + IIO PMON block 0 exposes as the following:: + + $ ls /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die* + -r--r--r-- /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die0 + -r--r--r-- /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die1 + -r--r--r-- /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die2 + -r--r--r-- /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die3 + + $ tail /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die* + ==> /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die0 <== + 0000:00 + ==> /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die1 <== + 0000:40 + ==> /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die2 <== + 0000:80 + ==> /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die3 <== + 0000:c0 + + Which means:: + + IIO PMU 0 on die 0 belongs to PCI RP on bus 0x00, domain 0x0000 + IIO PMU 0 on die 1 belongs to PCI RP on bus 0x40, domain 0x0000 + IIO PMU 0 on die 2 belongs to PCI RP on bus 0x80, domain 0x0000 + IIO PMU 0 on die 3 belongs to PCI RP on bus 0xc0, domain 0x0000 + +What: /sys/devices/uncore_upi_x/dieX +Date: March 2022 +Contact: Alexander Antonov <alexander.antonov@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Each /sys/devices/uncore_upi_X/dieY file holds "upi_Z,die_W" + value that means UPI link number X on die Y is connected to UPI + link Z on die W and this link between sockets can be monitored + by UPI PMON block. + For example, 4-die Sapphire Rapids platform has the following + UPI 0 topology:: + + # tail /sys/devices/uncore_upi_0/die* + ==> /sys/devices/uncore_upi_0/die0 <== + upi_1,die_1 + ==> /sys/devices/uncore_upi_0/die1 <== + upi_0,die_3 + ==> /sys/devices/uncore_upi_0/die2 <== + upi_1,die_3 + ==> /sys/devices/uncore_upi_0/die3 <== + upi_0,die_1 + + Which means:: + + UPI link 0 on die 0 is connected to UPI link 1 on die 1 + UPI link 0 on die 1 is connected to UPI link 0 on die 3 + UPI link 0 on die 2 is connected to UPI link 1 on die 3 + UPI link 0 on die 3 is connected to UPI link 0 on die 1
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-memory b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-memory index deef3b5723cf..d8b0f80b9e33 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-memory +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-memory @@ -13,21 +13,22 @@ What: /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/removable Date: June 2008 Contact: Badari Pulavarty <pbadari@us.ibm.com> Description: - The file /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/removable - indicates whether this memory block is removable or not. - This is useful for a user-level agent to determine - identify removable sections of the memory before attempting - potentially expensive hot-remove memory operation + The file /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/removable is a + legacy interface used to indicated whether a memory block is + likely to be offlineable or not. Newer kernel versions return + "1" if and only if the kernel supports memory offlining. Users: hotplug memory remove tools - http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/wikis/display/LinuxP/powerpc-utils + http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/wikis/display/LinuxP/powerpc-utils + lsmem/chmem part of util-linux What: /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/phys_device Date: September 2008 Contact: Badari Pulavarty <pbadari@us.ibm.com> Description: The file /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/phys_device - is read-only and is designed to show the name of physical - memory device. Implementation is currently incomplete. + is read-only; it is a legacy interface only ever used on s390x + to expose the covered storage increment. +Users: Legacy s390-tools lsmem/chmem What: /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/phys_index Date: September 2008 @@ -43,20 +44,25 @@ Date: September 2008 Contact: Badari Pulavarty <pbadari@us.ibm.com> Description: The file /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/state - is read-write. When read, its contents show the - online/offline state of the memory section. When written, - root can toggle the the online/offline state of a removable - memory section (see removable file description above) - using the following commands. - # echo online > /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/state - # echo offline > /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/state - - For example, if /sys/devices/system/memory/memory22/removable - contains a value of 1 and - /sys/devices/system/memory/memory22/state contains the - string "online" the following command can be executed by - by root to offline that section. - # echo offline > /sys/devices/system/memory/memory22/state + is read-write. When read, it returns the online/offline + state of the memory block. When written, root can toggle + the online/offline state of a memory block using the following + commands:: + + # echo online > /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/state + # echo offline > /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/state + + On newer kernel versions, advanced states can be specified + when onlining to select a target zone: "online_movable" + selects the movable zone. "online_kernel" selects the + applicable kernel zone (DMA, DMA32, or Normal). However, + after successfully setting one of the advanced states, + reading the file will return "online"; the zone information + can be obtained via "valid_zones" instead. + + While onlining is unlikely to fail, there are no guarantees + that offlining will succeed. Offlining is more likely to + succeed if "valid_zones" indicates "Movable". Users: hotplug memory remove tools http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/wikis/display/LinuxP/powerpc-utils @@ -66,8 +72,19 @@ Date: July 2014 Contact: Zhang Zhen <zhenzhang.zhang@huawei.com> Description: The file /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/valid_zones is - read-only and is designed to show which zone this memory - block can be onlined to. + read-only. + + For online memory blocks, it returns in which zone memory + provided by a memory block is managed. If multiple zones + apply (not applicable for hotplugged memory), "None" is returned + and the memory block cannot be offlined. + + For offline memory blocks, it returns by which zone memory + provided by a memory block can be managed when onlining. + The first returned zone ("default") will be used when setting + the state of an offline memory block to "online". Only one of + the kernel zones (DMA, DMA32, Normal) is applicable for a single + memory block. What: /sys/devices/system/memoryX/nodeY Date: October 2009 @@ -78,6 +95,7 @@ Description: For example, the following symbolic link is created for memory section 9 on node0: + /sys/devices/system/memory/memory9/node0 -> ../../node/node0 @@ -90,4 +108,5 @@ Description: points to the corresponding /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryY memory section directory. For example, the following symbolic link is created for memory section 9 on node0. + /sys/devices/system/node/node0/memory9 -> ../../memory/memory9 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-physical_location b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-physical_location new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..202324b87083 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-physical_location @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../physical_location +Date: March 2022 +Contact: Won Chung <wonchung@google.com> +Description: + This directory contains information on physical location of + the device connection point with respect to the system's + housing. + +What: /sys/devices/.../physical_location/panel +Date: March 2022 +Contact: Won Chung <wonchung@google.com> +Description: + Describes which panel surface of the system’s housing the + device connection point resides on. + +What: /sys/devices/.../physical_location/vertical_position +Date: March 2022 +Contact: Won Chung <wonchung@google.com> +Description: + Describes vertical position of the device connection point on + the panel surface. + +What: /sys/devices/.../physical_location/horizontal_position +Date: March 2022 +Contact: Won Chung <wonchung@google.com> +Description: + Describes horizontal position of the device connection point on + the panel surface. + +What: /sys/devices/.../physical_location/dock +Date: March 2022 +Contact: Won Chung <wonchung@google.com> +Description: + "Yes" if the device connection point resides in a docking + station or a port replicator. "No" otherwise. + +What: /sys/devices/.../physical_location/lid +Date: March 2022 +Contact: Won Chung <wonchung@google.com> +Description: + "Yes" if the device connection point resides on the lid of + laptop system. "No" otherwise. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-ACPI-TAD b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-ACPI-TAD index 7e43cdce9a52..bc44bc903bc8 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-ACPI-TAD +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-ACPI-TAD @@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ Description: (RO) Hexadecimal bitmask of the TAD attributes are reported by the platform firmware (see ACPI 6.2, section 9.18.2): + ======= ====================================================== BIT(0): AC wakeup implemented if set BIT(1): DC wakeup implemented if set BIT(2): Get/set real time features implemented if set @@ -16,6 +17,7 @@ Description: BIT(6): The AC timer wakes up from S5 if set BIT(7): The DC timer wakes up from S4 if set BIT(8): The DC timer wakes up from S5 if set + ======= ====================================================== The other bits are reserved. @@ -62,15 +64,17 @@ Description: timer status with the following meaning of bits (see ACPI 6.2, Section 9.18.5): + ======= ====================================================== Bit(0): The timer has expired if set. Bit(1): The timer has woken up the system from a sleep state (S3 or S4/S5 if supported) if set. + ======= ====================================================== The other bits are reserved. Reads also cause the AC alarm timer status to be reset. - Another way to reset the the status of the AC alarm timer is to + Another way to reset the status of the AC alarm timer is to write (the number) 0 to this file. If the status return value indicates that the timer has expired, diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-_UDC_-gadget b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-_UDC_-gadget index d548eaac230a..40f29a01fd14 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-_UDC_-gadget +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-_UDC_-gadget @@ -3,8 +3,9 @@ Date: April 2010 Contact: Fabien Chouteau <fabien.chouteau@barco.com> Description: Show the suspend state of an USB composite gadget. - 1 -> suspended - 0 -> resumed + + - 1 -> suspended + - 0 -> resumed (_UDC_ is the name of the USB Device Controller driver) @@ -17,5 +18,6 @@ Description: Storage mode. Possible values are: - 1 -> ignore the FUA flag - 0 -> obey the FUA flag + + - 1 -> ignore the FUA flag + - 0 -> obey the FUA flag diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-docg3 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-docg3 index 8aa36716882f..378c42694bfb 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-docg3 +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-docg3 @@ -9,8 +9,10 @@ Description: The protection has information embedded whether it blocks reads, writes or both. The result is: - 0 -> the DPS is not keylocked - 1 -> the DPS is keylocked + + - 0 -> the DPS is not keylocked + - 1 -> the DPS is keylocked + Users: None identified so far. What: /sys/devices/platform/docg3/f[0-3]_dps[01]_protection_key @@ -27,8 +29,12 @@ Description: Entering the correct value toggle the lock, and can be observed through f[0-3]_dps[01]_is_keylocked. Possible values are: + - 8 bytes + Typical values are: + - "00000000" - "12345678" + Users: None identified so far. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-dock b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-dock index 1d8c18f905c7..411c174de830 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-dock +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-dock @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -What: /sys/devices/platform/dock.N/docked +What: /sys/devices/platform/dock.<N>/docked Date: Dec, 2006 KernelVersion: 2.6.19 Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ Description: (RO) Value 1 or 0 indicates whether the software believes the laptop is docked in a docking station. -What: /sys/devices/platform/dock.N/undock +What: /sys/devices/platform/dock.<N>/undock Date: Dec, 2006 KernelVersion: 2.6.19 Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org @@ -14,14 +14,14 @@ Description: (WO) Writing to this file causes the software to initiate an undock request to the firmware. -What: /sys/devices/platform/dock.N/uid +What: /sys/devices/platform/dock.<N>/uid Date: Feb, 2007 KernelVersion: v2.6.21 Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org Description: (RO) Displays the docking station the laptop is docked to. -What: /sys/devices/platform/dock.N/flags +What: /sys/devices/platform/dock.<N>/flags Date: May, 2007 KernelVersion: v2.6.21 Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ Description: request has been made by the user (from the immediate_undock option). -What: /sys/devices/platform/dock.N/type +What: /sys/devices/platform/dock.<N>/type Date: Aug, 2008 KernelVersion: v2.6.27 Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-ipmi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-ipmi index afb5db856e1c..07df0ddc0b69 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-ipmi +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-ipmi @@ -123,38 +123,40 @@ KernelVersion: v4.15 Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net Description: - idles: (RO) Number of times the interface was + ====================== ======================================== + idles (RO) Number of times the interface was idle while being polled. - watchdog_pretimeouts: (RO) Number of watchdog pretimeouts. + watchdog_pretimeouts (RO) Number of watchdog pretimeouts. - complete_transactions: (RO) Number of completed messages. + complete_transactions (RO) Number of completed messages. - events: (RO) Number of IPMI events received from + events (RO) Number of IPMI events received from the hardware. - interrupts: (RO) Number of interrupts the driver + interrupts (RO) Number of interrupts the driver handled. - hosed_count: (RO) Number of times the hardware didn't + hosed_count (RO) Number of times the hardware didn't follow the state machine. - long_timeouts: (RO) Number of times the driver + long_timeouts (RO) Number of times the driver requested a timer while nothing was in progress. - flag_fetches: (RO) Number of times the driver + flag_fetches (RO) Number of times the driver requested flags from the hardware. - attentions: (RO) Number of time the driver got an + attentions (RO) Number of time the driver got an ATTN from the hardware. - incoming_messages: (RO) Number of asynchronous messages + incoming_messages (RO) Number of asynchronous messages received. - short_timeouts: (RO) Number of times the driver + short_timeouts (RO) Number of times the driver requested a timer while an operation was in progress. + ====================== ======================================== What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/interrupts_enabled @@ -201,38 +203,40 @@ Date: Sep, 2017 KernelVersion: v4.15 Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net Description: - hosed: (RO) Number of times the hardware didn't + ====================== ======================================== + hosed (RO) Number of times the hardware didn't follow the state machine. - alerts: (RO) Number of alerts received. + alerts (RO) Number of alerts received. - sent_messages: (RO) Number of total messages sent. + sent_messages (RO) Number of total messages sent. - sent_message_parts: (RO) Number of message parts sent. + sent_message_parts (RO) Number of message parts sent. Messages may be broken into parts if they are long. - received_messages: (RO) Number of message responses + received_messages (RO) Number of message responses received. - received_message_parts: (RO) Number of message fragments + received_message_parts (RO) Number of message fragments received. - events: (RO) Number of received events. + events (RO) Number of received events. - watchdog_pretimeouts: (RO) Number of watchdog pretimeouts. + watchdog_pretimeouts (RO) Number of watchdog pretimeouts. - flag_fetches: (RO) Number of times a flag fetch was + flag_fetches (RO) Number of times a flag fetch was requested. - send_retries: (RO) Number of time a message was + send_retries (RO) Number of time a message was retried. - receive_retries: (RO) Number of times the receive of a + receive_retries (RO) Number of times the receive of a message was retried. - send_errors: (RO) Number of times the send of a + send_errors (RO) Number of times the send of a message failed. - receive_errors: (RO) Number of errors in receiving + receive_errors (RO) Number of errors in receiving messages. + ====================== ======================================== diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-sh_mobile_lcdc_fb b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-sh_mobile_lcdc_fb index 2107082426da..e45ac2e865d5 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-sh_mobile_lcdc_fb +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-sh_mobile_lcdc_fb @@ -17,10 +17,10 @@ Description: to overlay planes. Selects the composition mode for the overlay. Possible values - are + are: - 0 - Alpha Blending - 1 - ROP3 + - 0 - Alpha Blending + - 1 - ROP3 What: /sys/devices/platform/sh_mobile_lcdc_fb.[0-3]/graphics/fb[0-9]/ovl_position Date: May 2012 @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ Description: to overlay planes. Stores the x,y overlay position on the display in pixels. The - position format is `[0-9]+,[0-9]+'. + position format is `[0-9]+,[0-9]+`. What: /sys/devices/platform/sh_mobile_lcdc_fb.[0-3]/graphics/fb[0-9]/ovl_rop3 Date: May 2012 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-soc-ipa b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-soc-ipa new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..364b1ba41242 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-soc-ipa @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/soc@X/XXXXXXX.ipa/ +Date: June 2021 +KernelVersion: v5.14 +Contact: Alex Elder <elder@kernel.org> +Description: + The /sys/devices/platform/soc@X/XXXXXXX.ipa/ directory + contains read-only attributes exposing information about + an IPA device. The X values could vary, but are typically + "soc@0/1e40000.ipa". + +What: .../XXXXXXX.ipa/version +Date: June 2021 +KernelVersion: v5.14 +Contact: Alex Elder <elder@kernel.org> +Description: + The .../XXXXXXX.ipa/version file contains the IPA hardware + version, as a period-separated set of two or three integers + (e.g., "3.5.1" or "4.2"). + +What: .../XXXXXXX.ipa/feature/ +Date: June 2021 +KernelVersion: v5.14 +Contact: Alex Elder <elder@kernel.org> +Description: + The .../XXXXXXX.ipa/feature/ directory contains a set of + attributes describing features implemented by the IPA + hardware. + +What: .../XXXXXXX.ipa/feature/rx_offload +Date: June 2021 +KernelVersion: v5.14 +Contact: Alex Elder <elder@kernel.org> +Description: + The .../XXXXXXX.ipa/feature/rx_offload file contains a + string indicating the type of receive checksum offload + that is supported by the hardware. The possible values + are "MAPv4" or "MAPv5". + +What: .../XXXXXXX.ipa/feature/tx_offload +Date: June 2021 +KernelVersion: v5.14 +Contact: Alex Elder <elder@kernel.org> +Description: + The .../XXXXXXX.ipa/feature/tx_offload file contains a + string indicating the type of transmit checksum offload + that is supported by the hardware. The possible values + are "MAPv4" or "MAPv5". + +What: .../XXXXXXX.ipa/endpoint_id/ +Date: July 2022 +KernelVersion: v5.19 +Contact: Alex Elder <elder@kernel.org> +Description: + The .../XXXXXXX.ipa/endpoint_id/ directory contains + attributes that define IDs associated with IPA + endpoints. The "rx" or "tx" in an endpoint name is + from the perspective of the AP. An endpoint ID is a + small unsigned integer. + +What: .../XXXXXXX.ipa/endpoint_id/modem_rx +Date: July 2022 +KernelVersion: v5.19 +Contact: Alex Elder <elder@kernel.org> +Description: + The .../XXXXXXX.ipa/endpoint_id/modem_rx file contains + the ID of the AP endpoint on which packets originating + from the embedded modem are received. + +What: .../XXXXXXX.ipa/endpoint_id/modem_tx +Date: July 2022 +KernelVersion: v5.19 +Contact: Alex Elder <elder@kernel.org> +Description: + The .../XXXXXXX.ipa/endpoint_id/modem_tx file contains + the ID of the AP endpoint on which packets destined + for the embedded modem are sent. + +What: .../XXXXXXX.ipa/endpoint_id/monitor_rx +Date: July 2022 +KernelVersion: v5.19 +Contact: Alex Elder <elder@kernel.org> +Description: + The .../XXXXXXX.ipa/endpoint_id/monitor_rx file contains + the ID of the AP endpoint on which IPA "monitor" data is + received. The monitor endpoint supplies replicas of + packets that enter the IPA hardware for processing. + Each replicated packet is preceded by a fixed-size "ODL" + header (see .../XXXXXXX.ipa/feature/monitor, above). + Large packets are truncated, to reduce the bandwidth + required to provide the monitor function. + +What: .../XXXXXXX.ipa/modem/ +Date: June 2021 +KernelVersion: v5.14 +Contact: Alex Elder <elder@kernel.org> +Description: + The .../XXXXXXX.ipa/modem/ directory contains attributes + describing properties of the modem embedded in the SoC. + +What: .../XXXXXXX.ipa/modem/rx_endpoint_id +Date: June 2021 +KernelVersion: v5.14 +Contact: Alex Elder <elder@kernel.org> +Description: + The .../XXXXXXX.ipa/modem/rx_endpoint_id file duplicates + the value found in .../XXXXXXX.ipa/endpoint_id/modem_rx. + +What: .../XXXXXXX.ipa/modem/tx_endpoint_id +Date: June 2021 +KernelVersion: v5.14 +Contact: Alex Elder <elder@kernel.org> +Description: + The .../XXXXXXX.ipa/modem/tx_endpoint_id file duplicates + the value found in .../XXXXXXX.ipa/endpoint_id/modem_tx. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-stratix10-rsu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-stratix10-rsu index a8daceb4a956..ee253b033280 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-stratix10-rsu +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-stratix10-rsu @@ -102,6 +102,8 @@ Description: b[15:0] inform firmware the current software execution stage. + + == =========================================== 0 the first stage bootloader didn't run or didn't reach the point of launching second stage bootloader. @@ -111,21 +113,29 @@ Description: 2 both first and second stage bootloader ran and the operating system launch was attempted. + == =========================================== b[16] + == =========================================== 1 firmware to reset current image retry counter. 0 no action. + == =========================================== b[17] + == =========================================== 1 firmware to clear RSU log 0 no action. + == =========================================== b[18] this is negative logic + + == =========================================== 1 no action 0 firmware record the notify code defined in b[15:0]. + == =========================================== What: /sys/devices/platform/stratix10-rsu.0/dcmf0 Date: June 2020 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power index 1763e64dd152..54195530e97a 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power @@ -269,3 +269,39 @@ Description: the current runtime PM status of the device, which may be "suspended", "suspending", "resuming", "active", "error" (fatal error), or "unsupported" (runtime PM is disabled). + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/runtime_active_time +Date: Jul 2010 +Contact: Arjan van de Ven <arjan@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Reports the total time that the device has been active. + Used for runtime PM statistics. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/runtime_suspended_time +Date: Jul 2010 +Contact: Arjan van de Ven <arjan@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Reports total time that the device has been suspended. + Used for runtime PM statistics. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/runtime_usage +Date: Apr 2010 +Contact: Dominik Brodowski <linux@dominikbrodowski.net> +Description: + Reports the runtime PM usage count of a device. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/runtime_enabled +Date: Apr 2010 +Contact: Dominik Brodowski <linux@dominikbrodowski.net> +Description: + Is runtime PM enabled for this device? + States are "enabled", "disabled", "forbidden" or a + combination of the latter two. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/runtime_active_kids +Date: Apr 2010 +Contact: Dominik Brodowski <linux@dominikbrodowski.net> +Description: + Reports the runtime PM children usage count of a device, or + 0 if the children will be ignored. + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-removable b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-removable new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..754ecb4587ca --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-removable @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../removable +Date: May 2021 +Contact: Rajat Jain <rajatxjain@gmail.com> +Description: + Information about whether a given device can be removed from the + platform by the user. This is determined by its subsystem in a + bus / platform-specific way. This attribute is only present for + devices that can support determining such information: + + =========== =================================================== + "removable" device can be removed from the platform by the user + "fixed" device is fixed to the platform / cannot be removed + by the user. + "unknown" The information is unavailable / cannot be deduced. + =========== =================================================== + + Currently this is only supported by USB (which infers the + information from a combination of hub descriptor bits and + platform-specific data such as ACPI) and PCI (which gets this + from ACPI / device tree). diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-soc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-soc index ea999e292f11..5269808ec35f 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-soc +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-soc @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ What: /sys/devices/socX Date: January 2012 -contact: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org> +contact: Lee Jones <lee@kernel.org> Description: The /sys/devices/ directory contains a sub-directory for each System-on-Chip (SoC) device on a running platform. Information @@ -14,14 +14,14 @@ Description: What: /sys/devices/socX/machine Date: January 2012 -contact: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org> +contact: Lee Jones <lee@kernel.org> Description: Read-only attribute common to all SoCs. Contains the SoC machine name (e.g. Ux500). What: /sys/devices/socX/family Date: January 2012 -contact: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org> +contact: Lee Jones <lee@kernel.org> Description: Read-only attribute common to all SoCs. Contains SoC family name (e.g. DB8500). @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ Description: What: /sys/devices/socX/soc_id Date: January 2012 -contact: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org> +contact: Lee Jones <lee@kernel.org> Description: Read-only attribute supported by most SoCs. In the case of ST-Ericsson's chips this contains the SoC serial number. @@ -72,21 +72,21 @@ Description: What: /sys/devices/socX/revision Date: January 2012 -contact: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org> +contact: Lee Jones <lee@kernel.org> Description: Read-only attribute supported by most SoCs. Contains the SoC's manufacturing revision number. What: /sys/devices/socX/process Date: January 2012 -contact: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org> +contact: Lee Jones <lee@kernel.org> Description: Read-only attribute supported ST-Ericsson's silicon. Contains the the process by which the silicon chip was manufactured. What: /sys/bus/soc Date: January 2012 -contact: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org> +contact: Lee Jones <lee@kernel.org> Description: The /sys/bus/soc/ directory contains the usual sub-folders expected under most buses. /sys/bus/soc/devices is of particular diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-state_synced b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-state_synced index 0c922d7d02fc..c64636ddac41 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-state_synced +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-state_synced @@ -21,4 +21,9 @@ Description: at the time the kernel starts are not affected or limited in any way by sync_state() callbacks. + Writing "1" to this file will force a call to the device's + sync_state() function if it hasn't been called already. The + sync_state() call happens independent of the state of the + consumer devices. + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-supplier b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-supplier index a919e0db5e90..207f5972e98d 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-supplier +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-supplier @@ -4,5 +4,6 @@ Contact: Saravana Kannan <saravanak@google.com> Description: The /sys/devices/.../supplier:<supplier> are symlinks to device links where this device is the consumer. <supplier> denotes the - name of the supplier in that device link. There can be zero or - more of these symlinks for a given device. + name of the supplier in that device link and is of the form + bus:device name. There can be zero or more of these symlinks + for a given device. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu index b555df825447..77942eedf4f6 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ Description: Individual CPU attributes are contained in subdirectories named by the kernel's logical CPU number, e.g.: - /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/ + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/ What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/kernel_max /sys/devices/system/cpu/offline @@ -50,10 +50,10 @@ Description: Dynamic addition and removal of CPU's. This is not hotplug architecture specific. release: writes to this file dynamically remove a CPU from - the system. Information writtento the file to remove CPU's + the system. Information written to the file to remove CPU's is architecture specific. -What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/node +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/node Date: October 2009 Contact: Linux memory management mailing list <linux-mm@kvack.org> Description: Discover NUMA node a CPU belongs to @@ -67,41 +67,42 @@ Description: Discover NUMA node a CPU belongs to /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu42/node2 -> ../../node/node2 -What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/topology/core_id - /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/topology/core_siblings - /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/topology/core_siblings_list - /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/topology/physical_package_id - /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/topology/thread_siblings - /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/topology/thread_siblings_list +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/topology/core_siblings + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/topology/core_siblings_list + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/topology/physical_package_id + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/topology/thread_siblings + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/topology/thread_siblings_list + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/topology/ppin Date: December 2008 Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> Description: CPU topology files that describe a logical CPU's relationship to other cores and threads in the same physical package. - One cpu# directory is created per logical CPU in the system, + One cpuX directory is created per logical CPU in the system, e.g. /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu42/. Briefly, the files above are: - core_id: the CPU core ID of cpu#. Typically it is the - hardware platform's identifier (rather than the kernel's). - The actual value is architecture and platform dependent. - - core_siblings: internal kernel map of cpu#'s hardware threads + core_siblings: internal kernel map of cpuX's hardware threads within the same physical_package_id. core_siblings_list: human-readable list of the logical CPU - numbers within the same physical_package_id as cpu#. + numbers within the same physical_package_id as cpuX. - physical_package_id: physical package id of cpu#. Typically + physical_package_id: physical package id of cpuX. Typically corresponds to a physical socket number, but the actual value is architecture and platform dependent. - thread_siblings: internel kernel map of cpu#'s hardware - threads within the same core as cpu# + thread_siblings: internal kernel map of cpuX's hardware + threads within the same core as cpuX + + thread_siblings_list: human-readable list of cpuX's hardware + threads within the same core as cpuX - thread_siblings_list: human-readable list of cpu#'s hardware - threads within the same core as cpu# + ppin: human-readable Protected Processor Identification + Number of the socket the cpu# belongs to. There should be + one per physical_package_id. File is readable only to + admin. See Documentation/admin-guide/cputopology.rst for more information. @@ -135,7 +136,7 @@ Description: Discover cpuidle policy and mechanism Documentation/driver-api/pm/cpuidle.rst for more information. -What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/stateN/name +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/state<N>/name /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/stateN/latency /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/stateN/power /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/stateN/time @@ -151,25 +152,30 @@ Description: The processor idle states which are available for use have the following attributes: - name: (RO) Name of the idle state (string). + ======== ==== ================================================= + name: (RO) Name of the idle state (string). latency: (RO) The latency to exit out of this idle state (in - microseconds). + microseconds). - power: (RO) The power consumed while in this idle state (in - milliwatts). + power: (RO) The power consumed while in this idle state (in + milliwatts). - time: (RO) The total time spent in this idle state (in microseconds). + time: (RO) The total time spent in this idle state + (in microseconds). - usage: (RO) Number of times this state was entered (a count). + usage: (RO) Number of times this state was entered (a count). - above: (RO) Number of times this state was entered, but the - observed CPU idle duration was too short for it (a count). + above: (RO) Number of times this state was entered, but the + observed CPU idle duration was too short for it + (a count). - below: (RO) Number of times this state was entered, but the - observed CPU idle duration was too long for it (a count). + below: (RO) Number of times this state was entered, but the + observed CPU idle duration was too long for it + (a count). + ======== ==== ================================================= -What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/stateN/desc +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/state<N>/desc Date: February 2008 KernelVersion: v2.6.25 Contact: Linux power management list <linux-pm@vger.kernel.org> @@ -177,7 +183,7 @@ Description: (RO) A small description about the idle state (string). -What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/stateN/disable +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/state<N>/disable Date: March 2012 KernelVersion: v3.10 Contact: Linux power management list <linux-pm@vger.kernel.org> @@ -190,14 +196,14 @@ Description: does not reflect it. Likewise, if one enables a deep state but a lighter state still is disabled, then this has no effect. -What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/stateN/default_status +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/state<N>/default_status Date: December 2019 KernelVersion: v5.6 Contact: Linux power management list <linux-pm@vger.kernel.org> Description: (RO) The default status of this state, "enabled" or "disabled". -What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/stateN/residency +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/state<N>/residency Date: March 2014 KernelVersion: v3.15 Contact: Linux power management list <linux-pm@vger.kernel.org> @@ -206,7 +212,7 @@ Description: time (in microseconds) this cpu should spend in this idle state to make the transition worth the effort. -What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/stateN/s2idle/ +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/state<N>/s2idle/ Date: March 2018 KernelVersion: v4.17 Contact: Linux power management list <linux-pm@vger.kernel.org> @@ -216,7 +222,7 @@ Description: This attribute group is only present for states that can be used in suspend-to-idle with suspended timekeeping. -What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/stateN/s2idle/time +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/state<N>/s2idle/time Date: March 2018 KernelVersion: v4.17 Contact: Linux power management list <linux-pm@vger.kernel.org> @@ -224,7 +230,7 @@ Description: Total time spent by the CPU in suspend-to-idle (with scheduler tick suspended) after requesting this state. -What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/stateN/s2idle/usage +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/state<N>/s2idle/usage Date: March 2018 KernelVersion: v4.17 Contact: Linux power management list <linux-pm@vger.kernel.org> @@ -232,7 +238,7 @@ Description: Total number of times this state has been requested by the CPU while entering suspend-to-idle. -What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/cpufreq/* +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpufreq/* Date: pre-git history Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org Description: Discover and change clock speed of CPUs @@ -247,7 +253,7 @@ Description: Discover and change clock speed of CPUs See files in Documentation/cpu-freq/ for more information. -What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/cpufreq/freqdomain_cpus +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpufreq/freqdomain_cpus Date: June 2013 Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org Description: Discover CPUs in the same CPU frequency coordination domain @@ -259,7 +265,8 @@ Description: Discover CPUs in the same CPU frequency coordination domain attribute is useful for user space DVFS controllers to get better power/performance results for platforms using acpi-cpufreq. - This file is only present if the acpi-cpufreq driver is in use. + This file is only present if the acpi-cpufreq or the cppc-cpufreq + drivers are in use. What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu*/cache/index3/cache_disable_{0,1} @@ -274,12 +281,12 @@ Description: Disable L3 cache indices on a processor with this functionality will return the currently disabled index for that node. There is one L3 structure per node, or per internal node on MCM machines. Writing a valid - index to one of these files will cause the specificed cache + index to one of these files will cause the specified cache index to be disabled. All AMD processors with L3 caches provide this functionality. For details, see BKDGs at - http://developer.amd.com/documentation/guides/Pages/default.aspx + https://www.amd.com/en/support/tech-docs?keyword=bios+kernel What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpufreq/boost @@ -289,21 +296,22 @@ Description: Processor frequency boosting control This switch controls the boost setting for the whole system. Boosting allows the CPU and the firmware to run at a frequency - beyound it's nominal limit. + beyond its nominal limit. + More details can be found in Documentation/admin-guide/pm/cpufreq.rst -What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/crash_notes - /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/crash_notes_size +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/crash_notes + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/crash_notes_size Date: April 2013 Contact: kexec@lists.infradead.org Description: address and size of the percpu note. crash_notes: the physical address of the memory that holds the - note of cpu#. + note of cpuX. - crash_notes_size: size of the note of cpu#. + crash_notes_size: size of the note of cpuX. What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/intel_pstate/max_perf_pct @@ -337,43 +345,57 @@ Contact: Sudeep Holla <sudeep.holla@arm.com> Description: Parameters for the CPU cache attributes allocation_policy: - - WriteAllocate: allocate a memory location to a cache line - on a cache miss because of a write - - ReadAllocate: allocate a memory location to a cache line + - WriteAllocate: + allocate a memory location to a cache line + on a cache miss because of a write + - ReadAllocate: + allocate a memory location to a cache line on a cache miss because of a read - - ReadWriteAllocate: both writeallocate and readallocate + - ReadWriteAllocate: + both writeallocate and readallocate - attributes: LEGACY used only on IA64 and is same as write_policy + attributes: + LEGACY used only on IA64 and is same as write_policy - coherency_line_size: the minimum amount of data in bytes that gets + coherency_line_size: + the minimum amount of data in bytes that gets transferred from memory to cache - level: the cache hierarchy in the multi-level cache configuration + level: + the cache hierarchy in the multi-level cache configuration - number_of_sets: total number of sets in the cache, a set is a + number_of_sets: + total number of sets in the cache, a set is a collection of cache lines with the same cache index - physical_line_partition: number of physical cache line per cache tag + physical_line_partition: + number of physical cache line per cache tag - shared_cpu_list: the list of logical cpus sharing the cache + shared_cpu_list: + the list of logical cpus sharing the cache - shared_cpu_map: logical cpu mask containing the list of cpus sharing + shared_cpu_map: + logical cpu mask containing the list of cpus sharing the cache - size: the total cache size in kB + size: + the total cache size in kB type: - Instruction: cache that only holds instructions - Data: cache that only caches data - Unified: cache that holds both data and instructions - ways_of_associativity: degree of freedom in placing a particular block - of memory in the cache + ways_of_associativity: + degree of freedom in placing a particular block + of memory in the cache write_policy: - - WriteThrough: data is written to both the cache line + - WriteThrough: + data is written to both the cache line and to the block in the lower-level memory - - WriteBack: data is written only to the cache line and + - WriteBack: + data is written only to the cache line and the modified cache line is written to main memory only when it is replaced @@ -414,30 +436,30 @@ Description: POWERNV CPUFreq driver's frequency throttle stats directory and throttle attributes exported in the 'throttle_stats' directory: - turbo_stat : This file gives the total number of times the max - frequency is throttled to lower frequency in turbo (at and above - nominal frequency) range of frequencies. + frequency is throttled to lower frequency in turbo (at and above + nominal frequency) range of frequencies. - sub_turbo_stat : This file gives the total number of times the - max frequency is throttled to lower frequency in sub-turbo(below - nominal frequency) range of frequencies. + max frequency is throttled to lower frequency in sub-turbo(below + nominal frequency) range of frequencies. - unthrottle : This file gives the total number of times the max - frequency is unthrottled after being throttled. + frequency is unthrottled after being throttled. - powercap : This file gives the total number of times the max - frequency is throttled due to 'Power Capping'. + frequency is throttled due to 'Power Capping'. - overtemp : This file gives the total number of times the max - frequency is throttled due to 'CPU Over Temperature'. + frequency is throttled due to 'CPU Over Temperature'. - supply_fault : This file gives the total number of times the - max frequency is throttled due to 'Power Supply Failure'. + max frequency is throttled due to 'Power Supply Failure'. - overcurrent : This file gives the total number of times the - max frequency is throttled due to 'Overcurrent'. + max frequency is throttled due to 'Overcurrent'. - occ_reset : This file gives the total number of times the max - frequency is throttled due to 'OCC Reset'. + frequency is throttled due to 'OCC Reset'. The sysfs attributes representing different throttle reasons like powercap, overtemp, supply_fault, overcurrent and occ_reset map to @@ -466,29 +488,43 @@ What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/regs/ /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/regs/identification/ /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/regs/identification/midr_el1 /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/regs/identification/revidr_el1 + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/regs/identification/smidr_el1 Date: June 2016 Contact: Linux ARM Kernel Mailing list <linux-arm-kernel@lists.infradead.org> Description: AArch64 CPU registers + 'identification' directory exposes the CPU ID registers for - identifying model and revision of the CPU. + identifying model and revision of the CPU and SMCU. -What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/cpu_capacity +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/aarch32_el0 +Date: May 2021 +Contact: Linux ARM Kernel Mailing list <linux-arm-kernel@lists.infradead.org> +Description: Identifies the subset of CPUs in the system that can execute + AArch32 (32-bit ARM) applications. If present, the same format as + /sys/devices/system/cpu/{offline,online,possible,present} is used. + If absent, then all or none of the CPUs can execute AArch32 + applications and execve() will behave accordingly. + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpu_capacity Date: December 2016 Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> Description: information about CPUs heterogeneity. - cpu_capacity: capacity of cpu#. + cpu_capacity: capacity of cpuX. What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities + /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/gather_data_sampling + /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/itlb_multihit + /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/l1tf + /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/mds /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/meltdown + /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/mmio_stale_data + /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/retbleed + /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/spec_store_bypass /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/spectre_v1 /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/spectre_v2 - /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/spec_store_bypass - /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/l1tf - /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/mds /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/srbds /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/tsx_async_abort - /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/itlb_multihit Date: January 2018 Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> Description: Information about CPU vulnerabilities @@ -497,9 +533,11 @@ Description: Information about CPU vulnerabilities vulnerabilities. The output of those files reflects the state of the CPUs in the system. Possible output values: + ================ ============================================== "Not affected" CPU is not affected by the vulnerability "Vulnerable" CPU is affected and no mitigation in effect "Mitigation: $M" CPU is affected and mitigation $M is in effect + ================ ============================================== See also: Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/index.rst @@ -508,24 +546,26 @@ What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/smt /sys/devices/system/cpu/smt/control Date: June 2018 Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> -Description: Control Symetric Multi Threading (SMT) +Description: Control Symmetric Multi Threading (SMT) active: Tells whether SMT is active (enabled and siblings online) control: Read/write interface to control SMT. Possible values: + ================ ========================================= "on" SMT is enabled "off" SMT is disabled "forceoff" SMT is force disabled. Cannot be changed. "notsupported" SMT is not supported by the CPU "notimplemented" SMT runtime toggling is not implemented for the architecture + ================ ========================================= If control status is "forceoff" or "notsupported" writes are rejected. -What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/power/energy_perf_bias +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/power/energy_perf_bias Date: March 2019 Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org Description: Intel Energy and Performance Bias Hint (EPB) @@ -576,7 +616,7 @@ Description: Secure Virtual Machine Facility in POWER9 and newer processors. i.e., it is a Secure Virtual Machine. -What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/purr +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/purr Date: Apr 2005 Contact: Linux for PowerPC mailing list <linuxppc-dev@ozlabs.org> Description: PURR ticks for this CPU since the system boot. @@ -614,3 +654,36 @@ Description: SPURR ticks for cpuX when it was idle. This sysfs interface exposes the number of SPURR ticks for cpuX when it was idle. + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/mte_tcf_preferred +Date: July 2021 +Contact: Linux ARM Kernel Mailing list <linux-arm-kernel@lists.infradead.org> +Description: Preferred MTE tag checking mode + + When a user program specifies more than one MTE tag checking + mode, this sysfs node is used to specify which mode should + be preferred when scheduling a task on that CPU. Possible + values: + + ================ ============================================== + "sync" Prefer synchronous mode + "asymm" Prefer asymmetric mode + "async" Prefer asynchronous mode + ================ ============================================== + + See also: Documentation/arch/arm64/memory-tagging-extension.rst + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/nohz_full +Date: Apr 2015 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + (RO) the list of CPUs that are in nohz_full mode. + These CPUs are set by boot parameter "nohz_full=". + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/isolated +Date: Apr 2015 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + (RO) the list of CPUs that are isolated and don't + participate in load balancing. These CPUs are set by + boot parameter "isolcpus=". diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-ibm-rtl b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-ibm-rtl index 470def06ab0a..1a8ee26e92ae 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-ibm-rtl +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-ibm-rtl @@ -5,8 +5,10 @@ Contact: Vernon Mauery <vernux@us.ibm.com> Description: The state file allows a means by which to change in and out of Premium Real-Time Mode (PRTM), as well as the ability to query the current state. - 0 => PRTM off - 1 => PRTM enabled + + - 0 => PRTM off + - 1 => PRTM enabled + Users: The ibm-prtm userspace daemon uses this interface. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-vfio-dev b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-vfio-dev new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e21424fd9666 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-vfio-dev @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +What: /sys/.../<device>/vfio-dev/vfioX/ +Date: September 2022 +Contact: Yi Liu <yi.l.liu@intel.com> +Description: + This directory is created when the device is bound to a + vfio driver. The layout under this directory matches what + exists for a standard 'struct device'. 'X' is a unique + index marking this device in vfio. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-xenbus b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-xenbus new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..fd796cb4f315 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-xenbus @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +What: /sys/devices/*/xenbus/event_channels +Date: February 2021 +Contact: Xen Developers mailing list <xen-devel@lists.xenproject.org> +Description: + Number of Xen event channels associated with a kernel based + paravirtualized device frontend or backend. + +What: /sys/devices/*/xenbus/events +Date: February 2021 +Contact: Xen Developers mailing list <xen-devel@lists.xenproject.org> +Description: + Total number of Xen events received for a Xen pv device + frontend or backend. + +What: /sys/devices/*/xenbus/jiffies_eoi_delayed +Date: February 2021 +Contact: Xen Developers mailing list <xen-devel@lists.xenproject.org> +Description: + Summed up time in jiffies the EOI of an interrupt for a Xen + pv device has been delayed in order to avoid stalls due to + event storms. This value rising is a first sign for a rogue + other end of the pv device. + +What: /sys/devices/*/xenbus/spurious_events +Date: February 2021 +Contact: Xen Developers mailing list <xen-devel@lists.xenproject.org> +Description: + Number of events received for a Xen pv device which did not + require any action. Too many spurious events in a row will + trigger delayed EOI processing. + +What: /sys/devices/*/xenbus/spurious_threshold +Date: February 2021 +Contact: Xen Developers mailing list <xen-devel@lists.xenproject.org> +Description: + Controls the tolerated number of subsequent spurious events + before delayed EOI processing is triggered for a Xen pv + device. Default is 1. This can be modified in case the other + end of the pv device is issuing spurious events on a regular + basis and is known not to be malicious on purpose. Raising + the value for such cases can improve pv device performance. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-aspeed-uart-routing b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-aspeed-uart-routing new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..910df0e5815a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-aspeed-uart-routing @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/aspeed-uart-routing/\*/uart\* +Date: September 2021 +Contact: Oskar Senft <osk@google.com> + Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> +Description: Selects the RX source of the UARTx device. + + When read, each file shows the list of available options with currently + selected option marked by brackets "[]". The list of available options + depends on the selected file. + + e.g. + cat /sys/bus/platform/drivers/aspeed-uart-routing/\*.uart_routing/uart1 + [io1] io2 io3 io4 uart2 uart3 uart4 io6 + + In this case, UART1 gets its input from IO1 (physical serial port 1). + +Users: OpenBMC. Proposed changes should be mailed to + openbmc@lists.ozlabs.org + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/aspeed-uart-routing/\*/io\* +Date: September 2021 +Contact: Oskar Senft <osk@google.com> + Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> +Description: Selects the RX source of IOx serial port. The current selection + will be marked by brackets "[]". +Users: OpenBMC. Proposed changes should be mailed to + openbmc@lists.ozlabs.org diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-bd9571mwv-regulator b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-bd9571mwv-regulator index 4d63a7904b94..90596d8bb51c 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-bd9571mwv-regulator +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-bd9571mwv-regulator @@ -6,11 +6,13 @@ Description: Read/write the current state of DDR Backup Mode, which controls if DDR power rails will be kept powered during system suspend. ("on"/"1" = enabled, "off"/"0" = disabled). Two types of power switches (or control signals) can be used: + A. With a momentary power switch (or pulse signal), DDR Backup Mode is enabled by default when available, as the PMIC will be configured only during system suspend. B. With a toggle power switch (or level signal), the following steps must be followed exactly: + 1. Configure PMIC for backup mode, to change the role of the accessory power switch from a power switch to a wake-up switch, @@ -20,8 +22,10 @@ Description: Read/write the current state of DDR Backup Mode, which controls 3. Suspend system, 4. Switch accessory power switch on, to resume the system. + DDR Backup Mode must be explicitly enabled by the user, to invoke step 1. - See also Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/bd9571mwv.txt. + + See also Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/rohm,bd9571mwv.yaml. Users: User space applications for embedded boards equipped with a BD9571MWV PMIC. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ccp b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ccp new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7aded9b75553 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ccp @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/fused_part +Date: June 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Contact: mario.limonciello@amd.com +Description: + The /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/fused_part file reports + whether the CPU or APU has been fused to prevent tampering. + 0: Not fused + 1: Fused + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/debug_lock_on +Date: June 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Contact: mario.limonciello@amd.com +Description: + The /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/debug_lock_on reports + whether the AMD CPU or APU has been unlocked for debugging. + Possible values: + 0: Not locked + 1: Locked + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/tsme_status +Date: June 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Contact: mario.limonciello@amd.com +Description: + The /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/tsme_status file reports + the status of transparent secure memory encryption on AMD systems. + Possible values: + 0: Not active + 1: Active + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/anti_rollback_status +Date: June 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Contact: mario.limonciello@amd.com +Description: + The /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/anti_rollback_status file reports + whether the PSP is enforcing rollback protection. + Possible values: + 0: Not enforcing + 1: Enforcing + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/rpmc_production_enabled +Date: June 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Contact: mario.limonciello@amd.com +Description: + The /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/rpmc_production_enabled file reports + whether Replay Protected Monotonic Counter support has been enabled. + Possible values: + 0: Not enabled + 1: Enabled + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/rpmc_spirom_available +Date: June 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Contact: mario.limonciello@amd.com +Description: + The /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/rpmc_spirom_available file reports + whether an Replay Protected Monotonic Counter supported SPI is installed + on the system. + Possible values: + 0: Not present + 1: Present + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/hsp_tpm_available +Date: June 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Contact: mario.limonciello@amd.com +Description: + The /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/hsp_tpm_available file reports + whether the HSP TPM has been activated. + Possible values: + 0: Not activated or present + 1: Activated + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/rom_armor_enforced +Date: June 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Contact: mario.limonciello@amd.com +Description: + The /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/rom_armor_enforced file reports + whether RomArmor SPI protection is enforced. + Possible values: + 0: Not enforced + 1: Enforced diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-chromeos-acpi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-chromeos-acpi new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7c8e129fc100 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-chromeos-acpi @@ -0,0 +1,137 @@ +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/GGL0001:*/BINF.2 +Date: May 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Description: + Returns active EC firmware of current boot (boolean). + + == =============================== + 0 Read only (recovery) firmware. + 1 Rewritable firmware. + == =============================== + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/GGL0001:*/BINF.3 +Date: May 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Description: + Returns main firmware type for current boot (integer). + + == ===================================== + 0 Recovery. + 1 Normal. + 2 Developer. + 3 Netboot (factory installation only). + == ===================================== + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/GGL0001:*/CHSW +Date: May 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Description: + Returns switch position for Chrome OS specific hardware + switches when the firmware is booted (integer). + + ==== =========================================== + 0 No changes. + 2 Recovery button was pressed. + 4 Recovery button was pressed (EC firmware). + 32 Developer switch was enabled. + 512 Firmware write protection was disabled. + ==== =========================================== + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/GGL0001:*/FMAP +Date: May 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Description: + Returns physical memory address of the start of the main + processor firmware flashmap. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/GGL0001:*/FRID +Date: May 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Description: + Returns firmware version for the read-only portion of the + main processor firmware. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/GGL0001:*/FWID +Date: May 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Description: + Returns firmware version for the rewritable portion of the + main processor firmware. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/GGL0001:*/GPIO.X/GPIO.0 +Date: May 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Description: + Returns type of the GPIO signal for the Chrome OS specific + GPIO assignments (integer). + + =========== ================================== + 1 Recovery button. + 2 Developer mode switch. + 3 Firmware write protection switch. + 256 to 511 Debug header GPIO 0 to GPIO 255. + =========== ================================== + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/GGL0001:*/GPIO.X/GPIO.1 +Date: May 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Description: + Returns signal attributes of the GPIO signal (integer bitfield). + + == ======================= + 0 Signal is active low. + 1 Signal is active high. + == ======================= + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/GGL0001:*/GPIO.X/GPIO.2 +Date: May 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Description: + Returns the GPIO number on the specified GPIO + controller. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/GGL0001:*/GPIO.X/GPIO.3 +Date: May 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Description: + Returns name of the GPIO controller. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/GGL0001:*/HWID +Date: May 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Description: + Returns hardware ID for the Chromebook. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/GGL0001:*/MECK +Date: May 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Description: + Returns the SHA-1 or SHA-256 hash that is read out of the + Management Engine extended registers during boot. The hash + is exported via ACPI so the OS can verify that the Management + Engine firmware has not changed. If Management Engine is not + present, or if the firmware was unable to read the extended registers, this buffer size can be zero. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/GGL0001:*/VBNV.0 +Date: May 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Description: + Returns offset in CMOS bank 0 of the verified boot non-volatile + storage block, counting from the first writable CMOS byte + (that is, 'offset = 0' is the byte following the 14 bytes of + clock data). + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/GGL0001:*/VBNV.1 +Date: May 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Description: + Return the size in bytes of the verified boot non-volatile + storage block. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/GGL0001:*/VDAT +Date: May 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.19 +Description: + Returns the verified boot data block shared between the + firmware verification step and the kernel verification step + (hex dump). diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-eud b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-eud new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..2bab0db2d2f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-eud @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/qcom_eud/.../enable +Date: February 2022 +Contact: Souradeep Chowdhury <quic_schowdhu@quicinc.com> +Description: + The Enable/Disable sysfs interface for Embedded + USB Debugger(EUD). This enables and disables the + EUD based on a 1 or a 0 value. By enabling EUD, + the user is able to activate the mini-usb hub of + EUD for debug and trace capabilities. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ge-achc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ge-achc new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a9e7a079190c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ge-achc @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +What: /sys/bus/spi/<dev>/update_firmware +Date: Jul 2021 +Contact: sebastian.reichel@collabora.com +Description: Write 1 to this file to update the ACHC microcontroller + firmware via the EzPort interface. For this the kernel + will load "achc.bin" via the firmware API (so usually + from /lib/firmware). The write will block until the FW + has either been flashed successfully or an error occured. + +What: /sys/bus/spi/<dev>/reset +Date: Jul 2021 +Contact: sebastian.reichel@collabora.com +Description: This file represents the microcontroller's reset line. + 1 means the reset line is asserted, 0 means it's not + asserted. The file is read and writable. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-genwqe b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-genwqe index 64ac6d567c4b..69d855dc4c47 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-genwqe +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-genwqe @@ -29,8 +29,12 @@ What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/reload_bitstream Date: May 2014 Contact: klebers@linux.vnet.ibm.com Description: Interface to trigger a PCIe card reset to reload the bitstream. + + :: + sudo sh -c 'echo 1 > \ /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe0_card/reload_bitstream' + If successfully, the card will come back with the bitstream set on 'next_bitstream'. @@ -64,8 +68,11 @@ Description: Base clock frequency of the card. What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/device/sriov_numvfs Date: Oct 2013 Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com -Description: Enable VFs (1..15): +Description: Enable VFs (1..15):: + sudo sh -c 'echo 15 > \ /sys/bus/pci/devices/0000\:1b\:00.0/sriov_numvfs' - Disable VFs: + + Disable VFs:: + Write a 0 into the same sysfs entry. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-habanalabs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-habanalabs index 169ae4b2a180..1b98b6503b23 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-habanalabs +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-habanalabs @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/armcp_kernel_ver Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Version of the Linux kernel running on the device's CPU. Will be DEPRECATED in Linux kernel version 5.10, and be replaced with cpucp_kernel_ver @@ -9,15 +9,15 @@ Description: Version of the Linux kernel running on the device's CPU. What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/armcp_ver Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Version of the application running on the device's CPU Will be DEPRECATED in Linux kernel version 5.10, and be replaced with cpucp_ver What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/clk_max_freq_mhz Date: Jun 2019 -KernelVersion: not yet upstreamed -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Allows the user to set the maximum clock frequency, in MHz. The device clock might be set to lower value than the maximum. The user should read the clk_cur_freq_mhz to see the actual @@ -26,53 +26,59 @@ Description: Allows the user to set the maximum clock frequency, in MHz. What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/clk_cur_freq_mhz Date: Jun 2019 -KernelVersion: not yet upstreamed -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Displays the current frequency, in MHz, of the device clock. This property is valid only for the Gaudi ASIC family What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/cpld_ver Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Version of the Device's CPLD F/W What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/cpucp_kernel_ver Date: Oct 2020 KernelVersion: 5.10 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Version of the Linux kernel running on the device's CPU What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/cpucp_ver Date: Oct 2020 KernelVersion: 5.10 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Version of the application running on the device's CPU What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/device_type Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Displays the code name of the device according to its type. The supported values are: "GOYA" What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/eeprom Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: A binary file attribute that contains the contents of the on-board EEPROM What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/fuse_ver Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Displays the device's version from the eFuse +What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/fw_os_ver +Date: Dec 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: Version of the firmware OS running on the device's CPU + What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/hard_reset Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Interface to trigger a hard-reset operation for the device. Hard-reset will reset ALL internal components of the device except for the PCI interface and the internal PLLs @@ -80,14 +86,14 @@ Description: Interface to trigger a hard-reset operation for the device. What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/hard_reset_cnt Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Displays how many times the device have undergone a hard-reset operation since the driver was loaded What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/high_pll Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Allows the user to set the maximum clock frequency for MME, TPC and IC when the power management profile is set to "automatic". This property is valid only for the Goya ASIC family @@ -95,7 +101,7 @@ Description: Allows the user to set the maximum clock frequency for MME, TPC What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/ic_clk Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Allows the user to set the maximum clock frequency, in Hz, of the Interconnect fabric. Writes to this parameter affect the device only when the power management profile is set to "manual" @@ -107,27 +113,27 @@ Description: Allows the user to set the maximum clock frequency, in Hz, of What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/ic_clk_curr Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Displays the current clock frequency, in Hz, of the Interconnect fabric. This property is valid only for the Goya ASIC family What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/infineon_ver Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com -Description: Version of the Device's power supply F/W code +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: Version of the Device's power supply F/W code. Relevant only to GOYA and GAUDI What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/max_power Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Allows the user to set the maximum power consumption of the device in milliwatts. What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/mme_clk Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Allows the user to set the maximum clock frequency, in Hz, of the MME compute engine. Writes to this parameter affect the device only when the power management profile is set to "manual" @@ -139,21 +145,21 @@ Description: Allows the user to set the maximum clock frequency, in Hz, of What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/mme_clk_curr Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Displays the current clock frequency, in Hz, of the MME compute engine. This property is valid only for the Goya ASIC family What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/pci_addr Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Displays the PCI address of the device. This is needed so the user would be able to open a device based on its PCI address What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/pm_mng_profile Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Power management profile. Values are "auto", "manual". In "auto" mode, the driver will set the maximum clock frequency to a high value when a user-space process opens the device's file (unless @@ -167,13 +173,19 @@ Description: Power management profile. Values are "auto", "manual". In "auto" What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/preboot_btl_ver Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Version of the device's preboot F/W code +What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/security_enabled +Date: Oct 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: obitton@habana.ai +Description: Displays the device's security status + What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/soft_reset Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Interface to trigger a soft-reset operation for the device. Soft-reset will reset only the compute and DMA engines of the device @@ -181,26 +193,38 @@ Description: Interface to trigger a soft-reset operation for the device. What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/soft_reset_cnt Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Displays how many times the device have undergone a soft-reset operation since the driver was loaded What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/status Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com -Description: Status of the card: "Operational", "Malfunction", "In reset". +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: Status of the card: + + * "operational" - Device is available for work. + * "in reset" - Device is going through reset, will be + available shortly. + * "disabled" - Device is not usable. + * "needs reset" - Device is not usable until a hard reset + is initiated. + * "in device creation" - Device is not available yet, as it + is still initializing. + * "in reset after device release" - Device is going through + a compute-reset which is executed after a device release + (relevant for Gaudi2 only). What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/thermal_ver Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Version of the Device's thermal daemon What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/tpc_clk Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Allows the user to set the maximum clock frequency, in Hz, of the TPC compute engines. Writes to this parameter affect the device only when the power management profile is set to "manual" @@ -212,12 +236,18 @@ Description: Allows the user to set the maximum clock frequency, in Hz, of What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/tpc_clk_curr Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Displays the current clock frequency, in Hz, of the TPC compute engines. This property is valid only for the Goya ASIC family What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/uboot_ver Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com -Description: Version of the u-boot running on the device's CPU
\ No newline at end of file +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: Version of the u-boot running on the device's CPU + +What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/vrm_ver +Date: Jan 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.17 +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: Version of the Device's Voltage Regulator Monitor F/W code. N/A to GOYA and GAUDI diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-lenovo b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-lenovo index 53a0725962e1..aee85ca1f6be 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-lenovo +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-lenovo @@ -3,14 +3,18 @@ Date: July 2011 Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org Description: This controls if mouse clicks should be generated if the trackpoint is quickly pressed. How fast this press has to be is being controlled by press_speed. + Values are 0 or 1. + Applies to Thinkpad USB Keyboard with TrackPoint. What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/dragging Date: July 2011 Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org Description: If this setting is enabled, it is possible to do dragging by pressing the trackpoint. This requires press_to_select to be enabled. + Values are 0 or 1. + Applies to Thinkpad USB Keyboard with TrackPoint. What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/release_to_select @@ -25,7 +29,9 @@ Date: July 2011 Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org Description: This setting controls if the mouse click events generated by pressing the trackpoint (if press_to_select is enabled) generate a left or right mouse button click. + Values are 0 or 1. + Applies to Thinkpad USB Keyboard with TrackPoint. What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/sensitivity @@ -39,12 +45,16 @@ What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid- Date: July 2011 Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org Description: This setting controls how fast the trackpoint needs to be pressed to generate a mouse click if press_to_select is enabled. + Values are decimal integers from 1 (slowest) to 255 (fastest). + Applies to Thinkpad USB Keyboard with TrackPoint. What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/fn_lock Date: July 2014 Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org Description: This setting controls whether Fn Lock is enabled on the keyboard (i.e. if F1 is Mute or F1) + Values are 0 or 1 + Applies to ThinkPad Compact (USB|Bluetooth) Keyboard with TrackPoint. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-lg4ff b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-lg4ff index 305dffd229a8..de07be314efc 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-lg4ff +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-lg4ff @@ -12,7 +12,9 @@ KernelVersion: 4.1 Contact: Michal Malý <madcatxster@devoid-pointer.net> Description: Displays a set of alternate modes supported by a wheel. Each mode is listed as follows: + Tag: Mode Name + Currently active mode is marked with an asterisk. List also contains an abstract item "native" which always denotes the native mode of the wheel. Echoing the mode tag switches the @@ -24,24 +26,30 @@ Description: Displays a set of alternate modes supported by a wheel. Each This entry is not created for devices that have only one mode. Currently supported mode switches: - Driving Force Pro: + + Driving Force Pro:: + DF-EX --> DFP - G25: + G25:: + DF-EX --> DFP --> G25 - G27: + G27:: + DF-EX <*> DFP <-> G25 <-> G27 DF-EX <*--------> G25 <-> G27 DF-EX <*----------------> G27 - G29: + G29:: + DF-EX <*> DFP <-> G25 <-> G27 <-> G29 DF-EX <*--------> G25 <-> G27 <-> G29 DF-EX <*----------------> G27 <-> G29 DF-EX <*------------------------> G29 - DFGT: + DFGT:: + DF-EX <*> DFP <-> DFGT DF-EX <*--------> DFGT diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-ntrig b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-ntrig index e574a5625efe..0e323a5cec6c 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-ntrig +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-ntrig @@ -29,12 +29,13 @@ Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org Description: Threholds to override activation slack. - activation_width: (RW) Width threshold to immediately + ================= ===================================== + activation_width (RW) Width threshold to immediately start processing touch events. - activation_height: (RW) Height threshold to immediately + activation_height (RW) Height threshold to immediately start processing touch events. - + ================= ===================================== What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/ntrig/<dev>/min_width What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/ntrig/<dev>/min_height @@ -44,11 +45,13 @@ Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org Description: Minimum size contact accepted. - min_width: (RW) Minimum touch contact width to decide + ========== =========================================== + min_width (RW) Minimum touch contact width to decide activation and activity. - min_height: (RW) Minimum touch contact height to decide + min_height (RW) Minimum touch contact height to decide activation and activity. + ========== =========================================== What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/ntrig/<dev>/sensor_physical_width diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kone b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kone index 8f7982c70d72..11cd9bf0ad18 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kone +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kone @@ -3,17 +3,21 @@ Date: March 2010 Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> Description: It is possible to switch the dpi setting of the mouse with the press of a button. + When read, this file returns the raw number of the actual dpi setting reported by the mouse. This number has to be further processed to receive the real dpi value: + ===== ===== VALUE DPI + ===== ===== 1 800 2 1200 3 1600 4 2000 5 2400 6 3200 + ===== ===== This file is readonly. Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net @@ -22,6 +26,7 @@ What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid- Date: March 2010 Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> Description: When read, this file returns the number of the actual profile. + This file is readonly. Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net @@ -33,6 +38,7 @@ Description: When read, this file returns the raw integer version number of the further usage in other programs. To receive the real version number the decimal point has to be shifted 2 positions to the left. E.g. a returned value of 138 means 1.38 + This file is readonly. Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net @@ -43,10 +49,13 @@ Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the press of a button. A profile holds information like button mappings, sensitivity, the colors of the 5 leds and light effects. + When read, these files return the respective profile. The returned data is 975 bytes in size. + When written, this file lets one write the respective profile data back to the mouse. The data has to be 975 bytes long. + The mouse will reject invalid data, whereas the profile number stored in the profile doesn't need to fit the number of the store. @@ -58,6 +67,7 @@ Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> Description: When read, this file returns the settings stored in the mouse. The size of the data is 36 bytes and holds information like the startup_profile, tcu state and calibration_data. + When written, this file lets write settings back to the mouse. The data has to be 36 bytes long. The mouse will reject invalid data. @@ -67,8 +77,10 @@ What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid- Date: March 2010 Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> Description: The integer value of this attribute ranges from 1 to 5. + When read, this attribute returns the number of the profile that's active when the mouse is powered on. + When written, this file sets the number of the startup profile and the mouse activates this profile immediately. Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net @@ -80,9 +92,12 @@ Description: The mouse has a "Tracking Control Unit" which lets the user calibrate the laser power to fit the mousepad surface. When read, this file returns the current state of the TCU, where 0 means off and 1 means on. + Writing 0 in this file will switch the TCU off. + Writing 1 in this file will start the calibration which takes around 6 seconds to complete and activates the TCU. + Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/weight @@ -93,14 +108,18 @@ Description: The mouse can be equipped with one of four supplied weights and its value can be read out. When read, this file returns the raw value returned by the mouse which eases further processing in other software. + The values map to the weights as follows: + ===== ====== VALUE WEIGHT + ===== ====== 0 none 1 5g 2 10g 3 15g 4 20g + ===== ====== This file is readonly. Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-wiimote b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-wiimote index 39dfa5cb1cc5..3bf43d9dcdfe 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-wiimote +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-wiimote @@ -20,6 +20,7 @@ Description: This file contains the currently connected and initialized the official Nintendo Nunchuck extension and classic is the Nintendo Classic Controller extension. The motionp extension can be combined with the other two. + Starting with kernel-version 3.11 Motion Plus hotplugging is supported and if detected, it's no longer reported as static extension. You will get uevent notifications for the motion-plus @@ -39,9 +40,13 @@ Description: While a device is initialized by the wiimote driver, we perform Other strings for each device-type are available and may be added if new device-specific detections are added. Currently supported are: - gen10: First Wii Remote generation - gen20: Second Wii Remote Plus generation (builtin MP) + + ============= ======================================= + gen10: First Wii Remote generation + gen20: Second Wii Remote Plus generation + (builtin MP) balanceboard: Wii Balance Board + ============= ======================================= What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/wiimote/<dev>/bboard_calib Date: May 2013 @@ -54,6 +59,7 @@ Description: This attribute is only provided if the device was detected as a First, 0kg values for all 4 sensors are written, followed by the 17kg values for all 4 sensors and last the 34kg values for all 4 sensors. + Calibration data is already applied by the kernel to all input values but may be used by user-space to perform other transformations. @@ -68,9 +74,11 @@ Description: This attribute is only provided if the device was detected as a is prefixed with a +/-. Each value is a signed 16bit number. Data is encoded as decimal numbers and specifies the offsets of the analog sticks of the pro-controller. + Calibration data is already applied by the kernel to all input values but may be used by user-space to perform other transformations. + Calibration data is detected by the kernel during device setup. You can write "scan\n" into this file to re-trigger calibration. You can also write data directly in the form "x1:y1 x2:y2" to diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-input-cros-ec-keyb b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-input-cros-ec-keyb new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c7afc2328045 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-input-cros-ec-keyb @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +What: /sys/class/input/input(x)/device/function_row_physmap +Date: January 2021 +Contact: Philip Chen <philipchen@chromium.org> +Description: A space separated list of scancodes for the top row keys, + ordered by the physical positions of the keys, from left + to right. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-input-exc3000 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-input-exc3000 index 3d316d54f81c..704434b277b0 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-input-exc3000 +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-input-exc3000 @@ -4,6 +4,7 @@ Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org Description: Reports the firmware version provided by the touchscreen, for example "00_T6" on a EXC80H60 Access: Read + Valid values: Represented as string What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/xxx/model @@ -12,4 +13,14 @@ Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org Description: Reports the model identification provided by the touchscreen, for example "Orion_1320" on a EXC80H60 Access: Read + + Valid values: Represented as string + +What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/xxx/type +Date: Jan 2021 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: Reports the type identification provided by the touchscreen, for example "PCAP82H80 Series" + + Access: Read + Valid values: Represented as string diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intc_sar b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intc_sar new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ec334b0e5ed9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intc_sar @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/INTC1092:00/intc_reg +Date: August 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.15 +Contact: Shravan S <s.shravan@intel.com>, + An Sudhakar <sudhakar.an@intel.com> +Description: + Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) regulatory mode is typically + derived based on information like mcc (Mobile Country Code) and + mnc (Mobile Network Code) that is available for the currently + attached LTE network. A userspace application is required to set + the current SAR regulatory mode on the Dynamic SAR driver using + this sysfs node. Such an application can also read back using + this sysfs node, the currently configured regulatory mode value + from the Dynamic SAR driver. + + Acceptable regulatory modes are: + == ==== + 0 FCC + 1 CE + 2 ISED + == ==== + + - The regulatory mode value has one of the above values. + - The default regulatory mode used in the driver is 0. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/INTC1092:00/intc_data +Date: August 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.15 +Contact: Shravan S <s.shravan@intel.com>, + An Sudhakar <sudhakar.an@intel.com> +Description: + This sysfs entry is used to retrieve Dynamic SAR information + emitted/maintained by a BIOS that supports Dynamic SAR. + + The retrieved information is in the order given below: + - device_mode + - bandtable_index + - antennatable_index + - sartable_index + + The above information is sent as integer values separated + by a single space. This information can then be pushed to a + WWAN modem that uses this to control the transmit signal + level using the Band/Antenna/SAR table index information. + These parameters are derived/decided by aggregating + device-mode like laptop/tablet/clamshell etc. and the + proximity-sensor data available to the embedded controller on + given host. The regulatory mode configured on Dynamic SAR + driver also influences these values. + + The userspace applications can poll for changes to this file + using POLLPRI event on file-descriptor (fd) obtained by opening + this sysfs entry. Application can then read this information from + the sysfs node and consume the given information. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-i915-hwmon b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-i915-hwmon new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..8d7d8f05f6cd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-i915-hwmon @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../hwmon/hwmon<i>/in0_input +Date: February 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.2 +Contact: intel-gfx@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: RO. Current Voltage in millivolt. + + Only supported for particular Intel i915 graphics platforms. + +What: /sys/devices/.../hwmon/hwmon<i>/power1_max +Date: February 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.2 +Contact: intel-gfx@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: RW. Card reactive sustained (PL1/Tau) power limit in microwatts. + + The power controller will throttle the operating frequency + if the power averaged over a window (typically seconds) + exceeds this limit. A read value of 0 means that the PL1 + power limit is disabled, writing 0 disables the + limit. Writing values > 0 will enable the power limit. + + Only supported for particular Intel i915 graphics platforms. + +What: /sys/devices/.../hwmon/hwmon<i>/power1_rated_max +Date: February 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.2 +Contact: intel-gfx@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: RO. Card default power limit (default TDP setting). + + Only supported for particular Intel i915 graphics platforms. + +What: /sys/devices/.../hwmon/hwmon<i>/power1_max_interval +Date: February 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.2 +Contact: intel-gfx@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: RW. Sustained power limit interval (Tau in PL1/Tau) in + milliseconds over which sustained power is averaged. + + Only supported for particular Intel i915 graphics platforms. + +What: /sys/devices/.../hwmon/hwmon<i>/power1_crit +Date: February 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.2 +Contact: intel-gfx@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: RW. Card reactive critical (I1) power limit in microwatts. + + Card reactive critical (I1) power limit in microwatts is exposed + for client products. The power controller will throttle the + operating frequency if the power averaged over a window exceeds + this limit. + + Only supported for particular Intel i915 graphics platforms. + +What: /sys/devices/.../hwmon/hwmon<i>/curr1_crit +Date: February 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.2 +Contact: intel-gfx@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: RW. Card reactive critical (I1) power limit in milliamperes. + + Card reactive critical (I1) power limit in milliamperes is + exposed for server products. The power controller will throttle + the operating frequency if the power averaged over a window + exceeds this limit. + + Only supported for particular Intel i915 graphics platforms. + +What: /sys/devices/.../hwmon/hwmon<i>/energy1_input +Date: February 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.2 +Contact: intel-gfx@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: RO. Energy input of device or gt in microjoules. + + For i915 device level hwmon devices (name "i915") this + reflects energy input for the entire device. For gt level + hwmon devices (name "i915_gtN") this reflects energy input + for the gt. + + Only supported for particular Intel i915 graphics platforms. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-m10-bmc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-m10-bmc index 979a2d62513f..a8ab58035c95 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-m10-bmc +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-m10-bmc @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -What: /sys/bus/spi/devices/.../bmc_version +What: /sys/bus/.../drivers/intel-m10-bmc/.../bmc_version Date: June 2020 KernelVersion: 5.10 Contact: Xu Yilun <yilun.xu@intel.com> @@ -6,10 +6,31 @@ Description: Read only. Returns the hardware build version of Intel MAX10 BMC chip. Format: "0x%x". -What: /sys/bus/spi/devices/.../bmcfw_version +What: /sys/bus/.../drivers/intel-m10-bmc/.../bmcfw_version Date: June 2020 KernelVersion: 5.10 Contact: Xu Yilun <yilun.xu@intel.com> Description: Read only. Returns the firmware version of Intel MAX10 BMC chip. Format: "0x%x". + +What: /sys/bus/.../drivers/intel-m10-bmc/.../mac_address +Date: January 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: Russ Weight <russell.h.weight@intel.com> +Description: Read only. Returns the first MAC address in a block + of sequential MAC addresses assigned to the board + that is managed by the Intel MAX10 BMC. It is stored in + FLASH storage and is mirrored in the MAX10 BMC register + space. + Format: "%02x:%02x:%02x:%02x:%02x:%02x". + +What: /sys/bus/.../drivers/intel-m10-bmc/.../mac_count +Date: January 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: Russ Weight <russell.h.weight@intel.com> +Description: Read only. Returns the number of sequential MAC + addresses assigned to the board managed by the Intel + MAX10 BMC. This value is stored in FLASH and is mirrored + in the MAX10 BMC register space. + Format: "%u". diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-m10-bmc-sec-update b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-m10-bmc-sec-update new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..0a41afe0ab4c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-m10-bmc-sec-update @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/intel-m10bmc-sec-update/.../security/sr_root_entry_hash +Date: Sep 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.20 +Contact: Russ Weight <russell.h.weight@intel.com> +Description: Read only. Returns the root entry hash for the static + region if one is programmed, else it returns the + string: "hash not programmed". This file is only + visible if the underlying device supports it. + Format: string. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/intel-m10bmc-sec-update/.../security/pr_root_entry_hash +Date: Sep 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.20 +Contact: Russ Weight <russell.h.weight@intel.com> +Description: Read only. Returns the root entry hash for the partial + reconfiguration region if one is programmed, else it + returns the string: "hash not programmed". This file + is only visible if the underlying device supports it. + Format: string. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/intel-m10bmc-sec-update/.../security/bmc_root_entry_hash +Date: Sep 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.20 +Contact: Russ Weight <russell.h.weight@intel.com> +Description: Read only. Returns the root entry hash for the BMC image + if one is programmed, else it returns the string: + "hash not programmed". This file is only visible if the + underlying device supports it. + Format: string. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/intel-m10bmc-sec-update/.../security/sr_canceled_csks +Date: Sep 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.20 +Contact: Russ Weight <russell.h.weight@intel.com> +Description: Read only. Returns a list of indices for canceled code + signing keys for the static region. The standard bitmap + list format is used (e.g. "1,2-6,9"). + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/intel-m10bmc-sec-update/.../security/pr_canceled_csks +Date: Sep 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.20 +Contact: Russ Weight <russell.h.weight@intel.com> +Description: Read only. Returns a list of indices for canceled code + signing keys for the partial reconfiguration region. The + standard bitmap list format is used (e.g. "1,2-6,9"). + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/intel-m10bmc-sec-update/.../security/bmc_canceled_csks +Date: Sep 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.20 +Contact: Russ Weight <russell.h.weight@intel.com> +Description: Read only. Returns a list of indices for canceled code + signing keys for the BMC. The standard bitmap list format + is used (e.g. "1,2-6,9"). + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/intel-m10bmc-sec-update/.../security/flash_count +Date: Sep 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.20 +Contact: Russ Weight <russell.h.weight@intel.com> +Description: Read only. Returns number of times the secure update + staging area has been flashed. + Format: "%u". diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel_sdsi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel_sdsi new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f8afed127107 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel_sdsi @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +What: /sys/bus/auxiliary/devices/intel_vsec.sdsi.X +Date: Feb 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: "David E. Box" <david.e.box@linux.intel.com> +Description: + This directory contains interface files for accessing Intel + On Demand (formerly Software Defined Silicon or SDSi) features + on a CPU. X represents the socket instance (though not the + socket ID). The socket ID is determined by reading the + registers file and decoding it per the specification. + + Some files communicate with On Demand hardware through a + mailbox. Should the operation fail, one of the following error + codes may be returned: + + ========== ===== + Error Code Cause + ========== ===== + EIO General mailbox failure. Log may indicate cause. + EBUSY Mailbox is owned by another agent. + EPERM On Demand capability is not enabled in hardware. + EPROTO Failure in mailbox protocol detected by driver. + See log for details. + EOVERFLOW For provision commands, the size of the data + exceeds what may be written. + ESPIPE Seeking is not allowed. + ETIMEDOUT Failure to complete mailbox transaction in time. + ========== ===== + +What: /sys/bus/auxiliary/devices/intel_vsec.sdsi.X/guid +Date: Feb 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: "David E. Box" <david.e.box@linux.intel.com> +Description: + (RO) The GUID for the registers file. The GUID identifies + the layout of the registers file in this directory. + Information about the register layouts for a particular GUID + is available at http://github.com/intel/intel-sdsi + +What: /sys/bus/auxiliary/devices/intel_vsec.sdsi.X/registers +Date: Feb 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: "David E. Box" <david.e.box@linux.intel.com> +Description: + (RO) Contains information needed by applications to provision + a CPU and monitor status information. The layout of this file + is determined by the GUID in this directory. Information about + the layout for a particular GUID is available at + http://github.com/intel/intel-sdsi + +What: /sys/bus/auxiliary/devices/intel_vsec.sdsi.X/provision_akc +Date: Feb 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: "David E. Box" <david.e.box@linux.intel.com> +Description: + (WO) Used to write an Authentication Key Certificate (AKC) to + the On Demand NVRAM for the CPU. The AKC is used to authenticate + a Capability Activation Payload. Mailbox command. + +What: /sys/bus/auxiliary/devices/intel_vsec.sdsi.X/provision_cap +Date: Feb 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: "David E. Box" <david.e.box@linux.intel.com> +Description: + (WO) Used to write a Capability Activation Payload (CAP) to the + On Demand NVRAM for the CPU. CAPs are used to activate a given + CPU feature. A CAP is validated by On Demand hardware using a + previously provisioned AKC file. Upon successful authentication, + the CPU configuration is updated. A cold reboot is required to + fully activate the feature. Mailbox command. + +What: /sys/bus/auxiliary/devices/intel_vsec.sdsi.X/meter_certificate +Date: Nov 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.2 +Contact: "David E. Box" <david.e.box@linux.intel.com> +Description: + (RO) Used to read back the current meter certificate for the CPU + from Intel On Demand hardware. The meter certificate contains + utilization metrics of On Demand enabled features. Mailbox + command. + +What: /sys/bus/auxiliary/devices/intel_vsec.sdsi.X/state_certificate +Date: Feb 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.18 +Contact: "David E. Box" <david.e.box@linux.intel.com> +Description: + (RO) Used to read back the current state certificate for the CPU + from On Demand hardware. The state certificate contains + information about the current licenses on the CPU. Mailbox + command. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-jz4780-efuse b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-jz4780-efuse index bb6f5d6ceea0..4cf595d681e6 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-jz4780-efuse +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-jz4780-efuse @@ -4,7 +4,9 @@ Contact: PrasannaKumar Muralidharan <prasannatsmkumar@gmail.com> Description: read-only access to the efuse on the Ingenic JZ4780 SoC The SoC has a one time programmable 8K efuse that is split into segments. The driver supports read only. - The segments are + The segments are: + + ===== ======== ================= 0x000 64 bit Random Number 0x008 128 bit Ingenic Chip ID 0x018 128 bit Customer ID @@ -12,5 +14,7 @@ Description: read-only access to the efuse on the Ingenic JZ4780 SoC 0x1E0 8 bit Protect Segment 0x1E1 2296 bit HDMI Key 0x300 2048 bit Security boot key + ===== ======== ================= + Users: any user space application which wants to read the Chip and Customer ID diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-pciback b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-pciback index 73308c2b81b0..49f5fd0c8bbd 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-pciback +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-pciback @@ -7,8 +7,10 @@ Description: the format of DDDD:BB:DD.F-REG:SIZE:MASK will allow the guest to write and read from the PCI device. That is Domain:Bus: Device.Function-Register:Size:Mask (Domain is optional). - For example: - #echo 00:19.0-E0:2:FF > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/pciback/quirks + For example:: + + #echo 00:19.0-E0:2:FF > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/pciback/quirks + will allow the guest to read and write to the configuration register 0x0E. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-qat b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-qat new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ef6d6c57105e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-qat @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat/state +Date: June 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.0 +Contact: qat-linux@intel.com +Description: (RW) Reports the current state of the QAT device. Write to + the file to start or stop the device. + + The values are: + + * up: the device is up and running + * down: the device is down + + + It is possible to transition the device from up to down only + if the device is up and vice versa. + + This attribute is only available for qat_4xxx devices. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat/cfg_services +Date: June 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.0 +Contact: qat-linux@intel.com +Description: (RW) Reports the current configuration of the QAT device. + Write to the file to change the configured services. + + The values are: + + * sym;asym: the device is configured for running crypto + services + * asym;sym: identical to sym;asym + * dc: the device is configured for running compression services + * sym: the device is configured for running symmetric crypto + services + * asym: the device is configured for running asymmetric crypto + services + * asym;dc: the device is configured for running asymmetric + crypto services and compression services + * dc;asym: identical to asym;dc + * sym;dc: the device is configured for running symmetric crypto + services and compression services + * dc;sym: identical to sym;dc + + It is possible to set the configuration only if the device + is in the `down` state (see /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat/state) + + The following example shows how to change the configuration of + a device configured for running crypto services in order to + run data compression:: + + # cat /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat/state + up + # cat /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat/cfg_services + sym;asym + # echo down > /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat/state + # echo dc > /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat/cfg_services + # echo up > /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat/state + # cat /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat/cfg_services + dc + + This attribute is only available for qat_4xxx devices. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat/pm_idle_enabled +Date: June 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.5 +Contact: qat-linux@intel.com +Description: (RW) This configuration option provides a way to force the device into remaining in + the MAX power state. + If idle support is enabled the device will transition to the `MIN` power state when + idle, otherwise will stay in the MAX power state. + Write to the file to enable or disable idle support. + + The values are: + + * 0: idle support is disabled + * 1: idle support is enabled + + Default value is 1. + + It is possible to set the pm_idle_enabled value only if the device + is in the `down` state (see /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat/state) + + The following example shows how to change the pm_idle_enabled of + a device:: + + # cat /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat/state + up + # cat /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat/pm_idle_enabled + 1 + # echo down > /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat/state + # echo 0 > /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat/pm_idle_enabled + # echo up > /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat/state + # cat /sys/bus/pci/devices/<BDF>/qat/pm_idle_enabled + 0 + + This attribute is only available for qat_4xxx devices. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-samsung-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-samsung-laptop index 34d3a3359cf4..28c9c040de5d 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-samsung-laptop +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-samsung-laptop @@ -9,10 +9,12 @@ Description: Some Samsung laptops have different "performance levels" their fans quiet at all costs. Reading from this file will show the current performance level. Writing to the file can change this value. + Valid options: - "silent" - "normal" - "overclock" + - "silent" + - "normal" + - "overclock" + Note that not all laptops support all of these options. Specifically, not all support the "overclock" option, and it's still unknown if this value even changes @@ -25,8 +27,9 @@ Contact: Corentin Chary <corentin.chary@gmail.com> Description: Max battery charge level can be modified, battery cycle life can be extended by reducing the max battery charge level. - 0 means normal battery mode (100% charge) - 1 means battery life extender mode (80% charge) + + - 0 means normal battery mode (100% charge) + - 1 means battery life extender mode (80% charge) What: /sys/devices/platform/samsung/usb_charge Date: December 1, 2011 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_acpi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_acpi index f34221b52b14..e5a438d84e1f 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_acpi +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_acpi @@ -4,10 +4,12 @@ KernelVersion: 3.15 Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> Description: This file controls the keyboard backlight operation mode, valid values are: + * 0x1 -> FN-Z * 0x2 -> AUTO (also called TIMER) * 0x8 -> ON * 0x10 -> OFF + Note that from kernel 3.16 onwards this file accepts all listed parameters, kernel 3.15 only accepts the first two (FN-Z and AUTO). @@ -41,8 +43,10 @@ KernelVersion: 3.15 Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> Description: This files controls the status of the touchpad and pointing stick (if available), valid values are: + * 0 -> OFF * 1 -> ON + Users: KToshiba What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/available_kbd_modes @@ -51,10 +55,12 @@ KernelVersion: 3.16 Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> Description: This file shows the supported keyboard backlight modes the system supports, which can be: + * 0x1 -> FN-Z * 0x2 -> AUTO (also called TIMER) * 0x8 -> ON * 0x10 -> OFF + Note that not all keyboard types support the listed modes. See the entry named "available_kbd_modes" Users: KToshiba @@ -65,6 +71,7 @@ KernelVersion: 3.16 Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> Description: This file shows the current keyboard backlight type, which can be: + * 1 -> Type 1, supporting modes FN-Z and AUTO * 2 -> Type 2, supporting modes TIMER, ON and OFF Users: KToshiba @@ -75,10 +82,12 @@ KernelVersion: 4.0 Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> Description: This file controls the USB Sleep & Charge charging mode, which can be: + * 0 -> Disabled (0x00) * 1 -> Alternate (0x09) * 2 -> Auto (0x21) * 3 -> Typical (0x11) + Note that from kernel 4.1 onwards this file accepts all listed values, kernel 4.0 only supports the first three. Note that this feature only works when connected to power, if @@ -93,8 +102,10 @@ Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> Description: This file controls the USB Sleep Functions under battery, and set the level at which point they will be disabled, accepted values can be: + * 0 -> Disabled * 1-100 -> Battery level to disable sleep functions + Currently it prints two values, the first one indicates if the feature is enabled or disabled, while the second one shows the current battery level set. @@ -107,8 +118,10 @@ Date: January 23, 2015 KernelVersion: 4.0 Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> Description: This file controls the USB Rapid Charge state, which can be: + * 0 -> Disabled * 1 -> Enabled + Note that toggling this value requires a reboot for changes to take effect. Users: KToshiba @@ -118,8 +131,10 @@ Date: January 23, 2015 KernelVersion: 4.0 Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> Description: This file controls the Sleep & Music state, which values can be: + * 0 -> Disabled * 1 -> Enabled + Note that this feature only works when connected to power, if you want to use it under battery, see the entry named "sleep_functions_on_battery" @@ -138,6 +153,7 @@ KernelVersion: 4.0 Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> Description: This file controls the state of the internal fan, valid values are: + * 0 -> OFF * 1 -> ON @@ -147,8 +163,10 @@ KernelVersion: 4.0 Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> Description: This file controls the Special Functions (hotkeys) operation mode, valid values are: + * 0 -> Normal Operation * 1 -> Special Functions + In the "Normal Operation" mode, the F{1-12} keys are as usual and the hotkeys are accessed via FN-F{1-12}. In the "Special Functions" mode, the F{1-12} keys trigger the @@ -163,8 +181,10 @@ KernelVersion: 4.0 Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> Description: This file controls whether the laptop should turn ON whenever the LID is opened, valid values are: + * 0 -> Disabled * 1 -> Enabled + Note that toggling this value requires a reboot for changes to take effect. Users: KToshiba @@ -174,8 +194,10 @@ Date: February 12, 2015 KernelVersion: 4.0 Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> Description: This file controls the USB 3 functionality, valid values are: + * 0 -> Disabled (Acts as a regular USB 2) * 1 -> Enabled (Full USB 3 functionality) + Note that toggling this value requires a reboot for changes to take effect. Users: KToshiba @@ -188,10 +210,14 @@ Description: This file controls the Cooling Method feature. Reading this file prints two values, the first is the actual cooling method and the second is the maximum cooling method supported. When the maximum cooling method is ONE, valid values are: + * 0 -> Maximum Performance * 1 -> Battery Optimized + When the maximum cooling method is TWO, valid values are: + * 0 -> Maximum Performance * 1 -> Performance * 2 -> Battery Optimized + Users: KToshiba diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_haps b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_haps index a662370b4dbf..c938690ce10d 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_haps +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_haps @@ -4,10 +4,12 @@ KernelVersion: 3.17 Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> Description: This file controls the built-in accelerometer protection level, valid values are: + * 0 -> Disabled * 1 -> Low * 2 -> Medium * 3 -> High + The default potection value is set to 2 (Medium). Users: KToshiba diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-typec-displayport b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-typec-displayport index 231471ad0d4b..256c87c5219a 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-typec-displayport +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-typec-displayport @@ -47,3 +47,18 @@ Description: USB SuperSpeed protocol. From user perspective pin assignments C and E are equal, where all channels on the connector are used for carrying DisplayPort protocol (allowing higher resolutions). + +What: /sys/bus/typec/devices/.../displayport/hpd +Date: Dec 2022 +Contact: Badhri Jagan Sridharan <badhri@google.com> +Description: + VESA DisplayPort Alt Mode on USB Type-C Standard defines how + HotPlugDetect(HPD) shall be supported on the USB-C connector when + operating in DisplayPort Alt Mode. This is a read only node which + reflects the current state of HPD. + + Valid values: + - 1: when HPD’s logical state is high (HPD_High) as defined + by VESA DisplayPort Alt Mode on USB Type-C Standard. + - 0 when HPD’s logical state is low (HPD_Low) as defined by + VESA DisplayPort Alt Mode on USB Type-C Standard. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-uacce b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-uacce index 08f2591138af..d3f0b8f3c589 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-uacce +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-uacce @@ -19,6 +19,24 @@ Contact: linux-accelerators@lists.ozlabs.org Description: Available instances left of the device Return -ENODEV if uacce_ops get_available_instances is not provided +What: /sys/class/uacce/<dev_name>/isolate_strategy +Date: Nov 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: linux-accelerators@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: (RW) A sysfs node that configure the error threshold for the hardware + isolation strategy. This size is a configured integer value, which is the + number of threshold for hardware errors occurred in one hour. The default is 0. + 0 means never isolate the device. The maximum value is 65535. You can write + a number of threshold based on your hardware. + +What: /sys/class/uacce/<dev_name>/isolate +Date: Nov 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: linux-accelerators@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: (R) A sysfs node that read the device isolated state. The value 1 + means the device is unavailable. The 0 means the device is + available. + What: /sys/class/uacce/<dev_name>/algorithms Date: Feb 2020 KernelVersion: 5.7 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ufs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ufs index d1a352194d2e..e487f969a15e 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ufs +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ufs @@ -13,65 +13,80 @@ Description: Interface specification for more details. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/device_type +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/device_descriptor/device_type Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows the device type. This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/device_class +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/device_descriptor/device_class Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows the device class. This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/device_sub_class +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/device_descriptor/device_sub_class Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows the UFS storage subclass. This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/protocol +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/device_descriptor/protocol Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows the protocol supported by an UFS device. This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/number_of_luns +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/device_descriptor/number_of_luns Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows number of logical units. This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/number_of_wluns +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/device_descriptor/number_of_wluns Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows number of well known logical units. This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/boot_enable +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/device_descriptor/boot_enable Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows value that indicates whether the device is enabled for boot. This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/descriptor_access_enable +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/device_descriptor/descriptor_access_enable Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows value that indicates whether the device @@ -79,145 +94,179 @@ Description: This file shows value that indicates whether the device of the boot sequence. This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/initial_power_mode +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/device_descriptor/initial_power_mode Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows value that defines the power mode after device initialization or hardware reset. This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/high_priority_lun +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/device_descriptor/high_priority_lun Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows the high priority lun. This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/secure_removal_type +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/device_descriptor/secure_removal_type Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows the secure removal type. This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/support_security_lun +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/device_descriptor/support_security_lun Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows whether the security lun is supported. This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/bkops_termination_latency +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/device_descriptor/bkops_termination_latency Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows the background operations termination latency. This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/initial_active_icc_level +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/device_descriptor/initial_active_icc_level Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows the initial active ICC level. This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/specification_version +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/device_descriptor/specification_version Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows the specification version. This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/manufacturing_date +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/device_descriptor/manufacturing_date Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows the manufacturing date in BCD format. This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/manufacturer_id +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/device_descriptor/manufacturer_id Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> -Description: This file shows the manufacturee ID. This is one of the +Description: This file shows the manufacturer ID. This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/rtt_capability +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/device_descriptor/rtt_capability Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows the maximum number of outstanding RTTs supported by the device. This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/rtc_update +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/device_descriptor/rtc_update Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows the frequency and method of the realtime clock update. This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/ufs_features +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/device_descriptor/ufs_features Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows which features are supported by the device. This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/ffu_timeout +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/device_descriptor/ffu_timeout Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows the FFU timeout. This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/queue_depth +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/device_descriptor/queue_depth Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows the device queue depth. This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/device_version +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/device_descriptor/device_version Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows the device version. This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/number_of_secure_wpa +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/device_descriptor/number_of_secure_wpa Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows number of secure write protect areas supported by the device. This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/psa_max_data_size +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/device_descriptor/psa_max_data_size Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows the maximum amount of data that may be @@ -225,38 +274,46 @@ Description: This file shows the maximum amount of data that may be This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/psa_state_timeout +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/device_descriptor/psa_state_timeout Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows the command maximum timeout for a change in PSA state. This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/interconnect_descriptor/unipro_version +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/interconnect_descriptor/unipro_version Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows the MIPI UniPro version number in BCD format. This is one of the UFS interconnect descriptor parameters. The full information about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/interconnect_descriptor/mphy_version +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/interconnect_descriptor/mphy_version Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows the MIPI M-PHY version number in BCD format. This is one of the UFS interconnect descriptor parameters. The full information about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/raw_device_capacity +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/geometry_descriptor/raw_device_capacity Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows the total memory quantity available to @@ -264,123 +321,151 @@ Description: This file shows the total memory quantity available to of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full information about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/max_number_of_luns +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/geometry_descriptor/max_number_of_luns Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows the maximum number of logical units supported by the UFS device. This is one of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full information about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/segment_size +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/geometry_descriptor/segment_size Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows the segment size. This is one of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full information about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/allocation_unit_size +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/geometry_descriptor/allocation_unit_size Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows the allocation unit size. This is one of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full information about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/min_addressable_block_size +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/geometry_descriptor/min_addressable_block_size Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows the minimum addressable block size. This is one of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full information about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/optimal_read_block_size +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/geometry_descriptor/optimal_read_block_size Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows the optimal read block size. This is one of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full information about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/optimal_write_block_size +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/geometry_descriptor/optimal_write_block_size Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows the optimal write block size. This is one of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full information about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/max_in_buffer_size +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/geometry_descriptor/max_in_buffer_size Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows the maximum data-in buffer size. This is one of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full information about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/max_out_buffer_size +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/geometry_descriptor/max_out_buffer_size Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows the maximum data-out buffer size. This is one of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full information about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/rpmb_rw_size +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/geometry_descriptor/rpmb_rw_size Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows the maximum number of RPMB frames allowed in Security Protocol In/Out. This is one of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full information about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/dyn_capacity_resource_policy +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/geometry_descriptor/dyn_capacity_resource_policy Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows the dynamic capacity resource policy. This is one of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full information about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/data_ordering +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/geometry_descriptor/data_ordering Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows support for out-of-order data transfer. This is one of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full information about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/max_number_of_contexts +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/geometry_descriptor/max_number_of_contexts Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows maximum available number of contexts which are supported by the device. This is one of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full information about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/sys_data_tag_unit_size +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/geometry_descriptor/sys_data_tag_unit_size Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows system data tag unit size. This is one of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full information about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/sys_data_tag_resource_size +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/geometry_descriptor/sys_data_tag_resource_size Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows maximum storage area size allocated by @@ -388,27 +473,33 @@ Description: This file shows maximum storage area size allocated by This is one of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full information about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/secure_removal_types +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/geometry_descriptor/secure_removal_types Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows supported secure removal types. This is one of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full information about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/memory_types +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/geometry_descriptor/memory_types Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows supported memory types. This is one of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full information about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/*_memory_max_alloc_units +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/geometry_descriptor/*_memory_max_alloc_units Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows the maximum number of allocation units for @@ -416,9 +507,11 @@ Description: This file shows the maximum number of allocation units for enhanced type 1-4). This is one of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full information about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/*_memory_capacity_adjustment_factor +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/geometry_descriptor/*_memory_capacity_adjustment_factor Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows the memory capacity adjustment factor for @@ -426,83 +519,102 @@ Description: This file shows the memory capacity adjustment factor for enhanced type 1-4). This is one of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full information about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/health_descriptor/eol_info +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/health_descriptor/eol_info Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows preend of life information. This is one of the UFS health descriptor parameters. The full information about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/health_descriptor/life_time_estimation_a +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/health_descriptor/life_time_estimation_a Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows indication of the device life time (method a). This is one of the UFS health descriptor parameters. The full information about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/health_descriptor/life_time_estimation_b +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/health_descriptor/life_time_estimation_b Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows indication of the device life time (method b). This is one of the UFS health descriptor parameters. The full information about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/power_descriptor/active_icc_levels_vcc* +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/power_descriptor/active_icc_levels_vcc* Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows maximum VCC, VCCQ and VCCQ2 value for active ICC levels from 0 to 15. This is one of the UFS power descriptor parameters. The full information about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/string_descriptors/manufacturer_name +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/string_descriptors/manufacturer_name Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> -Description: This file contains a device manufactureer name string. +Description: This file contains a device manufacturer name string. The full information about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/string_descriptors/product_name +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/string_descriptors/product_name Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file contains a product name string. The full information about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/string_descriptors/oem_id +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/string_descriptors/oem_id Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file contains a OEM ID string. The full information about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/string_descriptors/serial_number +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/string_descriptors/serial_number Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file contains a device serial number string. The full information about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/string_descriptors/product_revision +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/string_descriptors/product_revision Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file contains a product revision string. The full information about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. @@ -512,6 +624,7 @@ Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows boot LUN information. This is one of the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full information about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/lun_write_protect @@ -520,6 +633,7 @@ Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows LUN write protection status. This is one of the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full information about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/lun_queue_depth @@ -528,6 +642,7 @@ Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows LUN queue depth. This is one of the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full information about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/psa_sensitive @@ -536,6 +651,7 @@ Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows PSA sensitivity. This is one of the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full information about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/lun_memory_type @@ -544,6 +660,7 @@ Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows LUN memory type. This is one of the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full information about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/data_reliability @@ -553,6 +670,7 @@ Description: This file defines the device behavior when a power failure occurs during a write operation. This is one of the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full information about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/logical_block_size @@ -562,6 +680,7 @@ Description: This file shows the size of addressable logical blocks (calculated as an exponent with base 2). This is one of the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full information about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/logical_block_count @@ -571,6 +690,7 @@ Description: This file shows total number of addressable logical blocks. This is one of the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full information about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/erase_block_size @@ -579,6 +699,7 @@ Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows the erase block size. This is one of the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full information about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/provisioning_type @@ -587,6 +708,7 @@ Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows the thin provisioning type. This is one of the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full information about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/physical_memory_resourse_count @@ -595,6 +717,7 @@ Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows the total physical memory resources. This is one of the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full information about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/context_capabilities @@ -603,6 +726,7 @@ Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows the context capabilities. This is one of the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full information about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/large_unit_granularity @@ -611,147 +735,183 @@ Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows the granularity of the LUN. This is one of the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full information about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/device_init +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/flags/device_init Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows the device init status. The full information about the flag could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/permanent_wpe +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/flags/permanent_wpe Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows whether permanent write protection is enabled. The full information about the flag could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/power_on_wpe +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/flags/power_on_wpe Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows whether write protection is enabled on all logical units configured as power on write protected. The full information about the flag could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/bkops_enable +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/flags/bkops_enable Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows whether the device background operations are enabled. The full information about the flag could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/life_span_mode_enable +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/flags/life_span_mode_enable Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows whether the device life span mode is enabled. The full information about the flag could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/phy_resource_removal +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/flags/phy_resource_removal Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows whether physical resource removal is enable. The full information about the flag could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/busy_rtc +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/flags/busy_rtc Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows whether the device is executing internal operation related to real time clock. The full information about the flag could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/disable_fw_update +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/flags/disable_fw_update Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows whether the device FW update is permanently disabled. The full information about the flag could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/boot_lun_enabled +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/attributes/boot_lun_enabled Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file provides the boot lun enabled UFS device attribute. The full information about the attribute could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/current_power_mode +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/attributes/current_power_mode Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file provides the current power mode UFS device attribute. The full information about the attribute could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/active_icc_level +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/attributes/active_icc_level Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file provides the active icc level UFS device attribute. The full information about the attribute could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/ooo_data_enabled +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/attributes/ooo_data_enabled Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file provides the out of order data transfer enabled UFS device attribute. The full information about the attribute could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/bkops_status +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/attributes/bkops_status Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file provides the background operations status UFS device attribute. The full information about the attribute could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/purge_status +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/attributes/purge_status Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file provides the purge operation status UFS device attribute. The full information about the attribute could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/max_data_in_size +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/attributes/max_data_in_size Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows the maximum data size in a DATA IN UPIU. The full information about the attribute could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/max_data_out_size +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/attributes/max_data_out_size Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows the maximum number of bytes that can be requested with a READY TO TRANSFER UPIU. The full information about the attribute could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/reference_clock_frequency +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/attributes/reference_clock_frequency Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file provides the reference clock frequency UFS device attribute. The full information about the attribute could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/configuration_descriptor_lock +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/attributes/configuration_descriptor_lock Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows whether the configuration descriptor is locked. @@ -759,176 +919,368 @@ Description: This file shows whether the configuration descriptor is locked. UFS specifications 2.1. The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/max_number_of_rtt +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/attributes/max_number_of_rtt Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file provides the maximum current number of outstanding RTTs in device that is allowed. The full information about the attribute could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/exception_event_control +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/attributes/exception_event_control Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file provides the exception event control UFS device attribute. The full information about the attribute could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/exception_event_status +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/attributes/exception_event_status Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file provides the exception event status UFS device attribute. The full information about the attribute could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/ffu_status +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/attributes/ffu_status Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file provides the ffu status UFS device attribute. The full information about the attribute could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/psa_state +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/attributes/psa_state Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file show the PSA feature status. The full information about the attribute could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/psa_data_size +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/attributes/psa_data_size Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> Description: This file shows the amount of data that the host plans to load to all logical units in pre-soldering state. The full information about the attribute could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/dyn_cap_needed Date: February 2018 Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> -Description: This file shows the The amount of physical memory needed +Description: This file shows the amount of physical memory needed to be removed from the physical memory resources pool of the particular logical unit. The full information about the attribute could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/rpm_lvl +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/rpm_lvl Date: September 2014 -Contact: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org> +Contact: Can Guo <quic_cang@quicinc.com> Description: This entry could be used to set or show the UFS device runtime power management level. The current driver - implementation supports 6 levels with next target states: - 0 - an UFS device will stay active, an UIC link will - stay active - 1 - an UFS device will stay active, an UIC link will - hibernate - 2 - an UFS device will moved to sleep, an UIC link will - stay active - 3 - an UFS device will moved to sleep, an UIC link will - hibernate - 4 - an UFS device will be powered off, an UIC link will - hibernate - 5 - an UFS device will be powered off, an UIC link will - be powered off + implementation supports 7 levels with next target states: + + == ==================================================== + 0 UFS device will stay active, UIC link will + stay active + 1 UFS device will stay active, UIC link will + hibernate + 2 UFS device will be moved to sleep, UIC link will + stay active + 3 UFS device will be moved to sleep, UIC link will + hibernate + 4 UFS device will be powered off, UIC link will + hibernate + 5 UFS device will be powered off, UIC link will + be powered off + 6 UFS device will be moved to deep sleep, UIC link + will be powered off. Note, deep sleep might not be + supported in which case this value will not be + accepted + == ==================================================== What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/rpm_target_dev_state +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/rpm_target_dev_state Date: February 2018 -Contact: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org> +Contact: Can Guo <quic_cang@quicinc.com> Description: This entry shows the target power mode of an UFS device for the chosen runtime power management level. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/rpm_target_link_state +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/rpm_target_link_state Date: February 2018 -Contact: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org> +Contact: Can Guo <quic_cang@quicinc.com> Description: This entry shows the target state of an UFS UIC link for the chosen runtime power management level. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/spm_lvl +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/spm_lvl Date: September 2014 -Contact: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org> +Contact: Can Guo <quic_cang@quicinc.com> Description: This entry could be used to set or show the UFS device system power management level. The current driver - implementation supports 6 levels with next target states: - 0 - an UFS device will stay active, an UIC link will - stay active - 1 - an UFS device will stay active, an UIC link will - hibernate - 2 - an UFS device will moved to sleep, an UIC link will - stay active - 3 - an UFS device will moved to sleep, an UIC link will - hibernate - 4 - an UFS device will be powered off, an UIC link will - hibernate - 5 - an UFS device will be powered off, an UIC link will - be powered off + implementation supports 7 levels with next target states: + + == ==================================================== + 0 UFS device will stay active, UIC link will + stay active + 1 UFS device will stay active, UIC link will + hibernate + 2 UFS device will be moved to sleep, UIC link will + stay active + 3 UFS device will be moved to sleep, UIC link will + hibernate + 4 UFS device will be powered off, UIC link will + hibernate + 5 UFS device will be powered off, UIC link will + be powered off + 6 UFS device will be moved to deep sleep, UIC link + will be powered off. Note, deep sleep might not be + supported in which case this value will not be + accepted + == ==================================================== What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/spm_target_dev_state +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/spm_target_dev_state Date: February 2018 -Contact: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org> +Contact: Can Guo <quic_cang@quicinc.com> Description: This entry shows the target power mode of an UFS device for the chosen system power management level. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/spm_target_link_state +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/spm_target_link_state Date: February 2018 -Contact: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org> +Contact: Can Guo <quic_cang@quicinc.com> Description: This entry shows the target state of an UFS UIC link for the chosen system power management level. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/monitor/monitor_enable +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/monitor/monitor_enable +Date: January 2021 +Contact: Can Guo <quic_cang@quicinc.com> +Description: This file shows the status of performance monitor enablement + and it can be used to start/stop the monitor. When the monitor + is stopped, the performance data collected is also cleared. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/monitor/monitor_chunk_size +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/monitor/monitor_chunk_size +Date: January 2021 +Contact: Can Guo <quic_cang@quicinc.com> +Description: This file tells the monitor to focus on requests transferring + data of specific chunk size (in Bytes). 0 means any chunk size. + It can only be changed when monitor is disabled. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/monitor/read_total_sectors +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/monitor/read_total_sectors +Date: January 2021 +Contact: Can Guo <quic_cang@quicinc.com> +Description: This file shows how many sectors (in 512 Bytes) have been + sent from device to host after monitor gets started. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/monitor/read_total_busy +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/monitor/read_total_busy +Date: January 2021 +Contact: Can Guo <quic_cang@quicinc.com> +Description: This file shows how long (in micro seconds) has been spent + sending data from device to host after monitor gets started. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/monitor/read_nr_requests +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/monitor/read_nr_requests +Date: January 2021 +Contact: Can Guo <quic_cang@quicinc.com> +Description: This file shows how many read requests have been sent after + monitor gets started. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/monitor/read_req_latency_max +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/monitor/read_req_latency_max +Date: January 2021 +Contact: Can Guo <quic_cang@quicinc.com> +Description: This file shows the maximum latency (in micro seconds) of + read requests after monitor gets started. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/monitor/read_req_latency_min +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/monitor/read_req_latency_min +Date: January 2021 +Contact: Can Guo <quic_cang@quicinc.com> +Description: This file shows the minimum latency (in micro seconds) of + read requests after monitor gets started. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/monitor/read_req_latency_avg +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/monitor/read_req_latency_avg +Date: January 2021 +Contact: Can Guo <quic_cang@quicinc.com> +Description: This file shows the average latency (in micro seconds) of + read requests after monitor gets started. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/monitor/read_req_latency_sum +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/monitor/read_req_latency_sum +Date: January 2021 +Contact: Can Guo <quic_cang@quicinc.com> +Description: This file shows the total latency (in micro seconds) of + read requests sent after monitor gets started. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/monitor/write_total_sectors +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/monitor/write_total_sectors +Date: January 2021 +Contact: Can Guo <quic_cang@quicinc.com> +Description: This file shows how many sectors (in 512 Bytes) have been sent + from host to device after monitor gets started. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/monitor/write_total_busy +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/monitor/write_total_busy +Date: January 2021 +Contact: Can Guo <quic_cang@quicinc.com> +Description: This file shows how long (in micro seconds) has been spent + sending data from host to device after monitor gets started. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/monitor/write_nr_requests +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/monitor/write_nr_requests +Date: January 2021 +Contact: Can Guo <quic_cang@quicinc.com> +Description: This file shows how many write requests have been sent after + monitor gets started. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/monitor/write_req_latency_max +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/monitor/write_req_latency_max +Date: January 2021 +Contact: Can Guo <quic_cang@quicinc.com> +Description: This file shows the maximum latency (in micro seconds) of write + requests after monitor gets started. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/monitor/write_req_latency_min +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/monitor/write_req_latency_min +Date: January 2021 +Contact: Can Guo <quic_cang@quicinc.com> +Description: This file shows the minimum latency (in micro seconds) of write + requests after monitor gets started. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/monitor/write_req_latency_avg +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/monitor/write_req_latency_avg +Date: January 2021 +Contact: Can Guo <quic_cang@quicinc.com> +Description: This file shows the average latency (in micro seconds) of write + requests after monitor gets started. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/monitor/write_req_latency_sum +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/monitor/write_req_latency_sum +Date: January 2021 +Contact: Can Guo <quic_cang@quicinc.com> +Description: This file shows the total latency (in micro seconds) of write + requests after monitor gets started. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/wb_presv_us_en +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/device_descriptor/wb_presv_us_en Date: June 2020 -Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org> +Contact: Asutosh Das <quic_asutoshd@quicinc.com> Description: This entry shows if preserve user-space was configured + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/wb_shared_alloc_units +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/device_descriptor/wb_shared_alloc_units Date: June 2020 -Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org> +Contact: Asutosh Das <quic_asutoshd@quicinc.com> Description: This entry shows the shared allocated units of WB buffer + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/wb_type +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/device_descriptor/wb_type Date: June 2020 -Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org> +Contact: Asutosh Das <quic_asutoshd@quicinc.com> Description: This entry shows the configured WB type. 0x1 for shared buffer mode. 0x0 for dedicated buffer mode. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/wb_buff_cap_adj +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/geometry_descriptor/wb_buff_cap_adj Date: June 2020 -Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org> +Contact: Asutosh Das <quic_asutoshd@quicinc.com> Description: This entry shows the total user-space decrease in shared buffer mode. The value of this parameter is 3 for TLC NAND when SLC mode is used as WriteBooster Buffer. 2 for MLC NAND. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/wb_max_alloc_units +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/geometry_descriptor/wb_max_alloc_units Date: June 2020 -Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org> +Contact: Asutosh Das <quic_asutoshd@quicinc.com> Description: This entry shows the Maximum total WriteBooster Buffer size which is supported by the entire device. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/wb_max_wb_luns +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/geometry_descriptor/wb_max_wb_luns Date: June 2020 -Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org> +Contact: Asutosh Das <quic_asutoshd@quicinc.com> Description: This entry shows the maximum number of luns that can support WriteBooster. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/wb_sup_red_type +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/geometry_descriptor/wb_sup_red_type Date: June 2020 -Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org> +Contact: Asutosh Das <quic_asutoshd@quicinc.com> Description: The supportability of user space reduction mode and preserve user space mode. 00h: WriteBooster Buffer can be configured only in @@ -937,85 +1289,435 @@ Description: The supportability of user space reduction mode preserve user space type. 02h: Device can be configured in either user space reduction type or preserve user space type. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/wb_sup_wb_type +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/geometry_descriptor/wb_sup_wb_type Date: June 2020 -Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org> +Contact: Asutosh Das <quic_asutoshd@quicinc.com> Description: The supportability of WriteBooster Buffer type. - 00h: LU based WriteBooster Buffer configuration - 01h: Single shared WriteBooster Buffer - configuration - 02h: Supporting both LU based WriteBooster - Buffer and Single shared WriteBooster Buffer - configuration + + === ========================================================== + 00h LU based WriteBooster Buffer configuration + 01h Single shared WriteBooster Buffer configuration + 02h Supporting both LU based WriteBooster. + Buffer and Single shared WriteBooster Buffer configuration + === ========================================================== + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/wb_enable +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/flags/wb_enable Date: June 2020 -Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org> +Contact: Asutosh Das <quic_asutoshd@quicinc.com> Description: This entry shows the status of WriteBooster. - 0: WriteBooster is not enabled. - 1: WriteBooster is enabled + + == ============================ + 0 WriteBooster is not enabled. + 1 WriteBooster is enabled + == ============================ + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/wb_flush_en +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/flags/wb_flush_en Date: June 2020 -Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org> +Contact: Asutosh Das <quic_asutoshd@quicinc.com> Description: This entry shows if flush is enabled. - 0: Flush operation is not performed. - 1: Flush operation is performed. + + == ================================= + 0 Flush operation is not performed. + 1 Flush operation is performed. + == ================================= + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/wb_flush_during_h8 +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/flags/wb_flush_during_h8 Date: June 2020 -Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org> +Contact: Asutosh Das <quic_asutoshd@quicinc.com> Description: Flush WriteBooster Buffer during hibernate state. - 0: Device is not allowed to flush the - WriteBooster Buffer during link hibernate - state. - 1: Device is allowed to flush the - WriteBooster Buffer during link hibernate - state + + == ================================================= + 0 Device is not allowed to flush the + WriteBooster Buffer during link hibernate state. + 1 Device is allowed to flush the + WriteBooster Buffer during link hibernate state. + == ================================================= + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/wb_avail_buf +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/attributes/wb_avail_buf Date: June 2020 -Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org> +Contact: Asutosh Das <quic_asutoshd@quicinc.com> Description: This entry shows the amount of unused WriteBooster buffer available. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/wb_cur_buf +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/attributes/wb_cur_buf Date: June 2020 -Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org> +Contact: Asutosh Das <quic_asutoshd@quicinc.com> Description: This entry shows the amount of unused current buffer. + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/wb_flush_status +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/attributes/wb_flush_status Date: June 2020 -Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org> +Contact: Asutosh Das <quic_asutoshd@quicinc.com> Description: This entry shows the flush operation status. - 00h: idle - 01h: Flush operation in progress - 02h: Flush operation stopped prematurely. - 03h: Flush operation completed successfully - 04h: Flush operation general failure + + + === ====================================== + 00h idle + 01h Flush operation in progress + 02h Flush operation stopped prematurely. + 03h Flush operation completed successfully + 04h Flush operation general failure + === ====================================== + The file is read only. What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/wb_life_time_est +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/attributes/wb_life_time_est Date: June 2020 -Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org> +Contact: Asutosh Das <quic_asutoshd@quicinc.com> Description: This entry shows an indication of the WriteBooster Buffer lifetime based on the amount of performed program/erase cycles - 01h: 0% - 10% WriteBooster Buffer life time used + + === ============================================= + 01h 0% - 10% WriteBooster Buffer life time used ... - 0Ah: 90% - 100% WriteBooster Buffer life time used + 0Ah 90% - 100% WriteBooster Buffer life time used + === ============================================= + The file is read only. What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/wb_buf_alloc_units Date: June 2020 -Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org> +Contact: Asutosh Das <quic_asutoshd@quicinc.com> Description: This entry shows the configured size of WriteBooster buffer. 0400h corresponds to 4GB. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/wb_on +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/wb_on +Date: January 2021 +Contact: Bean Huo <beanhuo@micron.com> +Description: This node is used to set or display whether UFS WriteBooster is + enabled. Echo 0 to this file to disable UFS WriteBooster or 1 to + enable it. The WriteBooster is enabled after power-on/reset, + however, it will be disabled/enable while CLK scaling down/up + (if the platform supports UFSHCD_CAP_CLK_SCALING). For a + platform that doesn't support UFSHCD_CAP_CLK_SCALING, we can + disable/enable WriteBooster through this sysfs node. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/enable_wb_buf_flush +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/enable_wb_buf_flush +Date: July 2022 +Contact: Jinyoung Choi <j-young.choi@samsung.com> +Description: This entry shows the status of WriteBooster buffer flushing + and it can be used to enable or disable the flushing. + If flushing is enabled, the device executes the flush + operation when the command queue is empty. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/wb_flush_threshold +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/wb_flush_threshold +Date: June 2023 +Contact: Lu Hongfei <luhongfei@vivo.com> +Description: + wb_flush_threshold represents the threshold for flushing WriteBooster buffer, + whose value expressed in unit of 10% granularity, such as '1' representing 10%, + '2' representing 20%, and so on. + If avail_wb_buff < wb_flush_threshold, it indicates that WriteBooster buffer needs to + be flushed, otherwise it is not necessary. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/hpb_version +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/device_descriptor/hpb_version +Date: June 2021 +Contact: Daejun Park <daejun7.park@samsung.com> +Description: This entry shows the HPB specification version. + The full information about the descriptor can be found in the UFS + HPB (Host Performance Booster) Extension specifications. + Example: version 1.2.3 = 0123h + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/hpb_control +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/device_descriptor/hpb_control +Date: June 2021 +Contact: Daejun Park <daejun7.park@samsung.com> +Description: This entry shows an indication of the HPB control mode. + 00h: Host control mode + 01h: Device control mode + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/hpb_region_size +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/geometry_descriptor/hpb_region_size +Date: June 2021 +Contact: Daejun Park <daejun7.park@samsung.com> +Description: This entry shows the bHPBRegionSize which can be calculated + as in the following (in bytes): + HPB Region size = 512B * 2^bHPBRegionSize + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/hpb_number_lu +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/geometry_descriptor/hpb_number_lu +Date: June 2021 +Contact: Daejun Park <daejun7.park@samsung.com> +Description: This entry shows the maximum number of HPB LU supported by + the device. + 00h: HPB is not supported by the device. + 01h ~ 20h: Maximum number of HPB LU supported by the device + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/hpb_subregion_size +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/geometry_descriptor/hpb_subregion_size +Date: June 2021 +Contact: Daejun Park <daejun7.park@samsung.com> +Description: This entry shows the bHPBSubRegionSize, which can be + calculated as in the following (in bytes) and shall be a multiple of + logical block size: + HPB Sub-Region size = 512B x 2^bHPBSubRegionSize + bHPBSubRegionSize shall not exceed bHPBRegionSize. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/hpb_max_active_regions +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/geometry_descriptor/hpb_max_active_regions +Date: June 2021 +Contact: Daejun Park <daejun7.park@samsung.com> +Description: This entry shows the maximum number of active HPB regions that + is supported by the device. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/hpb_lu_max_active_regions +Date: June 2021 +Contact: Daejun Park <daejun7.park@samsung.com> +Description: This entry shows the maximum number of HPB regions assigned to + the HPB logical unit. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/hpb_pinned_region_start_offset +Date: June 2021 +Contact: Daejun Park <daejun7.park@samsung.com> +Description: This entry shows the start offset of HPB pinned region. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/hpb_number_pinned_regions +Date: June 2021 +Contact: Daejun Park <daejun7.park@samsung.com> +Description: This entry shows the number of HPB pinned regions assigned to + the HPB logical unit. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/hpb_stats/hit_cnt +Date: June 2021 +Contact: Daejun Park <daejun7.park@samsung.com> +Description: This entry shows the number of reads that changed to HPB read. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/hpb_stats/miss_cnt +Date: June 2021 +Contact: Daejun Park <daejun7.park@samsung.com> +Description: This entry shows the number of reads that cannot be changed to + HPB read. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/hpb_stats/rcmd_noti_cnt +Date: June 2021 +Contact: Daejun Park <daejun7.park@samsung.com> +Description: This entry shows the number of response UPIUs that has + recommendations for activating sub-regions and/or inactivating region. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/hpb_stats/rcmd_active_cnt +Date: June 2021 +Contact: Daejun Park <daejun7.park@samsung.com> +Description: For the HPB device control mode, this entry shows the number of + active sub-regions recommended by response UPIUs. For the HPB host control + mode, this entry shows the number of active sub-regions recommended by the + HPB host control mode heuristic algorithm. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/hpb_stats/rcmd_inactive_cnt +Date: June 2021 +Contact: Daejun Park <daejun7.park@samsung.com> +Description: For the HPB device control mode, this entry shows the number of + inactive regions recommended by response UPIUs. For the HPB host control + mode, this entry shows the number of inactive regions recommended by the + HPB host control mode heuristic algorithm. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/hpb_stats/map_req_cnt +Date: June 2021 +Contact: Daejun Park <daejun7.park@samsung.com> +Description: This entry shows the number of read buffer commands for + activating sub-regions recommended by response UPIUs. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/hpb_params/requeue_timeout_ms +Date: June 2021 +Contact: Daejun Park <daejun7.park@samsung.com> +Description: This entry shows the requeue timeout threshold for write buffer + command in ms. The value can be changed by writing an integer to + this entry. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/max_data_size_hpb_single_cmd +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/attributes/max_data_size_hpb_single_cmd +Date: June 2021 +Contact: Daejun Park <daejun7.park@samsung.com> +Description: This entry shows the maximum HPB data size for using a single HPB + command. + + === ======== + 00h 4KB + 01h 8KB + 02h 12KB + ... + FFh 1024KB + === ======== + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/hpb_enable +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/flags/hpb_enable +Date: June 2021 +Contact: Daejun Park <daejun7.park@samsung.com> +Description: This entry shows the status of HPB. + + == ============================ + 0 HPB is not enabled. + 1 HPB is enabled + == ============================ + + The file is read only. + +Contact: Daniil Lunev <dlunev@chromium.org> +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/capabilities/ +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/capabilities/ +Date: August 2022 +Description: The group represents the effective capabilities of the + host-device pair. i.e. the capabilities which are enabled in the + driver for the specific host controller, supported by the host + controller and are supported and/or have compatible + configuration on the device side. + +Contact: Daniil Lunev <dlunev@chromium.org> +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/capabilities/clock_scaling +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/capabilities/clock_scaling +Date: August 2022 +Contact: Daniil Lunev <dlunev@chromium.org> +Description: Indicates status of clock scaling. + + == ============================ + 0 Clock scaling is not supported. + 1 Clock scaling is supported. + == ============================ + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/capabilities/write_booster +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*.ufs/capabilities/write_booster +Date: August 2022 +Contact: Daniil Lunev <dlunev@chromium.org> +Description: Indicates status of Write Booster. + + == ============================ + 0 Write Booster can not be enabled. + 1 Write Booster can be enabled. + == ============================ + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/hpb_param_sysfs/activation_thld +Date: February 2021 +Contact: Avri Altman <avri.altman@wdc.com> +Description: In host control mode, reads are the major source of activation + trials. Once this threshold hs met, the region is added to the + "to-be-activated" list. Since we reset the read counter upon + write, this include sending a rb command updating the region + ppn as well. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/hpb_param_sysfs/normalization_factor +Date: February 2021 +Contact: Avri Altman <avri.altman@wdc.com> +Description: In host control mode, we think of the regions as "buckets". + Those buckets are being filled with reads, and emptied on write. + We use entries_per_srgn - the amount of blocks in a subregion as + our bucket size. This applies because HPB1.0 only handles + single-block reads. Once the bucket size is crossed, we trigger + a normalization work - not only to avoid overflow, but mainly + because we want to keep those counters normalized, as we are + using those reads as a comparative score, to make various decisions. + The normalization is dividing (shift right) the read counter by + the normalization_factor. If during consecutive normalizations + an active region has exhausted its reads - inactivate it. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/hpb_param_sysfs/eviction_thld_enter +Date: February 2021 +Contact: Avri Altman <avri.altman@wdc.com> +Description: Region deactivation is often due to the fact that eviction took + place: A region becomes active at the expense of another. This is + happening when the max-active-regions limit has been crossed. + In host mode, eviction is considered an extreme measure. We + want to verify that the entering region has enough reads, and + the exiting region has much fewer reads. eviction_thld_enter is + the min reads that a region must have in order to be considered + a candidate for evicting another region. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/hpb_param_sysfs/eviction_thld_exit +Date: February 2021 +Contact: Avri Altman <avri.altman@wdc.com> +Description: Same as above for the exiting region. A region is considered to + be a candidate for eviction only if it has fewer reads than + eviction_thld_exit. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/hpb_param_sysfs/read_timeout_ms +Date: February 2021 +Contact: Avri Altman <avri.altman@wdc.com> +Description: In order not to hang on to "cold" regions, we inactivate + a region that has no READ access for a predefined amount of + time - read_timeout_ms. If read_timeout_ms has expired, and the + region is dirty, it is less likely that we can make any use of + HPB reading it so we inactivate it. Still, deactivation has + its overhead, and we may still benefit from HPB reading this + region if it is clean - see read_timeout_expiries. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/hpb_param_sysfs/read_timeout_expiries +Date: February 2021 +Contact: Avri Altman <avri.altman@wdc.com> +Description: If the region read timeout has expired, but the region is clean, + just re-wind its timer for another spin. Do that as long as it + is clean and did not exhaust its read_timeout_expiries threshold. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/hpb_param_sysfs/timeout_polling_interval_ms +Date: February 2021 +Contact: Avri Altman <avri.altman@wdc.com> +Description: The frequency with which the delayed worker that checks the + read_timeouts is awakened. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/hpb_param_sysfs/inflight_map_req +Date: February 2021 +Contact: Avri Altman <avri.altman@wdc.com> +Description: In host control mode the host is the originator of map requests. + To avoid flooding the device with map requests, use a simple throttling + mechanism that limits the number of inflight map requests. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-w1_ds28e17 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-w1_ds28e17 index d301e7017afe..e92aba4eb594 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-w1_ds28e17 +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-w1_ds28e17 @@ -5,7 +5,9 @@ Contact: Jan Kandziora <jjj@gmx.de> Description: When written, this file sets the I2C speed on the connected DS28E17 chip. When read, it reads the current setting from the DS28E17 chip. + Valid values: 100, 400, 900 [kBaud]. + Default 100, can be set by w1_ds28e17.speed= module parameter. Users: w1_ds28e17 driver @@ -17,5 +19,6 @@ Description: When written, this file sets the multiplier used to calculate the busy timeout for I2C operations on the connected DS28E17 chip. When read, returns the current setting. Valid values: 1 to 9. + Default 1, can be set by w1_ds28e17.stretch= module parameter. Users: w1_ds28e17 driver diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-w1_therm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-w1_therm index 8873bbb075cb..74642c73d29c 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-w1_therm +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-w1_therm @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ Users: any user space application which wants to communicate with w1_term device -What: /sys/bus/w1/devices/.../eeprom +What: /sys/bus/w1/devices/.../eeprom_cmd Date: May 2020 Contact: Akira Shimahara <akira215corp@gmail.com> Description: @@ -22,8 +22,10 @@ Description: device data to its embedded EEPROM, either restore data embedded in device EEPROM. Be aware that devices support limited EEPROM writing cycles (typical 50k) + * 'save': save device RAM to EEPROM * 'restore': restore EEPROM data in device RAM + Users: any user space application which wants to communicate with w1_term device @@ -33,9 +35,11 @@ Date: May 2020 Contact: Akira Shimahara <akira215corp@gmail.com> Description: (RO) return the power status by asking the device + * '0': device parasite powered * '1': device externally powered * '-xx': xx is kernel error when reading power status + Users: any user space application which wants to communicate with w1_term device @@ -49,10 +53,12 @@ Description: will be changed only in device RAM, so it will be cleared when power is lost. Trigger a 'save' to EEPROM command to keep values after power-on. Read or write are : + * '9..14': device resolution in bit - or resolution to set in bit + or resolution to set in bit * '-xx': xx is kernel error when reading the resolution * Anything else: do nothing + Some DS18B20 clones are fixed in 12-bit resolution, so the actual resolution is read back from the chip and verified. Error is reported if the results differ. @@ -65,16 +71,18 @@ Date: May 2020 Contact: Akira Shimahara <akira215corp@gmail.com> Description: (RO) return the temperature in 1/1000 degC. + * If a bulk read has been triggered, it will directly - return the temperature computed when the bulk read - occurred, if available. If not yet available, nothing - is returned (a debug kernel message is sent), you - should retry later on. + return the temperature computed when the bulk read + occurred, if available. If not yet available, nothing + is returned (a debug kernel message is sent), you + should retry later on. * If no bulk read has been triggered, it will trigger - a conversion and send the result. Note that the - conversion duration depend on the resolution (if - device support this feature). It takes 94ms in 9bits - resolution, 750ms for 12bits. + a conversion and send the result. Note that the + conversion duration depend on the resolution (if + device support this feature). It takes 94ms in 9bits + resolution, 750ms for 12bits. + Users: any user space application which wants to communicate with w1_term device @@ -86,12 +94,14 @@ Description: (RW) return the temperature in 1/1000 degC. *read*: return 2 lines with the hexa output data sent on the bus, return the CRC check and temperature in 1/1000 degC - *write* : + *write*: + * '0' : save the 2 or 3 bytes to the device EEPROM - (i.e. TH, TL and config register) + (i.e. TH, TL and config register) * '9..14' : set the device resolution in RAM - (if supported) + (if supported) * Anything else: do nothing + refer to Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_therm.rst for detailed information. Users: any user space application which wants to communicate with @@ -103,14 +113,21 @@ Date: May 2020 Contact: Akira Shimahara <akira215corp@gmail.com> Description: (RW) trigger a bulk read conversion. read the status + *read*: - * '-1': conversion in progress on at least 1 sensor - * '1' : conversion complete but at least one sensor + * '-1': + conversion in progress on at least 1 sensor + * '1' : + conversion complete but at least one sensor value has not been read yet - * '0' : no bulk operation. Reading temperature will + * '0' : + no bulk operation. Reading temperature will trigger a conversion on each device - *write*: 'trigger': trigger a bulk read on all supporting + + *write*: + 'trigger': trigger a bulk read on all supporting devices on the bus + Note that if a bulk read is sent but one sensor is not read immediately, the next access to temperature on this device will return the temperature measured at the time of issue @@ -128,14 +145,19 @@ Description: reset to default (datasheet) conversion time for a new resolution. - *read*: Actual conversion time in milliseconds. *write*: - '0': Set the default conversion time from the datasheet. - '1': Measure and set the conversion time. Make a single + *read*: + Actual conversion time in milliseconds. + + *write*: + * '0': + Set the default conversion time from the datasheet. + * '1': + Measure and set the conversion time. Make a single temperature conversion, measure an actual value. Increase it by 20% for temperature range. A new conversion time can be obtained by reading this same attribute. - other positive value: + * other positive value: Set the conversion time in milliseconds. Users: An application using the w1_term device @@ -148,16 +170,21 @@ Description: (RW) Control optional driver settings. Bit masks to read/write (bitwise OR): - 1: Enable check for conversion success. If byte 6 of + == ============================================================ + 1 Enable check for conversion success. If byte 6 of scratchpad memory is 0xC after conversion, and temperature reads 85.00 (powerup value) or 127.94 (insufficient power) - return a conversion error. - 2: Enable poll for conversion completion. Generate read cycles + 2 Enable poll for conversion completion. Generate read cycles after the conversion start and wait for 1's. In parasite power mode this feature is not available. + == ============================================================ + + *read*: + Currently selected features. - *read*: Currently selected features. - *write*: Select features. + *write*: + Select features. Users: An application using the w1_term device diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-wacom b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-wacom index afc48fc163b5..16acaa5712ec 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-wacom +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-wacom @@ -79,7 +79,9 @@ Description: When the Wacom Intuos 4 is connected over Bluetooth, the image has to contain 256 bytes (64x32 px 1 bit colour). The format is also scrambled, like in the USB mode, and it can - be summarized by converting 76543210 into GECA6420. + be summarized by converting:: + + 76543210 into GECA6420. HGFEDCBA HFDB7531 What: /sys/bus/hid/devices/<bus>:<vid>:<pid>.<n>/wacom_remote/unpair_remote diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-xdata b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-xdata new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f574e8e6dca2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-xdata @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +What: /sys/class/misc/drivers/dw-xdata-pcie.<device>/write +Date: April 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.13 +Contact: Gustavo Pimentel <gustavo.pimentel@synopsys.com> +Description: Allows the user to enable the PCIe traffic generator which + will create write TLPs frames - from the Root Complex to the + Endpoint direction or to disable the PCIe traffic generator + in all directions. + + Write y/1/on to enable, n/0/off to disable + + Usage e.g. + echo 1 > /sys/class/misc/dw-xdata-pcie.<device>/write + or + echo 0 > /sys/class/misc/dw-xdata-pcie.<device>/write + + The user can read the current PCIe link throughput generated + through this generator in MB/s. + + Usage e.g. + cat /sys/class/misc/dw-xdata-pcie.<device>/write + 204 + + The file is read and write. + +What: /sys/class/misc/dw-xdata-pcie.<device>/read +Date: April 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.13 +Contact: Gustavo Pimentel <gustavo.pimentel@synopsys.com> +Description: Allows the user to enable the PCIe traffic generator which + will create read TLPs frames - from the Endpoint to the Root + Complex direction or to disable the PCIe traffic generator + in all directions. + + Write y/1/on to enable, n/0/off to disable + + Usage e.g. + echo 1 > /sys/class/misc/dw-xdata-pcie.<device>/read + or + echo 0 > /sys/class/misc/dw-xdata-pcie.<device>/read + + The user can read the current PCIe link throughput generated + through this generator in MB/s. + + Usage e.g. + cat /sys/class/misc/dw-xdata-pcie.<device>/read + 199 + + The file is read and write. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-xen-blkback b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-xen-blkback index ecb7942ff146..fac0f429a869 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-xen-blkback +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-xen-blkback @@ -29,9 +29,18 @@ Description: What: /sys/module/xen_blkback/parameters/buffer_squeeze_duration_ms Date: December 2019 KernelVersion: 5.6 -Contact: SeongJae Park <sjpark@amazon.de> +Contact: Maximilian Heyne <mheyne@amazon.de> Description: When memory pressure is reported to blkback this option controls the duration in milliseconds that blkback will not cache any page not backed by a grant mapping. The default is 10ms. + +What: /sys/module/xen_blkback/parameters/feature_persistent +Date: September 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.10 +Contact: Maximilian Heyne <mheyne@amazon.de> +Description: + Whether to enable the persistent grants feature or not. Note + that this option only takes effect on newly connected backends. + The default is Y (enable). diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-xen-blkfront b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-xen-blkfront index c0a6cb7eb314..4d36c5a10546 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-xen-blkfront +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-xen-blkfront @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -What: /sys/module/xen_blkfront/parameters/max +What: /sys/module/xen_blkfront/parameters/max_indirect_segments Date: June 2013 KernelVersion: 3.11 Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com> @@ -8,3 +8,12 @@ Description: is 32 - higher value means more potential throughput but more memory usage. The backend picks the minimum of the frontend and its default backend value. + +What: /sys/module/xen_blkfront/parameters/feature_persistent +Date: September 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.10 +Contact: Maximilian Heyne <mheyne@amazon.de> +Description: + Whether to enable the persistent grants feature or not. Note + that this option only takes effect on newly connected frontends. + The default is Y (enable). diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-xilinx-tmr-manager b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-xilinx-tmr-manager new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..57b9b68a73ee --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-xilinx-tmr-manager @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/amba_pl/<dev>/errcnt +Date: Nov 2022 +Contact: appana.durga.kedareswara.rao@amd.com +Description: This control file provides the fault detection count. + This file cannot be written. + Example: + # cat /sys/devices/platform/amba_pl/44a10000.tmr_manager/errcnt + 1 + +What: /sys/devices/platform/amba_pl/<dev>/dis_block_break +Date: Nov 2022 +Contact: appana.durga.kedareswara.rao@amd.com +Description: Write any value to it, This control file enables the break signal. + This file is write only. + Example: + # echo <any value> > /sys/devices/platform/amba_pl/44a10000.tmr_manager/dis_block_break diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-zynqmp-fpga b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-zynqmp-fpga new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..8f93d27b6d91 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-zynqmp-fpga @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/zynqmp_fpga_manager/firmware:zynqmp-firmware:pcap/status +Date: February 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.4 +Contact: Nava kishore Manne <nava.kishore.manne@amd.com> +Description: (RO) Read fpga status. + Read returns a hexadecimal value that tells the current status + of the FPGA device. Each bit position in the status value is + described Below(see ug570 chapter 9). + https://docs.xilinx.com/v/u/en-US/ug570-ultrascale-configuration + + ====================== ============================================== + BIT(0) 0: No CRC error + 1: CRC error + + BIT(1) 0: Decryptor security not set + 1: Decryptor security set + + BIT(2) 0: MMCMs/PLLs are not locked + 1: MMCMs/PLLs are locked + + BIT(3) 0: DCI not matched + 1: DCI matched + + BIT(4) 0: Start-up sequence has not finished + 1: Start-up sequence has finished + + BIT(5) 0: All I/Os are placed in High-Z state + 1: All I/Os behave as configured + + BIT(6) 0: Flip-flops and block RAM are write disabled + 1: Flip-flops and block RAM are write enabled + + BIT(7) 0: GHIGH_B_STATUS asserted + 1: GHIGH_B_STATUS deasserted + + BIT(8) to BIT(10) Status of the mode pins + + BIT(11) 0: Initialization has not finished + 1: Initialization finished + + BIT(12) Value on INIT_B_PIN pin + + BIT(13) 0: Signal not released + 1: Signal released + + BIT(14) Value on DONE_PIN pin. + + BIT(15) 0: No IDCODE_ERROR + 1: IDCODE_ERROR + + BIT(16) 0: No SECURITY_ERROR + 1: SECURITY_ERROR + + BIT(17) System Monitor over-temperature if set + + BIT(18) to BIT(20) Start-up state machine (0 to 7) + Phase 0 = 000 + Phase 1 = 001 + Phase 2 = 011 + Phase 3 = 010 + Phase 4 = 110 + Phase 5 = 111 + Phase 6 = 101 + Phase 7 = 100 + + BIT(25) to BIT(26) Indicates the detected bus width + 00 = x1 + 01 = x8 + 10 = x16 + 11 = x32 + ====================== ============================================== + + The other bits are reserved. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi index 613f42a9d5cd..819939d858c9 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi @@ -1,3 +1,46 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/acpi/fpdt/ +Date: Jan 2021 +Contact: Zhang Rui <rui.zhang@intel.com> +Description: + ACPI Firmware Performance Data Table (FPDT) provides + information for firmware performance data for system boot, + S3 suspend and S3 resume. This sysfs entry contains the + performance data retrieved from the FPDT. + + boot: + firmware_start_ns: Timer value logged at the beginning + of firmware image execution. In nanoseconds. + bootloader_load_ns: Timer value logged just prior to + loading the OS boot loader into memory. + In nanoseconds. + bootloader_launch_ns: Timer value logged just prior to + launching the currently loaded OS boot loader + image. In nanoseconds. + exitbootservice_start_ns: Timer value logged at the + point when the OS loader calls the + ExitBootServices function for UEFI compatible + firmware. In nanoseconds. + exitbootservice_end_ns: Timer value logged at the point + just prior to the OS loader gaining control + back from the ExitBootServices function for + UEFI compatible firmware. In nanoseconds. + suspend: + suspend_start_ns: Timer value recorded at the previous + OS write to SLP_TYP upon entry to S3. In + nanoseconds. + suspend_end_ns: Timer value recorded at the previous + firmware write to SLP_TYP used to trigger + hardware entry to S3. In nanoseconds. + resume: + resume_count: A count of the number of S3 resume cycles + since the last full boot sequence. + resume_avg_ns: Average timer value of all resume cycles + logged since the last full boot sequence, + including the most recent resume. In nanoseconds. + resume_prev_ns: Timer recorded at the end of the previous + platform runtime firmware S3 resume, just prior to + handoff to the OS waking vector. In nanoseconds. + What: /sys/firmware/acpi/bgrt/ Date: January 2012 Contact: Matthew Garrett <mjg@redhat.com> @@ -12,11 +55,14 @@ Description: image: The image bitmap. Currently a 32-bit BMP. status: 1 if the image is valid, 0 if firmware invalidated it. type: 0 indicates image is in BMP format. + + ======== =================================================== version: The version of the BGRT. Currently 1. xoffset: The number of pixels between the left of the screen and the left edge of the image. yoffset: The number of pixels between the top of the screen and the top edge of the image. + ======== =================================================== What: /sys/firmware/acpi/hotplug/ Date: February 2013 @@ -33,12 +79,14 @@ Description: The following setting is available to user space for each hotplug profile: + ======== ======================================================= enabled: If set, the ACPI core will handle notifications of - hotplug events associated with the given class of - devices and will allow those devices to be ejected with - the help of the _EJ0 control method. Unsetting it - effectively disables hotplug for the correspoinding - class of devices. + hotplug events associated with the given class of + devices and will allow those devices to be ejected with + the help of the _EJ0 control method. Unsetting it + effectively disables hotplug for the correspoinding + class of devices. + ======== ======================================================= The value of the above attribute is an integer number: 1 (set) or 0 (unset). Attempts to write any other values to it will @@ -71,86 +119,90 @@ Description: To figure out where all the SCI's are coming from, /sys/firmware/acpi/interrupts contains a file listing every possible source, and the count of how many - times it has triggered. - - $ cd /sys/firmware/acpi/interrupts - $ grep . * - error: 0 - ff_gbl_lock: 0 enable - ff_pmtimer: 0 invalid - ff_pwr_btn: 0 enable - ff_rt_clk: 2 disable - ff_slp_btn: 0 invalid - gpe00: 0 invalid - gpe01: 0 enable - gpe02: 108 enable - gpe03: 0 invalid - gpe04: 0 invalid - gpe05: 0 invalid - gpe06: 0 enable - gpe07: 0 enable - gpe08: 0 invalid - gpe09: 0 invalid - gpe0A: 0 invalid - gpe0B: 0 invalid - gpe0C: 0 invalid - gpe0D: 0 invalid - gpe0E: 0 invalid - gpe0F: 0 invalid - gpe10: 0 invalid - gpe11: 0 invalid - gpe12: 0 invalid - gpe13: 0 invalid - gpe14: 0 invalid - gpe15: 0 invalid - gpe16: 0 invalid - gpe17: 1084 enable - gpe18: 0 enable - gpe19: 0 invalid - gpe1A: 0 invalid - gpe1B: 0 invalid - gpe1C: 0 invalid - gpe1D: 0 invalid - gpe1E: 0 invalid - gpe1F: 0 invalid - gpe_all: 1192 - sci: 1194 - sci_not: 0 - - sci - The number of times the ACPI SCI - has been called and claimed an interrupt. - - sci_not - The number of times the ACPI SCI - has been called and NOT claimed an interrupt. - - gpe_all - count of SCI caused by GPEs. - - gpeXX - count for individual GPE source - - ff_gbl_lock - Global Lock - - ff_pmtimer - PM Timer - - ff_pwr_btn - Power Button - - ff_rt_clk - Real Time Clock - - ff_slp_btn - Sleep Button - - error - an interrupt that can't be accounted for above. - - invalid: it's either a GPE or a Fixed Event that - doesn't have an event handler. - - disable: the GPE/Fixed Event is valid but disabled. - - enable: the GPE/Fixed Event is valid and enabled. - - Root has permission to clear any of these counters. Eg. - # echo 0 > gpe11 - - All counters can be cleared by clearing the total "sci": - # echo 0 > sci + times it has triggered:: + + $ cd /sys/firmware/acpi/interrupts + $ grep . * + error: 0 + ff_gbl_lock: 0 enable + ff_pmtimer: 0 invalid + ff_pwr_btn: 0 enable + ff_rt_clk: 2 disable + ff_slp_btn: 0 invalid + gpe00: 0 invalid + gpe01: 0 enable + gpe02: 108 enable + gpe03: 0 invalid + gpe04: 0 invalid + gpe05: 0 invalid + gpe06: 0 enable + gpe07: 0 enable + gpe08: 0 invalid + gpe09: 0 invalid + gpe0A: 0 invalid + gpe0B: 0 invalid + gpe0C: 0 invalid + gpe0D: 0 invalid + gpe0E: 0 invalid + gpe0F: 0 invalid + gpe10: 0 invalid + gpe11: 0 invalid + gpe12: 0 invalid + gpe13: 0 invalid + gpe14: 0 invalid + gpe15: 0 invalid + gpe16: 0 invalid + gpe17: 1084 enable + gpe18: 0 enable + gpe19: 0 invalid + gpe1A: 0 invalid + gpe1B: 0 invalid + gpe1C: 0 invalid + gpe1D: 0 invalid + gpe1E: 0 invalid + gpe1F: 0 invalid + gpe_all: 1192 + sci: 1194 + sci_not: 0 + + =========== ================================================== + sci The number of times the ACPI SCI + has been called and claimed an interrupt. + + sci_not The number of times the ACPI SCI + has been called and NOT claimed an interrupt. + + gpe_all count of SCI caused by GPEs. + + gpeXX count for individual GPE source + + ff_gbl_lock Global Lock + + ff_pmtimer PM Timer + + ff_pwr_btn Power Button + + ff_rt_clk Real Time Clock + + ff_slp_btn Sleep Button + + error an interrupt that can't be accounted for above. + + invalid it's either a GPE or a Fixed Event that + doesn't have an event handler. + + disable the GPE/Fixed Event is valid but disabled. + + enable the GPE/Fixed Event is valid and enabled. + =========== ================================================== + + Root has permission to clear any of these counters. Eg.:: + + # echo 0 > gpe11 + + All counters can be cleared by clearing the total "sci":: + + # echo 0 > sci None of these counters has an effect on the function of the system, they are simply statistics. @@ -165,32 +217,34 @@ Description: Let's take power button fixed event for example, please kill acpid and other user space applications so that the machine won't shutdown - when pressing the power button. - # cat ff_pwr_btn - 0 enabled - # press the power button for 3 times; - # cat ff_pwr_btn - 3 enabled - # echo disable > ff_pwr_btn - # cat ff_pwr_btn - 3 disabled - # press the power button for 3 times; - # cat ff_pwr_btn - 3 disabled - # echo enable > ff_pwr_btn - # cat ff_pwr_btn - 4 enabled - /* - * this is because the status bit is set even if the enable bit is cleared, - * and it triggers an ACPI fixed event when the enable bit is set again - */ - # press the power button for 3 times; - # cat ff_pwr_btn - 7 enabled - # echo disable > ff_pwr_btn - # press the power button for 3 times; - # echo clear > ff_pwr_btn /* clear the status bit */ - # echo disable > ff_pwr_btn - # cat ff_pwr_btn - 7 enabled + when pressing the power button:: + + # cat ff_pwr_btn + 0 enabled + # press the power button for 3 times; + # cat ff_pwr_btn + 3 enabled + # echo disable > ff_pwr_btn + # cat ff_pwr_btn + 3 disabled + # press the power button for 3 times; + # cat ff_pwr_btn + 3 disabled + # echo enable > ff_pwr_btn + # cat ff_pwr_btn + 4 enabled + /* + * this is because the status bit is set even if the enable + * bit is cleared, and it triggers an ACPI fixed event when + * the enable bit is set again + */ + # press the power button for 3 times; + # cat ff_pwr_btn + 7 enabled + # echo disable > ff_pwr_btn + # press the power button for 3 times; + # echo clear > ff_pwr_btn /* clear the status bit */ + # echo disable > ff_pwr_btn + # cat ff_pwr_btn + 7 enabled diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi-entries b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi-entries index 210ad44b95a5..fe0289c87768 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi-entries +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi-entries @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ Description: doesn't matter), they will be represented in sysfs as entries "T-0" through "T-(N-1)": - Example entry directories: + Example entry directories:: /sys/firmware/dmi/entries/17-0 /sys/firmware/dmi/entries/17-1 @@ -50,61 +50,65 @@ Description: Each DMI entry in sysfs has the common header values exported as attributes: - handle : The 16bit 'handle' that is assigned to this + ======== ================================================= + handle The 16bit 'handle' that is assigned to this entry by the firmware. This handle may be referred to by other entries. - length : The length of the entry, as presented in the + length The length of the entry, as presented in the entry itself. Note that this is _not the total count of bytes associated with the - entry_. This value represents the length of + entry. This value represents the length of the "formatted" portion of the entry. This "formatted" region is sometimes followed by the "unformatted" region composed of nul terminated strings, with termination signalled by a two nul characters in series. - raw : The raw bytes of the entry. This includes the + raw The raw bytes of the entry. This includes the "formatted" portion of the entry, the "unformatted" strings portion of the entry, and the two terminating nul characters. - type : The type of the entry. This value is the same + type The type of the entry. This value is the same as found in the directory name. It indicates how the rest of the entry should be interpreted. - instance: The instance ordinal of the entry for the + instance The instance ordinal of the entry for the given type. This value is the same as found in the parent directory name. - position: The ordinal position (zero-based) of the entry + position The ordinal position (zero-based) of the entry within the entirety of the DMI entry table. + ======== ================================================= - === Entry Specialization === + **Entry Specialization** Some entry types may have other information available in sysfs. Not all types are specialized. - --- Type 15 - System Event Log --- + **Type 15 - System Event Log** This entry allows the firmware to export a log of events the system has taken. This information is typically backed by nvram, but the implementation details are abstracted by this table. This entry's data - is exported in the directory: + is exported in the directory:: - /sys/firmware/dmi/entries/15-0/system_event_log + /sys/firmware/dmi/entries/15-0/system_event_log and has the following attributes (documented in the SMBIOS / DMI specification under "System Event Log (Type 15)": - area_length - header_start_offset - data_start_offset - access_method - status - change_token - access_method_address - header_format - per_log_type_descriptor_length - type_descriptors_supported_count + - area_length + - header_start_offset + - data_start_offset + - access_method + - status + - change_token + - access_method_address + - header_format + - per_log_type_descriptor_length + - type_descriptors_supported_count As well, the kernel exports the binary attribute: - raw_event_log : The raw binary bits of the event log + ============= ==================================== + raw_event_log The raw binary bits of the event log as described by the DMI entry. + ============= ==================================== diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi-esrt b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi-esrt index 6e431d1a4e79..4c2d440487dd 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi-esrt +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi-esrt @@ -24,58 +24,64 @@ Date: February 2015 Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com> Description: The version of the ESRT structure provided by the firmware. -What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry$N/ +What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry<N>/ Date: February 2015 Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com> Description: Each ESRT entry is identified by a GUID, and each gets a subdirectory under entries/ . example: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry0/ -What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry$N/fw_type +What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry<N>/fw_type Date: February 2015 Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com> Description: What kind of firmware entry this is: - 0 - Unknown - 1 - System Firmware - 2 - Device Firmware - 3 - UEFI Driver -What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry$N/fw_class + == =============== + 0 Unknown + 1 System Firmware + 2 Device Firmware + 3 UEFI Driver + == =============== + +What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry<N>/fw_class Date: February 2015 Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com> Description: This is the entry's guid, and will match the directory name. -What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry$N/fw_version +What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry<N>/fw_version Date: February 2015 Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com> Description: The version of the firmware currently installed. This is a 32-bit unsigned integer. -What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry$N/lowest_supported_fw_version +What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry<N>/lowest_supported_fw_version Date: February 2015 Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com> Description: The lowest version of the firmware that can be installed. -What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry$N/capsule_flags +What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry<N>/capsule_flags Date: February 2015 Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com> Description: Flags that must be passed to UpdateCapsule() -What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry$N/last_attempt_version +What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry<N>/last_attempt_version Date: February 2015 Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com> Description: The last firmware version for which an update was attempted. -What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry$N/last_attempt_status +What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry<N>/last_attempt_status Date: February 2015 Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com> Description: The result of the last firmware update attempt for the firmware resource entry. - 0 - Success - 1 - Insufficient resources - 2 - Incorrect version - 3 - Invalid format - 4 - Authentication error - 5 - AC power event - 6 - Battery power event + + == ====================== + 0 Success + 1 Insufficient resources + 2 Incorrect version + 3 Invalid format + 4 Authentication error + 5 AC power event + 6 Battery power event + == ====================== diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi-runtime-map b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi-runtime-map index c61b9b348e99..9c4d581be396 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi-runtime-map +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi-runtime-map @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ Description: Switching efi runtime services to virtual mode requires /sys/firmware/efi/runtime-map/ is the directory the kernel exports that information in. - subdirectories are named with the number of the memory range: + subdirectories are named with the number of the memory range:: /sys/firmware/efi/runtime-map/0 /sys/firmware/efi/runtime-map/1 @@ -24,11 +24,13 @@ Description: Switching efi runtime services to virtual mode requires Each subdirectory contains five files: - attribute : The attributes of the memory range. - num_pages : The size of the memory range in pages. - phys_addr : The physical address of the memory range. - type : The type of the memory range. - virt_addr : The virtual address of the memory range. + ========= ========================================= + attribute The attributes of the memory range. + num_pages The size of the memory range in pages. + phys_addr The physical address of the memory range. + type The type of the memory range. + virt_addr The virtual address of the memory range. + ========= ========================================= Above values are all hexadecimal numbers with the '0x' prefix. Users: Kexec diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-gsmi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-gsmi index 0faa0aaf4b6a..7a558354c1ee 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-gsmi +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-gsmi @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Description: This directory has the same layout (and underlying implementation as /sys/firmware/efi/vars. - See Documentation/ABI/*/sysfs-firmware-efi-vars + See `Documentation/ABI/*/sysfs-firmware-efi-vars` for more information on how to interact with this structure. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-lefi-boardinfo b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-lefi-boardinfo new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..5e3f6148c52e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-lefi-boardinfo @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/lefi/boardinfo +Date: October 2020 +Contact: Tiezhu Yang <yangtiezhu@loongson.cn> +Description: + Get mainboard and BIOS info easily on the Loongson platform, + this is useful to point out the current used mainboard type + and BIOS version when there exists problems related with + hardware or firmware. + + The related structures are already defined in the interface + specification about firmware and kernel which are common + requirement and specific for Loongson64, so only add a new + boardinfo.c file in arch/mips/loongson64. + + For example: + + [loongson@linux ~]$ cat /sys/firmware/lefi/boardinfo + Board Info + Manufacturer : LEMOTE + Board Name : LEMOTE-LS3A4000-7A1000-1w-V01-pc + Family : LOONGSON3 + + BIOS Info + Vendor : Kunlun + Version : Kunlun-A1901-V4.1.3-20200414093938 + ROM Size : 4 KB + Release Date : 2020-04-14 + + By the way, using dmidecode command can get the similar info if there + exists SMBIOS in firmware, but the fact is that there is no SMBIOS on + some machines, we can see nothing when execute dmidecode, like this: + + [root@linux loongson]# dmidecode + # dmidecode 2.12 + # No SMBIOS nor DMI entry point found, sorry. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-memmap b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-memmap index eca0d65087dc..9205122fa4b1 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-memmap +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-memmap @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Description: the raw memory map to userspace. The structure is as follows: Under /sys/firmware/memmap there - are subdirectories with the number of the entry as their name: + are subdirectories with the number of the entry as their name:: /sys/firmware/memmap/0 /sys/firmware/memmap/1 @@ -34,14 +34,16 @@ Description: Each directory contains three files: - start : The start address (as hexadecimal number with the + ======== ===================================================== + start The start address (as hexadecimal number with the '0x' prefix). - end : The end address, inclusive (regardless whether the + end The end address, inclusive (regardless whether the firmware provides inclusive or exclusive ranges). - type : Type of the entry as string. See below for a list of + type Type of the entry as string. See below for a list of valid types. + ======== ===================================================== - So, for example: + So, for example:: /sys/firmware/memmap/0/start /sys/firmware/memmap/0/end @@ -54,12 +56,15 @@ Description: - System RAM - ACPI Tables - ACPI Non-volatile Storage + - Unusable memory + - Persistent Memory (legacy) + - Persistent Memory + - Soft Reserved - reserved Following shell snippet can be used to display that memory - map in a human-readable format: + map in a human-readable format:: - -------------------- 8< ---------------------------------------- #!/bin/bash cd /sys/firmware/memmap for dir in * ; do @@ -68,4 +73,3 @@ Description: type=$(cat $dir/type) printf "%016x-%016x (%s)\n" $start $[ $end +1] "$type" done - -------------------- >8 ---------------------------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-papr-energy-scale-info b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-papr-energy-scale-info new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..141a6b371469 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-papr-energy-scale-info @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/papr/energy_scale_info +Date: February 2022 +Contact: Linux for PowerPC mailing list <linuxppc-dev@ozlabs.org> +Description: Directory hosting a set of platform attributes like + energy/frequency on Linux running as a PAPR guest. + + Each file in a directory contains a platform + attribute hierarchy pertaining to performance/ + energy-savings mode and processor frequency. + +What: /sys/firmware/papr/energy_scale_info/<id> +Date: February 2022 +Contact: Linux for PowerPC mailing list <linuxppc-dev@ozlabs.org> +Description: Energy, frequency attributes directory for POWERVM servers + +What: /sys/firmware/papr/energy_scale_info/<id>/desc +Date: February 2022 +Contact: Linux for PowerPC mailing list <linuxppc-dev@ozlabs.org> +Description: String description of the energy attribute of <id> + +What: /sys/firmware/papr/energy_scale_info/<id>/value +Date: February 2022 +Contact: Linux for PowerPC mailing list <linuxppc-dev@ozlabs.org> +Description: Numeric value of the energy attribute of <id> + +What: /sys/firmware/papr/energy_scale_info/<id>/value_desc +Date: February 2022 +Contact: Linux for PowerPC mailing list <linuxppc-dev@ozlabs.org> +Description: String value of the energy attribute of <id> diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-qemu_fw_cfg b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-qemu_fw_cfg index 011dda4f8e8a..54d1bfd0db12 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-qemu_fw_cfg +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-qemu_fw_cfg @@ -12,10 +12,11 @@ Description: configuration data to the guest userspace. The authoritative guest-side hardware interface documentation - to the fw_cfg device can be found in "docs/specs/fw_cfg.txt" - in the QEMU source tree. + to the fw_cfg device can be found in "docs/specs/fw_cfg.rst" + in the QEMU source tree, or online at: + https://qemu-project.gitlab.io/qemu/specs/fw_cfg.html - === SysFS fw_cfg Interface === + **SysFS fw_cfg Interface** The fw_cfg sysfs interface described in this document is only intended to display discoverable blobs (i.e., those registered @@ -31,7 +32,7 @@ Description: /sys/firmware/qemu_fw_cfg/rev - --- Discoverable fw_cfg blobs by selector key --- + **Discoverable fw_cfg blobs by selector key** All discoverable blobs listed in the fw_cfg file directory are displayed as entries named after their unique selector key @@ -45,24 +46,26 @@ Description: Each such fw_cfg sysfs entry has the following values exported as attributes: - name : The 56-byte nul-terminated ASCII string used as the + ==== ==================================================== + name The 56-byte nul-terminated ASCII string used as the blob's 'file name' in the fw_cfg directory. - size : The length of the blob, as given in the fw_cfg + size The length of the blob, as given in the fw_cfg directory. - key : The value of the blob's selector key as given in the + key The value of the blob's selector key as given in the fw_cfg directory. This value is the same as used in the parent directory name. - raw : The raw bytes of the blob, obtained by selecting the + raw The raw bytes of the blob, obtained by selecting the entry via the control register, and reading a number of bytes equal to the blob size from the data register. + ==== ==================================================== - --- Listing fw_cfg blobs by file name --- + **Listing fw_cfg blobs by file name** While the fw_cfg device does not impose any specific naming convention on the blobs registered in the file directory, QEMU developers have traditionally used path name semantics - to give each blob a descriptive name. For example: + to give each blob a descriptive name. For example:: "bootorder" "genroms/kvmvapic.bin" @@ -81,7 +84,7 @@ Description: of directories matching the path name components of fw_cfg blob names, ending in symlinks to the by_key entry for each "basename", as illustrated below (assume current directory is - /sys/firmware): + /sys/firmware):: qemu_fw_cfg/by_name/bootorder -> ../by_key/38 qemu_fw_cfg/by_name/etc/e820 -> ../../by_key/35 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sfi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sfi deleted file mode 100644 index 4be7d44aeacf..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sfi +++ /dev/null @@ -1,15 +0,0 @@ -What: /sys/firmware/sfi/tables/ -Date: May 2010 -Contact: Len Brown <lenb@kernel.org> -Description: - SFI defines a number of small static memory tables - so the kernel can get platform information from firmware. - - The tables are defined in the latest SFI specification: - http://simplefirmware.org/documentation - - While the tables are used by the kernel, user-space - can observe them this way: - - # cd /sys/firmware/sfi/tables - # cat $TABLENAME > $TABLENAME.bin diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sgi_uv b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sgi_uv index 4573fd4b7876..12ed843e1d3e 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sgi_uv +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sgi_uv @@ -1,27 +1,159 @@ What: /sys/firmware/sgi_uv/ -Date: August 2008 -Contact: Russ Anderson <rja@sgi.com> +Date: September 2020 +Contact: Justin Ernst <justin.ernst@hpe.com> Description: The /sys/firmware/sgi_uv directory contains information - about the SGI UV platform. + about the UV platform. - Under that directory are a number of files: + Under that directory are a number of read-only attributes:: + archtype + hub_type + hubless partition_id coherence_id + uv_type + + The archtype entry contains the UV architecture type that + is used to select arch-dependent addresses and features. + It can be set via the OEM_ID in the ACPI MADT table or by + UVsystab entry both passed from UV BIOS. + + The hub_type entry is used to select the type of hub which is + similar to uv_type but encoded in a binary format. Include + the file uv_hub.h to get the definitions. + + The hubless entry basically is present and set only if there + is no hub. In this case the hub_type entry is not present. The partition_id entry contains the partition id. - SGI UV systems can be partitioned into multiple physical + UV systems can be partitioned into multiple physical machines, which each partition running a unique copy - of the operating system. Each partition will have a unique - partition id. To display the partition id, use the command: - - cat /sys/firmware/sgi_uv/partition_id + of the operating system. Each partition will have a unique + partition id. The coherence_id entry contains the coherence id. - A partitioned SGI UV system can have one or more coherence - domain. The coherence id indicates which coherence domain - this partition is in. To display the coherence id, use the - command: + A partitioned UV system can have one or more coherence + domains. The coherence id indicates which coherence domain + this partition is in. + + The uv_type entry contains the hub revision number. + This value can be used to identify the UV system version:: + + "0.*" = Hubless UV ('*' is subtype) + "3.0" = UV2 + "5.0" = UV3 + "7.0" = UV4 + "7.1" = UV4a + "9.0" = UV5 + + The /sys/firmware/sgi_uv directory also contains two directories:: + + hubs/ + pcibuses/ + + The hubs directory contains a number of hub objects, each representing + a UV Hub visible to the BIOS. Each hub object's name is appended by a + unique ordinal value (ex. /sys/firmware/sgi_uv/hubs/hub_5) + + Each hub object directory contains a number of read-only attributes:: + + cnode + location + name + nasid + shared + this_partition + + The cnode entry contains the cnode number of the corresponding hub. + If a cnode value is not applicable, the value returned will be -1. + + The location entry contains the location string of the corresponding hub. + This value is used to physically identify a hub within a system. + + The name entry contains the name of the corresponding hub. This name can + be two variants:: + + "UVHub x.x" = A 'node' ASIC, connecting a CPU to the interconnect + fabric. The 'x.x' value represents the ASIC revision. + (ex. 'UVHub 5.0') + + "NLxRouter" = A 'router ASIC, only connecting other ASICs to + the interconnect fabric. The 'x' value representing + the fabric technology version. (ex. 'NL8Router') + + The nasid entry contains the nasid number of the corresponding hub. + If a nasid value is not applicable, the value returned will be -1. + + The shared entry contains a boolean value describing whether the + corresponding hub is shared between system partitions. + + The this_partition entry contains a boolean value describing whether + the corresponding hub is local to the current partition. + + Each hub object directory also contains a number of port objects, + each representing a fabric port on the corresponding hub. + A port object's name is appended by a unique ordinal value + (ex. /sys/firmware/sgi_uv/hubs/hub_5/port_3) + + Each port object directory contains a number of read-only attributes:: + + conn_hub + conn_port + + The conn_hub entry contains a value representing the unique + oridinal value of the hub on the other end of the fabric + cable plugged into the port. If the port is disconnected, + the value returned will be -1. + + The conn_port entry contains a value representing the unique + oridinal value of the port on the other end of the fabric cable + plugged into the port. If the port is disconnected, the value + returned will be -1. + + Ex: + A value of '3' is read from: + /sys/firmware/sgi_uv/hubs/hub_5/port_3/conn_hub + + and a value of '6' is read from: + /sys/firmware/sgi_uv/hubs/hub_5/port_3/conn_port + + representing that this port is connected to: + /sys/firmware/sgi_uv/hubs/hub_3/port_6 + + The pcibuses directory contains a number of PCI bus objects. + Each PCI bus object's name is appended by its PCI bus address. + (ex. pcibus_0003:80) + + Each pcibus object has a number of possible read-only attributes:: + + type + location + slot + ppb_addr + iio_stack + + The type entry contains a value describing the type of IO at + the corresponding PCI bus address. Known possible values + across all UV versions are:: + + BASE IO + PCIe IO + PCIe SLOT + NODE IO + Riser + PPB + + The location entry contains the location string of the UV Hub + of the CPU physically connected to the corresponding PCI bus. + + The slot entry contains the physical slot number of the + corresponding PCI bus. This value is used to physically locate + PCI cards within a system. + + The ppb_addr entry contains the PCI address string of the + bridged PCI bus. This entry is only present when the PCI bus + object type is 'PPB'. - cat /sys/firmware/sgi_uv/coherence_id + The iio_stack entry contains a value describing the IIO stack + number that the corresponding PCI bus object is connected to. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-turris-mox-rwtm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-turris-mox-rwtm index 15595fab88d1..ea5e5b489bc7 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-turris-mox-rwtm +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-turris-mox-rwtm @@ -1,22 +1,22 @@ What: /sys/firmware/turris-mox-rwtm/board_version Date: August 2019 KernelVersion: 5.4 -Contact: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz> -Description: (R) Board version burned into eFuses of this Turris Mox board. +Contact: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org> +Description: (Read) Board version burned into eFuses of this Turris Mox board. Format: %i What: /sys/firmware/turris-mox-rwtm/mac_address* Date: August 2019 KernelVersion: 5.4 -Contact: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz> -Description: (R) MAC addresses burned into eFuses of this Turris Mox board. +Contact: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org> +Description: (Read) MAC addresses burned into eFuses of this Turris Mox board. Format: %pM What: /sys/firmware/turris-mox-rwtm/pubkey Date: August 2019 KernelVersion: 5.4 -Contact: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz> -Description: (R) ECDSA public key (in pubkey hex compressed form) computed +Contact: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org> +Description: (Read) ECDSA public key (in pubkey hex compressed form) computed as pair to the ECDSA private key burned into eFuses of this Turris Mox Board. Format: string @@ -24,14 +24,14 @@ Description: (R) ECDSA public key (in pubkey hex compressed form) computed What: /sys/firmware/turris-mox-rwtm/ram_size Date: August 2019 KernelVersion: 5.4 -Contact: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz> -Description: (R) RAM size in MiB of this Turris Mox board as was detected +Contact: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org> +Description: (Read) RAM size in MiB of this Turris Mox board as was detected during manufacturing and burned into eFuses. Can be 512 or 1024. Format: %i What: /sys/firmware/turris-mox-rwtm/serial_number Date: August 2019 KernelVersion: 5.4 -Contact: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz> -Description: (R) Serial number burned into eFuses of this Turris Mox device. +Contact: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org> +Description: (Read) Serial number burned into eFuses of this Turris Mox device. Format: %016X diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-erofs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-erofs new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..284224d1b56f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-erofs @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +What: /sys/fs/erofs/features/ +Date: November 2021 +Contact: "Huang Jianan" <huangjianan@oppo.com> +Description: Shows all enabled kernel features. + Supported features: + zero_padding, compr_cfgs, big_pcluster, chunked_file, + device_table, compr_head2, sb_chksum, ztailpacking, + dedupe, fragments. + +What: /sys/fs/erofs/<disk>/sync_decompress +Date: November 2021 +Contact: "Huang Jianan" <huangjianan@oppo.com> +Description: Control strategy of sync decompression: + + - 0 (default, auto): enable for readpage, and enable for + readahead on atomic contexts only. + - 1 (force on): enable for readpage and readahead. + - 2 (force off): disable for all situations. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-ext4 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-ext4 index 78604db56279..2edd0a6672d3 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-ext4 +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-ext4 @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/mb_order2_req Date: March 2008 Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu> Description: - Tuning parameter which controls the minimum size for + Tuning parameter which controls the minimum size for requests (as a power of 2) where the buddy cache is used @@ -45,8 +45,8 @@ Description: parameter will have their blocks allocated out of a block group specific preallocation pool, so that small files are packed closely together. Each large file - will have its blocks allocated out of its own unique - preallocation pool. + will have its blocks allocated out of its own unique + preallocation pool. What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/inode_readahead_blks Date: March 2008 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs index 7f730c4c8df2..ad3d76d37c8b 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs @@ -20,9 +20,13 @@ What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/gc_idle Date: July 2013 Contact: "Namjae Jeon" <namjae.jeon@samsung.com> Description: Controls the victim selection policy for garbage collection. - Setting gc_idle = 0(default) will disable this option. Setting - gc_idle = 1 will select the Cost Benefit approach & setting - gc_idle = 2 will select the greedy approach. + Setting gc_idle = 0(default) will disable this option. Setting: + + =========== =============================================== + gc_idle = 1 will select the Cost Benefit approach & setting + gc_idle = 2 will select the greedy approach & setting + gc_idle = 3 will select the age-threshold based approach. + =========== =============================================== What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/reclaim_segments Date: October 2013 @@ -37,18 +41,32 @@ Description: This parameter controls the number of prefree segments to be What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/main_blkaddr Date: November 2019 Contact: "Ramon Pantin" <pantin@google.com> -Description: - Shows first block address of MAIN area. +Description: Shows first block address of MAIN area. What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/ipu_policy Date: November 2013 Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk.kim@samsung.com> Description: Controls the in-place-update policy. updates in f2fs. User can set: - 0x01: F2FS_IPU_FORCE, 0x02: F2FS_IPU_SSR, - 0x04: F2FS_IPU_UTIL, 0x08: F2FS_IPU_SSR_UTIL, - 0x10: F2FS_IPU_FSYNC, 0x20: F2FS_IPU_ASYNC, - 0x40: F2FS_IPU_NOCACHE. + + ===== =============== =================================================== + value policy description + 0x00 DISABLE disable IPU(=default option in LFS mode) + 0x01 FORCE all the time + 0x02 SSR if SSR mode is activated + 0x04 UTIL if FS utilization is over threshold + 0x08 SSR_UTIL if SSR mode is activated and FS utilization is over + threshold + 0x10 FSYNC activated in fsync path only for high performance + flash storages. IPU will be triggered only if the + # of dirty pages over min_fsync_blocks. + (=default option) + 0x20 ASYNC do IPU given by asynchronous write requests + 0x40 NOCACHE disable IPU bio cache + 0x80 HONOR_OPU_WRITE use OPU write prior to IPU write if inode has + FI_OPU_WRITE flag + ===== =============== =================================================== + Refer segment.h for details. What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/min_ipu_util @@ -88,13 +106,47 @@ Description: Controls the issue rate of discard commands that consist of small checkpoint is triggered, and issued during the checkpoint. By default, it is disabled with 0. +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/max_ordered_discard +Date: October 2022 +Contact: "Yangtao Li" <frank.li@vivo.com> +Description: Controls the maximum ordered discard, the unit size is one block(4KB). + Set it to 16 by default. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/max_discard_request +Date: December 2021 +Contact: "Konstantin Vyshetsky" <vkon@google.com> +Description: Controls the number of discards a thread will issue at a time. + Higher number will allow the discard thread to finish its work + faster, at the cost of higher latency for incoming I/O. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/min_discard_issue_time +Date: December 2021 +Contact: "Konstantin Vyshetsky" <vkon@google.com> +Description: Controls the interval the discard thread will wait between + issuing discard requests when there are discards to be issued and + no I/O aware interruptions occur. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/mid_discard_issue_time +Date: December 2021 +Contact: "Konstantin Vyshetsky" <vkon@google.com> +Description: Controls the interval the discard thread will wait between + issuing discard requests when there are discards to be issued and + an I/O aware interruption occurs. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/max_discard_issue_time +Date: December 2021 +Contact: "Konstantin Vyshetsky" <vkon@google.com> +Description: Controls the interval the discard thread will wait when there are + no discard operations to be issued. + What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/discard_granularity Date: July 2017 Contact: "Chao Yu" <yuchao0@huawei.com> Description: Controls discard granularity of inner discard thread. Inner thread will not issue discards with size that is smaller than granularity. The unit size is one block(4KB), now only support configuring - in range of [1, 512]. Default value is 4(=16KB). + in range of [1, 512]. Default value is 16. + For small devices, default value is 1. What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/umount_discard_timeout Date: January 2019 @@ -102,6 +154,11 @@ Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org> Description: Set timeout to issue discard commands during umount. Default: 5 secs +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/pending_discard +Date: November 2021 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org> +Description: Shows the number of pending discard commands in the queue. + What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/max_victim_search Date: January 2014 Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk.kim@samsung.com> @@ -133,12 +190,6 @@ Description: Controls the memory footprint used by free nids and cached nat entries. By default, 1 is set, which indicates 10 MB / 1 GB RAM. -What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/batched_trim_sections -Date: February 2015 -Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org> -Description: Controls the trimming rate in batch mode. - <deprecated> - What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/cp_interval Date: October 2015 Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org> @@ -192,7 +243,34 @@ Description: Shows total written kbytes issued to disk. What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/features Date: July 2017 Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org> -Description: Shows all enabled features in current device. +Description: <deprecated: should use /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/feature_list/> + Shows all enabled features in current device. + Supported features: + encryption, blkzoned, extra_attr, projquota, inode_checksum, + flexible_inline_xattr, quota_ino, inode_crtime, lost_found, + verity, sb_checksum, casefold, readonly, compression, pin_file. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/feature_list/ +Date: June 2021 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org> +Description: Expand /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/features to meet sysfs rule. + Supported on-disk features: + encryption, block_zoned (aka blkzoned), extra_attr, + project_quota (aka projquota), inode_checksum, + flexible_inline_xattr, quota_ino, inode_crtime, lost_found, + verity, sb_checksum, casefold, readonly, compression. + Note that, pin_file is moved into /sys/fs/f2fs/features/. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/features/ +Date: July 2017 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org> +Description: Shows all enabled kernel features. + Supported features: + encryption, block_zoned, extra_attr, project_quota, + inode_checksum, flexible_inline_xattr, quota_ino, + inode_crtime, lost_found, verity, sb_checksum, + casefold, readonly, compression, test_dummy_encryption_v2, + atomic_write, pin_file, encrypted_casefold. What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/inject_rate Date: May 2016 @@ -227,11 +305,16 @@ Description: Shows current reserved blocks in system, it may be temporarily What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/gc_urgent Date: August 2017 Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org> -Description: Do background GC agressively when set. When gc_urgent = 1, - background thread starts to do GC by given gc_urgent_sleep_time - interval. When gc_urgent = 2, F2FS will lower the bar of - checking idle in order to process outstanding discard commands - and GC a little bit aggressively. It is set to 0 by default. +Description: Do background GC aggressively when set. Set to 0 by default. + gc urgent high(1): does GC forcibly in a period of given + gc_urgent_sleep_time and ignores I/O idling check. uses greedy + GC approach and turns SSR mode on. + gc urgent low(2): lowers the bar of checking I/O idling in + order to process outstanding discard commands and GC a + little bit aggressively. uses cost benefit GC approach. + gc urgent mid(3): does GC forcibly in a period of given + gc_urgent_sleep_time and executes a mid level of I/O idling check. + uses cost benefit GC approach. What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/gc_urgent_sleep_time Date: August 2017 @@ -251,7 +334,7 @@ Description: This indicates how many GC can be failed for the pinned state. 2048 trials is set by default. What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/extension_list -Date: Feburary 2018 +Date: February 2018 Contact: "Chao Yu" <yuchao0@huawei.com> Description: Used to control configure extension list: - Query: cat /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/extension_list @@ -265,7 +348,7 @@ Date April 2019 Contact: "Daniel Rosenberg" <drosen@google.com> Description: If checkpoint=disable, it displays the number of blocks that are unusable. - If checkpoint=enable it displays the enumber of blocks that + If checkpoint=enable it displays the number of blocks that would be unusable if checkpoint=disable were to be set. What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/encoding @@ -331,21 +414,329 @@ Date: April 2020 Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org> Description: Give a way to attach REQ_META|FUA to data writes given temperature-based bits. Now the bits indicate: - * REQ_META | REQ_FUA | - * 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 | - * Cold | Warm | Hot | Cold | Warm | Hot | + + +-------------------+-------------------+ + | REQ_META | REQ_FUA | + +------+------+-----+------+------+-----+ + | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 | + +------+------+-----+------+------+-----+ + | Cold | Warm | Hot | Cold | Warm | Hot | + +------+------+-----+------+------+-----+ What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/node_io_flag Date: June 2020 Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org> Description: Give a way to attach REQ_META|FUA to node writes given temperature-based bits. Now the bits indicate: - * REQ_META | REQ_FUA | - * 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 | - * Cold | Warm | Hot | Cold | Warm | Hot | + + +-------------------+-------------------+ + | REQ_META | REQ_FUA | + +------+------+-----+------+------+-----+ + | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 | + +------+------+-----+------+------+-----+ + | Cold | Warm | Hot | Cold | Warm | Hot | + +------+------+-----+------+------+-----+ What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/iostat_period_ms Date: April 2020 Contact: "Daeho Jeong" <daehojeong@google.com> Description: Give a way to change iostat_period time. 3secs by default. The new iostat trace gives stats gap given the period. +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/max_io_bytes +Date: December 2020 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org> +Description: This gives a control to limit the bio size in f2fs. + Default is zero, which will follow underlying block layer limit, + whereas, if it has a certain bytes value, f2fs won't submit a + bio larger than that size. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/stat/sb_status +Date: December 2020 +Contact: "Chao Yu" <yuchao0@huawei.com> +Description: Show status of f2fs superblock in real time. + + ====== ===================== ================================= + value sb status macro description + 0x1 SBI_IS_DIRTY dirty flag for checkpoint + 0x2 SBI_IS_CLOSE specify unmounting + 0x4 SBI_NEED_FSCK need fsck.f2fs to fix + 0x8 SBI_POR_DOING recovery is doing or not + 0x10 SBI_NEED_SB_WRITE need to recover superblock + 0x20 SBI_NEED_CP need to checkpoint + 0x40 SBI_IS_SHUTDOWN shutdown by ioctl + 0x80 SBI_IS_RECOVERED recovered orphan/data + 0x100 SBI_CP_DISABLED CP was disabled last mount + 0x200 SBI_CP_DISABLED_QUICK CP was disabled quickly + 0x400 SBI_QUOTA_NEED_FLUSH need to flush quota info in CP + 0x800 SBI_QUOTA_SKIP_FLUSH skip flushing quota in current CP + 0x1000 SBI_QUOTA_NEED_REPAIR quota file may be corrupted + 0x2000 SBI_IS_RESIZEFS resizefs is in process + 0x4000 SBI_IS_FREEZING freefs is in process + ====== ===================== ================================= + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/stat/cp_status +Date: September 2022 +Contact: "Chao Yu" <chao.yu@oppo.com> +Description: Show status of f2fs checkpoint in real time. + + =============================== ============================== + cp flag value + CP_UMOUNT_FLAG 0x00000001 + CP_ORPHAN_PRESENT_FLAG 0x00000002 + CP_COMPACT_SUM_FLAG 0x00000004 + CP_ERROR_FLAG 0x00000008 + CP_FSCK_FLAG 0x00000010 + CP_FASTBOOT_FLAG 0x00000020 + CP_CRC_RECOVERY_FLAG 0x00000040 + CP_NAT_BITS_FLAG 0x00000080 + CP_TRIMMED_FLAG 0x00000100 + CP_NOCRC_RECOVERY_FLAG 0x00000200 + CP_LARGE_NAT_BITMAP_FLAG 0x00000400 + CP_QUOTA_NEED_FSCK_FLAG 0x00000800 + CP_DISABLED_FLAG 0x00001000 + CP_DISABLED_QUICK_FLAG 0x00002000 + CP_RESIZEFS_FLAG 0x00004000 + =============================== ============================== + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/ckpt_thread_ioprio +Date: January 2021 +Contact: "Daeho Jeong" <daehojeong@google.com> +Description: Give a way to change checkpoint merge daemon's io priority. + Its default value is "be,3", which means "BE" I/O class and + I/O priority "3". We can select the class between "rt" and "be", + and set the I/O priority within valid range of it. "," delimiter + is necessary in between I/O class and priority number. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/ovp_segments +Date: March 2021 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org> +Description: Shows the number of overprovision segments. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/compr_written_block +Date: March 2021 +Contact: "Daeho Jeong" <daehojeong@google.com> +Description: Show the block count written after compression since mount. Note + that when the compressed blocks are deleted, this count doesn't + decrease. If you write "0" here, you can initialize + compr_written_block and compr_saved_block to "0". + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/compr_saved_block +Date: March 2021 +Contact: "Daeho Jeong" <daehojeong@google.com> +Description: Show the saved block count with compression since mount. Note + that when the compressed blocks are deleted, this count doesn't + decrease. If you write "0" here, you can initialize + compr_written_block and compr_saved_block to "0". + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/compr_new_inode +Date: March 2021 +Contact: "Daeho Jeong" <daehojeong@google.com> +Description: Show the count of inode newly enabled for compression since mount. + Note that when the compression is disabled for the files, this count + doesn't decrease. If you write "0" here, you can initialize + compr_new_inode to "0". + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/atgc_candidate_ratio +Date: May 2021 +Contact: "Chao Yu" <yuchao0@huawei.com> +Description: When ATGC is on, it controls candidate ratio in order to limit total + number of potential victim in all candidates, the value should be in + range of [0, 100], by default it was initialized as 20(%). + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/atgc_candidate_count +Date: May 2021 +Contact: "Chao Yu" <yuchao0@huawei.com> +Description: When ATGC is on, it controls candidate count in order to limit total + number of potential victim in all candidates, by default it was + initialized as 10 (sections). + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/atgc_age_weight +Date: May 2021 +Contact: "Chao Yu" <yuchao0@huawei.com> +Description: When ATGC is on, it controls age weight to balance weight proportion + in between aging and valid blocks, the value should be in range of + [0, 100], by default it was initialized as 60(%). + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/atgc_age_threshold +Date: May 2021 +Contact: "Chao Yu" <yuchao0@huawei.com> +Description: When ATGC is on, it controls age threshold to bypass GCing young + candidates whose age is not beyond the threshold, by default it was + initialized as 604800 seconds (equals to 7 days). + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/gc_reclaimed_segments +Date: July 2021 +Contact: "Daeho Jeong" <daehojeong@google.com> +Description: Show how many segments have been reclaimed by GC during a specific + GC mode (0: GC normal, 1: GC idle CB, 2: GC idle greedy, + 3: GC idle AT, 4: GC urgent high, 5: GC urgent low 6: GC urgent mid) + You can re-initialize this value to "0". + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/gc_segment_mode +Date: July 2021 +Contact: "Daeho Jeong" <daehojeong@google.com> +Description: You can control for which gc mode the "gc_reclaimed_segments" node shows. + Refer to the description of the modes in "gc_reclaimed_segments". + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/seq_file_ra_mul +Date: July 2021 +Contact: "Daeho Jeong" <daehojeong@google.com> +Description: You can control the multiplier value of bdi device readahead window size + between 2 (default) and 256 for POSIX_FADV_SEQUENTIAL advise option. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/max_fragment_chunk +Date: August 2021 +Contact: "Daeho Jeong" <daehojeong@google.com> +Description: With "mode=fragment:block" mount options, we can scatter block allocation. + f2fs will allocate 1..<max_fragment_chunk> blocks in a chunk and make a hole + in the length of 1..<max_fragment_hole> by turns. This value can be set + between 1..512 and the default value is 4. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/max_fragment_hole +Date: August 2021 +Contact: "Daeho Jeong" <daehojeong@google.com> +Description: With "mode=fragment:block" mount options, we can scatter block allocation. + f2fs will allocate 1..<max_fragment_chunk> blocks in a chunk and make a hole + in the length of 1..<max_fragment_hole> by turns. This value can be set + between 1..512 and the default value is 4. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/gc_remaining_trials +Date: October 2022 +Contact: "Yangtao Li" <frank.li@vivo.com> +Description: You can set the trial count limit for GC urgent and idle mode with this value. + If GC thread gets to the limit, the mode will turn back to GC normal mode. + By default, the value is zero, which means there is no limit like before. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/max_roll_forward_node_blocks +Date: January 2022 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org> +Description: Controls max # of node block writes to be used for roll forward + recovery. This can limit the roll forward recovery time. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/unusable_blocks_per_sec +Date: June 2022 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org> +Description: Shows the number of unusable blocks in a section which was defined by + the zone capacity reported by underlying zoned device. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/current_atomic_write +Date: July 2022 +Contact: "Daeho Jeong" <daehojeong@google.com> +Description: Show the total current atomic write block count, which is not committed yet. + This is a read-only entry. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/peak_atomic_write +Date: July 2022 +Contact: "Daeho Jeong" <daehojeong@google.com> +Description: Show the peak value of total current atomic write block count after boot. + If you write "0" here, you can initialize to "0". + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/committed_atomic_block +Date: July 2022 +Contact: "Daeho Jeong" <daehojeong@google.com> +Description: Show the accumulated total committed atomic write block count after boot. + If you write "0" here, you can initialize to "0". + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/revoked_atomic_block +Date: July 2022 +Contact: "Daeho Jeong" <daehojeong@google.com> +Description: Show the accumulated total revoked atomic write block count after boot. + If you write "0" here, you can initialize to "0". + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/gc_mode +Date: October 2022 +Contact: "Yangtao Li" <frank.li@vivo.com> +Description: Show the current gc_mode as a string. + This is a read-only entry. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/discard_urgent_util +Date: November 2022 +Contact: "Yangtao Li" <frank.li@vivo.com> +Description: When space utilization exceeds this, do background DISCARD aggressively. + Does DISCARD forcibly in a period of given min_discard_issue_time when the number + of discards is not 0 and set discard granularity to 1. + Default: 80 + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/hot_data_age_threshold +Date: November 2022 +Contact: "Ping Xiong" <xiongping1@xiaomi.com> +Description: When DATA SEPARATION is on, it controls the age threshold to indicate + the data blocks as hot. By default it was initialized as 262144 blocks + (equals to 1GB). + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/warm_data_age_threshold +Date: November 2022 +Contact: "Ping Xiong" <xiongping1@xiaomi.com> +Description: When DATA SEPARATION is on, it controls the age threshold to indicate + the data blocks as warm. By default it was initialized as 2621440 blocks + (equals to 10GB). + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/fault_rate +Date: May 2016 +Contact: "Sheng Yong" <shengyong@oppo.com> +Contact: "Chao Yu" <chao@kernel.org> +Description: Enable fault injection in all supported types with + specified injection rate. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/fault_type +Date: May 2016 +Contact: "Sheng Yong" <shengyong@oppo.com> +Contact: "Chao Yu" <chao@kernel.org> +Description: Support configuring fault injection type, should be + enabled with fault_injection option, fault type value + is shown below, it supports single or combined type. + + =================== =========== + Type_Name Type_Value + =================== =========== + FAULT_KMALLOC 0x000000001 + FAULT_KVMALLOC 0x000000002 + FAULT_PAGE_ALLOC 0x000000004 + FAULT_PAGE_GET 0x000000008 + FAULT_ALLOC_BIO 0x000000010 (obsolete) + FAULT_ALLOC_NID 0x000000020 + FAULT_ORPHAN 0x000000040 + FAULT_BLOCK 0x000000080 + FAULT_DIR_DEPTH 0x000000100 + FAULT_EVICT_INODE 0x000000200 + FAULT_TRUNCATE 0x000000400 + FAULT_READ_IO 0x000000800 + FAULT_CHECKPOINT 0x000001000 + FAULT_DISCARD 0x000002000 + FAULT_WRITE_IO 0x000004000 + FAULT_SLAB_ALLOC 0x000008000 + FAULT_DQUOT_INIT 0x000010000 + FAULT_LOCK_OP 0x000020000 + FAULT_BLKADDR 0x000040000 + =================== =========== + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/discard_io_aware_gran +Date: January 2023 +Contact: "Yangtao Li" <frank.li@vivo.com> +Description: Controls background discard granularity of inner discard thread + when is not in idle. Inner thread will not issue discards with size that + is smaller than granularity. The unit size is one block(4KB), now only + support configuring in range of [0, 512]. + Default: 512 + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/last_age_weight +Date: January 2023 +Contact: "Ping Xiong" <xiongping1@xiaomi.com> +Description: When DATA SEPARATION is on, it controls the weight of last data block age. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/compress_watermark +Date: February 2023 +Contact: "Yangtao Li" <frank.li@vivo.com> +Description: When compress cache is on, it controls free memory watermark + in order to limit caching compress page. If free memory is lower + than watermark, then deny caching compress page. The value should be in + range of (0, 100], by default it was initialized as 20(%). + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/compress_percent +Date: February 2023 +Contact: "Yangtao Li" <frank.li@vivo.com> +Description: When compress cache is on, it controls cached page + percent(compress pages / free_ram) in order to limit caching compress page. + If cached page percent exceed threshold, then deny caching compress page. + The value should be in range of (0, 100], by default it was initialized + as 20(%). diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-ubifs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-ubifs new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..af5afda30220 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-ubifs @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +What: /sys/fs/ubifsX_Y/error_magic +Date: October 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.16 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + Exposes magic errors: every node starts with a magic number. + + This counter keeps track of the number of accesses of nodes + with a corrupted magic number. + + The counter is reset to 0 with a remount. + +What: /sys/fs/ubifsX_Y/error_node +Date: October 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.16 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + Exposes node errors. Every node embeds its type. + + This counter keeps track of the number of accesses of nodes + with a corrupted node type. + + The counter is reset to 0 with a remount. + +What: /sys/fs/ubifsX_Y/error_crc +Date: October 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.16 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + Exposes crc errors: every node embeds a crc checksum. + + This counter keeps track of the number of accesses of nodes + with a bad crc checksum. + + The counter is reset to 0 with a remount. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-xfs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-xfs index ea0cc8c42093..f704925f6fe9 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-xfs +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-xfs @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ Contact: xfs@oss.sgi.com Description: The current state of the log write grant head. It represents the total log reservation of all currently - oustanding transactions, including regrants due to + outstanding transactions, including regrants due to rolling transactions. The grant head is exported in "cycle:bytes" format. Users: xfstests diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-hypervisor-xen b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-hypervisor-xen index 53b7b2ea7515..4dbe0c49b393 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-hypervisor-xen +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-hypervisor-xen @@ -15,14 +15,17 @@ KernelVersion: 4.3 Contact: Boris Ostrovsky <boris.ostrovsky@oracle.com> Description: If running under Xen: Describes mode that Xen's performance-monitoring unit (PMU) - uses. Accepted values are - "off" -- PMU is disabled - "self" -- The guest can profile itself - "hv" -- The guest can profile itself and, if it is + uses. Accepted values are: + + ====== ============================================ + "off" PMU is disabled + "self" The guest can profile itself + "hv" The guest can profile itself and, if it is privileged (e.g. dom0), the hypervisor - "all" -- The guest can profile itself, the hypervisor + "all" The guest can profile itself, the hypervisor and all other guests. Only available to privileged guests. + ====== ============================================ What: /sys/hypervisor/pmu/pmu_features Date: August 2015 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-address_bits b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-address_bits new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..5d09ff84d4d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-address_bits @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/address_bit +Date: May 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.3 +Contact: Thomas Weißschuh <linux@weissschuh.net> +Description: + The address size of the running kernel in bits. + + Access: Read + +Users: util-linux diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-boot_params b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-boot_params index eca38ce2852d..7f9bda453c4d 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-boot_params +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-boot_params @@ -23,16 +23,17 @@ Description: The /sys/kernel/boot_params directory contains two representation of setup_data type. "data" file is the binary representation of setup_data payload. - The whole boot_params directory structure is like below: - /sys/kernel/boot_params - |__ data - |__ setup_data - | |__ 0 - | | |__ data - | | |__ type - | |__ 1 - | |__ data - | |__ type - |__ version + The whole boot_params directory structure is like below:: + + /sys/kernel/boot_params + |__ data + |__ setup_data + | |__ 0 + | | |__ data + | | |__ type + | |__ 1 + | |__ data + | |__ type + |__ version Users: Kexec diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-btf b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-btf index 2c9744b2cd59..fe96efdc9b6c 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-btf +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-btf @@ -15,3 +15,11 @@ Description: information with description of all internal kernel types. See Documentation/bpf/btf.rst for detailed description of format itself. + +What: /sys/kernel/btf/<module-name> +Date: Nov 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.11 +Contact: bpf@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Read-only binary attribute exposing kernel module's BTF type + information as an add-on to the kernel's BTF (/sys/kernel/btf/vmlinux). diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-cpu_byteorder b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-cpu_byteorder new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f0e6ac1b5356 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-cpu_byteorder @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/cpu_byteorder +Date: February 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.2 +Contact: Thomas Weißschuh <linux@weissschuh.net> +Description: + The endianness of the running kernel. + + Access: Read + + Valid values: + "little", "big" +Users: util-linux diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-dmabuf-buffers b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-dmabuf-buffers new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..5d3bc997dc64 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-dmabuf-buffers @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/dmabuf/buffers +Date: May 2021 +KernelVersion: v5.13 +Contact: Hridya Valsaraju <hridya@google.com> +Description: The /sys/kernel/dmabuf/buffers directory contains a + snapshot of the internal state of every DMA-BUF. + /sys/kernel/dmabuf/buffers/<inode_number> will contain the + statistics for the DMA-BUF with the unique inode number + <inode_number> +Users: kernel memory tuning/debugging tools + +What: /sys/kernel/dmabuf/buffers/<inode_number>/exporter_name +Date: May 2021 +KernelVersion: v5.13 +Contact: Hridya Valsaraju <hridya@google.com> +Description: This file is read-only and contains the name of the exporter of + the DMA-BUF. + +What: /sys/kernel/dmabuf/buffers/<inode_number>/size +Date: May 2021 +KernelVersion: v5.13 +Contact: Hridya Valsaraju <hridya@google.com> +Description: This file is read-only and specifies the size of the DMA-BUF in + bytes. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-iommu_groups b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-iommu_groups index 017f5bc3920c..a42d4383d999 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-iommu_groups +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-iommu_groups @@ -25,11 +25,40 @@ Description: /sys/kernel/iommu_groups/reserved_regions list IOVA the base IOVA, the second is the end IOVA and the third field describes the type of the region. -What: /sys/kernel/iommu_groups/reserved_regions -Date: June 2019 -KernelVersion: v5.3 -Contact: Eric Auger <eric.auger@redhat.com> -Description: In case an RMRR is used only by graphics or USB devices - it is now exposed as "direct-relaxable" instead of "direct". - In device assignment use case, for instance, those RMRR - are considered to be relaxable and safe. + Since kernel 5.3, in case an RMRR is used only by graphics or + USB devices it is now exposed as "direct-relaxable" instead + of "direct". In device assignment use case, for instance, + those RMRR are considered to be relaxable and safe. + +What: /sys/kernel/iommu_groups/<grp_id>/type +Date: November 2020 +KernelVersion: v5.11 +Contact: Sai Praneeth Prakhya <sai.praneeth.prakhya@intel.com> +Description: /sys/kernel/iommu_groups/<grp_id>/type shows the type of default + domain in use by iommu for this group. See include/linux/iommu.h + for possible read values. A privileged user could request kernel to + change the group type by writing to this file. Valid write values: + + ======== ====================================================== + DMA All the DMA transactions from the device in this group + are translated by the iommu. + DMA-FQ As above, but using batched invalidation to lazily + remove translations after use. This may offer reduced + overhead at the cost of reduced memory protection. + identity All the DMA transactions from the device in this group + are not translated by the iommu. Maximum performance + but zero protection. + auto Change to the type the device was booted with. + ======== ====================================================== + + The default domain type of a group may be modified only when + + - The device in the group is not bound to any device driver. + So, the users must unbind the appropriate driver before + changing the default domain type. + + Unbinding a device driver will take away the driver's control + over the device and if done on devices that host root file + system could lead to catastrophic effects (the users might + need to reboot the machine to get it to normal state). So, it's + expected that the users understand what they're doing. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-livepatch b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-livepatch index bea7bd5a1d5f..a5df9b4910dc 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-livepatch +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-livepatch @@ -55,6 +55,14 @@ Description: The object directory contains subdirectories for each function that is patched within the object. +What: /sys/kernel/livepatch/<patch>/<object>/patched +Date: August 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.1.0 +Contact: live-patching@vger.kernel.org +Description: + An attribute which indicates whether the object is currently + patched. + What: /sys/kernel/livepatch/<patch>/<object>/<function,sympos> Date: Nov 2014 KernelVersion: 3.19.0 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-cma b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-cma new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..02b2bb60c296 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-cma @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/mm/cma/ +Date: Feb 2021 +Contact: Minchan Kim <minchan@kernel.org> +Description: + /sys/kernel/mm/cma/ contains a subdirectory for each CMA + heap name (also sometimes called CMA areas). + + Each CMA heap subdirectory (that is, each + /sys/kernel/mm/cma/<cma-heap-name> directory) contains the + following items: + + alloc_pages_success + alloc_pages_fail + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/cma/<cma-heap-name>/alloc_pages_success +Date: Feb 2021 +Contact: Minchan Kim <minchan@kernel.org> +Description: + the number of pages CMA API succeeded to allocate + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/cma/<cma-heap-name>/alloc_pages_fail +Date: Feb 2021 +Contact: Minchan Kim <minchan@kernel.org> +Description: + the number of pages CMA API failed to allocate diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-damon b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-damon new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..2744f21b5a6b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-damon @@ -0,0 +1,346 @@ +what: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/ +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SeongJae Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Interface for Data Access MONitoring (DAMON). Contains files + for controlling DAMON. For more details on DAMON itself, + please refer to Documentation/admin-guide/mm/damon/index.rst. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/ +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SeongJae Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Interface for privileged users of DAMON. Contains files for + controlling DAMON that aimed to be used by privileged users. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/nr_kdamonds +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SeongJae Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing a number 'N' to this file creates the number of + directories for controlling each DAMON worker thread (kdamond) + named '0' to 'N-1' under the kdamonds/ directory. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/state +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SeongJae Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing 'on' or 'off' to this file makes the kdamond starts or + stops, respectively. Reading the file returns the keywords + based on the current status. Writing 'commit' to this file + makes the kdamond reads the user inputs in the sysfs files + except 'state' again. Writing 'update_schemes_stats' to the + file updates contents of schemes stats files of the kdamond. + Writing 'update_schemes_tried_regions' to the file updates + contents of 'tried_regions' directory of every scheme directory + of this kdamond. Writing 'clear_schemes_tried_regions' to the + file removes contents of the 'tried_regions' directory. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/pid +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SeongJae Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Reading this file returns the pid of the kdamond if it is + running. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/nr_contexts +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SeongJae Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing a number 'N' to this file creates the number of + directories for controlling each DAMON context named '0' to + 'N-1' under the contexts/ directory. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/avail_operations +Date: Apr 2022 +Contact: SeongJae Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Reading this file returns the available monitoring operations + sets on the currently running kernel. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/operations +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SeongJae Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing a keyword for a monitoring operations set ('vaddr' for + virtual address spaces monitoring, 'fvaddr' for fixed virtual + address ranges monitoring, and 'paddr' for the physical address + space monitoring) to this file makes the context to use the + operations set. Reading the file returns the keyword for the + operations set the context is set to use. + + Note that only the operations sets that listed in + 'avail_operations' file are valid inputs. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/monitoring_attrs/intervals/sample_us +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SeongJae Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing a value to this file sets the sampling interval of the + DAMON context in microseconds as the value. Reading this file + returns the value. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/monitoring_attrs/intervals/aggr_us +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SeongJae Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing a value to this file sets the aggregation interval of + the DAMON context in microseconds as the value. Reading this + file returns the value. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/monitoring_attrs/intervals/update_us +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SeongJae Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing a value to this file sets the update interval of the + DAMON context in microseconds as the value. Reading this file + returns the value. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/monitoring_attrs/nr_regions/min + +WDate: Mar 2022 +Contact: SeongJae Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing a value to this file sets the minimum number of + monitoring regions of the DAMON context as the value. Reading + this file returns the value. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/monitoring_attrs/nr_regions/max +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SeongJae Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing a value to this file sets the maximum number of + monitoring regions of the DAMON context as the value. Reading + this file returns the value. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/targets/nr_targets +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SeongJae Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing a number 'N' to this file creates the number of + directories for controlling each DAMON target of the context + named '0' to 'N-1' under the contexts/ directory. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/targets/<T>/pid_target +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SeongJae Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing to and reading from this file sets and gets the pid of + the target process if the context is for virtual address spaces + monitoring, respectively. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/targets/<T>/regions/nr_regions +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SeongJae Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing a number 'N' to this file creates the number of + directories for setting each DAMON target memory region of the + context named '0' to 'N-1' under the regions/ directory. In + case of the virtual address space monitoring, DAMON + automatically sets the target memory region based on the target + processes' mappings. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/targets/<T>/regions/<R>/start +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SeongJae Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing to and reading from this file sets and gets the start + address of the monitoring region. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/targets/<T>/regions/<R>/end +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SeongJae Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing to and reading from this file sets and gets the end + address of the monitoring region. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/nr_schemes +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SeongJae Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing a number 'N' to this file creates the number of + directories for controlling each DAMON-based operation scheme + of the context named '0' to 'N-1' under the schemes/ directory. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/action +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SeongJae Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing to and reading from this file sets and gets the action + of the scheme. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/access_pattern/sz/min +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SeongJae Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing to and reading from this file sets and gets the mimimum + size of the scheme's target regions in bytes. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/access_pattern/sz/max +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SeongJae Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing to and reading from this file sets and gets the maximum + size of the scheme's target regions in bytes. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/access_pattern/nr_accesses/min +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SeongJae Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing to and reading from this file sets and gets the manimum + 'nr_accesses' of the scheme's target regions. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/access_pattern/nr_accesses/max +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SeongJae Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing to and reading from this file sets and gets the maximum + 'nr_accesses' of the scheme's target regions. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/access_pattern/age/min +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SeongJae Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing to and reading from this file sets and gets the minimum + 'age' of the scheme's target regions. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/access_pattern/age/max +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SeongJae Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing to and reading from this file sets and gets the maximum + 'age' of the scheme's target regions. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/quotas/ms +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SeongJae Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing to and reading from this file sets and gets the time + quota of the scheme in milliseconds. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/quotas/bytes +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SeongJae Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing to and reading from this file sets and gets the size + quota of the scheme in bytes. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/quotas/reset_interval_ms +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SeongJae Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing to and reading from this file sets and gets the quotas + charge reset interval of the scheme in milliseconds. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/quotas/weights/sz_permil +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SeongJae Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing to and reading from this file sets and gets the + under-quota limit regions prioritization weight for 'size' in + permil. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/quotas/weights/nr_accesses_permil +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SeongJae Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing to and reading from this file sets and gets the + under-quota limit regions prioritization weight for + 'nr_accesses' in permil. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/quotas/weights/age_permil +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SeongJae Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing to and reading from this file sets and gets the + under-quota limit regions prioritization weight for 'age' in + permil. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/watermarks/metric +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SeongJae Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing to and reading from this file sets and gets the metric + of the watermarks for the scheme. The writable/readable + keywords for this file are 'none' for disabling the watermarks + feature, or 'free_mem_rate' for the system's global free memory + rate in permil. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/watermarks/interval_us +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SeongJae Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing to and reading from this file sets and gets the metric + check interval of the watermarks for the scheme in + microseconds. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/watermarks/high +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SeongJae Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing to and reading from this file sets and gets the high + watermark of the scheme in permil. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/watermarks/mid +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SeongJae Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing to and reading from this file sets and gets the mid + watermark of the scheme in permil. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/watermarks/low +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SeongJae Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing to and reading from this file sets and gets the low + watermark of the scheme in permil. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/filters/nr_filters +Date: Dec 2022 +Contact: SeongJae Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing a number 'N' to this file creates the number of + directories for setting filters of the scheme named '0' to + 'N-1' under the filters/ directory. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/filters/<F>/type +Date: Dec 2022 +Contact: SeongJae Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing to and reading from this file sets and gets the type of + the memory of the interest. 'anon' for anonymous pages, or + 'memcg' for specific memory cgroup can be written and read. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/filters/<F>/memcg_path +Date: Dec 2022 +Contact: SeongJae Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: If 'memcg' is written to the 'type' file, writing to and + reading from this file sets and gets the path to the memory + cgroup of the interest. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/filters/<F>/matching +Date: Dec 2022 +Contact: SeongJae Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Writing 'Y' or 'N' to this file sets whether to filter out + pages that do or do not match to the 'type' and 'memcg_path', + respectively. Filter out means the action of the scheme will + not be applied to. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/stats/nr_tried +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SeongJae Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Reading this file returns the number of regions that the action + of the scheme has tried to be applied. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/stats/sz_tried +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SeongJae Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Reading this file returns the total size of regions that the + action of the scheme has tried to be applied in bytes. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/stats/nr_applied +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SeongJae Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Reading this file returns the number of regions that the action + of the scheme has successfully applied. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/stats/sz_applied +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SeongJae Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Reading this file returns the total size of regions that the + action of the scheme has successfully applied in bytes. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/stats/qt_exceeds +Date: Mar 2022 +Contact: SeongJae Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Reading this file returns the number of the exceed events of + the scheme's quotas. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/tried_regions/<R>/start +Date: Oct 2022 +Contact: SeongJae Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Reading this file returns the start address of a memory region + that corresponding DAMON-based Operation Scheme's action has + tried to be applied. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/tried_regions/<R>/end +Date: Oct 2022 +Contact: SeongJae Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Reading this file returns the end address of a memory region + that corresponding DAMON-based Operation Scheme's action has + tried to be applied. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/tried_regions/<R>/nr_accesses +Date: Oct 2022 +Contact: SeongJae Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Reading this file returns the 'nr_accesses' of a memory region + that corresponding DAMON-based Operation Scheme's action has + tried to be applied. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/damon/admin/kdamonds/<K>/contexts/<C>/schemes/<S>/tried_regions/<R>/age +Date: Oct 2022 +Contact: SeongJae Park <sj@kernel.org> +Description: Reading this file returns the 'age' of a memory region that + corresponding DAMON-based Operation Scheme's action has tried + to be applied. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-hugepages b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-hugepages index fdaa2162fae1..294387e2c7fb 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-hugepages +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-hugepages @@ -7,9 +7,11 @@ Description: of the hugepages supported by the kernel/CPU combination. Under these directories are a number of files: - nr_hugepages - nr_overcommit_hugepages - free_hugepages - surplus_hugepages - resv_hugepages + + - nr_hugepages + - nr_overcommit_hugepages + - free_hugepages + - surplus_hugepages + - resv_hugepages + See Documentation/admin-guide/mm/hugetlbpage.rst for details. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-ksm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-ksm index dfc13244cda3..6041a025b65a 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-ksm +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-ksm @@ -34,13 +34,14 @@ Description: Kernel Samepage Merging daemon sysfs interface in a tree. run: write 0 to disable ksm, read 0 while ksm is disabled. - write 1 to run ksm, read 1 while ksm is running. - write 2 to disable ksm and unmerge all its pages. + + - write 1 to run ksm, read 1 while ksm is running. + - write 2 to disable ksm and unmerge all its pages. sleep_millisecs: how many milliseconds ksm should sleep between scans. - See Documentation/vm/ksm.rst for more information. + See Documentation/mm/ksm.rst for more information. What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/merge_across_nodes Date: January 2013 @@ -50,3 +51,11 @@ Description: Control merging pages across different NUMA nodes. When it is set to 0 only pages from the same node are merged, otherwise pages from all nodes can be merged together (default). + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/general_profit +Date: April 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.4 +Contact: Linux memory management mailing list <linux-mm@kvack.org> +Description: Measure how effective KSM is. + general_profit: how effective is KSM. The formula for the + calculation is in Documentation/admin-guide/mm/ksm.rst. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-memory-tiers b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-memory-tiers new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..721a05b90109 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-memory-tiers @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +What: /sys/devices/virtual/memory_tiering/ +Date: August 2022 +Contact: Linux memory management mailing list <linux-mm@kvack.org> +Description: A collection of all the memory tiers allocated. + + Individual memory tier details are contained in subdirectories + named by the abstract distance of the memory tier. + + /sys/devices/virtual/memory_tiering/memory_tierN/ + + +What: /sys/devices/virtual/memory_tiering/memory_tierN/ + /sys/devices/virtual/memory_tiering/memory_tierN/nodelist +Date: August 2022 +Contact: Linux memory management mailing list <linux-mm@kvack.org> +Description: Directory with details of a specific memory tier + + This is the directory containing information about a particular + memory tier, memtierN, where N is derived based on abstract distance. + + A smaller value of N implies a higher (faster) memory tier in the + hierarchy. + + nodelist: NUMA nodes that are part of this memory tier. + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-numa b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-numa new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..77e559d4ed80 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-numa @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/mm/numa/ +Date: June 2021 +Contact: Linux memory management mailing list <linux-mm@kvack.org> +Description: Interface for NUMA + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/numa/demotion_enabled +Date: June 2021 +Contact: Linux memory management mailing list <linux-mm@kvack.org> +Description: Enable/disable demoting pages during reclaim + + Page migration during reclaim is intended for systems + with tiered memory configurations. These systems have + multiple types of memory with varied performance + characteristics instead of plain NUMA systems where + the same kind of memory is found at varied distances. + Allowing page migration during reclaim enables these + systems to migrate pages from fast tiers to slow tiers + when the fast tier is under pressure. This migration + is performed before swap. It may move data to a NUMA + node that does not fall into the cpuset of the + allocating process which might be construed to violate + the guarantees of cpusets. This should not be enabled + on systems which need strict cpuset location + guarantees. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-oops_count b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-oops_count new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..156cca9dbc96 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-oops_count @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/oops_count +Date: November 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.2.0 +Contact: Linux Kernel Hardening List <linux-hardening@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + Shows how many times the system has Oopsed since last boot. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-reboot b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-reboot new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..837330fb2511 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-reboot @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/reboot +Date: November 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.11 +Contact: Matteo Croce <mcroce@microsoft.com> +Description: Interface to set the kernel reboot behavior, similarly to + what can be done via the reboot= cmdline option. + (see Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt) + +What: /sys/kernel/reboot/mode +Date: November 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.11 +Contact: Matteo Croce <mcroce@microsoft.com> +Description: Reboot mode. Valid values are: cold warm hard soft gpio + +What: /sys/kernel/reboot/type +Date: November 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.11 +Contact: Matteo Croce <mcroce@microsoft.com> +Description: Reboot type. Valid values are: bios acpi kbd triple efi pci + +What: /sys/kernel/reboot/cpu +Date: November 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.11 +Contact: Matteo Croce <mcroce@microsoft.com> +Description: CPU number to use to reboot. + +What: /sys/kernel/reboot/force +Date: November 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.11 +Contact: Matteo Croce <mcroce@microsoft.com> +Description: Don't wait for any other CPUs on reboot and + avoid anything that could hang. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-slab b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-slab index ed35833ad7f0..cd5fb8fa3ddf 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-slab +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-slab @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ Description: any cache it aliases, if any). Users: kernel memory tuning tools -What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/aliases +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/aliases Date: May 2007 KernelVersion: 2.6.22 Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ Description: The aliases file is read-only and specifies how many caches have merged into this cache. -What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/align +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/align Date: May 2007 KernelVersion: 2.6.22 Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ Description: The align file is read-only and specifies the cache's object alignment in bytes. -What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/alloc_calls +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/alloc_calls Date: May 2007 KernelVersion: 2.6.22 Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, @@ -37,9 +37,9 @@ Description: The alloc_calls file is read-only and lists the kernel code locations from which allocations for this cache were performed. The alloc_calls file only contains information if debugging is - enabled for that cache (see Documentation/vm/slub.rst). + enabled for that cache (see Documentation/mm/slub.rst). -What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/alloc_fastpath +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/alloc_fastpath Date: February 2008 KernelVersion: 2.6.25 Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ Description: current count. Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. -What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/alloc_from_partial +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/alloc_from_partial Date: February 2008 KernelVersion: 2.6.25 Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ Description: count. Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. -What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/alloc_refill +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/alloc_refill Date: February 2008 KernelVersion: 2.6.25 Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ Description: remote cpu frees. It can be written to clear the current count. Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. -What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/alloc_slab +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/alloc_slab Date: February 2008 KernelVersion: 2.6.25 Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ Description: clear the current count. Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. -What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/alloc_slowpath +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/alloc_slowpath Date: February 2008 KernelVersion: 2.6.25 Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ Description: clear the current count. Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. -What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/cache_dma +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/cache_dma Date: May 2007 KernelVersion: 2.6.22 Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ Description: are from ZONE_DMA. Available when CONFIG_ZONE_DMA is enabled. -What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/cpu_slabs +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/cpu_slabs Date: May 2007 KernelVersion: 2.6.22 Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ Description: The cpu_slabs file is read-only and displays how many cpu slabs are active and their NUMA locality. -What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/cpuslab_flush +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/cpuslab_flush Date: April 2009 KernelVersion: 2.6.31 Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ Description: current count. Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. -What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/ctor +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/ctor Date: May 2007 KernelVersion: 2.6.22 Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ Description: constructor function, which is invoked for each object when a new slab is allocated. -What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/deactivate_empty +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/deactivate_empty Date: February 2008 KernelVersion: 2.6.25 Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ Description: was deactivated. It can be written to clear the current count. Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. -What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/deactivate_full +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/deactivate_full Date: February 2008 KernelVersion: 2.6.25 Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ Description: was deactivated. It can be written to clear the current count. Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. -What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/deactivate_remote_frees +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/deactivate_remote_frees Date: February 2008 KernelVersion: 2.6.25 Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ Description: remotely. It can be written to clear the current count. Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. -What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/deactivate_to_head +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/deactivate_to_head Date: February 2008 KernelVersion: 2.6.25 Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ Description: list. It can be written to clear the current count. Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. -What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/deactivate_to_tail +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/deactivate_to_tail Date: February 2008 KernelVersion: 2.6.25 Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ Description: list. It can be written to clear the current count. Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. -What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/destroy_by_rcu +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/destroy_by_rcu Date: May 2007 KernelVersion: 2.6.22 Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, @@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ Description: The destroy_by_rcu file is read-only and specifies whether slabs (not objects) are freed by rcu. -What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_add_partial +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/free_add_partial Date: February 2008 KernelVersion: 2.6.25 Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ Description: partial list. It can be written to clear the current count. Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. -What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_calls +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/free_calls Date: May 2007 KernelVersion: 2.6.22 Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, @@ -219,9 +219,9 @@ Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, Description: The free_calls file is read-only and lists the locations of object frees if slab debugging is enabled (see - Documentation/vm/slub.rst). + Documentation/mm/slub.rst). -What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_fastpath +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/free_fastpath Date: February 2008 KernelVersion: 2.6.25 Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, @@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ Description: It can be written to clear the current count. Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. -What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_frozen +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/free_frozen Date: February 2008 KernelVersion: 2.6.25 Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ Description: clear the current count. Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. -What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_remove_partial +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/free_remove_partial Date: February 2008 KernelVersion: 2.6.25 Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ Description: count. Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. -What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_slab +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/free_slab Date: February 2008 KernelVersion: 2.6.25 Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, @@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ Description: the current count. Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. -What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_slowpath +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/free_slowpath Date: February 2008 KernelVersion: 2.6.25 Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ Description: be written to clear the current count. Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. -What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/hwcache_align +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/hwcache_align Date: May 2007 KernelVersion: 2.6.22 Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, @@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ Description: The hwcache_align file is read-only and specifies whether objects are aligned on cachelines. -What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/min_partial +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/min_partial Date: February 2009 KernelVersion: 2.6.30 Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, @@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ Description: allocating new slabs. Such slabs may be reclaimed by utilizing the shrink file. -What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/object_size +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/object_size Date: May 2007 KernelVersion: 2.6.22 Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, @@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ Description: The object_size file is read-only and specifies the cache's object size. -What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/objects +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/objects Date: May 2007 KernelVersion: 2.6.22 Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ Description: The objects file is read-only and displays how many objects are active and from which nodes they are from. -What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/objects_partial +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/objects_partial Date: April 2008 KernelVersion: 2.6.26 Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, @@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ Description: objects are on partial slabs and from which nodes they are from. -What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/objs_per_slab +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/objs_per_slab Date: May 2007 KernelVersion: 2.6.22 Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, @@ -333,9 +333,9 @@ Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, Description: The file objs_per_slab is read-only and specifies how many objects may be allocated from a single slab of the order - specified in /sys/kernel/slab/cache/order. + specified in /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/order. -What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/order +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/order Date: May 2007 KernelVersion: 2.6.22 Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, @@ -346,12 +346,13 @@ Description: number of objects per slab. If a slab cannot be allocated because of fragmentation, SLUB will retry with the minimum order possible depending on its characteristics. + When debug_guardpage_minorder=N (N > 0) parameter is specified (see Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.rst), the minimum possible order is used and this sysfs entry can not be used to change the order at run time. -What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/order_fallback +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/order_fallback Date: April 2008 KernelVersion: 2.6.26 Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, @@ -361,9 +362,10 @@ Description: new slab has not been possible at the cache's order and instead fallen back to its minimum possible order. It can be written to clear the current count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. -What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/partial +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/partial Date: May 2007 KernelVersion: 2.6.22 Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, @@ -372,7 +374,7 @@ Description: The partial file is read-only and displays how long many partial slabs there are and how long each node's list is. -What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/poison +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/poison Date: May 2007 KernelVersion: 2.6.22 Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, @@ -381,7 +383,7 @@ Description: The poison file specifies whether objects should be poisoned when a new slab is allocated. -What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/reclaim_account +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/reclaim_account Date: May 2007 KernelVersion: 2.6.22 Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, @@ -390,7 +392,7 @@ Description: The reclaim_account file specifies whether the cache's objects are reclaimable (and grouped by their mobility). -What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/red_zone +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/red_zone Date: May 2007 KernelVersion: 2.6.22 Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, @@ -399,7 +401,7 @@ Description: The red_zone file specifies whether the cache's objects are red zoned. -What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/remote_node_defrag_ratio +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/remote_node_defrag_ratio Date: January 2008 KernelVersion: 2.6.25 Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, @@ -410,9 +412,10 @@ Description: slab from a remote node as opposed to allocating a new slab on the local node. This reduces the amount of wasted memory over the entire system but can be expensive. + Available when CONFIG_NUMA is enabled. -What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/sanity_checks +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/sanity_checks Date: May 2007 KernelVersion: 2.6.22 Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, @@ -423,7 +426,7 @@ Description: checks. Caches that enable sanity_checks cannot be merged with caches that do not. -What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/shrink +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/shrink Date: May 2007 KernelVersion: 2.6.22 Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, @@ -439,7 +442,7 @@ Description: adversely impact other running applications. So it should be used with care. -What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/slab_size +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/slab_size Date: May 2007 KernelVersion: 2.6.22 Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, @@ -448,7 +451,7 @@ Description: The slab_size file is read-only and specifies the object size with metadata (debugging information and alignment) in bytes. -What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/slabs +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/slabs Date: May 2007 KernelVersion: 2.6.22 Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, @@ -458,7 +461,7 @@ Description: there are (both cpu and partial) and from which nodes they are from. -What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/store_user +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/store_user Date: May 2007 KernelVersion: 2.6.22 Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, @@ -467,7 +470,7 @@ Description: The store_user file specifies whether the location of allocation or free should be tracked for a cache. -What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/total_objects +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/total_objects Date: April 2008 KernelVersion: 2.6.26 Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, @@ -476,7 +479,7 @@ Description: The total_objects file is read-only and displays how many total objects a cache has and from which nodes they are from. -What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/trace +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/trace Date: May 2007 KernelVersion: 2.6.22 Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, @@ -485,7 +488,7 @@ Description: The trace file specifies whether object allocations and frees should be traced. -What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/validate +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/validate Date: May 2007 KernelVersion: 2.6.22 Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, @@ -493,3 +496,24 @@ Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, Description: Writing to the validate file causes SLUB to traverse all of its cache's objects and check the validity of metadata. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/usersize +Date: Jun 2017 +Contact: David Windsor <dave@nullcore.net> +Description: + The usersize file is read-only and contains the usercopy + region size. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/slabs_cpu_partial +Date: Aug 2011 +Contact: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux.com> +Description: + This read-only file shows the number of partialli allocated + frozen slabs. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/<cache>/cpu_partial +Date: Aug 2011 +Contact: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux.com> +Description: + This read-only file shows the number of per cpu partial + pages to keep around. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-warn_count b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-warn_count new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..90a029813717 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-warn_count @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/warn_count +Date: November 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.2.0 +Contact: Linux Kernel Hardening List <linux-hardening@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + Shows how many times the system has Warned since last boot. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-mce b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-mce new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..83172f50e27c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-mce @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +What: /sys/devices/system/machinecheck/machinecheckX/ +Contact: Andi Kleen <ak@linux.intel.com> +Date: Feb, 2007 +Description: + (X = CPU number) + + Machine checks report internal hardware error conditions + detected by the CPU. Uncorrected errors typically cause a + machine check (often with panic), corrected ones cause a + machine check log entry. + + For more details about the x86 machine check architecture + see the Intel and AMD architecture manuals from their + developer websites. + + For more details about the architecture + see http://one.firstfloor.org/~andi/mce.pdf + + Each CPU has its own directory. + +What: /sys/devices/system/machinecheck/machinecheckX/bank<Y> +Contact: Andi Kleen <ak@linux.intel.com> +Date: Feb, 2007 +Description: + (Y bank number) + + 64bit Hex bitmask enabling/disabling specific subevents for + bank Y. + + When a bit in the bitmask is zero then the respective + subevent will not be reported. + + By default all events are enabled. + + Note that BIOS maintain another mask to disable specific events + per bank. This is not visible here + +What: /sys/devices/system/machinecheck/machinecheckX/check_interval +Contact: Andi Kleen <ak@linux.intel.com> +Date: Feb, 2007 +Description: + The entries appear for each CPU, but they are truly shared + between all CPUs. + + How often to poll for corrected machine check errors, in + seconds (Note output is hexadecimal). Default 5 minutes. + When the poller finds MCEs it triggers an exponential speedup + (poll more often) on the polling interval. When the poller + stops finding MCEs, it triggers an exponential backoff + (poll less often) on the polling interval. The check_interval + variable is both the initial and maximum polling interval. + 0 means no polling for corrected machine check errors + (but some corrected errors might be still reported + in other ways) + +What: /sys/devices/system/machinecheck/machinecheckX/trigger +Contact: Andi Kleen <ak@linux.intel.com> +Date: Feb, 2007 +Description: + The entries appear for each CPU, but they are truly shared + between all CPUs. + + Program to run when a machine check event is detected. + This is an alternative to running mcelog regularly from cron + and allows to detect events faster. + +What: /sys/devices/system/machinecheck/machinecheckX/monarch_timeout +Contact: Andi Kleen <ak@linux.intel.com> +Date: Feb, 2007 +Description: + How long to wait for the other CPUs to machine check too on a + exception. 0 to disable waiting for other CPUs. + + Unit: us + +What: /sys/devices/system/machinecheck/machinecheckX/ignore_ce +Contact: Hidetoshi Seto <seto.hidetoshi@jp.fujitsu.com> +Date: Jun 2009 +Description: + Disables polling and CMCI for corrected errors. + All corrected events are not cleared and kept in bank MSRs. + +What: /sys/devices/system/machinecheck/machinecheckX/dont_log_ce +Contact: Hidetoshi Seto <seto.hidetoshi@jp.fujitsu.com> +Date: Jun 2009 +Description: + Disables logging for corrected errors. + All reported corrected errors will be cleared silently. + + This option will be useful if you never care about corrected + errors. + +What: /sys/devices/system/machinecheck/machinecheckX/cmci_disabled +Contact: Hidetoshi Seto <seto.hidetoshi@jp.fujitsu.com> +Date: Jun 2009 +Description: + Disables the CMCI feature. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-module b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-module index 0aac02e7fb0e..62addab47d0c 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-module +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-module @@ -17,14 +17,15 @@ KernelVersion: 3.1 Contact: Kirill Smelkov <kirr@mns.spb.ru> Description: Maximum time allowed for periodic transfers per microframe (μs) - [ USB 2.0 sets maximum allowed time for periodic transfers per + Note: + USB 2.0 sets maximum allowed time for periodic transfers per microframe to be 80%, that is 100 microseconds out of 125 microseconds (full microframe). However there are cases, when 80% max isochronous bandwidth is too limiting. For example two video streams could require 110 microseconds of isochronous bandwidth per microframe to work - together. ] + together. Through this setting it is possible to raise the limit so that the host controller would allow allocating more than 100 @@ -36,17 +37,37 @@ Description: Maximum time allowed for periodic transfers per microframe (μs) What: /sys/module/*/{coresize,initsize} Date: Jan 2012 -KernelVersion:»·3.3 +KernelVersion: 3.3 Contact: Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org> Description: Module size in bytes. +What: /sys/module/*/initstate +Date: Nov 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.19 +Contact: Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org> +Description: Show the initialization state(live, coming, going) of + the module. + What: /sys/module/*/taint Date: Jan 2012 -KernelVersion:»·3.3 +KernelVersion: 3.3 Contact: Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org> Description: Module taint flags: - P - proprietary module - O - out-of-tree module - F - force-loaded module - C - staging driver module - E - unsigned module + == ===================== + P proprietary module + O out-of-tree module + F force-loaded module + C staging driver module + E unsigned module + == ===================== + +What: /sys/module/grant_table/parameters/free_per_iteration +Date: July 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.5 but backported to all supported stable branches +Contact: Xen developer discussion <xen-devel@lists.xenproject.org> +Description: Read and write number of grant entries to attempt to free per iteration. + + Note: Future versions of Xen and Linux may provide a better + interface for controlling the rate of deferred grant reclaim + or may not need it at all. +Users: Qubes OS (https://www.qubes-os.org) diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ocfs2 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ocfs2 index b7cc516a8a8a..494d7c1ac710 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ocfs2 +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ocfs2 @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ What: /sys/fs/ocfs2/ Date: April 2008 -Contact: ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com +Contact: ocfs2-devel@lists.linux.dev Description: The /sys/fs/ocfs2 directory contains knobs used by the ocfs2-tools to interact with the filesystem. What: /sys/fs/ocfs2/max_locking_protocol Date: April 2008 -Contact: ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com +Contact: ocfs2-devel@lists.linux.dev Description: The /sys/fs/ocfs2/max_locking_protocol file displays version of ocfs2 locking supported by the filesystem. This version @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ Description: What: /sys/fs/ocfs2/loaded_cluster_plugins Date: April 2008 -Contact: ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com +Contact: ocfs2-devel@lists.linux.dev Description: The /sys/fs/ocfs2/loaded_cluster_plugins file describes the available plugins to support ocfs2 cluster operation. @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ Description: What: /sys/fs/ocfs2/active_cluster_plugin Date: April 2008 -Contact: ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com +Contact: ocfs2-devel@lists.linux.dev Description: The /sys/fs/ocfs2/active_cluster_plugin displays which cluster plugin is currently in use by the filesystem. @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ Description: What: /sys/fs/ocfs2/cluster_stack Date: April 2008 -Contact: ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com +Contact: ocfs2-devel@lists.linux.dev Description: The /sys/fs/ocfs2/cluster_stack file contains the name of current ocfs2 cluster stack. This value is set by @@ -86,4 +86,4 @@ Description: stack return an error. Users: - ocfs2-tools <ocfs2-tools-devel@oss.oracle.com> + ocfs2-tools <ocfs2-tools-devel@lists.linux.dev> diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-laptop index 8b0e8205a6a2..c78d358dbdbe 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-laptop +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-laptop @@ -4,13 +4,16 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.20 Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net> Description: This file allows display switching. The value - is composed by 4 bits and defined as follow: - 4321 - |||`- LCD - ||`-- CRT - |`--- TV - `---- DVI - Ex: - 0 (0000b) means no display + is composed by 4 bits and defined as follow:: + + 4321 + |||`- LCD + ||`-- CRT + |`--- TV + `---- DVI + + Ex: + - 0 (0000b) means no display - 3 (0011b) CRT+LCD. What: /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/gps @@ -28,8 +31,10 @@ Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net> Description: Some models like the W1N have a LED display that can be used to display several items of information. - To control the LED display, use the following : + To control the LED display, use the following:: + echo 0x0T000DDD > /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/ + where T control the 3 letters display, and DDD the 3 digits display. The DDD table can be found in Documentation/admin-guide/laptops/asus-laptop.rst diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-wmi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-wmi index 1efac0ddb417..a77a004a1baa 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-wmi +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-wmi @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net> Description: Change CPU clock configuration (write-only). There are three available clock configuration: + * 0 -> Super Performance Mode * 1 -> High Performance Mode * 2 -> Power Saving Mode @@ -56,3 +57,44 @@ Description: * 0 - default, * 1 - overboost, * 2 - silent + +What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/gpu_mux_mode +Date: Aug 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: "Luke Jones" <luke@ljones.dev> +Description: + Switch the GPU hardware MUX mode. Laptops with this feature can + can be toggled to boot with only the dGPU (discrete mode) or in + standard Optimus/Hybrid mode. On switch a reboot is required: + + * 0 - Discrete GPU, + * 1 - Optimus/Hybrid, + +What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/dgpu_disable +Date: Aug 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.17 +Contact: "Luke Jones" <luke@ljones.dev> +Description: + Disable discrete GPU: + * 0 - Enable dGPU, + * 1 - Disable dGPU + +What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/egpu_enable +Date: Aug 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.17 +Contact: "Luke Jones" <luke@ljones.dev> +Description: + Enable the external GPU paired with ROG X-Flow laptops. + Toggling this setting will also trigger ACPI to disable the dGPU: + + * 0 - Disable, + * 1 - Enable + +What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/panel_od +Date: Aug 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.17 +Contact: "Luke Jones" <luke@ljones.dev> +Description: + Enable an LCD response-time boost to reduce or remove ghosting: + * 0 - Disable, + * 1 - Enable diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-at91 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-at91 index 4cc6a865ae66..b146be74b8e0 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-at91 +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-at91 @@ -18,8 +18,10 @@ Description: In order to use an extended can_id add the CAN_EFF_FLAG (0x80000000U) to the can_id. Example: - - standard id 0x7ff: - echo 0x7ff > /sys/class/net/can0/mb0_id + - standard id 0x7ff:: - - extended id 0x1fffffff: - echo 0x9fffffff > /sys/class/net/can0/mb0_id + echo 0x7ff > /sys/class/net/can0/mb0_id + + - extended id 0x1fffffff:: + + echo 0x9fffffff > /sys/class/net/can0/mb0_id diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-brcmstb-memc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-brcmstb-memc new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..2f2b750ac2fd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-brcmstb-memc @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*/srpd +Date: July 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.21 +Contact: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> +Description: + Self Refresh Power Down (SRPD) inactivity timeout counted in + internal DDR controller clock cycles. Possible values range + from 0 (disable inactivity timeout) to 65535 (0xffff). + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*/frequency +Date: July 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.21 +Contact: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> +Description: + DDR PHY frequency in Hz. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-chipidea-usb2 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-chipidea-usb2 index b0f4684a83fe..b9f7d924f28a 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-chipidea-usb2 +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-chipidea-usb2 @@ -2,8 +2,8 @@ What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/ci_hdrc.0/role Date: Mar 2017 Contact: Peter Chen <peter.chen@nxp.com> Description: - It returns string "gadget" or "host" when read it, it indicates - current controller role. + When read, it returns string "gadget" or "host", indicating + the current controller role. - It will do role switch when write "gadget" or "host" to it. + It will do role switch when "gadget" or "host" is written to it. Only controller at dual-role configuration supports writing. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-laptop index 9b917c7453de..82bcfe9df66e 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-laptop +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-laptop @@ -34,9 +34,12 @@ Description: this file. To disable a trigger, write its name preceded by '-' instead. - For example, to enable the keyboard as trigger run: + For example, to enable the keyboard as trigger run:: + echo +keyboard > /sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/start_triggers - To disable it: + + To disable it:: + echo -keyboard > /sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/start_triggers Note that not all the available triggers can be configured. @@ -57,7 +60,8 @@ Description: with any the above units. If no unit is specified, the value is assumed to be expressed in seconds. - For example, to set the timeout to 10 minutes run: + For example, to set the timeout to 10 minutes run:: + echo 10m > /sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/stop_timeout Note that when this file is read, the returned value might be diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-privacy-wmi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-privacy-wmi new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..1f1f274a6979 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-privacy-wmi @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +What: /sys/bus/wmi/devices/6932965F-1671-4CEB-B988-D3AB0A901919/dell_privacy_supported_type +Date: Apr 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.13 +Contact: "<perry.yuan@dell.com>" +Description: + Display which dell hardware level privacy devices are supported + “Dell Privacy” is a set of HW, FW, and SW features to enhance + Dell’s commitment to platform privacy for MIC, Camera, and + ePrivacy screens. + The supported hardware privacy devices are: + + Attributes: + Microphone Mute: + Identifies the local microphone can be muted by hardware, no applications + is available to capture system mic sound + + Camera Shutter: + Identifies camera shutter controlled by hardware, which is a micromechanical + shutter assembly that is built onto the camera module to block capturing images + from outside the laptop + + Values: + + supported: + The privacy device is supported by this system + + unsupported: + The privacy device is not supported on this system + + For example to check which privacy devices are supported:: + + # cat /sys/bus/wmi/drivers/dell-privacy/6932965F-1671-4CEB-B988-D3AB0A901919/dell_privacy_supported_type + [Microphone Mute] [supported] + [Camera Shutter] [supported] + [ePrivacy Screen] [unsupported] + +What: /sys/bus/wmi/devices/6932965F-1671-4CEB-B988-D3AB0A901919/dell_privacy_current_state +Date: Apr 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.13 +Contact: "<perry.yuan@dell.com>" +Description: + Allow user space to check current dell privacy device state. + Describes the Device State class exposed by BIOS which can be + consumed by various applications interested in knowing the Privacy + feature capabilities + + Attributes: + Microphone: + Identifies the local microphone can be muted by hardware, no applications + is available to capture system mic sound + + Camera Shutter: + Identifies camera shutter controlled by hardware, which is a micromechanical + shutter assembly that is built onto the camera module to block capturing images + from outside the laptop + + Values: + muted: + Identifies the privacy device is turned off + and cannot send stream to OS applications + + unmuted: + Identifies the privacy device is turned on, + audio or camera driver can get stream from mic + and camera module to OS applications + + For example to check all supported current privacy device states:: + + # cat /sys/bus/wmi/drivers/dell-privacy/6932965F-1671-4CEB-B988-D3AB0A901919/dell_privacy_current_state + [Microphone] [unmuted] + [Camera Shutter] [unmuted] diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-smbios b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-smbios index 205d3b6361e0..5583da581025 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-smbios +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-smbios @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/tokens/* Date: November 2017 KernelVersion: 4.15 -Contact: "Mario Limonciello" <mario.limonciello@dell.com> +Contact: Dell.Client.Kernel@dell.com Description: A read-only description of Dell platform tokens available on the machine. @@ -13,8 +13,8 @@ Description: For example the token ID "5" would be available as the following attributes: - 0005_location - 0005_value + - 0005_location + - 0005_value Tokens will vary from machine to machine, and only tokens available on that machine will be diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-wmi-ddv b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-wmi-ddv new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a9d39d9e8865 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-wmi-ddv @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<battery_name>/eppid +Date: September 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.1 +Contact: Armin Wolf <W_Armin@gmx.de> +Description: + Reports the Dell ePPID (electronic Piece Part Identification) + of the ACPI battery. + + See Documentation/wmi/devices/dell-wmi-ddv.rst for details. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dfl-fme b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dfl-fme index 3683cb1cdc3d..d6ab34e81b9b 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dfl-fme +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dfl-fme @@ -113,8 +113,11 @@ KernelVersion: 5.5 Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> Description: Read-Only. Read this file to get the name of hwmon device, it supports values: - 'dfl_fme_thermal' - thermal hwmon device name - 'dfl_fme_power' - power hwmon device name + + ================= ========================= + 'dfl_fme_thermal' thermal hwmon device name + 'dfl_fme_power' power hwmon device name + ================= ========================= What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/hwmon/hwmonX/temp1_input Date: October 2019 @@ -169,8 +172,11 @@ KernelVersion: 5.5 Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> Description: Read-Only. Read this file to get the policy of hardware threshold1 (see 'temp1_max'). It only supports two values (policies): - 0 - AP2 state (90% throttling) - 1 - AP1 state (50% throttling) + + == ========================== + 0 AP2 state (90% throttling) + 1 AP1 state (50% throttling) + == ========================== What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/hwmon/hwmonX/power1_input Date: October 2019 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dptf b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dptf index 2cbc660d163b..620fd20434a5 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dptf +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dptf @@ -27,12 +27,15 @@ KernelVersion: v4.10 Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org Description: (RO) Display the platform power source + + ========= ============================ bits[3:0] Current power source - 0x00 = DC - 0x01 = AC - 0x02 = USB - 0x03 = Wireless Charger + - 0x00 = DC + - 0x01 = AC + - 0x02 = USB + - 0x03 = Wireless Charger bits[7:4] Power source sequence number + ========= ============================ What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/INT3407:00/dptf_power/battery_steady_power Date: Jul, 2016 @@ -108,3 +111,47 @@ Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org Description: (RW) The PCH FIVR (Fully Integrated Voltage Regulator) switching frequency in MHz, when FIVR clock is 38.4MHz. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/INTC1045:00/pch_fivr_switch_frequency/fivr_switching_freq_mhz +Date: September, 2021 +KernelVersion: v5.15 +Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) Get the FIVR switching control frequency in MHz. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/INTC1045:00/pch_fivr_switch_frequency/fivr_switching_fault_status +Date: September, 2021 +KernelVersion: v5.15 +Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) Read the FIVR switching frequency control fault status. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/INTC1045:00/pch_fivr_switch_frequency/ssc_clock_info +Date: September, 2021 +KernelVersion: v5.15 +Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) Presents SSC (spread spectrum clock) information for EMI + (Electro magnetic interference) control. This is a bit mask. + + ======= ========================================== + Bits Description + ======= ========================================== + [7:0] Sets clock spectrum spread percentage: + 0x00=0.2% , 0x3F=10% + 1 LSB = 0.1% increase in spread (for + settings 0x01 thru 0x1C) + 1 LSB = 0.2% increase in spread (for + settings 0x1E thru 0x3F) + [8] When set to 1, enables spread + spectrum clock + [9] 0: Triangle mode. FFC frequency + walks around the Fcenter in a linear + fashion + 1: Random walk mode. FFC frequency + changes randomly within the SSC + (Spread spectrum clock) range + [10] 0: No white noise. 1: Add white noise + to spread waveform + [11] When 1, future writes are ignored. + ======= ========================================== diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-eeepc-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-eeepc-laptop index 5b026c69587a..70dbe0733cf6 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-eeepc-laptop +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-eeepc-laptop @@ -4,9 +4,11 @@ KernelVersion: 2.6.26 Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net> Description: This file allows display switching. + - 1 = LCD - 2 = CRT - 3 = LCD+CRT + If you run X11, you should use xrandr instead. What: /sys/devices/platform/eeepc/camera @@ -30,16 +32,20 @@ Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net> Description: Change CPU clock configuration. On the Eee PC 1000H there are three available clock configuration: + * 0 -> Super Performance Mode * 1 -> High Performance Mode * 2 -> Power Saving Mode + On Eee PC 701 there is only 2 available clock configurations. Available configuration are listed in available_cpufv file. Reading this file will show the raw hexadecimal value which - is defined as follow: - | 8 bit | 8 bit | - | `---- Current mode - `------------ Availables modes + is defined as follow:: + + | 8 bit | 8 bit | + | `---- Current mode + `------------ Availables modes + For example, 0x301 means: mode 1 selected, 3 available modes. What: /sys/devices/platform/eeepc/available_cpufv diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-hidma b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-hidma index fca40a54df59..a80aeda85ef6 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-hidma +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-hidma @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ What: /sys/devices/platform/hidma-*/chid /sys/devices/platform/QCOM8061:*/chid Date: Dec 2015 KernelVersion: 4.4 -Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@codeaurora.org>" +Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@kernel.org>" Description: Contains the ID of the channel within the HIDMA instance. It is used to associate a given HIDMA channel with the diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-hidma-mgmt b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-hidma-mgmt index 3b6c5c9eabdc..0373745b4e18 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-hidma-mgmt +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-hidma-mgmt @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ What: /sys/devices/platform/hidma-mgmt*/chanops/chan*/priority /sys/devices/platform/QCOM8060:*/chanops/chan*/priority Date: Nov 2015 KernelVersion: 4.4 -Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@codeaurora.org>" +Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@kernel.org>" Description: Contains either 0 or 1 and indicates if the DMA channel is a low priority (0) or high priority (1) channel. @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ What: /sys/devices/platform/hidma-mgmt*/chanops/chan*/weight /sys/devices/platform/QCOM8060:*/chanops/chan*/weight Date: Nov 2015 KernelVersion: 4.4 -Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@codeaurora.org>" +Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@kernel.org>" Description: Contains 0..15 and indicates the weight of the channel among equal priority channels during round robin scheduling. @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ What: /sys/devices/platform/hidma-mgmt*/chreset_timeout_cycles /sys/devices/platform/QCOM8060:*/chreset_timeout_cycles Date: Nov 2015 KernelVersion: 4.4 -Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@codeaurora.org>" +Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@kernel.org>" Description: Contains the platform specific cycle value to wait after a reset command is issued. If the value is chosen too short, @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ What: /sys/devices/platform/hidma-mgmt*/dma_channels /sys/devices/platform/QCOM8060:*/dma_channels Date: Nov 2015 KernelVersion: 4.4 -Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@codeaurora.org>" +Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@kernel.org>" Description: Contains the number of dma channels supported by one instance of HIDMA hardware. The value may change from chip to chip. @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ What: /sys/devices/platform/hidma-mgmt*/hw_version_major /sys/devices/platform/QCOM8060:*/hw_version_major Date: Nov 2015 KernelVersion: 4.4 -Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@codeaurora.org>" +Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@kernel.org>" Description: Version number major for the hardware. @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ What: /sys/devices/platform/hidma-mgmt*/hw_version_minor /sys/devices/platform/QCOM8060:*/hw_version_minor Date: Nov 2015 KernelVersion: 4.4 -Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@codeaurora.org>" +Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@kernel.org>" Description: Version number minor for the hardware. @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ What: /sys/devices/platform/hidma-mgmt*/max_rd_xactions /sys/devices/platform/QCOM8060:*/max_rd_xactions Date: Nov 2015 KernelVersion: 4.4 -Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@codeaurora.org>" +Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@kernel.org>" Description: Contains a value between 0 and 31. Maximum number of read transactions that can be issued back to back. @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ What: /sys/devices/platform/hidma-mgmt*/max_read_request /sys/devices/platform/QCOM8060:*/max_read_request Date: Nov 2015 KernelVersion: 4.4 -Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@codeaurora.org>" +Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@kernel.org>" Description: Size of each read request. The value needs to be a power of two and can be between 128 and 1024. @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ What: /sys/devices/platform/hidma-mgmt*/max_wr_xactions /sys/devices/platform/QCOM8060:*/max_wr_xactions Date: Nov 2015 KernelVersion: 4.4 -Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@codeaurora.org>" +Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@kernel.org>" Description: Contains a value between 0 and 31. Maximum number of write transactions that can be issued back to back. @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ What: /sys/devices/platform/hidma-mgmt*/max_write_request /sys/devices/platform/QCOM8060:*/max_write_request Date: Nov 2015 KernelVersion: 4.4 -Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@codeaurora.org>" +Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@kernel.org>" Description: Size of each write request. The value needs to be a power of two and can be between 128 and 1024. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-i2c-demux-pinctrl b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-i2c-demux-pinctrl index c394b808be19..b6a138b50d99 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-i2c-demux-pinctrl +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-i2c-demux-pinctrl @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ Contact: Wolfram Sang <wsa+renesas@sang-engineering.com> Description: Reading the file will give you a list of masters which can be selected for a demultiplexed bus. The format is - "<index>:<name>". Example from a Renesas Lager board: + "<index>:<name>". Example from a Renesas Lager board:: - 0:/i2c@e6500000 1:/i2c@e6508000 + 0:/i2c@e6500000 1:/i2c@e6508000 What: /sys/devices/platform/<i2c-demux-name>/current_master Date: January 2016 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ideapad-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ideapad-laptop index 1b31be3f996a..4989ab266682 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ideapad-laptop +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ideapad-laptop @@ -1,23 +1,24 @@ -What: /sys/devices/platform/ideapad/camera_power +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/VPC2004:*/camera_power Date: Dec 2010 KernelVersion: 2.6.37 Contact: "Ike Panhc <ike.pan@canonical.com>" Description: Control the power of camera module. 1 means on, 0 means off. -What: /sys/devices/platform/ideapad/fan_mode +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/VPC2004:*/fan_mode Date: June 2012 KernelVersion: 3.6 Contact: "Maxim Mikityanskiy <maxtram95@gmail.com>" Description: Change fan mode There are four available modes: + * 0 -> Super Silent Mode * 1 -> Standard Mode * 2 -> Dust Cleaning * 4 -> Efficient Thermal Dissipation Mode -What: /sys/devices/platform/ideapad/touchpad +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/VPC2004:*/touchpad Date: May 2017 KernelVersion: 4.13 Contact: "Ritesh Raj Sarraf <rrs@debian.org>" @@ -26,15 +27,35 @@ Description: * 1 -> Switched On * 0 -> Switched Off -What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<bdf>/<device>/VPC2004:00/fn_lock +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/VPC2004:*/conservation_mode +Date: Aug 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.14 +Contact: platform-driver-x86@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Controls whether the conservation mode is enabled or not. + This feature limits the maximum battery charge percentage to + around 50-60% in order to prolong the lifetime of the battery. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/VPC2004:*/fn_lock Date: May 2018 KernelVersion: 4.18 Contact: "Oleg Keri <ezhi99@gmail.com>" Description: Control fn-lock mode. + * 1 -> Switched On * 0 -> Switched Off - For example: - # echo "0" > \ - /sys/bus/pci/devices/0000:00:1f.0/PNP0C09:00/VPC2004:00/fn_lock + For example:: + + # echo "0" > \ + /sys/bus/pci/devices/0000:00:1f.0/PNP0C09:00/VPC2004:00/fn_lock + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/VPC2004:*/usb_charging +Date: Feb 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: platform-driver-x86@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Controls whether the "always on USB charging" feature is + enabled or not. This feature enables charging USB devices + even if the computer is not turned on. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-intel-ifs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-intel-ifs new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..41b4d5b1e21c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-intel-ifs @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +Device instance to test mapping +intel_ifs_0 -> Scan Test +intel_ifs_1 -> Array BIST test + +What: /sys/devices/virtual/misc/intel_ifs_<N>/run_test +Date: Nov 16 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.2 +Contact: "Jithu Joseph" <jithu.joseph@intel.com> +Description: Write <cpu#> to trigger IFS test for one online core. + Note that the test is per core. The cpu# can be + for any thread on the core. Running on one thread + completes the test for the core containing that thread. + Example: to test the core containing cpu5: echo 5 > + /sys/devices/virtual/misc/intel_ifs_<N>/run_test +Devices: all + +What: /sys/devices/virtual/misc/intel_ifs_<N>/status +Date: Nov 16 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.2 +Contact: "Jithu Joseph" <jithu.joseph@intel.com> +Description: The status of the last test. It can be one of "pass", "fail" + or "untested". +Devices: all + +What: /sys/devices/virtual/misc/intel_ifs_<N>/details +Date: Nov 16 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.2 +Contact: "Jithu Joseph" <jithu.joseph@intel.com> +Description: Additional information regarding the last test. The details file reports + the hex value of the STATUS MSR for this test. Note that the error_code field + may contain driver defined software code not defined in the Intel SDM. +Devices: all + +What: /sys/devices/virtual/misc/intel_ifs_<N>/image_version +Date: Nov 16 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.2 +Contact: "Jithu Joseph" <jithu.joseph@intel.com> +Description: Version (hexadecimal) of loaded IFS test image. If no test image + is loaded reports "none". Only present for device instances where a test image + is applicable. +Devices: intel_ifs_0 + +What: /sys/devices/virtual/misc/intel_ifs_<N>/current_batch +Date: Nov 16 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.2 +Contact: "Jithu Joseph" <jithu.joseph@intel.com> +Description: Write a number less than or equal to 0xff to load an IFS test image. + The number written treated as the 2 digit suffix in the following file name: + /lib/firmware/intel/ifs_<N>/ff-mm-ss-02x.scan + Reading the file will provide the suffix of the currently loaded IFS test image. + This file is present only for device instances where a test image is applicable. +Devices: intel_ifs_0 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-intel-pmc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-intel-pmc new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f31d59b21f9b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-intel-pmc @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/etr3 +Date: Apr 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.13 +Contact: "Tomas Winkler" <tomas.winkler@intel.com> +Description: + The file exposes "Extended Test Mode Register 3" global + reset bits. The bits are used during an Intel platform + manufacturing process to indicate that consequent reset + of the platform is a "global reset". This type of reset + is required in order for manufacturing configurations + to take effect. + + Display global reset setting bits for PMC. + + * bit 31 - global reset is locked + * bit 20 - global reset is set + + Writing bit 20 value to the etr3 will induce + a platform "global reset" upon consequent platform reset, + in case the register is not locked. + The "global reset bit" should be locked on a production + system and the file is in read-only mode. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-intel-wmi-sbl-fw-update b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-intel-wmi-sbl-fw-update index 5aa618987cad..02ae1e9bbfc8 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-intel-wmi-sbl-fw-update +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-intel-wmi-sbl-fw-update @@ -8,5 +8,6 @@ Description: of 0 and userspace can signal SBL to update firmware, on next reboot, by writing a value of 1. There are two available states: + * 0 -> Skip firmware update while rebooting * 1 -> Attempt firmware update on next reboot diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-intel-wmi-thunderbolt b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-intel-wmi-thunderbolt index 8af65059d519..fd3a7ec79760 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-intel-wmi-thunderbolt +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-intel-wmi-thunderbolt @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/force_power Date: September 2017 KernelVersion: 4.15 -Contact: "Mario Limonciello" <mario.limonciello@dell.com> +Contact: "Mario Limonciello" <mario.limonciello@outlook.com> Description: Modify the platform force power state, influencing Thunderbolt controllers to turn on or off when no devices are connected (write-only) There are two available states: + * 0 -> Force power disabled * 1 -> Force power enabled diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-kim b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-kim index c1653271872a..6a52d6d2b601 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-kim +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-kim @@ -5,8 +5,9 @@ Contact: "Pavan Savoy" <pavan_savoy@ti.com> Description: Name of the UART device at which the WL128x chip is connected. example: "/dev/ttyS0". + The device name flows down to architecture specific board - initialization file from the SFI/ATAGS bootloader + initialization file from the ATAGS bootloader firmware. The name exposed is read from the user-space dameon and opens the device when install is requested. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-lg-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-lg-laptop index cf47749b19df..0570cd524d0e 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-lg-laptop +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-lg-laptop @@ -17,6 +17,7 @@ Date: October 2018 KernelVersion: 4.20 Contact: "Matan Ziv-Av <matan@svgalib.org> Description: + Deprecated use /sys/class/power_supply/CMB0/charge_control_end_threshold Maximal battery charge level. Accepted values are 80 or 100. What: /sys/devices/platform/lg-laptop/fan_mode diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-mellanox-bootctl b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-mellanox-bootctl index 401d202f478b..4c5c02d8f870 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-mellanox-bootctl +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-mellanox-bootctl @@ -5,10 +5,13 @@ Contact: "Liming Sun <lsun@mellanox.com>" Description: The Life-cycle state of the SoC, which could be one of the following values. - Production - Production state and can be updated to secure - GA Secured - Secure chip and not able to change state - GA Non-Secured - Non-Secure chip and not able to change state - RMA - Return Merchandise Authorization + + ============== ============================================= + Production Production state and can be updated to secure + GA Secured Secure chip and not able to change state + GA Non-Secured Non-Secure chip and not able to change state + RMA Return Merchandise Authorization + ============== ============================================= What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/MLNXBF04:00/post_reset_wdog Date: Oct 2019 @@ -25,10 +28,13 @@ KernelVersion: 5.5 Contact: "Liming Sun <lsun@mellanox.com>" Description: The source of the boot stream for the next reset. It could be - one of the following values. - external - boot from external source (USB or PCIe) - emmc - boot from the onchip eMMC - emmc_legacy - boot from the onchip eMMC in legacy (slow) mode + one of the following values: + + =========== =============================================== + external boot from external source (USB or PCIe) + emmc boot from the onchip eMMC + emmc_legacy boot from the onchip eMMC in legacy (slow) mode + =========== =============================================== What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/MLNXBF04:00/second_reset_action Date: Oct 2019 @@ -38,11 +44,14 @@ Description: Update the source of the boot stream after next reset. It could be one of the following values and will be applied after next reset. - external - boot from external source (USB or PCIe) - emmc - boot from the onchip eMMC - emmc_legacy - boot from the onchip eMMC in legacy (slow) mode - swap_emmc - swap the primary / secondary boot partition - none - cancel the action + + =========== =============================================== + external boot from external source (USB or PCIe) + emmc boot from the onchip eMMC + emmc_legacy boot from the onchip eMMC in legacy (slow) mode + swap_emmc swap the primary / secondary boot partition + none cancel the action + =========== =============================================== What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/MLNXBF04:00/secure_boot_fuse_state Date: Oct 2019 @@ -50,9 +59,28 @@ KernelVersion: 5.5 Contact: "Liming Sun <lsun@mellanox.com>" Description: The state of eFuse versions with the following values. - InUse - burnt, valid and currently in use - Used - burnt and valid - Free - not burnt and free to use - Skipped - not burnt but not free (skipped) - Wasted - burnt and invalid - Invalid - not burnt but marked as valid (error state). + + ======= =============================================== + InUse burnt, valid and currently in use + Used burnt and valid + Free not burnt and free to use + Skipped not burnt but not free (skipped) + Wasted burnt and invalid + Invalid not burnt but marked as valid (error state). + ======= =============================================== + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/MLNXBF04:00/bootfifo +Date: Apr 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.4 +Contact: "Liming Sun <limings@nvidia.com>" +Description: + The file used to access the BlueField boot fifo. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/MLNXBF04:00/rsh_log +Date: May 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.4 +Contact: "Liming Sun <limings@nvidia.com>" +Description: + The file used to write BlueField boot log with the format + "[INFO|WARN|ERR|ASSERT ]<msg>". Log level 'INFO' is used by + default if not specified. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-phy-rcar-gen3-usb2 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-phy-rcar-gen3-usb2 index 6212697bbf6f..bc510ccc37a7 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-phy-rcar-gen3-usb2 +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-phy-rcar-gen3-usb2 @@ -7,9 +7,11 @@ Description: The file can show/change the phy mode for role swap of usb. Write the following strings to change the mode: - "host" - switching mode from peripheral to host. - "peripheral" - switching mode from host to peripheral. + + - "host" - switching mode from peripheral to host. + - "peripheral" - switching mode from host to peripheral. Read the file, then it shows the following strings: - "host" - The mode is host now. - "peripheral" - The mode is peripheral now. + + - "host" - The mode is host now. + - "peripheral" - The mode is peripheral now. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-renesas_usb3 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-renesas_usb3 index 5621c15d5dc0..b08379e7fe37 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-renesas_usb3 +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-renesas_usb3 @@ -7,9 +7,11 @@ Description: The file can show/change the drd mode of usb. Write the following string to change the mode: - "host" - switching mode from peripheral to host. - "peripheral" - switching mode from host to peripheral. + + - "host" - switching mode from peripheral to host. + - "peripheral" - switching mode from host to peripheral. Read the file, then it shows the following strings: - "host" - The mode is host now. - "peripheral" - The mode is peripheral now. + + - "host" - The mode is host now. + - "peripheral" - The mode is peripheral now. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-sst-atom b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-sst-atom index 0d07c0395660..0154b0fba759 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-sst-atom +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-sst-atom @@ -1,17 +1,26 @@ -What: /sys/devices/platform/8086%x:00/firmware_version +What: /sys/devices/platform/8086<x>:00/firmware_version Date: November 2016 KernelVersion: 4.10 Contact: "Sebastien Guiriec" <sebastien.guiriec@intel.com> Description: LPE Firmware version for SST driver on all atom plaforms (BYT/CHT/Merrifield/BSW). - If the FW has never been loaded it will display: + If the FW has never been loaded it will display:: + "FW not yet loaded" - If FW has been loaded it will display: + + If FW has been loaded it will display:: + "v01.aa.bb.cc" + aa: Major version is reflecting SoC version: + + === ============= 0d: BYT FW 0b: BSW FW 07: Merrifield FW + === ============= + bb: Minor version + cc: Build version diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-usbip-vudc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-usbip-vudc index 81fcfb454913..53622d3ba27c 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-usbip-vudc +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-usbip-vudc @@ -16,10 +16,13 @@ Contact: Krzysztof Opasiak <k.opasiak@samsung.com> Description: Current status of the device. Allowed values: - 1 - Device is available and can be exported - 2 - Device is currently exported - 3 - Fatal error occurred during communication - with peer + + == ========================================== + 1 Device is available and can be exported + 2 Device is currently exported + 3 Fatal error occurred during communication + with peer + == ========================================== What: /sys/devices/platform/usbip-vudc.%d/usbip_sockfd Date: April 2016 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-wilco-ec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-wilco-ec index 5f60b184a5a5..4439d0644091 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-wilco-ec +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-wilco-ec @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ Description: which affects charging via the special USB PowerShare port (marked with a small lightning bolt or battery icon) when in low power states: + - In S0, the port will always provide power. - In S0ix, if usb_charge is enabled, then power will be supplied to the port when on AC or if battery is > 50%. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform_profile b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform_profile new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..baf1d125f9f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform_profile @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/acpi/platform_profile_choices +Date: October 2020 +Contact: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com> +Description: This file contains a space-separated list of profiles supported for this device. + + Drivers must use the following standard profile-names: + + ==================== ======================================== + low-power Low power consumption + cool Cooler operation + quiet Quieter operation + balanced Balance between low power consumption + and performance + balanced-performance Balance between performance and low + power consumption with a slight bias + towards performance + performance High performance operation + ==================== ======================================== + + Userspace may expect drivers to offer more than one of these + standard profile names. + +What: /sys/firmware/acpi/platform_profile +Date: October 2020 +Contact: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com> +Description: Reading this file gives the current selected profile for this + device. Writing this file with one of the strings from + platform_profile_choices changes the profile to the new value. + + This file can be monitored for changes by polling for POLLPRI, + POLLPRI will be signalled on any changes, independent of those + changes coming from a userspace write; or coming from another + source such as e.g. a hotkey triggered profile change handled + either directly by the embedded-controller or fully handled + inside the kernel. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power index 5e6ead29124c..a3942b1036e2 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power @@ -47,14 +47,18 @@ Description: suspend-to-disk mechanism. Reading from this file returns the name of the method by which the system will be put to sleep on the next suspend. There are four methods supported: + 'firmware' - means that the memory image will be saved to disk by some firmware, in which case we also assume that the firmware will handle the system suspend. + 'platform' - the memory image will be saved by the kernel and the system will be put to sleep by the platform driver (e.g. ACPI or other PM registers). + 'shutdown' - the memory image will be saved by the kernel and the system will be powered off. + 'reboot' - the memory image will be saved by the kernel and the system will be rebooted. @@ -74,12 +78,12 @@ Description: The suspend-to-disk method may be chosen by writing to this file one of the accepted strings: - 'firmware' - 'platform' - 'shutdown' - 'reboot' - 'testproc' - 'test' + - 'firmware' + - 'platform' + - 'shutdown' + - 'reboot' + - 'testproc' + - 'test' It will only change to 'firmware' or 'platform' if the system supports that. @@ -114,9 +118,9 @@ Description: string representing a nonzero integer into it. To use this debugging feature you should attempt to suspend - the machine, then reboot it and run + the machine, then reboot it and run:: - dmesg -s 1000000 | grep 'hash matches' + dmesg -s 1000000 | grep 'hash matches' If you do not get any matches (or they appear to be false positives), it is possible that the last PM event point @@ -148,7 +152,7 @@ Description: case further investigation is required to determine which device is causing the problem. Note that genuine RTC clock values (such as when pm_trace has not been used), can still - match a device and output it's name here. + match a device and output its name here. What: /sys/power/pm_async Date: January 2009 @@ -244,6 +248,7 @@ Description: wakeup sources created with the help of /sys/power/wake_lock. When a string is written to /sys/power/wake_unlock, it will be assumed to represent the name of a wakeup source to deactivate. + If a wakeup source object of that name exists and is active at the moment, it will be deactivated. @@ -290,7 +295,7 @@ Description: What: /sys/power/resume_offset Date: April 2018 -Contact: Mario Limonciello <mario.limonciello@dell.com> +Contact: Mario Limonciello <mario.limonciello@outlook.com> Description: This file is used for telling the kernel an offset into a disk to use when hibernating the system such as with a swap file. @@ -408,6 +413,35 @@ Description: The /sys/power/suspend_stats/last_failed_step file contains the last failed step in the suspend/resume path. +What: /sys/power/suspend_stats/last_hw_sleep +Date: June 2023 +Contact: Mario Limonciello <mario.limonciello@amd.com> +Description: + The /sys/power/suspend_stats/last_hw_sleep file + contains the duration of time spent in a hardware sleep + state in the most recent system suspend-resume cycle. + This number is measured in microseconds. + +What: /sys/power/suspend_stats/total_hw_sleep +Date: June 2023 +Contact: Mario Limonciello <mario.limonciello@amd.com> +Description: + The /sys/power/suspend_stats/total_hw_sleep file + contains the aggregate of time spent in a hardware sleep + state since the kernel was booted. This number + is measured in microseconds. + +What: /sys/power/suspend_stats/max_hw_sleep +Date: June 2023 +Contact: Mario Limonciello <mario.limonciello@amd.com> +Description: + The /sys/power/suspend_stats/max_hw_sleep file + contains the maximum amount of time that the hardware can + report for time spent in a hardware sleep state. When sleep + cycles are longer than this time, the values for + 'total_hw_sleep' and 'last_hw_sleep' may not be accurate. + This number is measured in microseconds. + What: /sys/power/sync_on_suspend Date: October 2019 Contact: Jonas Meurer <jonas@freesources.org> diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-profiling b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-profiling index 8a8e466eb2c0..e39dd3a0ceef 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-profiling +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-profiling @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Description: /sys/kernel/profiling is the runtime equivalent of the boot-time profile= option. - You can get the same effect running: + You can get the same effect running:: echo 2 > /sys/kernel/profiling diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ptp b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ptp index a17f817a9309..9c317ac7c47a 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ptp +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ptp @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ Description: providing a standardized interface to the ancillary features of PTP hardware clocks. -What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/ +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptp<N>/ Date: September 2010 Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> Description: @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ Description: hardware clock registered into the PTP class driver subsystem. -What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/clock_name +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptp<N>/clock_name Date: September 2010 Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> Description: @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ Description: MAC based ones. The string does not necessarily have to be any kind of unique id. -What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/max_adjustment +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptp<N>/max_adjustment Date: September 2010 Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> Description: @@ -33,35 +33,55 @@ Description: frequency adjustment value (a positive integer) in parts per billion. -What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/n_alarms +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptp<N>/max_vclocks +Date: May 2021 +Contact: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com> +Description: + This file contains the maximum number of ptp vclocks. + Write integer to re-configure it. + +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptp<N>/n_alarms Date: September 2010 Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> Description: This file contains the number of periodic or one shot alarms offer by the PTP hardware clock. -What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/n_external_timestamps +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptp<N>/n_external_timestamps Date: September 2010 Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> Description: This file contains the number of external timestamp channels offered by the PTP hardware clock. -What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/n_periodic_outputs +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptp<N>/n_periodic_outputs Date: September 2010 Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> Description: This file contains the number of programmable periodic output channels offered by the PTP hardware clock. -What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/n_pins +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptp<N>/n_pins Date: March 2014 Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> Description: This file contains the number of programmable pins offered by the PTP hardware clock. -What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/pins +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptp<N>/n_vclocks +Date: May 2021 +Contact: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com> +Description: + This file contains the number of virtual PTP clocks in + use. By default, the value is 0 meaning that only the + physical clock is in use. Setting the value creates + the corresponding number of virtual clocks and causes + the physical clock to become free running. Setting the + value back to 0 deletes the virtual clocks and + switches the physical clock back to normal, adjustable + operation. + +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptp<N>/pins Date: March 2014 Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> Description: @@ -69,12 +89,12 @@ Description: pin offered by the PTP hardware clock. The file name is the hardware dependent pin name. Reading from this file produces two numbers, the assigned function (see - the PTP_PF_ enumeration values in linux/ptp_clock.h) + the `PTP_PF_` enumeration values in linux/ptp_clock.h) and the channel number. The function and channel assignment may be changed by two writing numbers into the file. -What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/pps_available +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptp<N>/pps_available Date: September 2010 Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> Description: @@ -83,7 +103,7 @@ Description: "1" means that the PPS is supported, while "0" means not supported. -What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/extts_enable +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptp<N>/extts_enable Date: September 2010 Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> Description: @@ -93,7 +113,7 @@ Description: To disable external timestamps, write the channel index followed by a "0" into the file. -What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/fifo +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptp<N>/fifo Date: September 2010 Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> Description: @@ -101,7 +121,7 @@ Description: the form of three integers: channel index, seconds, and nanoseconds. -What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/period +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptp<N>/period Date: September 2010 Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> Description: @@ -112,7 +132,7 @@ Description: period nanoseconds. To disable a periodic output, set all the seconds and nanoseconds values to zero. -What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/pps_enable +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptp<N>/pps_enable Date: September 2010 Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> Description: diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-secvar b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-secvar index feebb8c57294..857cf12b0904 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-secvar +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-secvar @@ -18,6 +18,14 @@ Description: A string indicating which backend is in use by the firmware. This determines the format of the variable and the accepted format of variable updates. + On powernv/OPAL, this value is provided by the OPAL firmware + and is expected to be "ibm,edk2-compat-v1". + + On pseries/PLPKS, this is generated by the kernel based on the + version number in the SB_VERSION variable in the keystore, and + has the form "ibm,plpks-sb-v<version>", or + "ibm,plpks-sb-unknown" if there is no SB_VERSION variable. + What: /sys/firmware/secvar/vars/<variable name> Date: August 2019 Contact: Nayna Jain <nayna@linux.ibm.com> @@ -34,7 +42,7 @@ Description: An integer representation of the size of the content of the What: /sys/firmware/secvar/vars/<variable_name>/data Date: August 2019 -Contact: Nayna Jain h<nayna@linux.ibm.com> +Contact: Nayna Jain <nayna@linux.ibm.com> Description: A read-only file containing the value of the variable. The size of the file represents the maximum size of the variable data. @@ -44,3 +52,68 @@ Contact: Nayna Jain <nayna@linux.ibm.com> Description: A write-only file that is used to submit the new value for the variable. The size of the file represents the maximum size of the variable data that can be written. + +What: /sys/firmware/secvar/config +Date: February 2023 +Contact: Nayna Jain <nayna@linux.ibm.com> +Description: This optional directory contains read-only config attributes as + defined by the secure variable implementation. All data is in + ASCII format. The directory is only created if the backing + implementation provides variables to populate it, which at + present is only PLPKS on the pseries platform. + +What: /sys/firmware/secvar/config/version +Date: February 2023 +Contact: Nayna Jain <nayna@linux.ibm.com> +Description: Config version as reported by the hypervisor in ASCII decimal + format. + + Currently only provided by PLPKS on the pseries platform. + +What: /sys/firmware/secvar/config/max_object_size +Date: February 2023 +Contact: Nayna Jain <nayna@linux.ibm.com> +Description: Maximum allowed size of objects in the keystore in bytes, + represented in ASCII decimal format. + + This is not necessarily the same as the max size that can be + written to an update file as writes can contain more than + object data, you should use the size of the update file for + that purpose. + + Currently only provided by PLPKS on the pseries platform. + +What: /sys/firmware/secvar/config/total_size +Date: February 2023 +Contact: Nayna Jain <nayna@linux.ibm.com> +Description: Total size of the PLPKS in bytes, represented in ASCII decimal + format. + + Currently only provided by PLPKS on the pseries platform. + +What: /sys/firmware/secvar/config/used_space +Date: February 2023 +Contact: Nayna Jain <nayna@linux.ibm.com> +Description: Current space consumed by the key store, in bytes, represented + in ASCII decimal format. + + Currently only provided by PLPKS on the pseries platform. + +What: /sys/firmware/secvar/config/supported_policies +Date: February 2023 +Contact: Nayna Jain <nayna@linux.ibm.com> +Description: Bitmask of supported policy flags by the hypervisor, + represented as an 8 byte hexadecimal ASCII string. Consult the + hypervisor documentation for what these flags are. + + Currently only provided by PLPKS on the pseries platform. + +What: /sys/firmware/secvar/config/signed_update_algorithms +Date: February 2023 +Contact: Nayna Jain <nayna@linux.ibm.com> +Description: Bitmask of flags indicating which algorithms the hypervisor + supports for signed update of objects, represented as a 16 byte + hexadecimal ASCII string. Consult the hypervisor documentation + for what these flags mean. + + Currently only provided by PLPKS on the pseries platform. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-timecard b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-timecard new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..220478156297 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-timecard @@ -0,0 +1,288 @@ +What: /sys/class/timecard/ +Date: September 2021 +Contact: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com> +Description: This directory contains files and directories + providing a standardized interface to the ancillary + features of the OpenCompute timecard. + +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/ +Date: September 2021 +Contact: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com> +Description: This directory contains the attributes of the Nth timecard + registered. + +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/available_clock_sources +Date: September 2021 +Contact: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com> +Description: (RO) The list of available time sources that the PHC + uses for clock adjustments. + + ==== ================================================= + NONE no adjustments + PPS adjustments come from the PPS1 selector (default) + TOD adjustments from the GNSS/TOD module + IRIG adjustments from external IRIG-B signal + DCF adjustments from external DCF signal + ==== ================================================= + +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/available_sma_inputs +Date: September 2021 +Contact: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com> +Description: (RO) Set of available destinations (sinks) for a SMA + input signal. + + ===== ================================================ + 10Mhz signal is used as the 10Mhz reference clock + PPS1 signal is sent to the PPS1 selector + PPS2 signal is sent to the PPS2 selector + TS1 signal is sent to timestamper 1 + TS2 signal is sent to timestamper 2 + TS3 signal is sent to timestamper 3 + TS4 signal is sent to timestamper 4 + IRIG signal is sent to the IRIG-B module + DCF signal is sent to the DCF module + FREQ1 signal is sent to frequency counter 1 + FREQ2 signal is sent to frequency counter 2 + FREQ3 signal is sent to frequency counter 3 + FREQ4 signal is sent to frequency counter 4 + None signal input is disabled + ===== ================================================ + +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/available_sma_outputs +Date: May 2021 +Contact: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com> +Description: (RO) Set of available sources for a SMA output signal. + + ===== ================================================ + 10Mhz output is from the 10Mhz reference clock + PHC output PPS is from the PHC clock + MAC output PPS is from the Miniature Atomic Clock + GNSS1 output PPS is from the first GNSS module + GNSS2 output PPS is from the second GNSS module + IRIG output is from the PHC, in IRIG-B format + DCF output is from the PHC, in DCF format + GEN1 output is from frequency generator 1 + GEN2 output is from frequency generator 2 + GEN3 output is from frequency generator 3 + GEN4 output is from frequency generator 4 + GND output is GND + VCC output is VCC + ===== ================================================ + +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/clock_source +Date: September 2021 +Contact: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com> +Description: (RW) Contains the current synchronization source used by + the PHC. May be changed by writing one of the listed + values from the available_clock_sources attribute set. + +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/clock_status_drift +Date: March 2022 +Contact: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com> +Description: (RO) Contains the current drift value used by the firmware + for internal disciplining of the atomic clock. + +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/clock_status_offset +Date: March 2022 +Contact: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com> +Description: (RO) Contains the current offset value used by the firmware + for internal disciplining of the atomic clock. + +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/freqX +Date: March 2022 +Contact: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com> +Description: (RO) Optional directory containing the sysfs nodes for + frequency counter <X>. + +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/freqX/frequency +Date: March 2022 +Contact: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com> +Description: (RO) Contains the measured frequency over the specified + measurement period. + +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/freqX/seconds +Date: March 2022 +Contact: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com> +Description: (RW) Specifies the number of seconds from 0-255 that the + frequency should be measured over. Write 0 to disable. + +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/genX +Date: March 2022 +Contact: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com> +Description: (RO) Optional directory containing the sysfs nodes for + frequency generator <X>. + +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/genX/duty +Date: March 2022 +Contact: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com> +Description: (RO) Specifies the signal duty cycle as a percentage from 1-99. + +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/genX/period +Date: March 2022 +Contact: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com> +Description: (RO) Specifies the signal period in nanoseconds. + +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/genX/phase +Date: March 2022 +Contact: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com> +Description: (RO) Specifies the signal phase offset in nanoseconds. + +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/genX/polarity +Date: March 2022 +Contact: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com> +Description: (RO) Specifies the signal polarity, either 1 or 0. + +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/genX/running +Date: March 2022 +Contact: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com> +Description: (RO) Either 0 or 1, showing if the signal generator is running. + +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/genX/start +Date: March 2022 +Contact: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com> +Description: (RO) Shows the time in <sec>.<nsec> that the signal generator + started running. + +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/genX/signal +Date: March 2022 +Contact: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com> +Description: (RW) Used to start the signal generator, and summarize + the current status. + + The signal generator may be started by writing the signal + period, followed by the optional signal values. If the + optional values are not provided, they default to the current + settings, which may be obtained from the other sysfs nodes. + + period [duty [phase [polarity]]] + + echo 500000000 > signal # 1/2 second period + echo 1000000 40 100 > signal + echo 0 > signal # turn off generator + + Period and phase are specified in nanoseconds. Duty cycle is + a percentage from 1-99. Polarity is 1 or 0. + + Reading this node will return: + + period duty phase polarity start_time + +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/gnss_sync +Date: September 2021 +Contact: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com> +Description: (RO) Indicates whether a valid GNSS signal is received, + or when the signal was lost. + +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/i2c +Date: September 2021 +Contact: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com> +Description: This optional attribute links to the associated i2c device. + +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/irig_b_mode +Date: September 2021 +Contact: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com> +Description: (RW) An integer from 0-7 indicating the timecode format + of the IRIG-B output signal: B00<n> + +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/pps +Date: September 2021 +Contact: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com> +Description: This optional attribute links to the associated PPS device. + +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/ptp +Date: September 2021 +Contact: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com> +Description: This attribute links to the associated PTP device. + +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/serialnum +Date: September 2021 +Contact: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com> +Description: (RO) Provides the serial number of the timecard. + +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/sma1 +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/sma2 +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/sma3 +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/sma4 +Date: September 2021 +Contact: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com> +Description: (RW) These attributes specify the direction of the signal + on the associated SMA connectors, and also the signal sink + or source. + + The display format of the attribute is a space separated + list of signals, prefixed by the input/output direction. + + The signal direction may be changed (if supported) by + prefixing the signal list with either "in:" or "out:". + If neither prefix is present, then the direction is unchanged. + + The output signal may be changed by writing one of the listed + values from the available_sma_outputs attribute set. + + The input destinations may be changed by writing multiple + values from the available_sma_inputs attribute set, + separated by spaces. If there are duplicated input + destinations between connectors, the lowest numbered SMA + connector is given priority. + + Note that not all input combinations may make sense. + + The 10Mhz reference clock input is currently only valid + on SMA1 and may not be combined with other destination sinks. + +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/tod_correction +Date: March 2022 +Contact: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com> +Description: (RW) The incoming GNSS signal is in UTC time, and the NMEA + format messages do not provide a TAI offset. This sets the + correction value for the incoming time. + + If UBX_LS is enabled, this should be 0, and the offset is + taken from the UBX-NAV-TIMELS message. + +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/ts_window_adjust +Date: September 2021 +Contact: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com> +Description: (RW) When retrieving the PHC with the PTP SYS_OFFSET_EXTENDED + ioctl, a system timestamp is made before and after the PHC + time is retrieved. The midpoint between the two system + timestamps is usually taken to be the SYS time associated + with the PHC time. This estimate may be wrong, as it depends + on PCI latencies, and when the PHC time was latched + + The attribute value reduces the end timestamp by the given + number of nanoseconds, so the computed midpoint matches the + retrieved PHC time. + + The initial value is set based on measured PCI latency and + the estimated point where the FPGA latches the PHC time. This + value may be changed by writing an unsigned integer. + +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/ttyGNSS +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/ttyGNSS2 +Date: September 2021 +Contact: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com> +Description: These optional attributes link to the TTY serial ports + associated with the GNSS devices. + +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/ttyMAC +Date: September 2021 +Contact: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com> +Description: This optional attribute links to the TTY serial port + associated with the Miniature Atomic Clock. + +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/ttyNMEA +Date: September 2021 +Contact: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com> +Description: This optional attribute links to the TTY serial port + which outputs the PHC time in NMEA ZDA format. + +What: /sys/class/timecard/ocpN/utc_tai_offset +Date: September 2021 +Contact: Jonathan Lemon <jonathan.lemon@gmail.com> +Description: (RW) The DCF and IRIG output signals are in UTC, while the + TimeCard operates on TAI. This attribute allows setting the + offset in seconds, which is added to the TAI timebase for + these formats. + + The offset may be changed by writing an unsigned integer. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-tty b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-tty index e157130a6792..820e412d38a8 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-tty +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-tty @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ Description: The file supports poll() to detect virtual console switches. -What: /sys/class/tty/tty0/active +What: /sys/class/tty/tty<x>/active Date: Nov 2010 Contact: Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org> Description: @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Description: The file supports poll() to detect virtual console switches. -What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/uartclk +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS<x>/uartclk Date: Sep 2012 Contact: Tomas Hlavacek <tmshlvck@gmail.com> Description: @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ Description: These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via sysfs rather than via ioctls. -What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/type +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS<x>/type Date: October 2012 Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com> Description: @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ Description: These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via sysfs rather than via ioctls. -What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/line +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS<x>/line Date: October 2012 Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com> Description: @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ Description: These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via sysfs rather than via ioctls. -What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/port +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS<x>/port Date: October 2012 Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com> Description: @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ Description: These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via sysfs rather than via ioctls. -What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/irq +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS<x>/irq Date: October 2012 Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com> Description: @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ Description: These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via sysfs rather than via ioctls. -What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/flags +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS<x>/flags Date: October 2012 Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com> Description: @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ Description: These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via sysfs rather than via ioctls. -What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/xmit_fifo_size +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS<x>/xmit_fifo_size Date: October 2012 Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com> Description: @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ Description: These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via sysfs rather than via ioctls. -What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/close_delay +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS<x>/close_delay Date: October 2012 Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com> Description: @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ Description: These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via sysfs rather than via ioctls. -What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/closing_wait +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS<x>/closing_wait Date: October 2012 Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com> Description: @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ Description: These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via sysfs rather than via ioctls. -What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/custom_divisor +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS<x>/custom_divisor Date: October 2012 Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com> Description: @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ Description: These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via sysfs rather than via ioctls. -What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/io_type +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS<x>/io_type Date: October 2012 Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com> Description: @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ Description: These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via sysfs rather than via ioctls. -What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/iomem_base +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS<x>/iomem_base Date: October 2012 Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com> Description: @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ Description: These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via sysfs rather than via ioctls. -What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/iomem_reg_shift +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS<x>/iomem_reg_shift Date: October 2012 Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com> Description: @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ Description: These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via sysfs rather than via ioctls. -What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/rx_trig_bytes +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS<x>/rx_trig_bytes Date: May 2014 Contact: Yoshihiro YUNOMAE <yoshihiro.yunomae.ez@hitachi.com> Description: @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ Description: 16550A, which has 1/4/8/14 bytes trigger, the RX trigger is automatically changed to 4 bytes. -What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/console +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS<x>/console Date: February 2020 Contact: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com> Description: diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-uevent b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-uevent index aa39f8d7bcdf..0b6227706b35 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-uevent +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-uevent @@ -6,42 +6,46 @@ Description: Enable passing additional variables for synthetic uevents that are generated by writing /sys/.../uevent file. - Recognized extended format is ACTION [UUID [KEY=VALUE ...]. + Recognized extended format is:: - The ACTION is compulsory - it is the name of the uevent action - ("add", "change", "remove"). There is no change compared to - previous functionality here. The rest of the extended format - is optional. + ACTION [UUID [KEY=VALUE ...] + + The ACTION is compulsory - it is the name of the uevent + action (``add``, ``change``, ``remove``). There is no change + compared to previous functionality here. The rest of the + extended format is optional. You need to pass UUID first before any KEY=VALUE pairs. - The UUID must be in "xxxxxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxx" + The UUID must be in ``xxxxxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxx`` format where 'x' is a hex digit. The UUID is considered to be a transaction identifier so it's possible to use the same UUID value for one or more synthetic uevents in which case we logically group these uevents together for any userspace listeners. The UUID value appears in uevent as - "SYNTH_UUID=xxxxxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxx" environment + ``SYNTH_UUID=xxxxxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxx`` environment variable. If UUID is not passed in, the generated synthetic uevent gains - "SYNTH_UUID=0" environment variable automatically. + ``SYNTH_UUID=0`` environment variable automatically. The KEY=VALUE pairs can contain alphanumeric characters only. + It's possible to define zero or more pairs - each pair is then delimited by a space character ' '. Each pair appears in - synthetic uevent as "SYNTH_ARG_KEY=VALUE". That means the KEY - name gains "SYNTH_ARG_" prefix to avoid possible collisions + synthetic uevent as ``SYNTH_ARG_KEY=VALUE``. That means the KEY + name gains ``SYNTH_ARG_`` prefix to avoid possible collisions with existing variables. - Example of valid sequence written to the uevent file: + Example of valid sequence written to the uevent file:: add fe4d7c9d-b8c6-4a70-9ef1-3d8a58d18eed A=1 B=abc - This generates synthetic uevent including these variables: + This generates synthetic uevent including these variables:: ACTION=add SYNTH_ARG_A=1 SYNTH_ARG_B=abc SYNTH_UUID=fe4d7c9d-b8c6-4a70-9ef1-3d8a58d18eed + Users: udev, userspace tools generating synthetic uevents diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-wusb_cbaf b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-wusb_cbaf index a99c5f86a37a..2969d3694ec0 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-wusb_cbaf +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-wusb_cbaf @@ -45,7 +45,8 @@ Description: 7. Device is unplugged. References: - [WUSB-AM] Association Models Supplement to the + [WUSB-AM] + Association Models Supplement to the Certified Wireless Universal Serial Bus Specification, version 1.0. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/usb-charger-uevent b/Documentation/ABI/testing/usb-charger-uevent index 419a92dd0d86..1db89b0cf80f 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/usb-charger-uevent +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/usb-charger-uevent @@ -3,44 +3,52 @@ Date: 2020-01-14 KernelVersion: 5.6 Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org Description: There are two USB charger states: - USB_CHARGER_ABSENT - USB_CHARGER_PRESENT + + - USB_CHARGER_ABSENT + - USB_CHARGER_PRESENT + There are five USB charger types: - USB_CHARGER_UNKNOWN_TYPE: Charger type is unknown - USB_CHARGER_SDP_TYPE: Standard Downstream Port - USB_CHARGER_CDP_TYPE: Charging Downstream Port - USB_CHARGER_DCP_TYPE: Dedicated Charging Port - USB_CHARGER_ACA_TYPE: Accessory Charging Adapter + + ======================== ========================== + USB_CHARGER_UNKNOWN_TYPE Charger type is unknown + USB_CHARGER_SDP_TYPE Standard Downstream Port + USB_CHARGER_CDP_TYPE Charging Downstream Port + USB_CHARGER_DCP_TYPE Dedicated Charging Port + USB_CHARGER_ACA_TYPE Accessory Charging Adapter + ======================== ========================== + https://www.usb.org/document-library/battery-charging-v12-spec-and-adopters-agreement - Here are two examples taken using udevadm monitor -p when - USB charger is online: - UDEV change /devices/soc0/usbphynop1 (platform) - ACTION=change - DEVPATH=/devices/soc0/usbphynop1 - DRIVER=usb_phy_generic - MODALIAS=of:Nusbphynop1T(null)Cusb-nop-xceiv - OF_COMPATIBLE_0=usb-nop-xceiv - OF_COMPATIBLE_N=1 - OF_FULLNAME=/usbphynop1 - OF_NAME=usbphynop1 - SEQNUM=2493 - SUBSYSTEM=platform - USB_CHARGER_STATE=USB_CHARGER_PRESENT - USB_CHARGER_TYPE=USB_CHARGER_SDP_TYPE - USEC_INITIALIZED=227422826 - - USB charger is offline: - KERNEL change /devices/soc0/usbphynop1 (platform) - ACTION=change - DEVPATH=/devices/soc0/usbphynop1 - DRIVER=usb_phy_generic - MODALIAS=of:Nusbphynop1T(null)Cusb-nop-xceiv - OF_COMPATIBLE_0=usb-nop-xceiv - OF_COMPATIBLE_N=1 - OF_FULLNAME=/usbphynop1 - OF_NAME=usbphynop1 - SEQNUM=2494 - SUBSYSTEM=platform - USB_CHARGER_STATE=USB_CHARGER_ABSENT - USB_CHARGER_TYPE=USB_CHARGER_UNKNOWN_TYPE + Here are two examples taken using ``udevadm monitor -p`` when + USB charger is online:: + + UDEV change /devices/soc0/usbphynop1 (platform) + ACTION=change + DEVPATH=/devices/soc0/usbphynop1 + DRIVER=usb_phy_generic + MODALIAS=of:Nusbphynop1T(null)Cusb-nop-xceiv + OF_COMPATIBLE_0=usb-nop-xceiv + OF_COMPATIBLE_N=1 + OF_FULLNAME=/usbphynop1 + OF_NAME=usbphynop1 + SEQNUM=2493 + SUBSYSTEM=platform + USB_CHARGER_STATE=USB_CHARGER_PRESENT + USB_CHARGER_TYPE=USB_CHARGER_SDP_TYPE + USEC_INITIALIZED=227422826 + + USB charger is offline:: + + KERNEL change /devices/soc0/usbphynop1 (platform) + ACTION=change + DEVPATH=/devices/soc0/usbphynop1 + DRIVER=usb_phy_generic + MODALIAS=of:Nusbphynop1T(null)Cusb-nop-xceiv + OF_COMPATIBLE_0=usb-nop-xceiv + OF_COMPATIBLE_N=1 + OF_FULLNAME=/usbphynop1 + OF_NAME=usbphynop1 + SEQNUM=2494 + SUBSYSTEM=platform + USB_CHARGER_STATE=USB_CHARGER_ABSENT + USB_CHARGER_TYPE=USB_CHARGER_UNKNOWN_TYPE diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/usb-uevent b/Documentation/ABI/testing/usb-uevent index d35c3cad892c..2b8eca4bf2b1 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/usb-uevent +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/usb-uevent @@ -6,22 +6,22 @@ Description: When the USB Host Controller has entered a state where it is no longer functional a uevent will be raised. The uevent will contain ACTION=offline and ERROR=DEAD. - Here is an example taken using udevadm monitor -p: + Here is an example taken using udevadm monitor -p:: - KERNEL[130.428945] offline /devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:10.0/usb2 (usb) - ACTION=offline - BUSNUM=002 - DEVNAME=/dev/bus/usb/002/001 - DEVNUM=001 - DEVPATH=/devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:10.0/usb2 - DEVTYPE=usb_device - DRIVER=usb - ERROR=DEAD - MAJOR=189 - MINOR=128 - PRODUCT=1d6b/2/414 - SEQNUM=2168 - SUBSYSTEM=usb - TYPE=9/0/1 + KERNEL[130.428945] offline /devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:10.0/usb2 (usb) + ACTION=offline + BUSNUM=002 + DEVNAME=/dev/bus/usb/002/001 + DEVNUM=001 + DEVPATH=/devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:10.0/usb2 + DEVTYPE=usb_device + DRIVER=usb + ERROR=DEAD + MAJOR=189 + MINOR=128 + PRODUCT=1d6b/2/414 + SEQNUM=2168 + SUBSYSTEM=usb + TYPE=9/0/1 Users: chromium-os-dev@chromium.org |